UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

or

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number 001-13958

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	13-3317783
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06155

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(860) 547-5000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 (b) OF THE ACT

(ALL OF WHICH ARE LISTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE INC.):

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

Warrants (expiring June 26, 2019)

6.10% Notes due October 1, 2041

7.875% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2042

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 (g) OF THE ACT:

None

Indicate by check mark:		Yes	No
•	if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.	þ
•	if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.		þ
•	whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.	þ
•	whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).	þ
•	if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.	þ
•	whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
	Large accelerated filer þ    Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o      Smaller reporting company o Emerging growth company o
•	whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.)		þ

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ¨

The aggregate market value of the shares of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2017 was approximately $19 billion, based on the closing price of $52.57 per share of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2017.

As of February 21, 2018, there were outstanding 356,981,387 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the registrant.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2018 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item	Description	Page
	Part I
1	BUSINESS	6
1A.	RISK FACTORS	17
1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	None
2	PROPERTIES	28
3	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	28
4	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	Not Applicable
	Part II
5	MARKET FOR THE HARTFORD'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTER AND ISSUER PUCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	29
6	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	31
7	MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	32
7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	[a]
8	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	[b]
9	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	None
9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	108
9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	None
	Part III
10	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF THE HARTFORD	110
11	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	[c]
12	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	111
13	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	[d]
14	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES	[e]
	Part IV
15	EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	112
	EXHIBITS INDEX	I-1
16	FORM 10-K SUMMARY	Not Applicable
	SIGNATURES	I-5

[a] The information required by this item is set forth in the Enterprise Risk Management section of Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and is incorporated herein by reference.

[b] See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules elsewhere herein.

[c] The information called for by Item 11 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the subcaptions "Compensation Discussion and Analysis", "Executive Compensation", "Director Compensation", "Report of the Compensation and Management Development Committee", and "Compensation and Management Development Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and is incorporated herein by reference.

[d] Any information called for by Item 13 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the caption and subcaption "Board and Governance Matters" and "Director Independence" and is incorporated herein by reference.

[e] The information called for by Item 14 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the caption "Audit Matters" and is incorporated herein by reference.

3

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain of the statements contained herein are forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” and similar references to future periods.

Forward-looking statements are based on management's current expectations and assumptions regarding future economic, competitive, legislative and other developments and their potential effect upon The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “The Hartford”). Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Actual results could differ materially from expectations, depending on the evolution of various factors, including the risks and uncertainties identified below, as well as factors described in such forward-looking statements or in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors, in Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and those identified from time to time in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

• Risks Relating to Economic, Political and Global Market Conditions:

◦ challenges related to the Company’s current operating environment, including global political, economic and market conditions, and the effect of financial market disruptions, economic downturns or other potentially adverse macroeconomic developments on the demand for our products and returns in our investment portfolios;

◦ financial risk related to the continued reinvestment of our investment portfolios;

◦ market risks associated with our business, including changes in credit spreads, equity prices, interest rates, inflation rate, market volatility and foreign exchange rates;

◦ the impact on our investment portfolio if our investment portfolio is concentrated in any particular segment of the economy;

• Insurance Industry and Product-Related Risks:

◦ the possibility of unfavorable loss development, including with respect to long-tailed exposures;

◦ the possibility of a pandemic, earthquake, or other natural or man-made disaster that may adversely affect our businesses;

◦ weather and other natural physical events, including the severity and frequency of storms, hail, winter storms, hurricanes and tropical storms, as well as climate change and its potential impact on weather patterns;

◦ the possible occurrence of terrorist attacks and the Company’s inability to contain its exposure as a result of, among other factors, the inability to exclude coverage for terrorist attacks from workers' compensation policies and limitations on reinsurance coverage from the federal government under applicable laws;

◦ the Company’s ability to effectively price its property and casualty policies, including its ability to obtain regulatory consents to pricing actions or to non-renewal or withdrawal of certain product lines;

◦ actions by competitors that may be larger or have greater financial resources than we do;

◦ technological changes, such as usage-based methods of determining premiums, advancements in automotive safety features, the development of autonomous vehicles, and platforms that facilitate ride sharing, which may alter demand for the Company's products, impact the frequency or severity of losses, and/or impact the way the Company markets, distributes and underwrites its products;

◦ the Company's ability to market, distribute and provide insurance products and investment advisory services through current and future distribution channels and advisory firms;

◦ the uncertain effects of emerging claim and coverage issues;

• Financial Strength, Credit and Counterparty Risks:

◦ risks to our business, financial position, prospects and results associated with negative rating actions or downgrades in the Company’s financial strength and credit ratings or negative rating actions or downgrades relating to our investments;

◦ the impact on our statutory capital of various factors, including many that are outside the Company’s control, which can in turn affect our credit and financial strength ratings, cost of capital, regulatory compliance and other aspects of our business and results;

◦ losses due to nonperformance or defaults by others, including sourcing partners, derivative counterparties and other third parties;

◦ the potential for losses due to our reinsurers' unwillingness or inability to meet their obligations under reinsurance contracts and the availability, pricing and adequacy of reinsurance to protect the Company against losses;

◦ regulatory limitations on the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends;

• Risks Relating to Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations:

4

◦ risk associated with the use of analytical models in making decisions in key areas such as underwriting, capital management, hedging, reserving, and catastrophe risk management;

◦ the potential for differing interpretations of the methodologies, estimations and assumptions that underlie the Company’s fair value estimates for its investments and the evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities;

◦ the significant uncertainties that limit our ability to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for asbestos and environmental claims;

• Strategic and Operational Risks:

◦ the Company’s ability to maintain the availability of its systems and safeguard the security of its data in the event of a disaster, cyber or other information security incident or other unanticipated event;

◦ the risks, challenges and uncertainties associated with capital management plans, expense reduction initiatives and other actions, which may include acquisitions, divestitures or restructurings;

◦ the potential for difficulties arising from outsourcing and similar third-party relationships;

◦ the Company’s ability to protect its intellectual property and defend against claims of infringement;

• Regulatory and Legal Risks:

◦ the cost and other potential effects of increased regulatory and legislative developments, including those that could adversely impact the demand for the Company’s products, operating costs and required capital levels;

◦ unfavorable judicial or legislative developments;

◦ the impact of changes in federal or state tax laws;

◦ regulatory requirements that could delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that shareholders might consider in their best interests;

◦ the impact of potential changes in accounting principles and related financial reporting requirements;

• Risks Related to the Company's Life and Annuity Business in Discontinued Operations

◦ the risks related to the Company's ability to close its previously announced sale of its life and annuity run-off book of business, which is subject to several closing conditions, including many that are outside of the Company's control;

◦ the risks related to political, economic and global economic conditions, including interest rate, equity and credit spread risks;

◦ the impact on our investment portfolio if our investment portfolio is concentrated in any particular segment of the economy;

◦ risks related to negative rating actions or downgrades in the financial strength and credit ratings of Hartford Life Insurance Company or Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company or negative rating actions or downgrades relating to our investments;

◦ the volatility in our statutory and United States ("U.S.") Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP")  earnings and potential material changes to our results resulting from our risk management program to emphasize protection of economic value;

◦ the potential for losses due to our reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to meet their obligations under reinsurance contracts;

◦ the potential for differing interpretations of the methodologies, estimations and assumptions that underlie the fair value estimates for investments and the evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available for sale securities;

◦ the potential for further acceleration of deferred policy acquisition cost amortization and an increase in reserves for certain guaranteed benefits in our variable annuities;

◦ changes in federal or state tax laws that would impact the tax-favored status of life and annuity contracts; and

◦ changes in accounting and financial reporting of the liability for future policy benefits, including how the life and annuity businesses account for deferred acquisition costs and market risk benefits on variable annuity contracts and the discounting of life contingent fixed annuities.

Any forward-looking statement made by the Company in this document speaks only as of the date of the filing of this Form 10-K. Factors or events that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for the Company to predict all of them. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

5

Part I - Item 1. Business

Item 1. BUSINESS

(Dollar amounts in millions, except for per share data, unless otherwise stated)

GENERAL

The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, “The Hartford”, the “Company”, “we”, or “our”) is a holding company for a group of subsidiaries that provide property and casualty insurance, group benefits and mutual funds to individual and business customers in the United States. In December 2017, the Company announced the signing of a definitive agreement to sell its life and annuity operating subsidiaries and, accordingly, the assets and liabilities of those subsidiaries have been presented as held for sale with results of operations from that business reflected as discontinued operations. See Note 20 - Business Dispositions and Discontinued Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Hartford is headquartered in Connecticut and its oldest subsidiary, Hartford Fire Insurance Company, dates to 1810. At December 31, 2017, total assets and total stockholders’ equity of The Hartford were $225.3 billion and $13.5 billion, respectively.

ORGANIZATION

The Hartford strives to maintain and enhance its position as a market leader within the financial services industry. The Company sells diverse and innovative products through multiple distribution channels to individuals and businesses and is considered a leading property and casualty insurer. The Company endeavors to expand its insurance product offerings and distribution and capitalize on the strength of the Company's brand. The Hartford Stag logo is one of the most recognized symbols in the financial services industry. The Company is also working to increase efficiencies through investments in technology.

As a holding company, The Hartford is separate and distinct from its subsidiaries and has no significant business operations of its own. The Company relies on the dividends from its insurance companies and other subsidiaries as the principal source of cash flow to meet its obligations, pay dividends and repurchase common stock. Information regarding the cash flow and liquidity needs of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. may be found in Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) — Capital Resources and Liquidity.

REPORTING SEGMENTS

The Hartford conducts business principally in five reporting segments including Commercial Lines, Personal Lines, Property & Casualty ("P&C") Other Operations, Group Benefits and Mutual Funds, as well as a Corporate category. The Hartford includes in its Corporate category discontinued operations of the Company's life and annuity run-off business accounted for as held for sale, reserves for structured settlement and terminal funding agreement liabilities retained, capital raising activities (including debt financing and related interest expense), purchase accounting adjustments related to goodwill and other expenses not allocated to the reporting segments.

2017 Revenues of $16,974 [1] by Segment

[1] Includes Revenue of $120 for P&C Other Operations and $26 for Corporate.

The following discussion describes the principal products and services, marketing and distribution, and competition of The Hartford's reporting segments. For further discussion of the reporting segments, including financial disclosures of revenues by product line, net income (loss), and assets for each reporting segment, see Note 4 - Segment Information of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

6

Part I - Item 1. Business

COMMERCIAL LINES

2017 Earned Premiums of $6,865 by Line of Business

2017 Earned Premiums of $6,865 by Product

Principal Products and Services

Automobile	Covers damage to a business's fleet of vehicles due to collision or other perils (automobile physical damage). In addition to first party automobile physical damage, commercial automobile covers liability for bodily injuries and property damage suffered by third parties and losses caused by uninsured or under-insured motorists.
Property	Covers the building a business owns or leases as well as its personal property, including tools and equipment, inventory, and furniture. A commercial property insurance policy covers losses resulting from fire, wind, hail, earthquake, theft and other covered perils, including coverage for assets such as accounts receivable and valuable papers and records. Commercial property may include specialized equipment insurance, which provides coverage for loss or damage resulting from the mechanical breakdown of boilers and machinery, and ocean and inland marine insurance, which provides coverage for goods in transit and unique, one-of-a-kind exposures.
General Liability	Covers a business in the event it is sued for causing harm to a person and/or damage to property. General liability insurance covers third-party claims arising from accidents occurring on the insured’s premises or arising out of their operations. General liability insurance may also cover losses arising from product liability and provide replacement of lost income due to an event that interrupts business operations.
Package Business	Covers both property and general liability damages.
Workers' Compensation	Covers employers for losses incurred due to employees sustaining an injury, illness or disability in connection with their work. Benefits paid under workers’ compensation policies may include reimbursement of medical care costs, replacement income, compensation for permanent injuries and benefits to survivors. Workers’ compensation is provided under both guaranteed cost policies (coverage for a fixed premium) and loss sensitive policies where premiums are adjustable based on the loss experience of the employer.
Professional Liability	Covers liability arising from directors and officers acting in their official capacity and liability for errors and omissions committed by professionals and others. Coverage may also provide employment practices insurance relating to allegations of wrongful termination and discrimination.
Bond	Encompasses fidelity and surety insurance, including commercial surety, contract surety and fidelity bonds. Commercial surety includes bonds that insure non-performance by contractors, license and permit bonds to help meet government-mandated requirements and probate and judicial bonds for fiduciaries and civil court proceedings. Contract surety bonds may include payment and performance bonds for contractors. Fidelity bonds may include ERISA bonds related to the handling of retirement plan assets and bonds protecting against employee theft or fraud.

Through its three lines of business of small commercial, middle market and specialty, Commercial Lines principally provides workers’ compensation, property, automobile and general liability insurance products to businesses, primarily throughout the United States. In addition, the specialty line of business provides

professional liability, bond, loss-sensitive workers compensation, general liability, automobile liability and automobile physical damage. The majority of Commercial Lines written premium is generated by small commercial and middle market, which provide coverage options and customized pricing based on the

7

Part I - Item 1. Business

policyholder’s individual risk characteristics. Within small commercial, both property and general liability coverages are offered under a single package policy, marketed under the Spectrum name. Specialty provides a variety of customized insurance products and services.

Small commercial provides coverages for small businesses, which the Company considers to be businesses with an annual payroll under $12, revenues under $25 and property values less than $20 per location. Through Maxum Specialty Insurance Group ("Maxum"), small commercial also provides excess and surplus lines coverage to small businesses including umbrella, general liability, property and other coverages. Middle market provides insurance coverages to medium-sized businesses, which are companies whose payroll, revenue and property values exceed the small business definition. The Company has a small amount of property and casualty business written internationally. For U.S. exporters and other U.S. companies with international exposures, the Company covers property, marine and liability risks outside the U.S. as the assuming reinsurer under a reinsurance agreement with a third party.

In addition to offering standard commercial lines products, middle market includes program business which provides tailored programs, primarily to customers with common risk characteristics. Within specialty, a significant portion of the business is written through large deductible programs for national accounts. Other programs written within specialty are retrospectively-rated where the premiums are adjustable based on loss experience. Also within specialty, the Company writes captive programs business, which provides tailored programs to those seeking a loss sensitive solution where premiums are adjustable based on loss experience.

Marketing and Distribution

Commercial Lines provides insurance products and services through the Company’s regional offices, branches and sales and policyholder service centers throughout the United States. The products are marketed and distributed nationally using independent agents, brokers and wholesalers. The independent agent and broker distribution channel is consolidating and this trend is expected to continue. This will likely result in a larger proportion of written premium being concentrated among fewer agents and brokers. In addition, the Company offers insurance products to customers of payroll service providers through its relationships with major national payroll companies and to members of affinity organizations.

Competition

Small Commercial

In small commercial, The Hartford competes against large national carriers, regional carriers and direct writers. Competitors include stock companies, mutual companies and other underwriting organizations. The small commercial market remains highly competitive and fragmented as carriers seek to differentiate themselves through product expansion, price reduction, enhanced service and leading technology. Larger carriers such as The Hartford continually advance their pricing sophistication and ease of doing business with agents and customers through the use of technology, analytics and other capabilities that improve the process of evaluating a risk, quoting new business and servicing customers. The Company also has digital capabilities as customers and distributors demand more

access and convenience, and expanding product and underwriting capabilities to accommodate both larger accounts and a broader risk appetite.

The small commercial market has experienced low written premium growth rates due to current economic conditions. Competitors seek new business by increasing their underwriting appetite, and deepening their relationships with distribution partners. Also, carriers serving middle market-sized accounts are more aggressively competing for small commercial accounts, which are generally less price-sensitive. Some carriers, including start-up and non-traditional carriers, are looking to expand sales of business insurance products to small commercial market insureds through on-line and direct-to-consumer marketing.

Middle Market

Middle market business is considered “high touch” and involves individual underwriting and pricing decisions. The pricing of middle market accounts is prone to significant volatility over time due to changes in individual account characteristics and exposure, as well as legislative and macro-economic forces. National and regional carriers participate in the middle market insurance sector, resulting in a competitive environment where pricing and policy terms are critical to securing new business and retaining existing accounts. Within this competitive environment, The Hartford is working to deepen its product and underwriting capabilities, and leverage its sales and underwriting talent with tools it has introduced in recent years. Through advanced training and data analytics, the Company’s field underwriters are working to improve risk selection and pricing decisions. In product development and related areas such as claims and risk engineering, the Company is extending its capabilities in industry verticals, such as energy, construction, automobile parts manufacturing, food processing and hospitality. Through a partnership with AXA Corporate Solutions, the Company offers business insurance coverages to exporters and other U.S. companies with a physical presence overseas. The Company has also added new middle market underwriters in the Midwest and Western U.S. to deepen relationships with its distribution partners.

Specialty Commercial

Specialty commercial competes on an account-by-account basis due to the complex nature of each transaction. Competition in this market includes stock companies, mutual companies, alternative risk sharing groups and other underwriting organizations.

For specialty casualty businesses, pricing competition continues to be significant, particularly for the larger individual accounts. As a means to mitigate the cost of insurance on larger accounts, more insureds may opt for the loss-sensitive products offered in our national accounts segment, including retrospectively rated contracts, in lieu of guaranteed cost policies. Under a retrospectively-rated contract, the ultimate premium collected from the insured is adjusted based on how incurred losses for the policy year develop over time, subject to a minimum and maximum premium. Within national accounts, the Company is implementing a phased roll out of a new risk management platform, allowing customers better access to claims data and other information needed by corporate risk managers. This investment will allow the Company to work more closely with customers to improve long-term account performance.

8

Part I - Item 1. Business

In the bond business, favorable underwriting results in recent years has led to increased competition for market share, setting the stage for potential written price decreases.

In professional liability, large and medium-sized businesses are in differing competitive environments. Large public director &

officers coverage, specifically excess layers, is under significant competitive price pressure. The middle market private management liability segment is in a more stable competitive and pricing environment.

PERSONAL LINES

2017 Earned Premiums of $3,690 by Line of Business

2017 Earned Premiums of $3,690 by Product

Principal Products and Services

Automobile

Covers damage to an individual insured’s own vehicle due to collision or other perils and is referred to as automobile physical damage. In addition to first party automobile physical damage, automobile insurance covers liability for bodily injuries and property damage suffered by third parties and losses caused by uninsured or underinsured motorists. Also, under no-fault laws, policies written in some states provide first party personal injury protection. Some of the Company’s personal automobile insurance policies also offer personal umbrella liability coverage for an additional premium.

Homeowners

Insures against losses to residences and contents from fire, wind and other perils. Homeowners insurance includes owned dwellings, rental properties and coverage for tenants. The policies may provide other coverages, including loss related to recreation vehicles or watercraft, identity theft and personal items such as jewelry.

Personal Lines provides automobile, homeowners and personal umbrella coverages to individuals across the United States, including a program designed exclusively for members of AARP (“AARP Program”). The Hartford's automobile and homeowners products provide coverage options and pricing tailored to a customer's individual risk. The Hartford has individual customer relationships with AARP Program policyholders and, as a group, they represent a significant portion of the total Personal Lines' business. Business sold to AARP members, either direct or through independent agents, amounted to earned premiums of $3.2 billion, $3.3 billion and $3.2 billion in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

During 2017, Personal Lines continued to refine its automobile and home product offerings, i.e., its Open Road Auto and Home Advantage products. Overall rate

levels, price segmentation, rating factors and underwriting procedures were examined and updated to reflect the company’s actual experience with these products. In addition, Personal Lines also continued working with carrier partners to provide risk protection options for AARP members with needs beyond the company’s current product offering.

Marketing and Distribution

Personal Lines reaches diverse customers through multiple distribution channels, including direct-to-consumer and independent agents. In direct-to-consumer, Personal Lines markets its products through a mix of media, including direct mail, digital marketing, television as well as digital and print advertising. Through the agency channel, Personal Lines provides products and services to customers through a network of

9

Part I - Item 1. Business

independent agents in the standard personal lines market, primarily serving mature, preferred consumers. These independent agents are not employees of the Company.

Personal Lines has made significant investments in offering direct and agency-based customers the opportunity to interact with the company online, including via mobile devices. In addition, its technology platform for telephone sales centers enables sales representatives to provide an enhanced experience for direct-to-consumer customers, positioning The Company to offer unique capabilities to AARP’s member base.

Most of Personal Lines' sales are associated with its exclusive licensing arrangement with AARP, with the current agreement in place through January 1, 2023, to market automobile, homeowners and personal umbrella coverages to AARP's approximately 38 million members, primarily direct but also through independent agents. This relationship with AARP, which has been in place since 1984, provides Personal Lines with an important competitive advantage given the expected growth of the population of those over age 50 and the strength of the AARP brand. The Company has expanded its relationship with AARP to enable its members who are small business owners to purchase the Company's industry-leading small business products offered by Commercial Lines.

In addition to selling to AARP members, Personal Lines offers its automobile and homeowners products to non-AARP customers, primarily through the independent agent channel within select underwriting markets where we believe we have a competitive advantage. Personal Lines leverages its agency channel to target AARP members and other customer segments that value the advice of an independent agent and recognize the differentiated experience the Company provides. In particular, the Company has taken action to distinguish its brand and improve profitability in the independent agent channel with fewer and more highly partnered agents.

Competition

The personal lines automobile and homeowners insurance

markets are highly competitive. Personal lines insurance is written by insurance companies of varying sizes that compete principally on the basis of price, product, service, including claims handling, the insurer's ratings and brand recognition. Companies with strong ratings, recognized brands, direct sales capability and economies of scale will have a competitive advantage. In recent years, insurers have increased their advertising in the direct-to-consumer market, in an effort to gain new business and retain profitable business. The growth of direct-to-consumer sales continues to outpace sales in the agency distribution channel.

Insurers that distribute products principally through agency channels compete by offering commissions and additional incentives to attract new business. To distinguish themselves in the marketplace, top tier insurers are offering online and self service capabilities that make it easier for agents and consumers to do business with the insurer. A large majority of agents have been using “comparative rater” tools that allow the agent to compare premium quotes among several insurance companies. The use of comparative rater tools increases price competition. Insurers that are able to capitalize on their brand and reputation, differentiate their products and deliver strong customer service are more likely to be successful in this market.

The use of data mining and predictive modeling is used by more and more carriers to target the most profitable business, and carriers have further segmented their pricing plans to expand market share in what they believe to be the most profitable segments. The Company is investing in capabilities to better utilize data and analytics, and thereby, refine and manage underwriting and pricing.

Also, new automobile technology advancements, including lane departure warnings, backup cameras, automatic braking and active collision alerts, are being deployed rapidly and are expected to improve driver safety and reduce the likelihood of vehicle collisions. However, these features include expensive parts, potentially increasing average claim severity.

PROPERTY & CASUALTY OTHER OPERATIONS

Property & Casualty Other Operations includes certain property and casualty operations, managed by the Company, that have discontinued writing new business and includes substantially all of the Company's asbestos and environmental ("A&E") exposures.

For a discussion of coverages provided under policies written with exposure to A&E, assumed reinsurance and all other non-A&E, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property & Casualty Insurance Product Reserves.

10

Part I - Item 1. Business

GROUP BENEFITS

2017 Premiums and Fee Income of $3,677

Principal Products and Services

Group Life	Typically is term life insurance provided in the form of yearly renewable term life insurance. Other life coverages in this category include accidental death and dismemberment and travel accident insurance.
Group Disability	Typically comprised of both short-term and long-term disability coverage that pays a percentage of an employee’s salary for a period of time if they are ill or injured and cannot perform the duties of their job. Short-term and long-term disability policies have elimination periods that must be satisfied prior to benefit payments. In addition to premiums, administrative service fees are paid by employers for leave management and the administration of underwriting, enrollment and claims processing for employer self-funded plans.
Other Products	Includes other group coverages such as retiree health insurance, critical illness, accident, hospital indemnity and participant accident coverages.

Group insurance typically covers an entire group of people under a single contract, most typically the employees of a single employer or members of an association.

Group Benefits provides group life, disability and other group coverages to members of employer groups, associations and affinity groups through direct insurance policies and provides reinsurance to other insurance companies. In addition to employer paid coverages, Group Benefits offers voluntary product coverages which are offered through employee payroll deductions. Group Benefits also offers disability underwriting, administration, and claims processing to self-funded employer plans. In addition, Group Benefits offers a single-company leave management solution, The Hartford Productivity Advantage, which integrates work absence data from the insurer’s short-term and long-term group disability and workers’ compensation insurance with its leave management administration services.

Group Benefits generally offers term insurance policies, allowing for the adjustment of rates or policy terms in order to minimize the adverse effect of market trends, loss costs, declining interest rates and other factors. Policies are typically sold with one, two or three-year rate guarantees depending upon the product and market segment.

On November 1, 2017, the Company's group benefits subsidiary, Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company ("HLA") acquired Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business through a reinsurance transaction. Revenues and earnings of the Aetna U.S. group life and disability business are included in operating results of the Company's Group Benefits segment since the acquisition date. For discussion of this transaction, see Note 2- Business Acquisitions of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Marketing and Distribution

The Group Benefits distribution network is managed through a regional sales office system to distribute its group insurance products and services through a variety of distribution outlets including brokers, consultants, third-party administrators and trade associations. Additionally, Group Benefits has relationships with several private exchanges which offer its products to employer groups.

The acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business further enhances Group Benefit's distribution footprint by increasing its sales force. The acquisition also provides Group Benefits an exclusive, multi year collaboration to sell it's group life and disability products through Aetna's medical sales team.

11

Part I - Item 1. Business

Competition

Group Benefits competes with numerous insurance companies and financial intermediaries marketing insurance products. In order to differentiate itself, Group Benefits uses its risk management expertise and economies of scale to derive a competitive advantage. Competitive factors include the extent of products offered, price, the quality of customer and claims handling services, and the Company's relationship with third-party distributors and private exchanges. Active price competition continues in the marketplace, resulting in multi-year rate guarantees being offered to customers. Top tier insurers in the marketplace also offer on-line and self service capabilities to third party distributors and consumers. The relatively large size and underwriting capacity of the Group Benefits business provides a competitive advantage over smaller companies.

Group Benefits' recent acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business further increases its market presence and

competitive capabilities through the addition of industry-leading digital technology and an integrated absence management and claims platform.

Additionally, as employers continue to focus on reducing the cost of employee benefits, we expect more companies to offer voluntary products paid for by employees. Competitive factors affecting the sale of voluntary products include the breadth of products, product education, enrollment capabilities and overall customer service.

The Company has expanded its employer group product offerings, including the voluntary product suite, including coverages for short term absences from work, critical illness and accident coverages. The Company's enhanced enrollment and marketing tools, such as My Tomorrow©, are providing additional opportunities to educate individual participants about supplementary benefits and deepen their knowledge about product selection.

MUTUAL FUNDS

Mutual Funds Segment AUM of $115,350^[1] as of December 31, 2017

[1] Includes Mutual Fund Segment AUM for ETPs of $480.

Mutual Fund AUM as of December 31, 2017

Principal Products and Services

Mutual Fund	Includes over 75 actively managed open-ended mutual funds across a variety of asset classes including domestic and international equity, fixed income, and multi-strategy investments, principally subadvised by two unaffiliated institutional asset management firms that have comprehensive global investment capabilities.
ETP	Includes a suite of exchange-traded products (“ETP”) traded on the New York Stock Exchange that is comprised of strategic beta and actively managed fixed income of exchange-traded funds ("ETF").  Strategic beta ETF’s are designed to track indices using both active and passive investment techniques that strive to improve performance relative to traditional capitalization weighted indices.
Life and annuity run-off business held for sale	Includes assets held in separate accounts classified as assets held for sale, which support legacy run-off variable insurance contracts.

The Mutual Funds segment provides investment management, administration, product distribution and related services to investors through a diverse set of investment products in domestic and international markets. Our comprehensive range of

products and services assist clients in achieving their desired investment objectives. Our assets under management are separated into three distinct categories referred to as mutual funds (“Funds”), ETP and life and annuity run-off business held for

12

Part I - Item 1. Business

sale (formerly referred to as “Talcott Resolution”). The Mutual Funds segment expects to continue managing the mutual fund assets of the life and annuity run-off business after the Company closes the sale during 2018, though those assets are expected to continue to decline over time.

Marketing and Distribution

Our Funds and ETPs are sold through national and regional broker-dealer organizations, independent financial advisers, defined contribution plans, financial consultants, bank trust groups and registered investment advisers. Our distribution team is organized to sell primarily in the United States. The investment products for the life and annuity run-off business held for sale are not actively distributed.

Competition

The investment management industry is mature and highly competitive. Firms are differentiated by investment performance, range of products offered, brand recognition, financial strength, proprietary distribution channels, quality of service and level of fees charged relative to quality of investment products. The Mutual Funds segment competes with a large number of asset management firms and other financial institutions and differentiates itself through superior fund performance, product breadth, strong distribution and competitive fees. In recent years demand for lower cost passive investment strategies has outpaced demand for actively managed strategies and has taken market share from active managers.

CORPORATE

The Company includes in the Corporate category discontinued operations from the Company's life and annuity run-off business accounted for as held for sale, reserves for structured settlement and terminal funding agreement liabilities retained, capital raising

activities (including debt financing and related interest expense), purchase accounting adjustments related to goodwill and other expenses not allocated to the reporting segments.

RESERVES

Total Reserves as of December 31, 2017

[1] Includes reserves for future policy benefits and other policyholder funds and benefits payable of $713 and $816, respectively, of which $441 and $492, respectively, relate to the Group Benefits segment with the remainder related to retained life and annuity run-off business reserves within Corporate.

Total Property & Casualty Reserves as of December 31, 2017

The reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses includes a liability for unpaid losses, including those that have been incurred but not yet reported, as well as estimates of all expenses associated with processing and settling these insurance claims, including reserves related to both Property & Casualty and Group Benefits.

Further discussion of The Hartford’s property and casualty insurance product reserves, including asbestos and environmental claims reserves within P&C Other Operations, may be found in Part II, Item 7, MD&A — Critical Accounting Estimates — Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves. Additional discussion may be found in Notes to Consolidated

13

Part I - Item 1. Business

Financial Statements, including in the Company’s accounting policies for insurance product reserves within Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies and in Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Total Group Benefits Reserves as of December 31, 2017

[1]Includes $104 of short-term disability ("STD") reserves and $39 of supplemental health reserves.

[2]Includes $320 of paid up life reserves, $110 of reserves for conversions to individual life and $11 of other reserves.

Other policyholder funds and benefits payable represent deposits from policyholders where the company does not have insurance risk but is subject to investment risk. Reserves for future policy benefits represent life-contingent reserves for which the company is subject to insurance and investment risk.

Further discussion of The Hartford Group Benefits long-term disability reserves may be found in Part II, Item 7, MD&A — Critical Accounting Estimates — Group Benefits Long-term Disability ("LTD") Reserves, Net of Reinsurance. Additional discussion may be found in Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

UNDERWRITING FOR P&C AND GROUP BENEFITS

The Company underwrites the risks it insures in order to manage exposure to loss through favorable risk selection and diversification. Risk modeling is used to manage, within specified limits, the aggregate exposure taken in each line of business and across the Company. For property and casualty business, aggregate exposure limits are set by geographic zone and peril. Products are priced according to the risk characteristics of the insured’s exposures. Rates charged for Personal Lines products are filed with the states in which we write business. Rates for Commercial Lines products are also filed with the states but the premium charged may be modified based on the insured’s relative risk profile and workers’ compensation policies may be subject to modification based on prior loss experience. Pricing for Group Benefits products, including long-term disability and life insurance, is also based on an underwriting of the risks and a projection of estimated losses, including consideration of investment income.

Pricing adequacy depends on a number of factors, including the ability to obtain regulatory approval for rate changes, proper evaluation of underwriting risks, the ability to project future loss cost frequency and severity based on historical loss experience adjusted for known trends, the Company’s response to rate actions taken by competitors, its expense levels and expectations about regulatory and legal developments. The Company seeks to price its insurance policies such that insurance premiums and future net investment income earned on premiums received will cover underwriting expenses and the ultimate cost of paying claims reported on the policies and provide for a profit margin.

Geographic Distribution of Earned Premium (% of total)

Location	Commercial Lines		Personal Lines		Group Benefits		Total
California	8	%	3	%	2	%	13	%
Texas	4	%	2	%	1	%	7	%
New York	5	%	2	%	1	%	8	%
Florida	2	%	2	%	1	%	5	%
All other [1]	30	%	17	%	20	%	67	%
Total	49	%	26	%	25	%	100	%

[1] No other single state or country accounted for 5% or more of the Company's consolidated earned premium written in 2017.

CLAIMS ADMINISTRATION FOR P&C AND GROUP BENEFITS

Claims administration includes the functions associated with the receipt of initial loss notices, claims adjudication and estimates,

14

Part I - Item 1. Business

legal representation for insureds where appropriate, establishment of case reserves, payment of losses and notification to reinsurers. These activities are performed by approximately 6,600 claim professionals located in 49 states, organized to meet the specific claim service needs for our various product offerings. Our combined Workers’ Compensation and Group Benefits units enable us to leverage synergies for improved outcomes.

Claim payments for benefit, loss and loss adjustment expenses are the largest expenditure for the Company.

REINSURANCE

For discussion of reinsurance, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A — Enterprise Risk Management and Note 8 - Reinsurance of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

INVESTMENT OPERATIONS

Hartford Investment Management Company (“HIMCO”) is an SEC registered investment advisor and manages the Company's investment operations. HIMCO provides customized investment strategies, primarily for The Hartford's investment portfolio, as well as for The Hartford's pension plan, certain investment options in Hartford Life Insurance Company's corporate owned life insurance products, a variable insurance trust and institutional clients. In connection with the pending sale of the Company’s life and annuity run-off business, HIMCO will continue to manage a significant majority of the assets for an initial five year term.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the fair value of HIMCO’s total assets under management was approximately $98.6 billion and $98.3 billion, respectively, of which $2.1 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, were held in HIMCO managed third party accounts and of which $29.6 billion and $30.9 billion, respectively, relate to assets of the life and annuity run-off business accounted for as held for sale.

Management of The Hartford's Investment Portfolio

HIMCO manages the Company's portfolios to maximize economic value and generate the returns necessary to support the Hartford’s various product obligations, within internally established objectives, guidelines and risk tolerances. The portfolio objectives and guidelines are developed based upon the asset/liability profile, including duration, convexity and other characteristics within specified risk tolerances. The risk tolerances considered include, but are not limited to, asset sector, credit issuer allocation limits, and maximum portfolio limits for below investment grade holdings. The Company attempts to minimize adverse impacts to the portfolio and the Company’s results of operations from changes in economic conditions through asset diversification, asset allocation limits, asset/liability duration matching and the use of derivatives. For further discussion of HIMCO’s portfolio management approach, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A — Enterprise Risk Management.

The Hartford's Investment Portfolio as of December 31, 2017

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT

The Company has insurance, operational and financial risks. For discussion on how The Hartford manages these risks, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Enterprise Risk Management.

REGULATION

State Insurance Laws

State insurance laws are intended to supervise and regulate insurers with the goal of protecting policyholders and ensuring the solvency of the insurers. As such, the insurance laws and regulations grant broad authority to state insurance departments (the “Departments”) to oversee and regulate the business of insurance. The Departments monitor the financial stability of an insurer by requiring insurers to maintain certain solvency standards and minimum capital and surplus requirements; invested asset requirements; state deposits of securities; guaranty fund premiums; restrictions on the size of risks which may be insured under a single policy; and adequate reserves and other necessary provisions for unearned premiums, unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and other liabilities, both reported and unreported. In addition, the Departments perform periodic market and financial examinations of insurers and require insurers to file annual and other reports on the financial condition of the companies. Policyholder protection is also regulated by the Departments through licensing of insurers, sales employees, agents and brokers and others; approval of premium rates and policy forms; claims administration requirements; and maintenance of minimum rates for accumulation of surrender values.

Many states also have laws regulating insurance holding company systems. These laws require insurance companies, which are

15

Part I - Item 1. Business

formed and chartered in the state (referred to as “domestic insurers”), to register with the state department of insurance (referred to as their “domestic state or regulator”) and file information concerning the operations of companies within the holding company system that may materially affect the operations, management or financial condition of the insurers within the system. Insurance holding company regulations principally relate to (i) state insurance approval of the acquisition of domestic insurers, (ii) prior review or approval of certain transactions between the domestic insurer and its affiliates, and (iii) regulation of dividends made by the domestic insurer. All transactions within a holding company system affecting domestic insurers must be determined to be fair and equitable.

The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), the organization that works to promote standardization of best practices and assists state insurance regulatory authorities and insurers, conducted the “Solvency Modernization Initiative” (the “Solvency Initiative” ). The effort focused on reviewing the U.S. financial regulatory system and financial regulation affecting insurance companies including: (1) capital requirements; (2) corporate governance and risk management; (3) group supervision; (4) statutory accounting and financial reporting; and (5) reinsurance. As a result of the Solvency Initiative, among other items, the NAIC adopted the Corporate Governance Annual Disclosure Model Act , which was enacted by the Company’s lead domestic state of Connecticut. The model law requires insurers to make an annual confidential filing regarding their corporate governance policies commencing in 2016. In addition, the NAIC adopted the Risk Management and Own Risk and Solvency Assessment Model Act (“ORSA”), which also has been adopted by Connecticut. ORSA requires insurers to maintain a risk management framework and conduct an internal risk and solvency assessment of the insurer’s material risks in normal and stressed environments. Many state insurance holding company laws, including those of Connecticut, have also been amended to require insurers to file an annual confidential enterprise risk report with their lead domestic regulator, disclosing material risks within the entire holding company system that could pose an enterprise risk to the insurer.

Federal and State Securities and Financial Regulation Laws

Certain subsidiaries of the Company sold and distributed the Company’s retail mutual funds, variable annuities and other securities as broker-dealers and are subject to regulation promulgated and enforced by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the SEC and/or, in some instances, state securities administrators. Other subsidiaries operate as investment advisers registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers’ Act of 1940, as amended, and are registered as investment advisers under certain state laws, as applicable. Because federal and state laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect investors in securities markets, they generally grant regulators broad rulemaking and enforcement authority. Some of these regulations include, among other things, regulations impacting sales methods, trading practices, suitability of investments, use and safekeeping of customers’ funds, corporate governance, capital, record keeping, and reporting requirements.

The Hartford operates in limited foreign jurisdictions. The extent of financial services regulation on business outside the United

States varies significantly among the countries in which The Hartford operates. Some countries have minimal regulatory requirements, while others regulate financial services providers extensively. Foreign financial services providers in certain countries are faced with greater restrictions than domestic competitors domiciled in that particular jurisdiction.

Failure to comply with federal and state laws and regulations may result in fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or suspension, termination or limitation of the activities of our operations and/or our employees.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

We rely on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property.

We have a trademark portfolio that we consider important in the marketing of our products and services, including, among others, the trademarks of The Hartford name, the Stag Logo and the combination of these two trademarks. The duration of trademark registrations may be renewed indefinitely subject to country-specific use and registration requirements. We regard our trademarks as highly valuable assets in marketing our products and services and vigorously seek to protect them against infringement. In addition, we own a number of patents and patent applications relating to on-line quoting, insurance related processing, insurance telematics, proprietary interface platforms, and other matters, some of which may be important to our business operations. Patents are of varying duration depending on filing date, and will typically expire at the end of their natural term.

EMPLOYEES

The Hartford has approximately 16,400 employees as of December 31, 2017.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The Company’s Internet address is www.thehartford.com. Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports are available, without charge, on the investor relations section of our website, https://ir.thehartford.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed electronically with the SEC. Reports filed with the SEC may be viewed at www.sec.gov or obtained at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. Information regarding the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. References in this report to our website address are provided only as a convenience and do not constitute, and should not be viewed as, an incorporation by reference of the information contained on, or available through, the website. Therefore, such information should not be considered part of this report.

16

Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

In deciding whether to invest in The Hartford, you should carefully consider the following risks, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation or liquidity and could also impact the trading price of our securities. These risks are not exclusive, and additional risks to which we are subject include, but are not limited to, the factors mentioned under “Forward-Looking Statements” above and the risks of our businesses described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The following risk factors have been organized by category for ease of use, however many of the risks may have impacts in more than one category. The occurrence of certain of them may, in turn, cause the emergence or exacerbate the effect of others. Such a combination could materially increase the severity of the impact of these risks on our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

As noted below under “Risks Relating to the Pending Sale of Our Life and Annuity Business," the assets and liabilities of the life and annuity run-off business, consisting primarily of the operations of Hartford Life Insurance Company and Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company (formerly known as Talcott Resolution), have been accounted for as held for sale as of December 31, 2017, with the operating results of that business included in discontinued operations for all periods presented. The Company expects the sale to close by June 30, 2018, subject to regulatory approval and other closing conditions.  Apart from interest expense on debt issued and outstanding of Hartford Life, Inc., the holding company of the life and annuity run-off business, and certain tax benefits to be retained by The Hartford, the results from the discontinued operations inure to the buyer. Accordingly, any earnings or losses of the life and annuity run-off business up until closing will not change the Company's results.  If the sale of the business does not close, we would retain the risks associated with the life and annuity run-off business.

Risks Relating to Economic, Political and Global Market Conditions

Unfavorable economic, political and global market conditions may adversely impact our business and results of operations.

The Company’s investment portfolio and insurance liabilities are sensitive to changes in economic, political and global capital market conditions, such as the effect of a weak economy and changes in credit spreads, equity prices, interest rates and inflation. Weak economic conditions, such as high unemployment, low labor force participation, lower family income, a weak real estate market, lower business investment and lower consumer spending may adversely affect the demand for insurance and financial products and lower the Company’s profitability in some cases. In addition, the Company’s investment portfolio includes limited partnerships and other alternative investments for which

changes in value are reported in earnings. These investments may be adversely impacted by political turmoil and economic volatility, including real estate market deterioration, which could impact our net investment returns and result in an adverse impact on operating results.

Below are several key factors impacted by changes in economic, political, and global market conditions and their potential effect on the Company’s business and results of operation:

• Credit Spread Risk- Credit spread exposure is reflected in the market prices of fixed income instruments where lower rated securities generally trade at a higher credit spread. If issuer credit spreads increase or widen, the market value of our investment portfolio may decline. If the credit spread widening is significant and occurs over an extended period of time, the Company may recognize other-than-temporary impairments, resulting in decreased earnings. If credit spreads tighten, significantly, the Company’s net investment income associated with new purchases of fixed maturities may be reduced. In addition, the value of credit derivatives under which the Company assumes exposure or purchases protection are impacted by changes in credit spreads, with losses occurring when credit spreads widen for assumed exposure or, when credit spreads tighten if credit protection has been purchased.

• Equity Markets Risk - A decline in equity markets may result in unrealized capital losses on investments in equity securities recorded against net income and lower earnings from Mutual Funds where fee income is earned based upon the fair value of the assets under management. Equity markets are unpredictable. In early 2018, the equity markets were more volatile than in the months prior, which could be indicative of a greater risk of a decline.

• Interest Rate Risk -Global economic conditions may result in the persistence of a low interest rate environment which would continue to pressure our net investment income and could result in lower margins on certain products.

New and renewal business for our property and casualty and group benefits products is priced based on prevailing interest rates. As interest rates decline, in order to achieve the same economic return, we would have to increase product prices to offset the lower anticipated investment income earned on invested premiums. Conversely, as interest rates rise, pricing targets will tend to decrease to reflect higher anticipated investment income. Our ability to effectively react to such changes in interest rates may affect our competitiveness in the marketplace, and in turn, could reduce written premium and earnings.

In addition, due to the long-term nature of the liabilities within our Group Benefits operations, particularly for long-term disability, declines in interest rates over an extended period of time would result in our having to reinvest at lower yields. On the other hand, a rise in interest rates, in the absence of other countervailing changes, would reduce the market value of our investment portfolio. A decline in market value of invested assets due to an increase in interest rates could also limit our ability to realize tax benefits from previously recognized capital losses.

17

Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors

• Inflation Risk - Inflation is a risk to our property and casualty business because, in many cases, claims are paid out many years after a policy is written and premium is collected for the risk. Accordingly, a greater than expected increase in inflation related to the cost of medical services and repairs over the claim settlement period can result in higher claim costs than what was estimated at the time the policy was written. Inflation can also affect consumer spending and business investment which can reduce the demand for our products and services.

Concentration of our investment portfolio increases the potential for significant losses.

The concentration of our investment portfolios in any particular industry, collateral type, group of related industries or geographic sector could have an adverse effect on our investment portfolios and consequently on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity. Events or developments that have a negative impact on any particular industry, collateral type, group of related industries or geographic region may have a greater adverse effect on our investment portfolio to the extent that the portfolio is concentrated rather than diversified.

Further, if issuers of securities or loans we hold are acquired, merge or otherwise consolidate with other issuers of securities or loans held by the Company, our investment portfolio’s credit concentration risk to issuers could increase for a period of time, until the Company is able to sell securities to get back in compliance with the established investment credit policies.

Insurance Industry and Product Related Risks

Unfavorable loss development may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

We establish property and casualty loss reserves to cover our estimated liability for the payment of all unpaid losses and loss expenses incurred with respect to premiums earned on our policies. Loss reserves are estimates of what we expect the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost, less what has been paid to date. These estimates are based upon actuarial projections and on our assessment of currently available data, as well as estimates of claims severity and frequency, legal theories of liability and other factors.

Loss reserve estimates are refined periodically as experience develops and claims are reported and settled, potentially resulting in increases to our reserves. Increases in reserves would be recognized as an expense during the periods in which these determinations are made, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations for those periods. In addition, since reserve estimates of aggregate loss costs for prior years are used in pricing our insurance products, inaccurate reserves can lead to our products not being priced adequately to cover actual losses and related loss expenses in order to generate a profit.

We continue to receive asbestos and environmental ("A&E")claims, the vast majority of which relate to policies written before 1986. Estimating the ultimate gross reserves needed for unpaid losses and related expenses for asbestos and

environmental claims is particularly difficult for insurers and reinsurers. The actuarial tools and other techniques used to estimate the ultimate cost of more traditional insurance exposures tend to be less precise when used to estimate reserves for some A&E exposures.

Moreover, the assumptions used to estimate gross reserves for A&E claims, such as claim frequency over time, average severity, and how various policy provisions will be interpreted, are subject to significant uncertainty. It is also not possible to predict changes in the legal and legislative environment and their effect on the future development of A&E claims. These factors, among others, make the variability of gross reserves estimates for these longer-tailed exposures significantly greater than for other more traditional exposures.

Effective December 31, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement with National Indemnity Company (“NICO”), a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. (“Berkshire”) whereby the Company is reinsured for subsequent adverse development on substantially all of its net A&E reserves up to an aggregate net limit of $1.5 billion. The adverse development cover excludes risk of adverse development on net A&E reserves held by the Company's U.K. Property and Casualty run-off subsidiaries which have been accounted for as liabilities held for sale in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016. We remain directly liable to claimants and if the reinsurer does not fulfill its obligations under the agreement or if future adverse development exceeds the $1.5 billion aggregate limit, we may need to increase our recorded net reserves which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. For additional information related to risks associated with the adverse development cover, see Note 8 - Reinsurance and Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

We are vulnerable to losses from catastrophes, both natural and man-made.

Our insurance operations expose us to claims arising out of catastrophes. Catastrophes can be caused by various unpredictable natural events, including, among others, earthquakes, hurricanes, hailstorms, severe winter weather, wind storms, fires, tornadoes, and pandemics. Catastrophes can also be man-made, such as terrorist attacks, cyber-attacks, explosions or infrastructure failures.

The geographic distribution of our business subjects us to catastrophe exposure for events occurring in a number of areas, including, but not limited to: hurricanes in Florida, the Gulf Coast, the Northeast and the Atlantic coast regions of the United States; tornadoes and hail in the Midwest and Southeast; earthquakes in geographical regions exposed to seismic activity; wildfires in the West and the spread of disease. Any increases in the values and concentrations of insured employees and property in these areas would increase the severity of catastrophic events in the future. In addition, over time, climate change may increase the severity of certain natural catastrophe events. Potential examples include, but are not limited to:

• an increase in the frequency or severity of wind and thunderstorm and tornado/hailstorm events due to increased convection in the atmosphere,

• more frequent wildfires in certain geographies,

18

Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors

• higher incidence of deluge flooding, and

• the potential for an increase in severity of the largest hurricane events due to higher sea surface temperatures.

Our businesses also have exposure to global or nationally occurring pandemics caused by highly infectious and potentially fatal diseases spread through human, animal or plant populations.

In the event of one or more catastrophes, policyholders may be unable to meet their obligations to pay premiums on our insurance policies. Further, our liquidity could be constrained by a catastrophe, or multiple catastrophes, which could result in extraordinary losses. In addition, in part because accounting rules do not permit insurers to reserve for such catastrophic events until they occur, claims from catastrophic events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. The amount we charge for catastrophe exposure may be inadequate if the frequency or severity of catastrophe losses changes over time or if the models we use to estimate the exposure prove inadequate. In addition, regulators or legislators could limit our ability to charge adequate pricing for catastrophe exposures or shift more responsibility for covering risk.

Terrorism is an example of a significant man-made caused potential catastrophe. Private sector catastrophe reinsurance is limited and generally unavailable for terrorism losses caused by attacks with nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological weapons. Reinsurance coverage from the federal government under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2015 (“TRIPRA”) is also limited and only applies for certified acts of terrorism that exceed a certain threshold of industry losses. Accordingly, the effects of a terrorist attack in the geographic areas we serve may result in claims and related losses for which we do not have adequate reinsurance. Further, the continued threat of terrorism and the occurrence of terrorist attacks, as well as heightened security measures and military action in response to these threats and attacks or other geopolitical or military crises, may cause significant volatility in global financial markets, disruptions to commerce and reduced economic activity. These consequences could have an adverse effect on the value of the assets in our investment portfolio as well as those in our separate accounts. Terrorist attacks also could disrupt our operation centers. For a further discussion of TRIPRA, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Enterprise Risk Management - Insurance Risk Management, Reinsurance as a Risk Management Strategy.

As a result, it is possible that any, or a combination of all, of these factors related to a catastrophe, or multiple catastrophes, whether natural or man-made, can have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Pricing for our products is subject to our ability to adequately assess risks, estimate losses and comply with state insurance regulations.

We seek to price our property and casualty and group benefits insurance policies such that insurance premiums and future net investment income earned on premiums received will provide for an acceptable profit in excess of underwriting expenses and the cost of paying claims. Pricing adequacy depends on a number of factors, including proper evaluation of underwriting risks, the

ability to project future claim costs, our expense levels, net investment income realized, our response to rate actions taken by competitors, legal and regulatory developments, and the ability to obtain regulatory approval for rate changes.

State insurance departments regulate many of the premium rates we charge and also propose rate changes for the benefit of the property and casualty consumer at the expense of the insurer, which may not allow us to reach targeted levels of profitability. In addition to regulating rates, certain states have enacted laws that require a property and casualty insurer to participate in assigned risk plans, reinsurance facilities, joint underwriting associations and other residual market plans. State regulators also require that an insurer offer property and casualty coverage to all consumers and often restrict an insurer's ability to charge the price it might otherwise charge or restrict an insurer's ability to offer or enforce specific policy deductibles. In these markets, we may be compelled to underwrite significant amounts of business at lower than desired rates or accept additional risk not contemplated in our existing rates, participate in the operating losses of residual market plans or pay assessments to fund operating deficits of state-sponsored funds, possibly leading to lower returns on equity. The laws and regulations of many states also limit an insurer's ability to withdraw from one or more lines of insurance in the state, except pursuant to a plan that is approved by the state's insurance department. Additionally, certain states require insurers to participate in guaranty funds for impaired or insolvent insurance companies. These funds periodically assess losses against all insurance companies doing business in the state. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Additionally, the property and casualty and group benefits insurance markets have been historically cyclical, experiencing periods characterized by relatively high levels of price competition, less restrictive underwriting standards, more expansive coverage offerings, multi-year rate guarantees and declining premium rates, followed by periods of relatively low levels of competition, more selective underwriting standards, more coverage restrictions and increasing premium rates. In all of our property and casualty and group benefits insurance product lines and states, there is a risk that the premium we charge may ultimately prove to be inadequate as reported losses emerge. In addition, there is a risk that regulatory constraints, price competition or incorrect pricing assumptions could prevent us from achieving targeted returns. Inadequate pricing could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Competitive activity, use of data analytics, or technological changes may adversely affect our market share, demand for our products, or our financial results.

The industries in which we operate are highly competitive. Our principal competitors are other property and casualty insurers, group benefits providers and providers of mutual funds and exchange-traded products. Competitors may expand their risk appetites in products and services where The Hartford currently enjoys a competitive advantage. Larger competitors with more capital and new entrants to the market could result in increased pricing pressures on a number of our products and services and may harm our ability to maintain or increase our profitability. For

19

Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors

example, larger competitors, including those formed through consolidation, may have lower operating costs and an ability to absorb greater risk while maintaining their financial strength ratings, thereby allowing them to price their products more competitively. In addition, a number of insurers are making use of "big data" analytics to, among other things, improve pricing accuracy, be more targeted in marketing, strengthen customer relationships and provide more customized loss prevention services. If they are able to use big data more effectively than we are, it may give them a competitive advantage. Because of the highly competitive nature of the industries we compete in, there can be no assurance that we will continue to compete effectively with our industry rivals, or that competitive pressure will not have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our business could also be affected by technological changes, including further advancements in automotive safety features, the development of autonomous or “self-driving” vehicles, and platforms that facilitate ride sharing. These technologies could impact the frequency or severity of losses, disrupt the demand for certain of our products, or reduce the size of the automobile insurance market as a whole. In addition, the risks we insure are affected by the increased use of technology in homes and businesses, including technology used in heating, ventilation, air conditioning and security systems and the introduction of more automated loss control measures. While there is substantial uncertainty about the timing, penetration and reliability of such technologies, and the legal frameworks that may apply, such as for example to autonomous vehicles, any such impacts could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We may experience difficulty in marketing and providing insurance products and investment advisory services through distribution channels and advisory firms.

We distribute our insurance products, mutual funds and Exchange Traded Products (ETPs) through a variety of distribution channels and financial intermediaries, including brokers, independent agents, broker-dealers, banks, registered investment advisors, affinity partners, our own internal sales force and other third-party organizations. In some areas of our business, we generate a significant portion of our business through third-party arrangements. For example, we market personal lines products in large part through an exclusive licensing arrangement with AARP that continues through January 1, 2023. Our ability to distribute products through the AARP program may be adversely impacted by membership levels and the pace of membership growth. In addition, the independent agent and broker distribution channel is consolidating which could result in a larger proportion of written premium being concentrated among fewer agents and brokers, potentially increasing our cost of acquiring new business. While we periodically seek to renew or extend third party arrangements, there can be no assurance that our relationship with these third parties will continue or that the economics of these relationships won't change to make them less financially attractive to the Company. An interruption in our relationship with certain of these third parties could materially affect our ability to market our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Unexpected and unintended claim and coverage issues under our insurance contracts may adversely impact our financial performance.

Changes in industry practices and in legal, judicial, social and other environmental conditions, technological advances or fraudulent activities, may require us to pay claims we did not intend to cover when we wrote the policies. These issues may either extend coverage beyond our underwriting intent or increase the frequency or severity of claims. In some instances, these changes, advances or activities may not become apparent until some time after we have issued insurance contracts that are affected by the changes, advances or activities. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance contracts may not be known for many years after a contract is issued, and this liability may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity at the time it becomes known.

Financial Strength, Credit and Counterparty Risks

Downgrades in our financial strength or credit ratings may make our products less attractive, increase our cost of capital and inhibit our ability to refinance our debt.

Financial strength and credit ratings are important in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies. Rating agencies assign ratings based upon several factors. While most of the factors relate to the rated company, others relate to the views of the rating agency (including its assessment of the strategic importance of the rated company to the insurance group), general economic conditions, and circumstances outside the rated company's control. In addition, rating agencies may employ different models and formulas to assess the financial strength of a rated company, and from time to time rating agencies have altered these models. Changes to the models or factors used by the rating agencies to assign ratings could adversely impact a rating agency's judgment of its internal rating and the publicly issued rating it assigns us.

Our financial strength ratings, which are intended to measure our ability to meet policyholder obligations, are an important factor affecting public confidence in most of our products and, as a result, our competitiveness. A downgrade or a potential downgrade in the rating of our financial strength or of one of our principal insurance subsidiaries could affect our competitive position and reduce future sales of our products.

Our credit ratings also affect our cost of capital. A downgrade or a potential downgrade of our credit ratings could make it more difficult or costly to refinance maturing debt obligations, to support business growth at our insurance subsidiaries and to maintain or improve the financial strength ratings of our principal insurance subsidiaries. These events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. For a further discussion of potential impacts of ratings

20

Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors

downgrades on derivative instruments, including potential collateral calls, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Capital Resources and Liquidity - Derivative Commitments.

The amount of statutory capital that we must hold to maintain our financial strength and credit ratings and meet other requirements can vary significantly from time to time and is sensitive to a number of factors outside of our control.

We conduct the vast majority of our business through licensed insurance company subsidiaries. Statutory accounting standards and statutory capital and reserve requirements for these entities are prescribed by the applicable insurance regulators and the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”). The minimum capital we must hold is based on risk-based capital (“RBC”) formulas for both life and property and casualty companies. The RBC formula for life companies is applicable to our group benefits business and establishes capital requirements relating to insurance, business, asset, credit, interest rate and off-balance sheet risks. The RBC formula for property and casualty companies sets required statutory surplus levels based on underwriting, asset, credit and off-balance sheet risks.

In any particular year, statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios may increase or decrease depending on a variety of factors, including

• the amount of statutory income or losses generated by our insurance subsidiaries,

• the amount of additional capital our insurance subsidiaries must hold to support business growth,

• the amount of dividends or distributions taken out of our insurance subsidiaries,

• changes in equity market levels,

• the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in our investment portfolio,

• the value of certain derivative instruments,

• changes in interest rates,

• admissibility of deferred tax assets, and

• changes to the NAIC RBC formulas.

Most of these factors are outside of the Company's control. The Company's financial strength and credit ratings are significantly influenced by the statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios of our insurance company subsidiaries. In addition, rating agencies may implement changes to their internal models that have the effect of increasing the amount of statutory capital we must hold in order to maintain our current ratings. Projecting statutory capital and the related RBC ratios is complex. If our statutory capital resources are insufficient to maintain a particular rating by one or more rating agencies, we may need to use holding company resources or seek to raise capital through public or private equity or debt financing. If we were not to raise additional capital, either at our discretion or because we were unable to do so, our financial strength and credit ratings might be downgraded by one or more rating agencies.

Losses due to nonperformance or defaults by counterparties can have a material adverse effect on the value of our investments, reduce our profitability or sources of liquidity.

We have credit risk with counterparties on investments, derivatives, premiums receivable and reinsurance recoverables. Among others, our counterparties include issuers of fixed maturity and equity securities we hold, borrowers of mortgage loans we hold, customers, trading counterparties, counterparties under swaps and other derivative contracts, reinsurers, clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses and other financial intermediaries and guarantors. These counterparties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, insolvency, lack of liquidity, adverse economic conditions, operational failure, fraud, government intervention and other reasons. In addition, for exchange-traded derivatives, such as futures, options and "cleared" over-the-counter derivatives, the Company is generally exposed to the credit risk of the relevant central counterparty clearing house. Defaults by these counterparties on their obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on the value of our investments, business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Additionally, if the underlying assets supporting the structured securities we invest in default on their payment obligations, our securities will incur losses.

The availability of reinsurance and our ability to recover under reinsurance contracts may not be sufficient to protect us against losses.

As an insurer, we frequently use reinsurance to reduce the effect of losses that may arise from, among other things, catastrophes and other risks that can cause unfavorable results of operations. Under these reinsurance arrangements, other insurers assume a portion of our losses and related expenses; however, we remain liable as the direct insurer on all risks reinsured. Consequently, ceded reinsurance arrangements do not eliminate our obligation to pay claims, and we are subject to our reinsurers' credit risk with respect to our ability to recover amounts due from them. The inability or unwillingness of any reinsurer to meet its financial obligations to us, including the impact of any insolvency or rehabilitation proceedings involving a reinsurer that could affect the Company's access to collateral held in trust, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

In addition, should the availability and cost of reinsurance change materially, we may have to pay higher reinsurance costs, accept an increase in our net liability exposure, reduce the amount of business we write, or access to the extent possible other alternatives to reinsurance, such as use of the capital markets. Further, due to the inherent uncertainties as to collection and the length of time before reinsurance recoverables will be due, it is possible that future adjustments to the Company’s reinsurance recoverables, net of the allowance, could be required, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarterly or annual period.

Our ability to declare and pay dividends is subject to limitations.

The payment of future dividends on our capital stock is subject to the discretion of our board of directors, which considers, among

21

Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors

other factors, our operating results, overall financial condition, credit-risk considerations and capital requirements, as well as general business and market conditions. Our board of directors may only declare such dividends out of funds legally available for such payments. Moreover, our common stockholders are subject to the prior dividend rights of any holders of depositary shares representing such preferred stock then outstanding. The terms of our outstanding junior subordinated debt securities prohibit us from declaring or paying any dividends or distributions on our capital stock or purchasing, acquiring, or making a liquidation payment on such stock, if we have given notice of our election to defer interest payments and the related deferral period has not yet commenced or a deferral period is continuing.

Moreover, as a holding company that is separate and distinct from our insurance subsidiaries, we have no significant business operations of our own. Therefore, we rely on dividends from our insurance company subsidiaries and other subsidiaries as the principal source of cash flow to meet our obligations. Subsidiary dividends fund payments on our debt securities and the payment of dividends to shareholders on our capital stock. Connecticut state laws and certain other jurisdictions in which we operate limit the payment of dividends and require notice to and approval by the state insurance commissioner for the declaration or payment of dividends above certain levels. Dividends paid from our insurance subsidiaries are further dependent on their cash requirements. In addition, in the event of liquidation or reorganization of a subsidiary, prior claims of a subsidiary’s creditors may take precedence over the holding company’s right to a dividend or distribution from the subsidiary except to the extent that the holding company may be a creditor of that subsidiary. For further discussion on dividends from insurance subsidiaries, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Capital Resources & Liquidity.

Risks Relating to Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations

Actual results could materially differ from the analytical models we use to assist our decision making in key areas such as underwriting, capital, hedging, reserving, and catastrophe risks.

We use models to help make decisions related to, among other things, underwriting, pricing, capital allocation, reserving, investments, hedging, reinsurance, and catastrophe risk. Both proprietary and third party models we use incorporate numerous assumptions and forecasts about the future level and variability of interest rates, capital requirements, loss frequency and severity, currency exchange rates, policyholder behavior, equity markets and inflation, among others. The models are subject to the inherent limitations of any statistical analysis as the historical internal and industry data and assumptions used in the models may not be indicative of what will happen in the future. Consequently, actual results may differ materially from our modeled results. The profitability and financial condition of the Company substantially depends on the extent to which our actual experience is consistent with assumptions we use in our models

and ultimate model outputs. If, based upon these models or other factors, we misprice our products or our estimates of the risks we are exposed to prove to be materially inaccurate, our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity may be adversely affected.

The valuation of our securities and investments and the determination of allowances and impairments are highly subjective and based on methodologies, estimations and assumptions that are subject to differing interpretations and market conditions.

Estimated fair values of the Company’s investments are based on available market information and judgments about financial instruments, including estimates of the timing and amounts of expected future cash flows and the credit standing of the issuer or counterparty. During periods of market disruption, it may be difficult to value certain of our securities if trading becomes less frequent and/or market data becomes less observable. There may be certain asset classes that were in active markets with significant observable data that become illiquid due to the financial environment. In addition, there may be certain securities whose fair value is based on one or more unobservable inputs, even during normal market conditions. As a result, the determination of the fair values of these securities may include inputs and assumptions that require more estimation and management judgment and the use of complex valuation methodologies. These fair values may differ materially from the value at which the investments may be ultimately sold. Further, rapidly changing or unprecedented credit and equity market conditions could materially impact the valuation of securities and the period-to-period changes in value could vary significantly. Decreases in value could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Similarly, management’s decision on whether to record an other-than-temporary impairment or write down is subject to significant judgments and assumptions regarding changes in general economic conditions, the issuer's financial condition or future recovery prospects, estimated future cash flows, the effects of changes in interest rates or credit spreads, the expected recovery period and the accuracy of third party information used in internal assessments. As a result, management’s evaluations and assessments are highly judgmental and its projections of future cash flows over the life of certain securities may ultimately prove incorrect as facts and circumstances change.

If our businesses do not perform well, we may be required to establish a valuation allowance against the deferred income tax asset or to recognize an impairment of our goodwill.

Our income tax expense includes deferred income taxes arising from temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and carry-forwards for foreign tax credits, capital losses and net operating losses. Deferred tax assets are assessed periodically by management to determine if it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax assets will be realized. Factors in management's determination include the performance of the business, including the ability to generate, from a variety of sources and tax planning strategies, sufficient

22

Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors

future taxable income and capital gains before net operating loss and capital loss carry-forwards expire. If based on available information, it is more likely than not that we are unable to recognize a full tax benefit on deferred tax assets, then a valuation allowance will be established with a corresponding charge to net income (loss). Charges to increase our valuation allowance could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Goodwill represents the excess of the amounts we paid to acquire subsidiaries and other businesses over the fair value of their net assets at the date of acquisition. We test goodwill at least annually for impairment. Impairment testing is performed based upon estimates of the fair value of the “reporting unit” to which the goodwill relates. The reporting unit is the operating segment or a business one level below an operating segment if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at that level. The fair value of the reporting unit could decrease if new business, customer retention, profitability or other drivers of performance differ from expectations. If it is determined that the goodwill has been impaired, the Company must write down the goodwill by the amount of the impairment, with a corresponding charge to net income (loss). These write downs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Strategic and Operational Risks

Our businesses may suffer and we may incur substantial costs if we are unable to access our systems and safeguard the security of our data in the event of a disaster, cyber breach or other information security incident.

We use technology to process, store, retrieve, evaluate and utilize customer and company data and information. Our information technology and telecommunications systems, in turn, interface with and rely upon third-party systems. We and our third party vendors must be able to access our systems to provide insurance quotes, process premium payments, make changes to existing policies, file and pay claims, administer mutual funds, provide customer support, manage our investment portfolios and hedge programs, report on financial results and perform other necessary business functions.

Systems failures or outages could compromise our ability to perform these business functions in a timely manner, which could harm our ability to conduct business and hurt our relationships with our business partners and customers. In the event of a disaster such as a natural catastrophe, a pandemic, an industrial accident, a cyber-attack, a blackout, a terrorist attack (including conventional, nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological) or war, systems upon which we rely may be inaccessible to our employees, customers or business partners for an extended period of time. Even if our employees and business partners are able to report to work, they may be unable to perform their duties for an extended period of time if our data or systems used to conduct our business are disabled or destroyed.

Our systems have been, and will likely continue to be, subject to viruses or other malicious codes, unauthorized access, cyber-

attacks or other computer related penetrations. The frequency and sophistication of such threats continue to increase as well. While, to date, The Hartford is not aware of having experienced a material breach of our cyber security systems, administrative and technical controls as well as other preventive actions may be insufficient to prevent physical and electronic break-ins, denial of service, cyber-attacks or other security breaches to our systems or those of third parties with whom we do business. Such an event could compromise our confidential information as well as that of our clients and third parties, impede or interrupt our business operations and result in other negative consequences, including remediation costs, loss of revenue, additional regulatory scrutiny and litigation and reputational damage. In addition, we routinely transmit to third parties personal, confidential and proprietary information, which may be related to employees and customers, by email and other electronic means, along with receiving and storing such information on our systems. Although we attempt to protect privileged and confidential information, we may be unable to secure the information in all events, especially with clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties who may not have appropriate controls to protect confidential information.

Our businesses must comply with regulations to control the privacy of customer, employee and third party data, and state and federal regulations regarding data privacy are becoming increasingly more onerous. A misuse or mishandling of confidential or proprietary information could result in legal liability, regulatory action and reputational harm.

Third parties, including third party administrators, are also subject to cyber-breaches of confidential information, along with the other risks outlined above, any one of which may result in our incurring substantial costs and other negative consequences, including a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. While we maintain cyber liability insurance that provides both third party liability and first party insurance coverages, our insurance may not be sufficient to protect against all loss.

Performance problems due to outsourcing and other third-party relationships may compromise our ability to conduct business.

We outsource certain business and administrative functions and rely on third-party vendors to perform certain functions or provide certain services on our behalf and have a significant number of information technology and business processes outsourced with a single vendor. If we are unable to reach agreement in the negotiation of contracts or renewals with certain third-party providers, or if such third-party providers experience disruptions or do not perform as anticipated, we may be unable to meet our obligations to customers and claimants, incur higher costs and lose business which may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. For other risks associated with our outsourcing of certain functions, see the immediately preceding risk factor.

23

Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our ability to execute on capital management plans, expense reduction initiatives and other actions, which may include acquisitions, divestitures or restructurings, is subject to material challenges, uncertainties and risks.

The ability to execute on capital management plans is subject to material challenges, uncertainties and risks. From time to time, our capital management plans may include the repurchase of common stock, the paydown of outstanding debt or both. We may not achieve all of the benefits we expect to derive from these plans. While we currently do not have an equity repurchase plan approved for 2018, any such capital management plan would be subject to execution risks, including, among others, risks related to market fluctuations, investor interest and potential legal constraints that could delay execution at an otherwise optimal time. There can be no assurance that we will fully execute any such plan. In addition, we may not be successful in keeping our ongoing businesses cost efficient. In particular, the Company may not be able to achieve all the expense synergies it expects to get as a result of acquiring Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business which could adversely affect the profitability of the Group Benefits segment. We may take future actions, including acquisitions, divestitures or restructurings, that may involve additional uncertainties and risks that negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims.

We rely on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. Although we use a broad range of measures to protect our intellectual property rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property. We may have to litigate to enforce and protect our intellectual property and to determine its scope, validity or enforceability, which could divert significant resources and may not prove successful. Litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights may not be successful and cost a significant amount of money. The inability to secure or enforce the protection of our intellectual property assets could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to compete. We also may be subject to costly litigation in the event that another party alleges our operations or activities infringe upon their intellectual property rights, including patent rights, or violate license usage rights. Any such intellectual property claims and any resulting litigation could result in significant expense and liability for damages, and in some circumstances we could be enjoined from providing certain products or services to our customers, or utilizing and benefiting from certain patent, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or licenses, or alternatively could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Regulatory and Legal Risks

Regulatory and legislative developments could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

In the U.S., regulatory initiatives and legislative developments may significantly affect our operations and prospects in ways that we cannot predict.

For example, the impact of the elimination of the individual mandate of the Affordable Care Act and potential modification of the Dodd-Frank Act could have unanticipated consequences for the Company and its businesses. With respect to the impact of the elimination of the individual mandate of the Affordable Care Act, see Part II, Item 7, MD&A - Capital Resources and Liquidity - Contingencies - Regulatory and Legal Developments.

The Dodd-Frank Act was enacted on July 21, 2010, mandating changes to the regulation of the financial services industry that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. The Dodd-Frank Act requires central clearing of certain derivatives transactions and greater margin requirements for those transactions, which increases the costs of hedging. In addition, the proprietary trading and market making limitation of the Volcker Rule could adversely affect the pricing and liquidity of our investment securities and limitations of banking entity involvement in and ownership of certain asset-backed securities transactions could adversely affect the market for insurance-linked securities, including catastrophe bonds. It is unclear whether and to what extent Congress will make changes to the Dodd-Frank Act, and how those changes might impact the Company, its business, financial conditions, results of operations and liquidity.

We are subject to extensive laws and regulations that are complex, subject to change and often conflicting in their approach or intended outcomes. Compliance with these laws and regulations can increase cost, affect our strategy, and constrain our ability to adequately price our products.

Our insurance subsidiaries are regulated by the insurance departments of the states in which they are domiciled, licensed or authorized to conduct business. State regulations generally seek to protect the interests of policyholders rather than an insurer or the insurer’s shareholders and other investors. U.S. state laws grant insurance regulatory authorities broad administrative powers with respect to, among other things, licensing and authorizing lines of business, approving policy forms and premium rates, setting statutory capital and reserve requirements, limiting the types and amounts of certain investments and restricting underwriting practices. State insurance departments also set constraints on domestic insurer transactions with affiliates and dividends and, in many cases, must approve affiliate transactions and extraordinary dividends as well as strategic transactions such as acquisitions and divestitures.

In addition, future regulatory initiatives could be adopted at the federal or state level that could impact the profitability of our businesses. For example, the NAIC and state insurance regulators

24

Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors

are continually reexamining existing laws and regulations, specifically focusing on modifications to statutory accounting principles, interpretations of existing laws and the development of new laws and regulations. The NAIC continues to enhance the U.S. system of insurance solvency regulation, with a particular focus on group supervision, risk-based capital, accounting and financial reporting, enterprise risk management and reinsurance. Any proposed or future legislation or NAIC initiatives, if adopted, may be more restrictive on our ability to conduct business than current regulatory requirements or may result in higher costs or increased statutory capital and reserve requirements. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board and the International Association of Insurance Supervisors ("IAIS") each have initiatives underway to develop insurance group capital standards. While the Company would not currently be subject to either of these capital standard regimes, it is possible that in the future standards similar to what is being contemplated by the Federal Reserve Board or the IAIS could apply to the Company. The NAIC is in the process of developing a U.S. group capital calculation that will employ a methodology based on aggregated risk-based capital.

Further, a particular regulator or enforcement authority may interpret a legal, accounting, or reserving issue differently than we have, exposing us to different or additional regulatory risks. The application of these regulations and guidelines by insurers involves interpretations and judgments that may be challenged by state insurance departments. The result of those potential challenges could require us to increase levels of statutory capital and reserves or incur higher operating and/or tax costs.

In addition, our asset management businesses are also subject to extensive regulation in the various jurisdictions where they operate.. These laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect investors in the securities markets or investment advisory clients and generally grant supervisory authorities broad administrative powers. Compliance with these laws and regulations is costly, time consuming and personnel intensive, and may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Our insurance business is sensitive to significant changes in the legal environment that could adversely affect The Hartford’s results of operations or financial condition or harm its businesses.

Like any major P&C insurance company, litigation is a routine part of The Hartford’s business - both in defending and indemnifying our insureds and in litigating insurance coverage disputes. The Hartford accounts for such activity by establishing unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. Significant changes in the legal environment could cause our ultimate liabilities to change from our current expectations. Such changes could be judicial in nature, like trends in the size of jury awards, developments in the law relating to tort liability or the liability of insurers, and rulings concerning the scope of insurance coverage or the amount or types of damages covered by insurance. Legislative developments, like changes in federal or state laws relating to the liability of policyholders or insurers, could have a similar effect. It is impossible to forecast such changes reliably, much less to predict how they might affect our loss reserves or how those changes might adversely affect our ability to price our insurance products appropriately. Thus, significant judicial or legislative

developments could adversely affect The Hartford’s business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Changes in federal or state tax laws could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Changes in federal or state tax laws and tax rates or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and financial condition. For example, the recent reduction in tax rates due to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act reduced our deferred tax assets resulting in a charge against earnings. A reduction in tax rates or change in laws could adversely affect the Company’s ability to realize the benefits of its net operating loss carryovers and alternative minimum tax credits.

In addition, the Company’s tax return reflects certain items such as tax-exempt bond interest, tax credits, and insurance reserve deductions. There is an increasing risk that, in the context of deficit reduction or overall tax reform, federal and/or state tax legislation could modify or eliminate these items, impacting the Company, its investments, investment strategies, and/or its policyholders. In the context of deficit reduction or overall tax reform, federal and/or state tax legislation could modify or eliminate provisions of current tax law that are beneficial to the Company, including tax-exempt bond interest, tax credits, and insurance reserve deductions, or could impose new taxes such as on goods or services purchased overseas.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the "Tax Cuts and Jobs Act" ("Tax Reform"). Tax Reform reduced the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. It also eliminated the corporate alternative minimum tax (AMT) and changed how existing AMT credits can be realized. Certain provisions in the law are intended to increase insurance companies' taxable earnings. The new method for discounting property and casualty loss reserves for tax purposes decreases the amount of incurred losses that are currently deductible, delaying the timing of when incurred losses may be deducted. The effect of the difference on the December 31, 2017 tax basis reserve between discounting under the existing method and the new method will be included in taxable income ratably over the next 8 years. In addition, new limitations on the deductibility of certain executive compensation and limitations on net operating losses (NOLs) generated after December 31, 2017 will also increase the taxable income base. The exact impacts of many of the provisions will not be fully known until Treasury and the IRS provide clarification by issuing rules, regulations and advice. Furthermore, Congress may enact a technical corrections bill or other legislation that could affect how provisions of the Act apply to The Hartford. In response to the recent changes in the federal tax law, we could see states enact changes to their tax laws which, in turn, could affect the Company negatively.  Among other risks, there is risk that these additional clarifications could increase the taxes on the Company, further increase administrative costs, make the sale of our products more costly and/or make our products less competitive.  

While the Company expects a benefit to earnings from lower corporate federal income tax rates in 2018, there is uncertainty about how insurance carriers will adjust their product pricing, if at all, going forward. If the Company reduces its pricing in response to competition or to state regulatory action, product price

25

Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors

reductions could serve to reduce, or even eliminate, the benefit of lower Corporate federal tax rates in periods after 2018.

Regulatory requirements could delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that shareholders might consider in their best interests.

Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state where the domestic insurer is domiciled. Prior to granting approval of an application to acquire control of a domestic insurer, the state insurance commissioner will consider such factors as the financial strength of the applicant, the acquirer's plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer, and any such additional information as the insurance commissioner may deem necessary or appropriate for the protection of policyholders or in the public interest. Generally, state statutes provide that control over a domestic insurer is presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing 10 percent or more of the voting securities of the domestic insurer or its parent company. Because a person acquiring 10 percent or more of our common stock would indirectly control the same percentage of the stock of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries, the insurance change of control laws of various U.S. jurisdictions would likely apply to such a transaction. Other laws or required approvals pertaining to one or more of our existing subsidiaries, or a future subsidiary, may contain similar or additional restrictions on the acquisition of control of the Company. These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter, or prevent a change of control, including transactions that our Board of Directors and some or all of our shareholders might consider to be desirable.

Changes in accounting principles and financial reporting requirements could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

As an SEC registrant, we are currently required to prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"). Accordingly, we are required to adopt new guidance or interpretations which may have a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition that is either unexpected or has a greater impact than expected. For a description of changes in accounting standards that are currently pending and, if known, our estimates of their expected impact, see Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements.

Risks Relating to the Pending Sale of Our Life and Annuity Business

The closing of the sale of our life and annuity run-off business is subject to risks and uncertainties.

On December 4, 2017, the Company announced the sale of its life and annuity run-off business to Hopmeadow Acquisition, Inc.

(“Buyer”) whereby a subsidiary of the Company will sell all of the issued and outstanding equity of Hartford Life, Inc. (“HLI”) to Buyer. The sale is expected to close by June 30, 2018.

The closing of the sale is subject to regulatory approval and other closing conditions, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. The Company cannot predict with certainty whether all of the required closing conditions will be satisfied or waived or if other uncertainties may arise. In addition, regulators could impose additional requirements or obligations as conditions for their approvals, which may beburdensome. As a result, the sale may not be completed or may be delayed and the Company may lose some or all of the intended benefits of the sale.

The assets and liabilities of the life and annuity run-off business, consisting primarily of the operations of Hartford Life Insurance Company and Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company (formerly known as Talcott Resolution), have been accounted for as held for sale as of December 31, 2017, with the operating results of that business included in discontinued operations for all periods presented. Under the terms of the purchase and sale agreement, apart from interest expense on HLI debt and certain tax benefits retained by the Company, results from the discontinued operations inure to the Buyer. Accordingly, any earnings or losses of the life and annuity run-off business up until closing will not change the Company's results.

Should the transaction not close, the Company would retain and continue to bear the risks inherent in this businesses and, thus, its operating results and financial condition may be adversely affected by those risks.

The investment portfolio and insurance liabilities of the Company's life and annuity business included in discontinued operations are sensitive to changes in economic, political and global capital market conditions, such as the effect of a weak economy and changes in credit spreads, equity prices, interest rates and inflation.

In addition to credit exposure in the life and annuity business investment portfolio, the statutory surplus of the life and annuity business is also affected by widening credit spreads as a result of the accounting for the assets and liabilities on fixed market value adjusted (“MVA”) annuities. Statutory separate account assets supporting the fixed MVA annuities are recorded at fair value. In determining the statutory reserve for the fixed MVA annuity payments owed to contract-holders, current crediting rates are used. In many capital market scenarios, current crediting rates are highly correlated with market rates implicit in the fair value of statutory separate account assets. As a result, the change in the statutory reserve from period to period will likely substantially offset the change in the fair value of the statutory separate account assets. However, in periods of volatile credit markets, actual credit spreads on investment assets may increase sharply for certain sub-sectors of the overall credit market, resulting in statutory separate account asset market value losses. As actual credit spreads are not fully reflected in current crediting rates, the calculation of statutory reserves may not substantially offset the change in fair value of the statutory separate account assets, resulting in reductions in statutory surplus. This may result in the need to devote significant additional capital to support the fixed MVA product.

26

Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors

A decline in equity markets may result in lower earnings from the life and annuity business where fee income is earned based upon the fair value of the assets under management. In addition, certain annuity products have guaranteed minimum death benefits ("GMDB") or guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits ("GMWB") that increase when equity markets decline requiring more statutory capital to be held. While hedging programs are used to reduce the net economic sensitivity of our potential obligations from guaranteed benefits due to market fluctuations, rising equity markets and/or rising interest rates may nevertheless result in statutory or GAAP losses because of accounting asymmetries between hedging targets and statutory and GAAP accounting principles for the guaranteed benefits.

A low interest rate environment puts pressure on net investment income and could result in lower margins and lower estimated gross profits on certain annuity products included in discontinued operations.

A rise in interest rates, in the absence of other countervailing changes, would reduce the market value of the life and annuity business investment portfolio and, if long-term interest rates were to rise dramatically, certain products within that business might be exposed to disintermediation risk. Disintermediation risk refers to the risk that policyholders may surrender their contracts in a rising interest rate environment, requiring the liquidation of assets in an unrealized loss position.

Some of the in-force variable annuity contracts included in discontinued operations offer guaranteed benefits, including GMDBs and GMWBs. These GMBDs and GMWBs are exposed to interest rate risk and significant equity risk. A decline in equity markets would not only result in lower fee income, but would also increase the Company's exposure to liability for benefit claims. Reinsurance and benefit designs, such as caps, are used to mitigate the exposure associated with GMDB. To minimize the claim exposure and to reduce the volatility of net income associated with the GMWB liability, reinsurance is used in combination with product management actions, such as rider fee increases, investment restrictions and buyout offers, as well as derivative instruments. The contract issuer remains liable for the guaranteed benefits in the event that reinsurers or derivative counterparties are unable or unwilling to pay, which could result in a need for additional capital to support in-force business.

From time to time, the risk management program may be adjusted based on contracts in force, market conditions, or other factors. While these actions may improve the efficiency of our risk management efforts related to these benefits, changes to the risk management program may result in greater statutory and GAAP earnings volatility and, based upon the types of hedging instruments used, can result in potentially material changes to net income (loss) in periods of rising equity market pricing levels, higher interest rates and declines in volatility. The life and annuity run-off business is also subject to the risk that these management actions prove ineffective or that unanticipated policyholder behavior, combined with adverse market events, produces economic losses beyond the scope of the risk management techniques employed, which individually or collectively may have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity of the discontinued operations.

The minimum capital that must be held by the life and annuity companies is based on risk-based capital (“RBC”) formulas for life

companies. The RBC formula for life companies establishes capital requirements relating to insurance, business, asset and interest rate risks, including equity, interest rate and expense recovery risks associated with variable annuities and group annuities that contain death benefits or certain withdrawal benefits.

In extreme scenarios of equity market declines and other capital market volatility, the amount of additional statutory reserves that must be held for variable annuity guarantees increases at a greater than linear rate. This reduces the statutory surplus used in calculating RBC ratios. When equity markets increase, surplus levels and RBC ratios would generally be expected to increase. However, as a result of a number of factors and market conditions, including the level of hedging costs and other risk transfer activities, statutory reserve requirements for death and withdrawal benefit guarantees and increases in RBC requirements, surplus and RBC ratios may not increase when equity markets increase. Due to these factors, projecting statutory capital and the related RBC ratios is complex.

The investment portfolio of the life and annuity business included in discontinued operations is also exposed to losses due to nonperformance or defaults by counterparties. For example, if the counterparties to the underlying assets supporting the structured securities we invest in default on their payment obligations, the securities held will incur losses.

While a portion of contracts with GMWB riders are reinsured and the majority of GMDB contracts with net amount at risk are reinsured, the insurers that wrote the contracts remain liable as the direct insurer on all risks reinsured. The inability or unwillingness of any reinsurer to meet its financial obligations, including the impact of any insolvency or rehabilitation proceedings involving a reinsurer, could affect the life and annuity companies’ access to collateral held in trust. This risk may be magnified by a concentration of reinsurance-related credit risk resulting from the sale of the Individual Life and Retirement Products businesses in 2013 though that business is part of the Talcott Resolution operations being sold to the Buyer.

Life and annuity products also contain risks relating to estimates, assumptions and valuations. If assumptions used in estimating future gross profits differ from actual experience, it may accelerate the amortization of deferred acquisition costs ("DAC") and increase reserves for GMDB and GMWB on variable annuities.

Deferred acquisition costs for the variable annuity products included in discontinued operations are amortized over the expected life of the contracts. The remaining deferred but not yet amortized cost is referred to as the DAC asset. These costs are amortized based on the ratio of actual gross profits in the period to the present value of current and future estimated gross profits (“EGPs”). EGP’s are used to determine if a DAC impairment exists. Certain reserves for GMDB and the life contingent portion of GMWB are valued using components of EGPs. The projection of EGPs, or components of EGPs, requires the use of certain assumptions that may not prove accurate, including those related to changes in the separate account fund returns, full or partial surrender rates, mortality, withdrawal benefit utilization, withdrawal rates, annuitization and hedging costs.

In addition, if assumptions about policyholder behavior (e.g., full or partial surrenders, benefit utilization and annuitization) and costs related to mitigating risks, including hedging costs, prove to

27

Part I - Item 1A. Risk Factors

be inaccurate or if significant or sustained equity market declines occur, there could be a further acceleration of DAC amortization related to variable annuity contracts, and increased reserves for GMDB and life-contingent GMWB.

As noted above, the 2017 tax reform reduced the value of net deferred tax assets, including net deferred tax assets to be transferred to the Buyer. Provisions included in the tax reform legislation further limited the corporate dividends received deduction and there is a risk that Congress could further reduce or eliminate the corporate dividends received deduction altogether.

The 2017 tax reform legislation also changed the formula for calculating life insurance reserves, the effect of which is to reduce the amount of tax deductible life insurance reserves. The 2017 tax reform provided that the amount of that difference be included in income ratably over an eight year period. In addition,

the 2017 tax reform legislation increased the amount of acquisition expenses that are required to be amortized and lengthened the period of time to fifteen years over which these deferred expenses can be amortized. Both provisions were intended to increase a life insurer's taxable income base.

Moreover, many of the life and annuity products included in discontinued operations benefit from one or more forms of tax-favored status under current federal and state income tax regimes. For example, some of the annuity contracts previously sold, allowed policyholders to defer the recognition of taxable income earned within the contract. If, however, the tax treatment of earnings accrued inside an annuity contract changed prospectively, and the tax favored status of existing contracts was grandfathered, holders of existing contracts would be less likely to surrender their annuity contracts.

Item 2. PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2017, The Hartford owned building space of approximately 1.8 million square feet which comprised its Hartford, Connecticut location and other properties within the greater Hartford, Connecticut area. In addition, as of December 31, 2017, The Hartford leased approximately 1.7 million square feet, throughout the United States of America, and

approximately two thousand square feet, in other countries. All of the properties owned or leased are used by one or more of all five reporting segments, depending on the location. For more information on reporting segments, see Part I, Item 1, Business — Reporting Segments. The Company believes its properties and facilities are suitable and adequate for current operations.

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

LITIGATION

The Hartford is involved in claims litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, both as a liability insurer defending or providing indemnity for third-party claims brought against insureds and as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it. The Hartford accounts for such activity through the establishment of unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. Subject to the uncertainties related to The Hartford's asbestos and environmental claims discussed in Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such ordinary-course claims litigation, after consideration of provisions made for potential losses and costs of defense, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of The Hartford.

The Hartford is also involved in other kinds of legal actions, some of which assert claims for substantial amounts. In addition to the matters described below, these actions include, among others, putative state and federal class actions seeking certification of a state or national class. Such putative class actions have alleged, for example, underpayment of claims or improper underwriting practices in connection with various kinds of insurance policies, such as personal and commercial automobile, property, disability, and inland marine. The Hartford also is involved in individual actions in which punitive damages are sought, such as claims alleging bad faith in the handling of insurance claims or other allegedly unfair or improper business practices. Like many other insurers, The Hartford also has been joined in actions by asbestos plaintiffs asserting, among other things, that insurers had a duty to protect the public from the dangers of asbestos and that

insurers committed unfair trade practices by asserting defenses on behalf of their policyholders in the underlying asbestos cases. Management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such lawsuits, after consideration of provisions made for estimated losses, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition of The Hartford. Nonetheless, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, the outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.

In addition to the inherent difficulty of predicting litigation outcomes, the Mutual Funds Litigation identified below purports to seek substantial damages for unsubstantiated conduct spanning a multi-year period based on novel applications of complex legal theories. The alleged damages are not quantified or factually supported in the complaint, and, in any event, the Company's experience shows that demands for damages often bear little relation to a reasonable estimate of potential loss. The application of the legal standard identified by the court for assessing the potentially available damages, as described below, is inherently unpredictable, and no legal precedent has been identified that would aid in determining a reasonable estimate of potential loss. Accordingly, management cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss, if any.

Mutual Funds Litigation

In February 2011, a derivative action was brought on behalf of six Hartford retail mutual funds in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that Hartford Investment Financial Services, LLC (“HIFSCO”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company, received excessive advisory and distribution fees in violation of its statutory fiduciary duty under Section 36(b) of the

28

Part I - Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Investment Company Act of 1940. During course of litigation, the claims regarding distribution fees were dismissed without prejudice, the lineup funds as plaintiffs changed several times, and the plaintiffs added as a defendant Hartford Funds Management Company (“HFMC”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company that assumed the role of advisor to the funds as of January 2013. In June 2015, HFMC and HIFSCO moved for summary judgment, and plaintiffs cross-moved for partial summary judgment with respect to one fund. In March 2016, the court denied the plaintiff's motion, and granted summary judgment for HIFSCO and HFMC with respect to one fund, leaving six funds and plaintiffs: The Hartford Balanced Fund, The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund, The Hartford Floating Rate Fund, The

Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund, The Hartford Healthcare Fund and The Hartford Inflation Plus Fund. The court further ruled that the appropriate measure of damages on the surviving claims would be the difference, if any, between the actual advisory fees paid through trial and the fees permitted under the applicable legal standard. A bench trial on the issue of liability was held in November 2016. In February 2017, the court granted judgment for HIFSCO and HFMC as to all claims. Plaintiffs have appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit.

Item 5. MARKET FOR THE HARTFORD’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Hartford’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading symbol “HIG”.

High and Low Closing Prices and Quarterly Dividends Declared per Share for the Common Stock of The Hartford

	1st Qtr.		2nd Qtr.		3rd Qtr.		4th Qtr.
2017
Common Stock Price
High	$	49.87	$	52.75	$	56.81	$	57.65
Low	$	47.05	$	47.26	$	51.64	$	54.06
Dividends Declared	$	0.23	$	0.23	$	0.23	$	0.25
2016
Common Stock Price
High	$	46.31	$	46.80	$	44.77	$	48.58
Low	$	37.63	$	40.98	$	39.85	$	42.50
Dividends Declared	$	0.21	$	0.21	$	0.21	$	0.23

On February 22, 2018, The Hartford’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.25 per common share payable on April 2, 2018 to common shareholders of record as of March 5, 2018. As of February 21, 2018, the Company had approximately 11,641 registered holders of record of the Company's common stock. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock are “street name” holders or beneficial holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions. The closing price of The Hartford’s common stock on the NYSE on February 21, 2018 was $53.95.

On June 12, 2017, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer certified to the NYSE that he is not aware of any violation by the Company of NYSE corporate governance listing standards, as required by Section 303A.12(a) of the NYSE’s Listed Company Manual.

There are also various legal and regulatory limitations governing the extent to which The Hartford’s insurance subsidiaries may

extend credit, pay dividends or otherwise provide funds to The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. as discussed in the Liquidity Requirements and Sources of Capital section of Part II, Item 7, MD&A — Capital Resources and Liquidity.

For information related to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, see Part III, Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

During the period October 1, 2017 through October 13, 2017, the Company repurchased 0.9 million common shares at an average price of $55.70 per share. All 0.9 million shares were purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs.

Effective October 13, 2017, the Company suspended 2017 equity repurchases. The Company does not currently expect to authorize an equity repurchase plan in 2018.

29

Part II - Item 5. Market for the Hartford's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Total Return to Shareholders

The following tables present The Hartford’s annual return percentage and five-year total return on its common stock including reinvestment of dividends in comparison to the S&P 500 and the S&P Insurance Composite Index.

Annual Return Percentage
	For the years ended
Company/Index	2013		2014		2015		2016		2017
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.	64.12	%	17.13	%	6.12	%	11.76	%	20.26	%
S&P 500 Index	32.39	%	13.69	%	1.38	%	11.96	%	21.83	%
S&P Insurance Composite Index	46.71	%	8.29	%	2.33	%	17.58	%	16.19	%

Cumulative Five-Year Total Return
	Base
	Period		For the years ended
Company/Index	2012		2013	2014	2015	2016	2017
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.	$	100	164.12	192.24	204.00	227.99	274.18
S&P 500 Index	$	100	132.39	150.51	152.59	170.84	208.14
S&P Insurance Composite Index	$	100	146.71	158.86	162.56	191.15	222.09

30

Part II - Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth the Company's selected consolidated financial data at the dates and for the periods indicated below. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of

Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") presented in Item 7 and the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes beginning on page F-1.

in millions, except per share data	2017			2016		2015		2014			2013
Income Statement Data
Total revenues	$	16,974		$	16,107	$	15,997	$	15,713		$	15,966
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	$	723		$	447	$	1,478	$	1,232		$	987
(Loss) Income from continuing operations, net of tax	$	(262	)	$	613	$	1,189	$	925		$	759
(Loss) Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	$	(2,869	)	$	283	$	493	$	(127	)	$	(583	)
Net (loss) income	$	(3,131	)	$	896	$	1,682	$	798		$	176
Balance Sheet Data
Total assets	$	225,260		$	224,576	$	229,616	$	245,566		$	278,339
Short-term debt	$	320		$	416	$	275	$	456		$	438
Total debt (including capital lease obligations)	$	4,998		$	4,910	$	5,216	$	5,966		$	6,401
Total stockholders’ equity	$	13,494		$	16,903	$	18,024	$	19,130		$	19,217
Net (loss) income per common share
Basic	$	(8.61	)	$	2.31	$	4.05	$	1.81		$	0.37
Diluted	$	(8.61	)	$	2.27	$	3.96	$	1.73		$	0.36
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	0.94		$	0.86	$	0.78	$	0.66		$	0.50

31

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

(Dollar amounts in millions, except for per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The Hartford provides projections and other forward-looking information in the following discussions, which contain many forward-looking statements, particularly relating to the Company’s future financial performance. These forward-looking statements are estimates based on information currently available to the Company, are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are subject to the cautionary statements set forth on pages 4 and 5 of this Form 10-K. Actual results are likely to differ, and in the past have differed, materially from those forecast by the Company, depending on the outcome of various factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in the following discussion and in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, and those identified from time to time in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Hartford undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

On December 3, 2017, Hartford Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a definitive agreement to sell all of the issued and outstanding equity of Hartford Life, Inc. (“HLI”), a holding company, and its life and annuity operating subsidiaries. For discussion of this transaction, see Note 20 - Business Dispositions and Discontinued Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

On November 1, 2017, Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company ("HLA"), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, completed the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business through a reinsurance transaction. Aetna's U.S. group life and disability revenue and earnings since the acquisition date are included in the operating results of the Company's Group Benefits reporting segment. For discussion of this transaction, see Note 2 - Business Acquisitions of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

On May 10, 2017, the Company completed the sale of its U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries. The operating results of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries are included in the P&C Other Operations reporting segment. For discussion of this transaction, see Note 20 - Business Dispositions and Discontinued Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

On July 29, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Maxum Specialty Insurance Group and Lattice Strategies LLC. Maxum's revenue and earnings since the acquisition date are included in the operating results of the Company's Commercial Lines reporting segment. Lattice's revenue and earnings since the acquisition date are included in the operating results of the Company's Mutual Funds reporting segment. For discussion of

these transactions, see Note 2 - Business Acquisitions of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Certain reclassifications have been made to historical financial information presented in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") to conform to the current period presentation.

Fee income from installment fees reported by the Commercial Lines and Personal Lines reporting segments has been reclassified from underwriting expenses to fee income and included in total revenues. The reclassification of installment fees did not impact previously reported underwriting gain (loss), underwriting ratios, or net income (loss) either in the Commercial Lines or Personal Lines reporting segments and did not impact previously reported consolidated net income or core earnings.

Separately, the flood servicing business has been realigned from specialty commercial within the Commercial Lines reporting segment to the Personal Lines reporting segment. This realignment did not materially impact previously reported Commercial Lines or Personal Lines underwriting results or net income. The realignment of the flood servicing business did not impact previously reported consolidated net income or core earnings.

Assets and liabilities associated with the Company's life and annuity run-off business are now classified as held for sale.

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and reinsurance recoverables for structured settlements reserves and recoverables due from the Company's life and annuity run-off business now classified as held for sale have been reclassified into the Company's P&C commercial lines business. Annuities purchased from third-party life insurers under structured settlements, including from life and annuity run-off obligations held for sale, are recognized as reinsurance recoverables in cases where the Company has not obtained a release from the claimant. These amounts were previously eliminated in consolidation.

Policy loans have been reclassified to Other investments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Other intangible assets have been reclassified out of Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets into their own line item.

Likewise, amortization of intangible assets has been reclassified out of Insurance operating costs and other expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations into their own line item.

The Hartford defines increases or decreases greater than or equal to 200% as “NM” or not meaningful.

32

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Index

Description	Page
Key Performance Measures and Ratios	33
The Hartford's Operations	36
Consolidated Results of Operations	39
Investment Results	42
Critical Accounting Estimates	44
Commercial Lines	65
Personal Lines	69
Property & Casualty Other Operations	73
Group Benefits	75
Mutual Funds	77
Corporate	79
Enterprise Risk Management	81
Capital Resources and Liquidity	97
Impact of New Accounting Standards	107

KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES AND RATIOS

The Company considers the measures and ratios in the following discussion to be key performance indicators for its businesses. Management believes that these ratios and measures are useful in understanding the underlying trends in The Hartford’s businesses. However, these key performance indicators should only be used in conjunction with, and not in lieu of, the results presented in the segment discussions that follow in this MD&A. These ratios and measures may not be comparable to other performance measures used by the Company’s competitors.

Definitions of Non-GAAP and Other Measures and Ratios

Assets Under Management (“AUM”)- include mutual fund and ETP assets. AUM is a measure used by the Company because a significant portion of the Company’s mutual fund revenues are based upon asset values. These revenues increase or decrease with a rise or fall in AUM whether caused by changes in the market or through net flows.

Book Value per Diluted Share-excluding AOCI, is calculated based upon a non-GAAP financial measure. It is calculated by dividing (a) total stockholders' equity, excluding AOCI, after tax, by (b) common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares. The Company provides this measure to enable investors to analyze the amount of the Company's net worth that is primarily attributable to the Company's business operations. The Company believes it is useful to investors

because it eliminates the effect of items that can fluctuate significantly from period to period, primarily based on changes in interest rates.

Catastrophe Ratio- (a component of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio) represents the ratio of catastrophe losses incurred in the current calendar year (net of reinsurance) to earned premiums and includes catastrophe losses incurred for both the current and prior accident years. A catastrophe is an event that causes $25 or more in industry insured property losses and affects a significant number of property and casualty policyholders and insurers, as defined by the Property Claim Service office of Verisk. The catastrophe ratio includes the effect of catastrophe losses, but does not include the effect of reinstatement premiums.

Combined Ratio- the sum of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio, the expense ratio and the policyholder dividend ratio. This ratio is a relative measurement that describes the related cost of losses and expenses for every $100 of earned premiums. A combined ratio below 100 demonstrates underwriting profit; a combined ratio above 100 demonstrates underwriting losses.

Core Earnings-a non-GAAP measure, is an important measure of the Company’s operating performance. The Company believes that core earnings provides investors with a valuable measure of the underlying performance of the Company’s businesses because it reveals trends in our insurance and financial services businesses that may be obscured by including the net effect of certain realized capital gains and losses, certain restructuring and other costs, integration and transaction costs in connection with an acquired business, pension settlements, loss on extinguishment of debt, gains and losses on reinsurance transactions, income tax benefit from a reduction in deferred income tax valuation allowance, impact of tax reform on net deferred tax assets, and results of discontinued operations.Some realized capital gains and losses are primarily driven by investment decisions and external economic developments, the nature and timing of which are unrelated to the insurance and underwriting aspects of our business. Accordingly, core earnings excludes the effect of all realized gains and losses that tend to be variable from period to period based on capital market conditions. The Company believes, however, that some realized capital gains and losses are integrally related to our insurance operations, so core earnings includes net realized gains and losses such as net periodic settlements on credit derivatives. These net realized gains and losses are directly related to an offsetting item included in the income statement such as net investment income. Net income (loss) is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. Core earnings should not be considered as a substitute for net income (loss) and does not reflect the overall profitability of the Company’s business. Therefore, the Company believes that it is useful for investors to evaluate both net income (loss) and core earnings when reviewing the Company’s performance.

33

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Reconciliation of Net Income to Core Earnings

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Net income	$	(3,131	)	$	896		$	1,682
Less: Net realized capital gains (losses) excluded from core earnings, before tax	160			(112		)	(15		)
Less: Restructuring and other costs, before tax	—			—			(20		)
Less: Loss on extinguishment of debt, before tax	—			—			(21		)
Less: Loss on reinsurance transactions, before tax	—			(650		)	—
Less: Pension settlement, before tax	(750		)	—			—
Less: Integration and transaction costs associated with acquired business, before tax	(17		)	—			—
Less: Income tax (expense) benefit [1]	(669		)	463			114
Less: (Loss) income from discontinued operations,after-tax	(2,869		)	283			493
Core earnings	$	1,014		$	912		$	1,131

[1] Includes income tax benefit on items not included in core earnings and other federal income tax benefits and charges, including an $877 charge in 2017 primarily due to a reduction in net deferred tax assets as a result of the decrease in the Federal income tax rate from 35% to 21%.

Core Earnings Margin-a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company uses to evaluate, and believes is an important measure of, the Group Benefits segment’s operating performance. Core earnings margin is calculated by dividing core earnings by revenues excluding buyouts and realized gains (losses). Net income margin is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Company believes that core earnings margin provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of Group Benefits because it reveals trends in the business that may be obscured by the effect of buyouts and realized gains (losses). Core earnings margin should not be considered as a substitute for net income margin and does not reflect the overall profitability of Group Benefits. Therefore, the Company believes it is important for investors to evaluate both core earnings margin and net income margin when reviewing performance. A reconciliation of net income margin to core earnings margin for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is set forth in the Results of Operations section within MD&A - Group Benefits.

Expense Ratio-for the underwriting segments of Commercial Lines and Personal Lines is the ratio of underwriting expenses less fee income, to earned premiums. Underwriting expenses include the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and insurance operating costs and expenses, including certain centralized services and bad debt expense. Deferred policy acquisition costs include commissions, taxes, licenses and fees and other underwriting expenses and are amortized over the policy term.

The expense ratio for Group Benefits is expressed as the ratio of insurance operating costs and other expenses including amortization of intangibles and amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, to premiums and other considerations, excluding buyout premiums. The expense ratio does not include integration and other transaction costs associated with acquired business.

Fee Income-largely driven from amounts earned as a result of contractually defined percentages of assets under management. These fees are generally earned on a daily basis. Therefore, the growth in assets under management either through positive net flows or favorable market performance will have a favorable impact on fee income. Conversely, either

negative net flows or unfavorable market performance will reduce fee income.

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio- a measure of the cost of claims incurred in the calendar year divided by earned premium and includes losses incurred for both the current and prior accident years. Among other factors, the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio needed for the Company to achieve its targeted return on equity fluctuates from year to year based on changes in the expected investment yield over the claim settlement period, the timing of expected claim settlements and the targeted returns set by management based on the competitive environment.

The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is affected by claim frequency and claim severity, particularly for shorter-tail property lines of business, where the emergence of claim frequency and severity is credible and likely indicative of ultimate losses. Claim frequency represents the percentage change in the average number of reported claims per unit of exposure in the current accident year compared to that of the previous accident year. Claim severity represents the percentage change in the estimated average cost per claim in the current accident year compared to that of the previous accident year. As one of the factors used to determine pricing, the Company’s practice is to first make an overall assumption about claim frequency and severity for a given line of business and then, as part of the ratemaking process, adjust the assumption as appropriate for the particular state, product or coverage.

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio before Catastrophes and Prior Accident Year Development-a measure of the cost of non-catastrophe claims incurred in the current accident year divided by earned premiums. Management believes that the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes is a performance measure that is useful to investors as it removes the impact of volatile and unpredictable catastrophe losses and prior accident year development.

Loss Ratio, excluding Buyouts-utilized for the Group Benefits segment and is expressed as a ratio of benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses to premiums and other

34

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

considerations, excluding buyout premiums. Since Group Benefits occasionally buys a block of claims for a stated premium amount, the Company excludes this buyout from the loss ratio used for evaluating the underwriting results of the business as buyouts may distort the loss ratio. Buyout premiums represent takeover of open claim liabilities and other non-recurring premium amounts.

Mutual Fund and Exchange-Traded Product Assets- are owned by the shareholders of those products and not by the Company and therefore are not reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Mutual fund and ETP assets are a measure used by the Company primarily because a significant portion of the Company’s revenues are based upon asset values. These revenues increase or decrease with a rise or fall in AUM whether caused by changes in the market or through net flows.

New Business Written Premium-represents the amount of premiums charged for policies issued to customers who were not insured with the Company in the previous policy term. New business written premium plus renewal policy written premium equals total written premium.

Policies in Force- represent the number of policies with coverage in effect as of the end of the period. The number of policies in force is a growth measure used for Personal Lines and standard commercial lines within Commercial Lines and is affected by both new business growth and policy count retention.

Policy Count Retention- represents the ratio of the number of policies renewed during the period divided by the number of policies available to renew. The number of policies available to renew represents the number of policies, net of any cancellations, written in the previous policy term. Policy count retention is affected by a number of factors, including the percentage of renewal policy quotes accepted and decisions by the Company to non-renew policies because of specific policy underwriting concerns or because of a decision to reduce premium writings in certain classes of business or states. Policy count retention is also affected by advertising and rate actions taken by competitors.

Policyholder Dividend Ratio- the ratio of policyholder dividends to earned premium.

Prior Accident Year Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio- represents the increase (decrease) in the estimated cost of settling catastrophe and non-catastrophe claims incurred in prior accident years as recorded in the current calendar year divided by earned premiums.

Reinstatement Premiums- represents additional ceded premium paid for the reinstatement of the amount of reinsurance coverage that was reduced as a result of a reinsurance loss payment.

Renewal Earned Price Increase (Decrease)-Written premiums are earned over the policy term, which is six months for certain Personal Lines automobile business and twelve months for substantially all of the remainder of the Company’s Property and Casualty business. Since the Company earns premiums over the six to twelve month term of the policies,

renewal earned price increases (decreases) lag renewal written price increases (decreases) by six to twelve months.

Renewal Written Price Increase (Decrease)-for Commercial Lines, represents the combined effect of rate changes, amount of insurance and individual risk pricing decisions per unit of exposure on policies that renewed. For Personal Lines, renewal written price increases represent the total change in premium per policy on those policies that renewed and includes the combined effect of rate changes, amount of insurance and other changes in exposure. For Personal Lines, other changes in exposure include, but are not limited to, the effect of changes in number of drivers, vehicles and incidents, as well as changes in customer policy elections, such as deductibles and limits. The rate component represents the change in rate filed with and approved by state regulators during the period and the amount of insurance represents the change in the value of the rating base, such as model year/vehicle symbol for automobiles, building replacement costs for property and wage inflation for workers’ compensation. A number of factors affect renewal written price increases (decreases) including expected loss costs as projected by the Company’s pricing actuaries, rate filings approved by state regulators, risk selection decisions made by the Company’s underwriters and marketplace competition. Renewal written price changes reflect the property and casualty insurance market cycle. Prices tend to increase for a particular line of business when insurance carriers have incurred significant losses in that line of business in the recent past or the industry as a whole commits less of its capital to writing exposures in that line of business. Prices tend to decrease when recent loss experience has been favorable or when competition among insurance carriers increases. Renewal written price statistics are subject to change from period to period, based on a number of factors, including changes in actuarial estimates and the effect of subsequent cancellations and non-renewals, and modifications made to better reflect ultimate pricing achieved.

Return on Assets (“ROA”), Core Earnings- a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company uses to evaluate, and believes is an important measure of the Mutual Funds segment’s operating performance. ROA is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Company believes that ROA, core earnings, provides investors with a valuable measure of the performance of the Mutual Funds segment because it reveals trends in our business that may be obscured by the effect of realized gains (losses). ROA, core earnings, should not be considered as a substitute for ROA and does not reflect the overall profitability of our Mutual Funds business. Therefore, the Company believes it is important for investors to evaluate both ROA, core earnings, and ROA when reviewing the Mutual Funds segment performance. ROA, core earnings is calculated by dividing core earnings by a daily average AUM. A reconciliation of ROA to ROA, core earnings for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, is set forth in the Results of Operations section within MD&A - Mutual Funds.

Underlying Combined Ratio- a non-GAAP financial measure, represents the combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development. Combined ratio is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. The Company believes the underlying combined ratio is an important measure of the trend in profitability since it removes the impact of volatile and unpredictable catastrophe losses and prior accident year loss and loss adjustment expense reserve development. A reconciliation of

35

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

combined ratio to underlying combined ratio for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is set forth in the Results of Operations section within MD&A - Commercial Lines and Personal Lines.

Underwriting Gain (Loss)-The Company's management evaluates profitability of the P&C businesses primarily on the basis of underwriting gain (loss). Underwriting gain (loss) is a before-tax measure that represents earned premiums less incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses and underwriting expenses. Underwriting gain (loss) is influenced significantly by earned premium growth and the adequacy of the Company's pricing. Underwriting profitability over time is also greatly influenced by the Company's pricing and underwriting discipline, which seeks to manage exposure to loss through favorable risk selection and diversification, its management of claims, its use of reinsurance and its ability to manage its expense ratio, which it accomplishes through economies of scale and its management of acquisition costs and other underwriting expenses. Net income (loss) is the most directly comparable GAAP measure. The Company believes that underwriting gain (loss) provides investors with a valuable measure of before-tax profitability derived from underwriting activities, which are managed separately from the Company's investing activities. A reconciliation of underwriting gain (loss) to net income (loss) for Commercial Lines, Personal Lines and Property & Casualty Other Operations is set forth in segment sections of MD&A.

Written and Earned Premiums-Written premium is a statutory accounting financial measure which represents the amount of premiums charged for policies issued, net of reinsurance, during a fiscal period. Earned premium is a U.S. GAAP and statutory measure. Premiums are considered earned and are included in the financial results on a pro rata basis over the policy period. Management believes that written premium is a performance measure that is useful to investors as it reflects current trends in the Company’s sale of property and casualty insurance products. Written and earned premium are recorded net of ceded reinsurance premium.

Traditional life insurance type products, such as those sold by Group Benefits, collect premiums from policyholders in exchange for financial protection for the policyholder from a specified insurable loss, such as death or disability. These premiums together with net investment income earned from the overall investment strategy are used to pay the contractual obligations under these insurance contracts. Two major factors, new sales and persistency, impact premium growth. Sales can increase or decrease in a given year based on a number of factors, including but not limited to, customer demand for the Company’s product offerings, pricing competition, distribution channels and the Company’s reputation and ratings. Persistency refers to the percentage of policies remaining in-force from year-to-year.

THE HARTFORD'S OPERATIONS

Overview

The Hartford conducts business principally in five reporting segments including Commercial Lines, Personal Lines, Property &

Casualty Other Operations, Group Benefits, and Mutual Funds, as well as a Corporate category. The Hartford includes in its Corporate category discontinued operations of the Company's life and annuity run-off business accounted for as held for sale, reserves for structured settlement and terminal funding agreement liabilities retained, capital raising activities (including debt financing and related interest expense), purchase accounting adjustments related to goodwill and other expenses not allocated to the reporting segments.

The Company derives its revenues principally from: (a) premiums earned for insurance coverage provided to insureds; (b) asset management fees on mutual fund and ETP assets; (c) net investment income; (d) fees earned for services provided to third parties; and (e) net realized capital gains and losses. Premiums charged for insurance coverage are earned principally on a pro rata basis over the terms of the related policies in-force.

The profitability of the Company's property and casualty insurance businesses over time is greatly influenced by the Company’s underwriting discipline, which seeks to manage exposure to loss through favorable risk selection and diversification, its management of claims, its use of reinsurance, the size of its in force block, actual mortality and morbidity experience, and its ability to manage its expense ratio which it accomplishes through economies of scale and its management of acquisition costs and other underwriting expenses. Pricing adequacy depends on a number of factors, including the ability to obtain regulatory approval for rate changes, proper evaluation of underwriting risks, the ability to project future loss cost frequency and severity based on historical loss experience adjusted for known trends, the Company’s response to rate actions taken by competitors, its expense levels and expectations about regulatory and legal developments. The Company seeks to price its insurance policies such that insurance premiums and future net investment income earned on premiums received will cover underwriting expenses and the ultimate cost of paying claims reported on the policies and provide for a profit margin. For many of its insurance products, the Company is required to obtain approval for its premium rates from state insurance departments.

Similar to Property & Casualty, profitability of the Group Benefits business depends, in large part, on the ability to evaluate and price risks appropriately and make reliable estimates of mortality, morbidity, disability and longevity. To manage the pricing risk, Group Benefits generally offers term insurance policies, allowing for the adjustment of rates or policy terms in order to minimize the adverse effect of market trends, loss costs, declining interest rates and other factors. However, as policies are typically sold with rate guarantees of up to three years, pricing for the Company’s products could prove to be inadequate if loss trends emerge adversely during the rate guarantee period. For some of its products, the Company is required to obtain approval for its premium rates from state insurance departments. New and renewal business for group benefits business, particularly for long-term disability, are priced using an assumption about expected investment yields over time. While the Company employs asset-liability duration matching strategies to mitigate risk and may use interest-rate sensitive derivatives to hedge its exposure in the Group Benefits investment portfolio, cash flow patterns related to the payment of benefits and claims are uncertain and actual investment yields could differ significantly from expected investment yields, affecting profitability of the

36

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

business. In addition to appropriately evaluating and pricing risks, the profitability of the Group Benefits business depends on other factors, including the Company’s response to pricing decisions and other actions taken by competitors, its ability to offer voluntary products and self-service capabilities, the persistency of its sold business and its ability to manage its expenses which it seeks to achieve through economies of scale and operating efficiencies.

The financial results in the Company’s mutual fund and ETP businesses depend largely on the amount of assets under management on which it earns fees and the level of fees charged. Changes in assets under management are driven by two main factors: net flows, and the market return of the funds, which is heavily influenced by the return realized in the equity markets. Net flows are comprised of new sales less redemptions by mutual fund and ETP shareholders. Financial results are highly correlated to the growth in assets under management since these products generally earn fee income on a daily basis.

The investment return, or yield, on invested assets is an important element of the Company’s earnings since insurance products are

priced with the assumption that premiums received can be invested for a period of time before benefits, loss and loss adjustment expenses are paid. Due to the need to maintain sufficient liquidity to satisfy claim obligations, the majority of the Company’s invested assets have been held in available-for-sale securities, including, among other asset classes, equities, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, government debt, short-term debt, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations.

The primary investment objective for the Company is to maximize economic value, consistent with acceptable risk parameters, including the management of credit risk and interest rate sensitivity of invested assets, while generating sufficient after-tax income to meet policyholder and corporate obligations. Investment strategies are developed based on a variety of factors including business needs, regulatory requirements and tax considerations.

For further information on the Company's reporting segments, refer to Part I, Item 1, Business — Reporting Segments.

Financial Highlights

Net (Loss) Income Net Income (Loss) per Diluted Share Book Value per Diluted Share

Net Loss of $3,131, or $8.61 per basic and diluted share, compared with prior year net income of $896, or $2.31 per basic share and $2.27 per diluted share. The change from net income in 2016 to a net loss in 2017 was mostly due to a loss on discontinued operations of $2.9 billion related to the pending sale of the life and annuity run-off business, a charge to income tax expense of $877 arising primarily from the reduction of net deferred tax assets due to the enactment of lower Federal income tax rates and a pension settlement charge of $488 after-tax.

Common share repurchases during 2017 totaled $1,028 million, or 20.2 million shares and $341 of dividends were paid to shareholders.

Book value per diluted common sharedecreased to $37.11 from $44.35 as of December 31, 2016 as a result of a $3.4 billion, or 20%, decrease in shareholders' equity largely due to a $3.3 billion loss on the pending sale of the life and annuity run-off business, partially offset by the effect of a 5% decrease in common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares.

37

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Net Investment Income  Investment Yield After-tax

Net investment income increased 2% to $1,603 compared with the prior year primarily due to higher income from limited partnerships and other alternative investments, partially offset by lower make-whole payment income on fixed maturities and increased investment expenses.

Net realized capital gains of $165 compared to net realized capital losses of $110 in 2016, primarily due to higher net gains on sales, lower impairments and the effect of losses in 2016 related to the sale of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries and the write-down of investments in solar energy partnerships that generated tax benefits.

Annualized investment yield, after-taxof 3.0%, was up 0.1 points from 2016 as the effect of higher returns on limited partnerships and alternative investments was partially offset by the effect of lower make-whole payment income and reinvesting at lower yields.

Net unrealized gains, after-tax,in the investment portfolio increased by $655 compared with the prior year due primarily to tighter credit spreads.

Written Premiums Combined Ratio

Written premiums decreased slightly compared with the prior year for Property & Casualty, comprised of 3% growth in Commercial Lines and a 7% decrease in Personal Lines.

Combined ratioof 100.0 compared with 100.1 in the prior year for Property & Casualty, as a higher combined ratio in Commercial Lines was largely offset by the effect of asbestos and environmental reserve strengthening in P&C Other Operations in 2016 and modest improvement in the Personal Lines combined ratio.

Catastrophe lossesof $836, before tax, increased from catastrophe losses of $416, before tax, in the prior year, largely due to losses in 2017 from hurricanes Harvey and Irma and wildfires in California.

38

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Prior accident year development was favorable $41 in 2017 compared to unfavorable reserve development of $457 in 2016 with reserve increases in 2016 largely due to a $268 increase in asbestos and environmental reserves and a $160 increase in Personal Lines auto liability reserves.

Group Benefits Net Income Margin

Net income margin increased to 7.2% from 6.3% in the prior year for Group Benefits, primarily due to $52 of income tax benefits arising primarily from the reduction of net deferred tax liabilities due to the enactment of lower Federal income tax rates.

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Consolidated Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes beginning on page F-1 as well as with the segment operating results sections of MD&A.

	2017			2016			2015			Increase (Decrease) From 2016 to 2017			Increase (Decrease) From 2015 to 2016
Earned premiums	$	14,141		$	13,697		$	13,485		$	444		$	212
Fee income [1]	980			857			876			123			(19		)
Net investment income	1,603			1,577			1,561			26			16
Net realized capital gains (losses)	165			(110		)	(12		)	275			(98		)
Other revenues	85			86			87			(1		)	(1		)
Total revenues	16,974			16,107			15,997			867			110
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses	10,174			9,961			9,325			213			636
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs	1,372			1,377			1,364			(5		)	13
Insurance operating costs and other expenses	4,375			3,341			3,459			1,034			(118		)
Loss on extinguishment of debt	—			—			21			—			(21		)
Loss on reinsurance transactions	—			650			—			(650		)	650
Interest expense	316			327			346			(11		)	(19		)
Amortization of other intangible assets	14			4			4			10			—
Total benefits, losses and expenses	16,251			15,660			14,519			591			1,141
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	723			447			1,478			276			(1,031		)
Income tax expense (benefit)	985			(166		)	289			1,151			(455		)
(Loss) Income from continuing operations, net of tax	(262		)	613			1,189			(875		)	(576		)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations,net of tax	(2,869		)	283			493			(3,152		)	(210		)
Net (loss) income	$	(3,131	)	$	896		$	1,682		$	(4,027	)	$	(786	)

[1] Commercial Lines includes installment fees of $37, $39 and $40, for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Personal Lines includes installment fees of $44, $39, and $37, for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

39

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Net income (loss)decreased from net income in 2016 to a net loss in 2017 primarily due to a loss on discontinued operations of $2.9 billion related to the pending sale of the life and annuity run-off business, a charge to income tax expense of $877 arising primarily from the reduction of net deferred tax assets due to the enactment of lower Federal income tax rates and a pension settlement charge of $488 after-tax. Partially offsetting the decline were the effects of a $179 after-tax change from net realized capital losses in 2016 to net realized capital gains in 2017, the effect of a $423 after-tax charge in 2016 related to a loss on reinsurance covering the Company’s asbestos and environmental exposures and a reduction in the valuation allowance on capital loss carryovers in 2016. In addition, a $324 after-tax improvement in P&C prior accident year development and higher earnings in Group Benefits and Mutual Funds were largely offset by a $273 after-tax increase in current accident year catastrophes and higher variable incentive compensation.

Earned premiumsincreased by $444, before tax, reflecting growth of 3% in Commercial Lines, including the effect of the Maxum acquisition, and 14% in Group Benefits, including the effect of acquiring the Aetna U.S. group life and disability business, partially offset by a 5% decrease in Personal Lines. For a discussion of the Company's operating results by segment, see MD&A - Results of Operations by segment.

Fee income increased reflecting a 15% increase in Mutual Funds due to higher assets under management driven by market appreciation and positive net flows and the addition of Schroders funds in the fourth quarter of 2016. For a discussion of the Company's operating results by segment, see MD&A - Results of Operations by segment.

Net investment incomeincreased 2%, primarily due to higher income from limited partnerships and other alternative investments, partially offset by lower make-whole payment income on fixed maturities and increased investment expenses. For further discussion of investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (Loss).

Net realized capital gains of $165 before-tax compared to net realized capital losses of $110 before-tax in 2016, primarily due to higher net gains on sales, lower impairments and the effect of losses in 2016 related to the sale of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries and the write-down of investments in solar energy partnerships in 2016 that generated tax benefits. For further discussion of investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses).

Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses increased 11% in Group Benefits and decreased 1% in P&C. The increase in Group Benefits was largely due to the acquisition of Aetna’s U.S. group life and disability business. The decrease in P&C was primarily due to the effect of unfavorable prior accident year reserve development in 2016, largely offset by higher catastrophe losses in 2017.

• Current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes in Property & Casualty were relatively flat, primarily resulting from improved loss ratios and lower

earned premiums in Personal Lines, offset by higher loss ratios in workers' compensation and general liability.

• Current accident year catastrophe losses of $836, before tax, compared to $416, before tax, for the prior year period. Catastrophe losses in 2017 were primarily due to hurricanes Harvey and Irma, California wildfires and multiple wind and hail events across various U.S. geographic regions, primarily in the Midwest, Colorado, Texas and the Southeast. Catastrophe losses in 2016 were primarily due to multiple wind and hail and winter storm events across various U.S. geographic regions, concentrated in Texas and the central and southern plains and, to a lesser extent, winter storms and hurricane Matthew. For additional information, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property & Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance.

• Favorable prior accident year reserve development in Property & Casualty of $41, before tax, compared to unfavorable reserve development of $457, before tax, for the prior year period. Prior accident year development in 2017 primarily included decreases in reserves for workers’ compensation and Small Commercial package business, partially offset by an increase in reserves for bond claims. Prior accident year development in 2016 was largely due to a $268 increase in asbestos and environmental reserves and a $160 increase in Personal Lines auto liability reserves. For additional information, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Reserve Roll Forwards and Development.

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs was relatively flat as higher amortization on higher earned premium for Commercial Lines was offset by lower amortization on lower earned premium for Personal Lines.

Insurance operating costs and other expenses increased primarily due to a $750 pre-tax pension settlement charge. Apart from the pension settlement charge, insurance operating costs and other expenses increased by 9%, primarily driven by higher variable incentive plan compensation, increased IT costs in Commercial Lines, higher variable expenses in Mutual Funds and $20, before tax, of state guaranty fund assessments in Group Benefits, partially offset by lower direct marketing and operation costs in Personal Lines. Effective with awards granted in March, 2017, long-term incentive compensation awards to retirement-eligible employees now fully vest when they are granted, which resulted in an accelerated recognition of compensation expense in 2017 of $22 before-tax. For additional information on the pension settlement charge in second quarter 2017, see Note 15 - Employee Benefit Plans of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Amortization of other intangible assetsincreased by $10 largely due to amortization of identifiable intangible assets recorded as a result of the acquisition of the Aetna U.S. group life and disability business, including in-force contracts, customer relationships and a marketing agreement with Aetna.

Income tax expenseincreased primarily due to a charge of $877 as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("Tax Reform") enacted in December, 2017. Among other changes, Tax Reform reduced the Federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018 which resulted in a reduction of the

40

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Company's net deferred tax assets, including its net operating loss carryovers. Also contributing to the increase in income tax expense were federal income tax benefits of $113 in 2016 arising from investments in solar energy partnerships that generated tax benefits and the effect of a federal income tax benefit of $65 in 2016 related to the sale of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries.

Differences between the Company's effective income tax rate and the U.S. statutory rate of 35% are due primarily to the effects of Tax Reform on net deferred tax assets, tax exempt interest earned on invested assets, changes in the valuation allowance recorded on capital loss carryovers and federal tax credits associated with investments in solar energy partnerships. For further discussion of income taxes, see Note 16 - Income Taxes of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax decreased from income of $283 in 2016 to a net loss of $2.9 billion in 2017 with the net loss in 2017 due to a loss on sale of the Company’s life and annuity run-off business of $3.3 billion, partially offset by operating income from discontinued operations of $388. Operating income from discontinued operations increased from $283 in 2016 primarily due to lower net realized capital losses in 2017. Apart from the reduction in net realized capital losses, earnings were relatively flat as an increase in the unlock benefit and lower interest credited were largely offset by lower net investment income and lower fee income due to the continued run-off of the variable annuity block.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Net income decreased primarily due to a loss on a reinsurance transaction covering the Company's asbestos and environmental exposure, an increase in Property & Casualty and Group Benefits incurred losses, especially in Personal Lines, higher net realized capital losses, lower income from discontinued operations and lower mutual funds fee income, partially offset by higher earned premiums, higher net investment income and lower insurance operating costs and other expenses.

Earned premiums increased 2% or $212, before tax, reflecting growth of 2% in Commercial Lines, 1% in Personal Lines and 3% in Group Benefits. For a discussion of the Company's operating results by segment, see MD&A - Results of Operations by segment.

Fee income decreased in 2016 compared to the prior year period, primarily due to lower investment management fees in Mutual Funds as a result of lower daily assets under management.

Net investment incomeincreased, primarily due to higher asset levels partially offset by lower make-whole payments on fixed maturities, as well as reinvesting at lower interest rates. For further discussion of investment results, see the Net Investment Income (Loss) section within MD&A - Investment Results.

Net realized capital losseswere $110 in 2016 an increase from net realized capital losses of $12 in 2015 primarily due to losses associated with the sale of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries and a change from net

gains to net losses on non-qualifying derivatives, partially offset by lower impairments and an increase in net realized gains on sale of corporate securities, U.S. Treasury securities, municipal bonds and equity securities. Also contributing to the increase in net realized capital losses was a $96 write-down of an investment in solar energy partnerships that generated tax credits and other tax benefits of $113 in 2016. For further discussion of investment results, see the Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) section within MD&A - Investment Results,

Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expensesincreased in both Property & Casualty and Group Benefits with the increase in Group Benefits due to the effect of growth in earned premium and higher group life loss severity. The net increase in incurred losses for Property & Casualty was due to:

• Losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes and prior accident year development in Property & Casualty increased $259, before tax, primarily resulting from higher personal and commercial auto loss costs and the effect of earned premium growth in Small Commercial and Personal Lines, partially offset by lower workers' compensation loss costs.

• Current accident year catastrophe losses of $416, before tax, in 2016, compared to $332, before tax, in 2015. Catastrophe losses in 2016 were primarily due to multiple wind and hail events across various U.S. geographic regions, concentrated in Texas and the central and southern plains and, to a lesser extent, winter storms and Hurricane Matthew. Catastrophe losses in 2015 were primarily due to multiple winter storms and wind and hail events across various U.S. geographic regions as well as tornadoes and wildfires. For additional information, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property & Casualty Insurance Product Reserves.

• Unfavorable prior accident year reserve development in Property & Casualty of $457, before tax, in 2016, compared to unfavorable reserve development of $250, before tax, in 2015.

▪ Prior accident year reserve development in 2016 was primarily due to a $268 increase in asbestos and environmental reserves and a $160 increase in personal auto liability reserves. An increase in asbestos reserves of $197 primarily related to greater than expected mesothelioma claim filings for a small percentage of defendants in specific, adverse jurisdictions. As a result, aggregate indemnity and defense costs have not declined as expected. Environmental reserves increased $71 in 2016 primarily due to deterioration associated with the tendering of new sites for policy coverage, increased defense costs stemming from individual bodily injury liability suits, and increased clean-up costs associated with waterways. Reserves were increased in Personal Lines auto liability for accident years 2014 and 2015, primarily due to higher than expected emerged auto liability frequency and severity.

▪ Prior accident year reserve development in 2015 was primarily due to an increase in asbestos reserves of $146 and environmental reserves of $52. For additional information, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Reserve Roll-forwards and Development.

41

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Insurance operating costs and other expenses decreased $118 primarily due to a reduction in direct marketing expenses in Personal Lines.

Loss on extinguishment of debtdecreaseddue to the redemption of $296 aggregate principal amount outstanding of 4.0% senior notes in 2015. There were no early debt extinguishments in 2016.

Loss on reinsurance transaction in 2016 represents paid premium for an asbestos and environmental adverse development cover (“ADC”) reinsurance agreement with NICO, a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. (“Berkshire”), to reduce uncertainty about potential adverse development. For more information on this transaction, see MD&A -Critical Accounting Estimates, Annual Reserve Reviews.

Income tax benefitof $166 in 2016 compared to income tax expense of $289 in 2015, primarily due to a decrease in taxable income and the effect of $113 of federal tax credits and

other tax benefits in 2016 associated with investments in solar energy partnerships, as well as tax benefits in 2016 from the sale of the Company's U.K property and casualty run-off subsidiaries.

Differences between the Company's effective income tax rate and the U.S. statutory rate of 35% are due primarily to tax exempt interest earned on invested assets, changes in the valuation allowance recorded on capital loss carryovers and federal tax credits associated with investments in solar energy partnerships.

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax,decreased from 2015 to 2016 primarily due to lower tax benefits recognized in 2016, a write-off of DAC associated with fixed annuities, lower investment income and a reinsurance gain on disposition in 2015, partially offset by lower net realized capital losses. In addition, the continued run-off of the variable and fixed annuity block resulted in lower fee income, partially offset by lower amortization of DAC and lower insurance operating costs and other expenses.

INVESTMENT RESULTS

Composition of Invested Assets
	December 31, 2017				December 31, 2016
	Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale ("AFS"), at fair value	$	36,964	81.9	%	$	32,182	80.9	%
Fixed maturities, at fair value using the fair value option ("FVO")	41		0.1	%	211		0.5	%
Equity securities, AFS, at fair value	1,012		2.3	%	945		2.4	%
Mortgage loans	3,175		7.0	%	2,886		7.3	%
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments	1,588		3.5	%	1,527		3.8	%
Other investments [1]	96		0.2	%	111		0.3	%
Short-term investments	2,270		5.0	%	1,895		4.8	%
Total investments	$	45,146	100	%	$	39,757	100	%

[1] Primarily relates to derivative instruments.

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Total investmentsincreased primarily due to an increase in fixed maturities, AFS, short-term investments and mortgage loans.

Fixed maturities, AFS increased primarily due the transfer in of fixed maturities, AFS related to the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business as well as an increase in valuations due to tighter credit spreads.

Short-term investments increased largely as a result of the Company's securities lending agreements. For more information on the Company's securities lending agreements, see Note 6 - Investments.

Mortgage Loans increased largely due to originations of multifamily commercial whole loans.

42

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Net Investment Income
	For the years ended December 31,
	2017					2016					2015
(Before tax)	Amount			Yield [1]		Amount			Yield [1]		Amount			Yield [1]
Fixed maturities [2]	$	1,303		3.9	%	$	1,319		4.0	%	$	1,301		3.9	%
Equity securities	24			2.8	%	22			3.2	%	17			2.6	%
Mortgage loans	124			4.1	%	116			4.2	%	115			4.4	%
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments	174			12.0	%	128			8.6	%	130			8.0	%
Other [3]	49					51					57
Investment expense	(71		)			(59		)			(59		)
Total net investment income	$	1,603		4.0	%	$	1,577		4.0	%	$	1,561		3.9	%
Total net investment income excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments	$	1,429		3.7	%	$	1,449		3.8	%	$	1,431		3.8	%

[1] Yields calculated using annualized net investment income divided by the monthly average invested assets at amortized cost as applicable, excluding repurchase agreement and securities lending collateral, if any, and derivatives book value.

[2] Includes net investment income on short-term investments.

[3] Primarily includes income from derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting and hedge fixed maturities.

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Total net investment income increased primarily due to higher income from limited partnerships and other alternative investments, partially offset by lower make-whole payment income on fixed maturities and increased investment expense. Income from limited partnerships and other alternative investments increased due to higher valuation write-ups of private equity partnerships and strong returns on real estate investments in 2017.

Annualized net investment income yieldexcluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments, was 3.7% in 2017 and 3.8% in 2016. Excluding make-whole payment income on fixed maturities, income received from previously impaired securities, and prepayment penalties on mortgage loans, the annualized investment income yield, excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments, was 3.6% in 2017 consistent with that of the same period for 2016.

Average reinvestment rateexcluding certain U.S. Treasury securities and cash equivalent securities, for the year ended December 31, 2017, was approximately 3.5% which was

below the average yield of sales and maturities of 3.7% for the same period. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the average reinvestment rate of 3.5% remained consistent with that of the same period in 2016.

We expect the annualized net investment income yield for the 2018 calendar year, excluding limited partnerships and other alternative investments, to be slightly below the portfolio yield earned in 2017. This assumes the Company earns less income in 2018 from make-whole payment income on fixed maturities and recoveries on previously impaired securities than it did in 2017 and that reinvestment rates continue to be below the average yield of sales and maturities. The estimated impact on net investment income is subject to change as the composition of the portfolio changes through portfolio management and changes in market conditions.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Total net investment income increased primarily due to higher asset levels, partially offset by lower make-whole payments on fixed maturities as well as reinvesting at lower interest rates.

43

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)
	For the years ended December 31,
(Before tax)	2017			2016			2015
Gross gains on sales	$	275		$	222		$	219
Gross losses on sales	(113		)	(159		)	(194		)
Net other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") losses recognized in earnings [1]	(8		)	(27		)	(41		)
Valuation allowances on mortgage loans [2]	(1		)	—			(1		)
Transactional foreign currency revaluation	14			(78		)	—
Non-qualifying foreign currency derivatives	(14		)	83			13
Other, net [3]	12			(151		)	(8		)
Net realized capital gains (losses)	$	165		$	(110	)	$	(12	)

[1] See Other-Than-Temporary Impairments within the Investment Portfolio Risks and Risk Management section of the MD&A.

[2] See Valuation Allowances on Mortgage Loans within the Investment Portfolio Risks and Risk Management section of the MD&A.

[3] Primarily consists of changes in value of non-qualifying derivatives, including credit derivatives and interest rate derivatives used to manage duration. Also included for the year ended December 31, 2016, is a loss related to the write-down of investments in solar energy partnerships, which generated tax benefits, and a loss related to the sale of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries.

Year ended December 31, 2017

Gross gains and losses on saleswere primarily the result of duration, liquidity and credit management within corporate securities, U.S. treasury securities, equity securities, and tax-exempt municipal bonds.

Other, net gain included gains of $21 related to credit derivatives due to credit spread tightening, partially offset by losses of $7 related to equity derivatives hedging against the impact of a decline in the equity market on the investment portfolio.

Year ended December 31, 2016

Gross gains and losses on saleswere primarily a result of duration, liquidity and credit management within corporate, U.S. treasury, tax-exempt municipal and equity securities.

Other, net loss included losses of $96 related to the write-down of investments in solar energy partnerships that generated solar tax credits and losses of $81 associated with the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries that were sold in May 2017. For further information related to the investment in solar energy partnerships and resulting solar tax credits, refer to Note 16 - Income Taxes of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, there were losses of $15 related to equity derivatives which were hedging against the impact of a decline in the equity market on the investment portfolio.

Year ended December 31, 2015

Gross gains and losses on sales were primarily a

result of duration, liquidity and credit management, as well as

tactical changes to the portfolio as a result of changing market

conditions. This included sales to reduce exposure to energy,

emerging markets and below investment grade corporate

securities as well as sales within corporate, U.S. treasury and

equity securities.

Other, net losses were primarily related to losses of $7 on credit derivatives driven by widening credit spreads.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ, and in the past have differed, from those estimates.

The Company has identified the following estimates as critical in that they involve a higher degree of judgment and are subject to a significant degree of variability:

• property and casualty insurance product reserves, net of reinsurance;

• group benefit long-term disability (LTD) reserves, net of reinsurance;

• evaluation of goodwill for impairment;

• valuation of investments and derivative instruments including evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities and valuation allowances on mortgage loans;

• valuation allowance on deferred tax assets; and

• contingencies relating to corporate litigation and regulatory matters.

Certain of these estimates are particularly sensitive to market conditions, and deterioration and/or volatility in the worldwide debt or equity markets could have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements. In developing these estimates management makes subjective and complex judgments that are inherently uncertain and subject to material change as facts and circumstances develop. Although variability is inherent in these estimates, management believes the amounts provided are appropriate based upon the facts available upon compilation of the financial statements.

44

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Property & Casualty Insurance Product Reserves    

P&C Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves,

Net of Reinsurance, by Segment as of December 31, 2017

Loss and LAE Reserves, Net of Reinsurance as of December 31, 2017

	Commercial Lines		Personal Lines		Property & Casualty Other Operations		Total Property & Casualty Insurance		% Total Reserves-net
Workers’ compensation	$	9,600	$	—	$	—	$	9,600	48.4%
General liability	2,167		—		—		2,167		10.9%
Package business [1]	1,500		—		—		1,500		7.6%
Commercial property	390		—		—		390		2.0%
Automobile liability	927		1,707		—		2,634		13.3%
Automobile physical damage	13		32		—		45		0.2%
Professional liability	561		—		—		561		2.8%
Bond	286		—		—		286		1.4%
Homeowners	—		471		—		471		2.4%
Asbestos and environmental	116		11		1,325		1,452		7.3%
Assumed reinsurance	—		—		122		122		0.6%
All other	186		2		402		590		3.0%
Total reserves-net	15,746		2,223		1,849		19,818		100.0%
Reinsurance and other recoverables	3,147		71		739		3,957
Total reserves-gross	$	18,893	$	2,294	$	2,588	$	23,775

[1] Commercial Lines policy packages that include property and general liability coverages are generally referred to as the package line of business.

For descriptions of the coverages provided under the lines of business shown above, see Part I - Item1, Business.

Overview of Reserving for Property and Casualty Insurance Claims

It typically takes many months or years to pay claims incurred under a property and casualty insurance product; accordingly, the Company must establish reserves at the time the loss is incurred. Most of the Company’s policies provide for occurrence-based

coverage where the loss is incurred when a claim event happens like an automobile accident, house or building fire or injury to an employee under a workers’ compensation policy. Some of the Company's policies, mostly for directors and officers insurance and errors and omissions insurance, are claims-made policies where the loss is incurred in the period the claim event is reported to the Company even if the loss event itself occurred in an earlier period.

45

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves provide for the estimated ultimate costs of paying claims under insurance policies written by the Company, less amounts paid to date. These reserves include estimates for both claims that have been reported and those that have not yet been reported, and include estimates of all expenses associated with processing and settling these claims. Incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves represent the difference between the estimated ultimate cost of all claims and the actual loss and loss adjustment expenses reported to the Company by claimants (“reported losses”). Reported losses represent cumulative loss and loss adjustment expenses paid plus case reserves for outstanding reported claims. Company actuaries evaluate the total reserves (IBNR and case reserves) on an accident year basis. An accident year is the calendar year in which a loss is incurred, or, in the case of claims-made policies, the calendar year in which a loss is reported.

Factors that Change Reserve Estimates-Reserve estimates can change over time because of unexpected changes in the external environment. Inflation in medical care, hospital care, automobile parts, wages and home and building repair would cause claims to settle for more than they are initially reserved. Changes in the economy can cause an increase or decrease in the number of reported claims (claim frequency). For example, an improving economy could result in more automobile miles driven and a higher number of automobile reported claims while a contracting economy can sometimes lead to an increase in workers’ compensation reported claims. An increase in the number or percentage of claims litigated can increase the average settlement amount per claim (claim severity). Changes in the judicial environment can affect interpretations of damages and how policy coverage applies which could increase or decrease claim severity. Over time, judges or juries in certain jurisdictions may be more inclined to determine liability and award damages. New legislation can also change how damages are defined resulting in greater frequency or severity. In addition, new types of injuries may arise from exposures not contemplated when the policies were written. Past examples include pharmaceutical products, silica, lead paint, molestation or abuse and construction defects.

Reserve estimates can also change over time because of changes in internal Company operations. A delay or acceleration in handling claims may signal a need to increase or reduce reserves from what was initially estimated. New lines of business may have loss development patterns that are not well established. Changes in the geographic mix of business, changes in the mix of business by industry and changes in the mix of business by policy limit or deductible can increase the risk that losses will ultimately develop differently than the loss development patterns assumed in our reserving. In addition, changes in the quality of risk selection in underwriting and changes in interpretations of policy language could increase or decrease ultimate losses from what was assumed in establishing the reserves.

In the case of assumed reinsurance, all of the above risks apply. The Company assumes insurance risk from certain pools and associations and, prior to 2004, assumed property and casualty risks from other insurance companies. Changes in the case reserving and reporting patterns of insurance companies ceding to The Hartford can create additional uncertainty in estimating the reserves. Due to the inherent complexity of the assumptions used, final claim settlements may vary significantly from the

present estimates of direct and assumed reserves, particularly when those settlements may not occur until well into the future.

Reinsurance Recoverables-Through both facultative and treaty reinsurance agreements, the Company cedes a share of the risks it has underwritten to other insurance companies. The Company records reinsurance recoverables for loss and loss adjustment expenses ceded to its reinsurers representing the anticipated recovery from reinsurers of unpaid claims, including IBNR.

The Company estimates the portion of losses and loss adjustment expenses to be ceded based on the terms of any applicable facultative and treaty reinsurance, including an estimate of how IBNR for losses will ultimately be ceded.

The Company provides an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, reflecting management’s best estimate of reinsurance cessions that may be uncollectible in the future due to reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to pay. The estimated allowance considers the credit quality of the Company's reinsurers, recent outcomes in arbitration and litigation in disputes between reinsurers and cedants and recent communication activity between reinsurers and cedants that may signal how the Company’s own reinsurance claims may settle. Where its reinsurance contracts permit, the Company secures funding of future claim obligations with various forms of collateral, including irrevocable letters of credit, secured trusts, funds held accounts and group-wide offsets. The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance was $104 as of December 31, 2017, comprised of $18 related to Commercial Lines and $86 related to Property & Casualty Other Operations.

The Company’s estimate of reinsurance recoverables, net of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, is subject to similar risks and uncertainties as the estimate of the gross reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses for direct and assumed exposures.

Review of Reserve Adequacy-The Hartford regularly reviews the appropriateness of reserve levels at the line of business or more detailed level, taking into consideration the variety of trends that impact the ultimate settlement of claims. For Property & Casualty Other Operations, asbestos and environmental (“A&E”) reserves are reviewed by type of event rather than by line of business.

Reserve adjustments, which may be material, are reflected in the operating results of the period in which the adjustment is determined to be necessary. In the judgment of management, information currently available has been properly considered in establishing the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and in recording the reinsurance recoverables for ceded unpaid losses.

Reserving Methodology

For a discussion of how A&E reserves are set, see MD&A - P&C Insurance Product Reserves, Reserving for Asbestos and Environmental Claims within Property & Casualty Other Operations. The following is a discussion of the reserving methods used for the Company's property and casualty lines of business other than asbestos and environmental.

How Reserves Are Set-Reserves are set by line of business within the operating segments. A single line of business

46

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

may be written in more than one segment. Case reserves are established by a claims handler on each individual claim and are adjusted as new information becomes known during the course of handling the claim. Lines of business for which reported losses emerge over a long period of time are referred to as long-tail lines of business. Lines of business for which reported losses emerge more quickly are referred to as short-tail lines of business. The Company’s shortest-tail lines of business are homeowners, commercial property and automobile physical damage. The longest tail lines of business include workers’ compensation, general liability, professional liability and assumed reinsurance. For short-tail lines of business, emergence of paid loss and case reserves is credible and likely indicative of ultimate losses. For long-tail lines of business, emergence of paid losses and case reserves is less credible in the early periods after a given accident year and, accordingly, may not be indicative of ultimate losses.

Use of Actuarial Methods and Judgments-The Company’s reserving actuaries regularly review reserves for both current and prior accident years using the most current claim data. A variety of actuarial methods and judgments are used for most lines of business to arrive at selections of estimated ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses.These selections incorporate input, as appropriate, from claims personnel, pricing actuaries and operating management about reported loss cost trends and other factors that could affect the reserve estimates. Most reserves are reviewed fully each quarter, including loss and loss adjustment expense reserves for homeowners, commercial property, automobile physical damage, automobile liability, package business, workers’ compensation, most general liability and professional liability. Other reserves are reviewed semi-annually (twice per year) or annually. These primarily include reserves for losses incurred in accident years older than twelve years for Personal Lines and older than twenty years for Commercial Lines, as well as reserves for bond, assumed reinsurance, latent exposures, such as construction defects, and unallocated loss adjustment expenses. For reserves that are reviewed semi-annually or annually, management monitors the emergence of paid and reported losses in the intervening quarters and, if necessary, performs a reserve review to determine whether the reserve estimate should change.

An expected loss ratio is used in initially recording the reserves for both short-tail and long-tail lines of business. This expected loss ratio is determined by starting with the average loss ratio of recent prior accident years and adjusting that ratio for the effect of expected changes to earned pricing, loss frequency and severity, mix of business, ceded reinsurance and other factors. For short-tail lines, IBNR for the current accident year is initially recorded as the product of the expected loss ratio for the period, earned premium for the period and the proportion of losses expected to be reported in future calendar periods for the current accident period. For long-tailed lines, IBNR reserves for the current accident year are initially recorded as the product of the expected loss ratio for the period and the earned premium for the period, less reported losses for the period.

As losses emerge or develop in periods subsequent to a given accident year, reserving actuaries use other methods to estimate ultimate unpaid losses in addition to the expected loss ratio method. These primarily include paid and reported loss development methods, frequency/severity techniques and the Bornhuetter-Ferguson method (a combination of the expected loss ratio and paid development or reported development method). Within any one line of business, the methods that are given more influence vary based primarily on the maturity of the accident year, the mix of business and the particular internal and external influences impacting the claims experience or the methods. The output of the reserve reviews are reserve estimates that are referred to herein as the “actuarial indication”.

Reserve Discounting-Most of the Company’s property and casualty insurance product reserves are not discounted. However, the Company has discounted liabilities funded through structured settlements and has discounted certain reserves for indemnity payments due to permanently disabled claimants under workers’ compensation policies. For further discussion of these discounted liabilities, see Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Differences Between GAAP and Statutory Basis Reserves-As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, U.S. property and casualty insurance product reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance recoverables, reported under U.S. GAAP were approximately equal to net reserves reported on a statutory basis. The primary difference between the statutory and GAAP reserve amounts is due to a ceded asbestos and environmental ADC which is a retroactive reinsurance agreement between the Company and NICO that is not included in insurance liabilities for statutory accounting. This difference is largely offset by liabilities for unpaid losses for permanently disabled workers’ compensation claimants discounted under U.S. GAAP at rates that are no higher than risk-free interest rates in effect at the time the claims are incurred which can vary from the statutory discount rates set by regulators. In addition, a portion of the U.S. GAAP provision for uncollectible reinsurance is not recognized under statutory accounting.

Reserving Methods by Line of Business-Apart from A&E which is discussed in the following section on Property & Casualty Other Operations, below is a general discussion of which reserving methods are preferred by line of business. Because the actuarial estimates are generated at a much finer level of detail than line of business (e.g., by distribution channel, coverage, accident period), other methods than those described for the line of business may also be employed for a coverage and accident year within a line of business. Also, as circumstances change, the methods that are given more influence will change.

47

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Preferred Reserving Methods by Line of Business

Commercial property, homeowners and automobile physical damage	These short-tailed lines are fast-developing and paid and reported development techniques are used as these methods use historical data to develop paid and reported loss development patterns, which are then applied to cumulative paid and reported losses by accident period to estimate ultimate losses. In addition to paid and reported development methods, for the most immature accident months, the Company uses frequency and severity techniques and the initial expected loss ratio. The advantage of frequency/severity techniques is that frequency estimates are generally easier to predict and external information can be used to supplement internal data in estimating average severity.
Personal automobile liability	For automobile liability, and bodily injury in particular, the Company performs a greater number of techniques than it does for commercial property, homeowners and automobile physical damage. In addition to traditional paid and reported development methods, the Company relies on frequency/severity techniques and Berquist-Sherman techniques. Because the paid development technique is affected by changes in claim closure patterns and the reported development method is affected by changes in case reserving practices, the Company uses Berquist-Sherman techniques which adjust these patterns to reflect current settlement rates and case reserving practices. The Company generally uses the reported development method for older accident years and a combination of reported development, frequency/severity and Berquist-Sherman methods for more recent accident years. For older accident periods, reported losses are a good indicator of ultimate losses given the high percentage of ultimate losses reported to date. For more recent periods, the frequency/severity techniques are not affected as much by changes in case reserve practices and changing disposal rates and the Berquist-Sherman techniques specifically adjust for these changes.
Automobile liability for commercial lines and short-tailed general liability	For older, more mature accident years, the Company primarily uses reported development techniques. For more recent accident years, the Company typically prefers frequency / severity techniques. These techniques separately analyze losses above and below a capping level (average severity) as larger claims typically behave differently than smaller claims.
Professional liability	Reported and paid loss development patterns for this line tend to be volatile. Therefore, the Company typically relies on frequency and severity techniques.
Long-tailed general liability, bond and large deductible workers’ compensation	For these long-tailed lines of business, the Company generally relies on the expected loss ratio and reported development techniques. The Company generally weights these techniques together, relying more heavily on the expected loss ratio method at early ages of development and more on the reported development method as an accident year matures.
Workers’ compensation	Workers’ compensation is the Company’s single largest reserve line of business and a wide range of methods are used. Methods include paid and reported development techniques, the expected loss ratio and Bornhuetter-Ferguson methods, and an in-depth analysis on the largest states. In recent years, we have seen an acceleration of paid losses relative to historical patterns and have adjusted our expected loss development patterns accordingly. This acceleration has largely been due to two factors. First, in more recent accident years, we have seen a higher concentration of first dollar workers' compensation business and less excess of loss business resulting in fewer longer-tailed, excess workers' compensation claims. Second, the Company has seen an increase in lump sum settlements to claimants across multiple accident years. Adjusting for the effect of an acceleration in payments compared to historical patterns, paid loss development techniques are generally preferred for the workers' compensation line, particularly for more mature accident years. For less mature accident years, the Company places greater reliance on the expected loss ratio and reported development methods, open claim approaches, and state-by-state analysis.
Assumed reinsurance and all other	For these lines, the Company tends to rely mostly on reported development techniques. In assumed reinsurance, assumptions are influenced by information gained from claim and underwriting audits.
Allocated loss adjustment expenses (ALAE)	For some lines of business (e.g., professional liability and assumed reinsurance), ALAE and losses are analyzed together. For most lines of business, however, ALAE is analyzed separately, using paid development techniques and a ratio of paid ALAE to paid loss is applied to loss reserves to estimate unpaid ALAE.
Unallocated loss adjustment expenses (ULAE)	ULAE is analyzed separately from loss and ALAE. For most lines of business, incurred ULAE costs to be paid in the future are projected based on an expected claim handling cost per claim year, the anticipated claim closure pattern and the ratio of paid ULAE to paid loss is applied to estimated unpaid losses.

In the final step of the reserve review process, senior reserving actuaries and senior management apply their judgment to determine the appropriate level of reserves considering the actuarial indications and other factors not contemplated in the actuarial indications. Those factors include, but are not limited to, the assessed reliability of key loss trends and assumptions used in the current actuarial indications, the maturity of the accident year, pertinent trends observed over the recent past, the level of volatility within a particular line of business, and the improvement or deterioration of actuarial indications in the current period as compared to the prior periods. The Company also considers the magnitude of the difference between the actuarial indication and the recorded reserves.

Based on the results of the quarterly reserve review process, the Company determines the appropriate reserve adjustments, if any,

to record. In general, adjustments are made more quickly to more mature accident years and less volatile lines of business. Such adjustments of reserves are referred to as “prior accident year development”. Increases in previous estimates of ultimate loss costs are referred to as either an increase in prior accident year reserves or as unfavorable reserve development. Decreases in previous estimates of ultimate loss costs are referred to as either a decrease in prior accident year reserves or as favorable reserve development. Reserve development can influence the comparability of year over year underwriting results.

Total recorded net reserves, excluding asbestos and environmental, were 4.7% higher than the actuarial indication of the reserves as of December 31, 2017.

48

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

For a discussion of changes to reserve estimates recorded in 2017, see the Reserve Development section below.

Current Trends Contributing to Reserve Uncertainty

The Hartford is a multi-line company in the property and casualty insurance business. The Hartford is therefore subject to reserve uncertainty stemming from changes in loss trends and other conditions which could become material at any point in time. As market conditions and loss trends develop, management must assess whether those conditions constitute a long-term trend that should result in a reserving action (i.e., increasing or decreasing the reserve).

Difficult to Estimate Tort Exposures-Within Commercial Lines and Property & Casualty Other Operations, the Company has exposure to bodily injury claims as a result of long-term or continuous exposure to harmful products or substances. Examples include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutical products, silica, talcum powder, head injuries and lead paint. The Company also has exposure to claims from construction defects, where property damage or bodily injury from negligent construction is alleged. In addition, the Company has exposure to claims asserted against religious institutions and other organizations relating to molestation or abuse. Such exposures may involve potentially long latency periods and may implicate coverage in multiple policy periods. These factors make reserves for such claims more uncertain than other bodily injury or property damage claims. With regard to these exposures, the Company monitors trends in litigation, the external environment, the similarities to other mass torts and the potential impact on the Company’s reserves.

Standard Commercial Lines-In standard commercial lines, workers’ compensation is the Company’s single biggest line of business and the line of business with the longest pattern of loss emergence. To the extent that patterns in the frequency of settlement payments deviate from historical patterns, loss reserve estimates would be less reliable. Medical costs make up more than 50% of workers’ compensation payments. As such, reserve estimates for workers’ compensation are particularly sensitive to changes in medical inflation, the changing use of medical care procedures and changes in state legislative and regulatory environments. In addition, a deteriorating economic environment can reduce the ability of an injured worker to return to work and lengthen the time a worker receives disability benefits.

Specialty Lines-In specialty lines, many lines of insurance are “long-tail”, including large deductible workers’ compensation insurance; as such, reserve estimates for these lines are more difficult to determine than reserve estimates for shorter-tail lines of insurance. Reserves for large deductible workers’ compensation insurance require estimating losses attributable to the deductible amount that will be paid by the insured; if such losses are not paid by the insured due to financial difficulties, the Company is contractually liable. Uncertainty in estimated claim severity causes reserve variability for commercial automobile losses including reserve variability due to changes in internal claim handling and case reserving practices as well as due to changes in the external environment. Another example of reserve variability is with directors’ and officers’ insurance where uncertainty regarding the number and severity of class action

suits can result in reserve volatility. Additionally, the Company’s exposure to losses under directors’ and officers’ insurance policies is primarily in excess layers, making estimates of loss more complex.

Personal Lines-In Personal Lines, while claims emerge over relatively shorter periods, estimates can still vary due to a number of factors, including uncertain estimates of frequency and severity trends. Severity trends are affected by changes in internal claim handling and case reserving practices as well as by changes in the external environment. Changes in claim practices increase the uncertainty in the interpretation of case reserve data, which increases the uncertainty in recorded reserve levels. Severity trends have increased in recent accident years, in part driven by more expensive parts associated with new automobile technology, causing additional uncertainty about the reliability of past patterns. In addition, the introduction of new products and class plans has led to a different mix of business by type of insured than the Company experienced in the past. Such changes in mix increase the uncertainty of the reserve projections, since historical data and reporting patterns may not be applicable to the new business.

Impact of Key Assumptions on Reserves

As stated above, the Company’s practice is to estimate reserves using a variety of methods, assumptions and data elements within its reserve estimation process for reserves other than asbestos and environmental. The Company does not consistently use statistical loss distributions or confidence levels around its reserve estimate and, as a result, does not disclose reserve ranges.

Across most lines of business, the most important reserve assumptions are future loss development factors applied to paid or reported losses to date. The trend in loss cost frequency and severity is also a key assumption, particularly in the most recent accident years, where loss development factors are less credible.

The following discussion discloses possible variation from current estimates of loss reserves due to a change in certain key indicators of potential losses. For automobile liability lines in both Personal Lines and Commercial Lines, the key indicator is the annual loss cost trend, particularly the severity trend component of loss costs. For workers’ compensation and general liability, loss development patterns are a key indicator, particularly for more mature accident years. For workers’ compensation, paid loss development patterns have been impacted by medical cost inflation and other changes in loss cost trends. For general liability, loss development patterns have been impacted by, among other things, emergence of new types of claims (e.g., construction defect claims) and a shift in the mixture between smaller, more routine claims and larger, more complex claims.

Each of the impacts described below is estimated individually, without consideration for any correlation among key indicators or among lines of business. Therefore, it would be inappropriate to take each of the amounts described below and add them together in an attempt to estimate volatility for the Company’s reserves in total. For any one reserving line of business, the estimated variation in reserves due to changes in key indicators is a reasonable estimate of possible variation that may occur in the future, likely over a period of several calendar years. The variation discussed is not meant to be a worst-case scenario, and,

49

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

therefore, it is possible that future variation may be more than the amounts discussed below.

	Possible Change in Key Indicator	Reserves, Net of Reinsurance December 31, 2017	Estimated Range of Variation in Reserves
Personal Automobile Liability	+/- 2.5 points to the annual assumed change in loss cost severity for the two most recent accident years	$1.7 billion	+/- $80
Commercial Automobile Liability	+/- 2.5 points to the annual assumed change in loss cost severity for the two most recent accident years	$0.9 billion	+/- $20
Workers' Compensation	2% change in paid loss development patterns	$9.6 billion	+/- $400
General Liability	10% change in reported loss development patterns	$2.2 billion	+/- $200

Reserving for Asbestos and Environmental Claims

How A&E Reserves are Set- The process for establishing reserves for asbestos and environmental claims first involves estimating the required reserves gross of ceded reinsurance and then estimating reinsurance recoverables. In establishing reserves for gross asbestos claims, the Company evaluates its insureds’ estimated liabilities for such claims by examining exposures for individual insureds and assessing how coverage applies. The Company considers a variety of factors, including the jurisdictions where underlying claims have been brought, past, pending and anticipated future claim activity, disease mix, past settlement values of similar claims, dismissal rates, allocated loss adjustment expense, and potential bankruptcy impact.

Similarly, the Company reviews exposures to establish gross environmental reserves. The Company considers several factors in estimating environmental liabilities, including historical values of similar claims, the number of sites involved, the insureds’ alleged activities at each site, the alleged environmental damage, the respective shares of liability of potentially responsible parties, the appropriateness and cost of remediation, the nature of governmental enforcement activities and potential bankruptcy impact.

After evaluating its insureds’ probable liabilities for asbestos and/or environmental claims, the Company evaluates the insurance coverage in place for such claims. The Company considers its insureds’ total available insurance coverage, including the coverage issued by the Company. The Company also considers

relevant judicial interpretations of policy language and applicable coverage defenses or determinations, if any.

The estimated liabilities of insureds and the Company’s exposure to the insureds depends heavily on an analysis of the relevant legal issues and litigation environment. This analysis is conducted by the Company’s lawyers and is subject to applicable privileges.

For both asbestos and environmental reserves, the Company also analyzes its historical paid and reported losses and expenses year by year, to assess any emerging trends, fluctuations or characteristics suggested by the aggregate paid and reported activity. The historical losses and expenses are analyzed on both a direct basis and net of reinsurance.

Once the gross ultimate exposure for indemnity and allocated loss adjustment expense is determined for its insureds by each policy year, the Company calculates its ceded reinsurance projection based on any applicable facultative and treaty reinsurance and the Company’s experience with reinsurance collections. See the section that follows entitled Adverse Development Cover that discusses the impact the reinsurance agreement with NICO may have on future adverse development of asbestos and environmental reserves, if any.

Uncertainties Regarding Adequacy of A&E Reserves-A number of factors affect the variability of estimates for gross asbestos and environmental reserves including assumptions with respect to the frequency of claims, the average severity of those claims settled with payment, the dismissal rate of claims with no payment, resolution of coverage disputes with our policyholders and the expense to indemnity ratio. Reserve estimates for gross asbestos and environmental reserves are subject to greater variability than reserve estimates for more traditional exposures.

The process of estimating asbestos and environmental reserves remains subject to a wide variety of uncertainties, which are detailed in Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company believes that its current asbestos and environmental reserves are appropriate. While future developments could cause the Company to change its estimates of its gross asbestos and environmental reserves, the adverse development cover with NICO will likely lessen the effect that these changes would have on the Company's consolidated operating results and liquidity. Consistent with past practice, the Company will continue to monitor its reserves in Property & Casualty Other Operations regularly, including its annual reviews of asbestos liabilities, reinsurance recoverables, the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, and environmental liabilities. Where future developments indicate, we will make appropriate adjustments to the reserves at that time. In 2017, the Company completed the comprehensive annual review of asbestos and environmental reserves during the fourth quarter, instead of the second quarter as it had done in previous years.

Total P&C Insurance Product Reserves Development

In the opinion of management, based upon the known facts and current law, the reserves recorded for the Company’s property and casualty insurance products at December 31, 2017 represent the Company’s best estimate of its ultimate liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses related to losses covered by policies written by the Company. However, because of the significant

50

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

uncertainties surrounding reserves, it is possible that management’s estimate of the ultimate liabilities for these claims may change in the future and that the required adjustment to

currently recorded reserves could be material to the Company’s results of operations and liquidity.

Roll-forward of Property and Casualty Insurance Product Liabilities for Unpaid Losses and LAE for the Year Ended December 31, 2017

	Commercial Lines			Personal Lines			Property & Casualty Other Operations		Total Property & Casualty Insurance
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross [1]	$	17,950		$	2,094		$	2,501	$	22,545
Reinsurance and other recoverables [1]	3,037			25			426		3,488
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net	14,913			2,069			2,075		19,057
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year before catastrophes	3,961			2,584			—		6,545
Current accident year catastrophes	383			453			—		836
Prior accident year development	(22		)	(37		)	18		(41		)
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses	4,322			3,000			18		7,340
Less: payments	3,489			2,846			244		6,579
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net	15,746			2,223			1,849		19,818
Reinsurance and other recoverables [1]	3,147			71			739		3,957
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross [1]	$	18,893		$	2,294		$	2,588	$	23,775
Earned premiums and fee income	$	6,902		$	3,734
Loss and loss expense paid ratio [2]	50.6			76.2
Loss and loss expense incurred ratio	63.0			81.3
Prior accident year development (pts) [3]	(0.3		)	(1.0		)

[1]Commercial Lines reflects the addition of $712 to the beginning gross reserves and reinsurance recoverables and $688 to the ending gross reserves and reinsurance recoverables for structured settlements reserves and recoverables due from the Company's life and annuity run-off business now classified as held for sale. These amounts were previously eliminated in consolidation.

[2] The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums and fee income.

[3] “Prior accident year development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident year development to earned premiums.

51

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

2017 Catastrophe Losses, Net of Reinsurance

	Commercial Lines			Personal Lines
Wind and hail	$	138		$	176
Hurricanes [1]	236			68
Wildfires	51			253
Winter Storms	1			3
Total Catastrophe Losses	$	426		$	500
Less: reinsurance recoverable under the property aggregate treaty [2]	(43		)	(47		)
Net Catastrophe losses	$	383		$	453

[1]Includes catastrophe losses from Hurricane Harvey and Hurricane Irma of $170 and $121, respectively.

[2]Refers to reinsurance recoverable under the Company's Property Aggregate treaty. For further information on the treaty, refer to Part II, Item 7, MD&A — Enterprise Risk Management — Insurance Risk.

(Favorable) Unfavorable Prior Accident Year Development for the Year Ended December 31, 2017

	Commercial Lines			Personal Lines			Property & Casualty Other Operations		Total Property & Casualty Insurance
Workers’ compensation	$	(79	)	$	—		$	—	$	(79	)
Workers’ compensation discount accretion	28			—			—		28
General liability	11			—			—		11
Package business	(25		)	—			—		(25		)
Commercial property	(8		)	—			—		(8		)
Professional liability	1			—			—		1
Bond	32			—			—		32
Automobile liability	17			—			—		17
Homeowners	—			(14		)	—		(14		)
Net asbestos reserves	—			—			—		—
Net environmental reserves	—			—			—		—
Catastrophes	—			(16		)	—		(16		)
Uncollectible reinsurance	(15		)	—			—		(15		)
Other reserve re-estimates, net	16			(7		)	18		27
Total prior accident year development	$	(22	)	$	(37	)	$	18	$	(41	)

During 2017, the Company’s re-estimates of prior accident year reserves included the following significant reserve changes:

Workers’ compensation reserves were reduced in Small Commercial and Middle Market, given the continued emergence of favorable frequency, primarily for accident years 2013 to 2015, as well as a reduction in estimated reserves for ULAE, partially offset by strengthening reserves for captive programs within Specialty Commercial.

General liability reserves were increased for the 2013 to 2016 accident years on a class of business that insures service and maintenance contractors. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in recent accident year reserves for other Middle Market general liability reserves.

Package business reserveswere reduced for accident years 2013 and prior largely due to reducing the Company’s estimate of allocated loss adjustment expenses incurred to settle the claims.

Bond business reserves increased for customs bonds written between 2000 and 2010 which was partly offset by a reduction in reserves for recent accident years as reported losses for commercial and contract surety have emerged favorably.

Automobile liability reserves within Commercial Lines were increased in Small Commercial and large national accounts for the 2013 to 2016 accident years, driven by higher frequency of more severe accidents, including litigated claims.

Asbestos and environmental reserves were unchanged as $285 of adverse development arising from the fourth quarter 2017 comprehensive annual review was offset by a $285 recoverable from NICO. For additional information related to the adverse development cover with NICO, see Note 8 - Reinsurance and Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

52

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Catastrophes reserveswere reduced primarily due to lower estimates of 2016 wind and hail event losses and a decrease in losses on a 2015 wildfire.

Uncollectible reinsurance reserves decreased as a result of giving greater weight to favorable collectibility

experience in recent calendar periods in estimating future collections.

Roll-forward of Property and Casualty Insurance Product Liabilities for Unpaid Losses and LAE for theYear Ended December 31, 2016

	Commercial Lines		Personal Lines		Property & Casualty Other Operations		Total Property & Casualty Insurance
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross [1]	$	17,302	$	1,845	$	3,421	$	22,568
Reinsurance and other recoverables [1]	3,036		19		570		3,625
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net	14,266		1,826		2,851		18,943
Add: Maxum acquisition	122		—		—		122
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year before catastrophes	3,766		2,808		—		6,574
Current accident year catastrophes	200		216		—		416
Prior accident year development	28		151		278		457
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses	3,994		3,175		278		7,447
Less: payments	3,469		2,932		567		6,968
Less: net reserves transferred to liabilities held for sale [4]	—		—		487		487
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net	14,913		2,069		2,075		19,057
Reinsurance and other recoverables [1]	3,037		25		426		3,488
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross [1]	$	17,950	$	2,094	$	2,501	$	22,545
Earned premiums and fee income	$	6,690	$	3,937
Loss and loss expense paid ratio [2]	51.9		74.5
Loss and loss expense incurred ratio	60.1		81.5
Prior accident year development (pts) [3]	0.4		3.9

[1] Commercial Lines reflects the addition of $743 to the beginning gross reserves and reinsurance recoverables and $712 to the ending gross reserves and reinsurance recoverables for structured settlements reserves and recoverables due from the Company's life and annuity run-off business now classified as held for sale. These amounts were previously eliminated in consolidation.

[2] The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums and fee income.

[3] “Prior accident year development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident year development to earned premiums.

[4] Represents liabilities classified as held-for-sale as of December 31, 2016 and subsequently transferred to the buyer in connection with the sale of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries in May 2017. For discussion of the sale transaction, see Note 20 - Business Dispositions and Discontinued Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

53

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

2016 Catastrophe Losses, Net of Reinsurance

	Commercial Lines		Personal Lines
Wind and hail	$	156	$	186
Winter storms	24		7
Hurricane Matthew	17		16
Wildfires	3		7
Total Catastrophe Losses	$	200	$	216

(Favorable) Unfavorable Prior Accident Year Development for the Year Ended December 31, 2016

	Commercial Lines			Personal Lines			Property & Casualty Other Operations		Total Property & Casualty Insurance
Workers’ compensation	$	(119	)	$	—		$	—	$	(119	)
Workers’ compensation discount accretion	28			—			—		28
General liability	65			—			—		65
Package business	65			—			—		65
Commercial property	1			—			—		1
Professional liability	(37		)	—			—		(37		)
Bond	(8		)	—			—		(8		)
Automobile liability	57			160			—		217
Homeowners	—			(10		)	—		(10		)
Net asbestos reserves	—			—			197		197
Net environmental reserves	—			—			71		71
Catastrophes	(4		)	(3		)	—		(7		)
Uncollectible reinsurance	(30		)	—			—		(30		)
Other reserve re-estimates, net	10			4			10		24
Total prior accident year development	$	28		$	151		$	278	$	457

During 2016, the Company’s re-estimates of prior accident year reserves included the following significant reserve changes:

Workers' compensation reservesconsider favorable emergence on reported losses for recent accident years as well as a partially offsetting adverse impact related to two recent Florida Supreme Court rulings that have increased the Company’s exposure to workers’ compensation claims in that state. The favorable emergence has been driven by lower frequency and, to a lesser extent, lower medical severity and management has placed additional weight on this favorable experience as it becomes more credible.

General liability reserves increased for accident years 2012 - 2015 primarily due to higher severity losses incurred on a class of business that insures service and maintenance contractors and increased for accident years 2008 and 2010 primarily due to indemnity losses and legal costs associated with a litigated claim.

Package business reserves increased due to higher than expected severity on liability claims, principally for accident years 2013 - 2015. Severity for these accident years has developed unfavorably and management has placed more weight on emerged experience.

Professional liability reserves decreased for claims made years 2008 - 2013, primarily for large accounts, including on non-securities class action cases. Claim costs have emerged favorably as these years have matured and management has placed more weight on the emerged experience.

Automobile liability reserves increased due to increases in both commercial lines automobile and personal lines automobile. Commercial automobile liability reserves increased, predominately for the 2015 accident year, primarily due to increased frequency of large claims. Personal automobile liability reserves increased, primarily related to increased bodily injury frequency and severity for the 2015 accident year, including for uninsured and under-insured motorist claims, and increased bodily injury severity for the 2014 accident year. Increases in automobile liability loss costs were across both the direct and agency distribution channels.

Asbestos and environmental reserves were increased during the period as a result of the second quarter 2016 comprehensive annual review.

Uncollectible reinsurance reserves decreased as a result of giving greater weight to favorable collectibility

54

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

experience in recent calendar periods in estimating future collections.

Roll-forward of Property and Casualty Insurance Product Liabilities for Unpaid Losses and LAE for theYear Ended December 31, 2015

	Commercial Lines		Personal Lines			Property & Casualty Other Operations		Total Property & Casualty Insurance
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross [1]	$	17,238	$	1,874		$	3,467	$	22,579
Reinsurance and other recoverables [1]	3,232		18			564		3,814
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net	14,006		1,856			2,903		18,765
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year before catastrophes	3,712		2,578			25		6,315
Current accident year catastrophes	121		211			—		332
Prior accident year development	53		(21		)	218		250
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses	3,886		2,768			243		6,897
Less: payments	3,626		2,798			295		6,719
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net	14,266		1,826			2,851		18,943
Reinsurance and other recoverables [1]	3,036		19			570		3,625
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross [1]	$	17,302	$	1,845		$	3,421	$	22,568
Earned premiums and fee income	$	6,551	$	3,910
Loss and loss expense paid ratio [2]	55.4		71.6
Loss and loss expense incurred ratio	59.7		71.5
Prior accident year development (pts) [3]	0.8		(0.5		)

[1] Commercial Lines reflects the addition of $773 to the beginning gross reserves and reinsurance recoverables and $743 to the ending gross reserves and reinsurance recoverables for structured settlements reserves and recoverables due from the Company's life and annuity run-off business now classified as held for sale. These amounts were previously eliminated in consolidation.

[2] The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums and fee income.

[3] “Prior accident year development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident year development to earned premiums.

2015 Catastrophe Losses, Net of Reinsurance

	Commercial Lines		Personal Lines
Wind and hail	$	43	$	114
Winter storms	57		27
Tornadoes	18		29
Other [1]	3		41
Total Catastrophe Losses	$	121	$	211

[1]Consists primarily of wildfires.

55

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(Favorable) Unfavorable Prior Accident Year Development for the Year Ended December 31, 2015

	Commercial Lines			Personal Lines			Property & Casualty Other Operations		Total Property & Casualty Insurance
Workers’ compensation	$	(37	)	$	—		$	—	$	(37	)
Workers’ compensation discount accretion	29			—			—		29
General liability	8			—			—		8
Package business	28			—			—		28
Commercial property	(6		)	—			—		(6		)
Professional liability	(36		)	—			—		(36		)
Bond	(2		)	—			—		(2		)
Automobile liability	62			(8		)	—		54
Homeowners	—			9			—		9
Net asbestos reserves	—			—			146		146
Net environmental reserves	—			—			55		55
Catastrophes	—			(18		)	—		(18		)
Other reserve re-estimates, net	7			(4		)	17		20
Total prior accident year development	$	53		$	(21	)	$	218	$	250

During 2015, the Company’s re-estimates of prior accident year reserves included the following significant reserve changes:

Workers' compensation reserves decreased due to an improvement in claim closure rates resulting in a decrease in outstanding claims for permanently disabled claimants. In addition, accident years 2013 and 2014 continue to exhibit favorable frequency and medical severity trends; management has been placing additional weight on this favorable experience as it becomes more credible.

Package business reserves increased due to higher than expected severity on liability claims, impacting recent accident years.

Professional liability reserves decreased for claims made years 2009 through 2012 primarily for large accounts. Claim costs have emerged favorably as these years have matured and management has placed more weight on the emerged experience.

Automobile liability reserveswithin Commercial Lines were increased due to increased severity of large claims predominantly for accident years 2010 to 2013.

Asbestos and environmental reserves were increased during the period as a result of the 2015 comprehensive annual review.

Catastrophe reserves decreased primarily for accident year 2014, as fourth quarter 2014 catastrophes have developed favorably.

Other reserve re-estimates, net decreased due to decreased contract surety reserves across several accident years and decreased commercial surety reserves for accident years 2012 through 2014 as a result of lower emerged losses. These reserve decreases were offset by an increase in commercial

surety reserves related to accident years 2007 and prior, as the number of new claims reported has outpaced expectations.

Property & Casualty Other Operations

Net reserves and reserve activity in Property & Casualty Other Operations are categorized and reported as Asbestos, Environmental, and “All other”. The “All other” category of reserves covers a wide range of insurance and assumed reinsurance coverages, including, but not limited to, potential liability for construction defects, lead paint, silica, pharmaceutical products, molestation and other long-tail liabilities. In addition to various insurance and assumed reinsurance exposures, "All other" includes unallocated loss adjustment expense reserves. "All other" also includes the Company’s allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. When the Company commutes a ceded reinsurance contract or settles a ceded reinsurance dispute, net reserves for the related cause of loss (including asbestos, environmental or all other) are increased for the portion of the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance attributable to that commutation or settlement.

56

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

P&C Other Operations

Total Reserves, Net of Reinsurance

Asbestos and Environmental Reserves

Reserves for asbestos and environmental are primarily within P&C Other Operations with less significant amounts of asbestos and environmental reserves included within Commercial Lines and Personal Lines. The following tables include all asbestos and environmental reserves, including reserves in P&C Other Operations and Commercial Lines and Personal Lines.

Asbestos and Environmental Net Reserves

	Asbestos		Environmental
2017
Property and Casualty Other Operations	$	1,143	$	182
Commercial Lines and Personal Lines	72		55
Ending liability — net	$	1,215	$	237
2016
Property and Casualty Other Operations	$	1,282	$	234
Commercial Lines and Personal Lines	81		58
Ending liability — net	$	1,363	$	292
2015
Property and Casualty Other Operations	$	1,712	$	247
Commercial Lines and Personal Lines	91		71
Ending liability — net	$	1,803	$	318

Property & Casualty Reserves

Asbestos and Environmental Summary as of December 31, 2017

		Asbestos			Environmental			Total A&E
Gross
	Direct	$	1,413		$	333		$	1,746
	Assumed Reinsurance	425			46			471
	Total	1,838			379			2,217
Ceded- other than NICO		(440		)	(40		)	(480		)
Ceded - NICO ADC		(183		)	(102		)	(285		)
Net		$	1,215		$	237		$	1,452

Roll-Forward of Asbestos and Environmental Losses and LAE

	Asbestos			Environmental
2017
Beginning liability — net	$	1,363		$	292
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred [1]	—			—
Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid	(149		)	(55		)
Reclassification of allowance for uncollectible insurance [4]	1			—
Ending liability — net	$	1,215		$	237
2016
Beginning liability — net	$	1,803		$	318
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred	197			71
Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid [2]	(462		)	(56		)
Reclassification of allowance for uncollectible insurance [4]	30			—
Net reserves transferred to liabilities held for sale [3]	(205		)	(41		)
Ending liability — net	$	1,363		$	292
2015
Beginning liability — net	$	1,811		$	316
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred	157			57
Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid	(165		)	(55		)
Ending liability — net	$	1,803		$	318

[1] Incurred losses of $285, net, have been ceded to NICO under an adverse development cover reinsurance agreement. See the section that follows entitled ADC for additional information.

[2] Included $289 related to the settlement in 2016 of PPG Industries ("PPG") asbestos liabilities, net of reinsurance billed to third-party reinsurers.

[3] A&E liabilities classified as held for sale related to the sale of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries.

[4] Related to the reclassification of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance from the "All Other" category of P&C Other Operations reserves.

57

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Adverse Development Cover

In December 31, 2016, the Company entered into an asbestos and environmental ADC reinsurance agreement with NICO, a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. (“Berkshire”), to reduce uncertainty about potential adverse development of asbestos and environmental reserves. Under the reinsurance agreement, NICO assumes adverse net loss and allocated loss adjustment expense reserve development up to $1.5 billion above the Company's net asbestos and environmental reserves recorded as of December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2017, the Company has incurred $285 in adverse development on asbestos and environmental reserves that have been ceded under the ADC treaty with NICO, leaving approximately $1.2 billion of coverage available for future adverse net reserve development, if any. For additional information related to the adverse development cover, see Note 8 - Reinsurance and Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net and Gross Survival Ratios

Net and Gross survival ratios are a measure of the quotient of the carried reserves divided by average annual payments (net of reinsurance and on a gross basis) and is an indication of the number of years that carried reserves would last (i.e. survive) if future annual payments were consistent with the calculated historical average.

The survival ratios shown below are calculated for the one and three year periods ended December 31, 2017. The net basis survival ratio has been materially affected by the adverse development cover entered into between the Company and NICO. The Company cedes adverse asbestos and environmental development in excess of its December 31, 2016 net carried reserves of $1.7 billion to NICO up to a limit of $1.5 billion. Since December 31, 2016, net reserves for asbestos and environmental have been declining as the Company has had no net incurred losses but continues to pay down net loss reserves. As a result, this has the effect of reducing the one- and three-year net survival ratios shown in the table below. For asbestos, the table also presents the net survival ratios excluding the effect of the PPG settlement in 2016. See section that follows entitled Major Categories of Asbestos Accounts for discussion of the PPG settlement.

Net and Gross Survival Ratios

	Asbestos	Environmental
One year net survival ratio	8.2	4.3
Three year net survival ratio- excluding PPG	7.5	4.6
One year gross survival ratio	9.2	5.7
Three year gross survival ratio - excluding PPG settlement	9.0	6.5

Asbestos and Environmental

Paid and Incurred Losses and LAE Development

	Asbestos						Environmental
	Paid Losses & LAE			Incurred Losses & LAE			Paid Losses & LAE			Incurred Losses & LAE
2017
Gross	$	199		$	306		$	66		$	126
Ceded- other than NICO	(50		)	(123		)	(11		)	(24		)
Ceded - NICO ADC	—			(183		)	—			(102		)
Net	$	149		$	—		$	55		$	—
2016
Gross	$	535		$	257		$	61		$	77
Ceded- other than NICO	(73		)	(60		)	(5		)	(6		)
Ceded - NICO ADC	—			—			—			—
Net	$	462		$	197		$	56		$	71
2015
Gross	$	230		$	251		$	68		$	82
Ceded- other than NICO	(65		)	(94		)	(13		)	(25		)
Ceded - NICO ADC	—			—			—			—
Net	$	165		$	157		$	55		$	57

Annual Reserve Reviews

Review of Asbestos Reserves

Beginning in 2017, the Company performs its regular comprehensive annual review of asbestos reserves in the fourth quarter. As part of this evaluation in the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company reviewed all of its open direct domestic insurance accounts exposed to asbestos liability, as well as assumed reinsurance accounts.

As a result of the 2017 fourth quarter review, the Company increased estimated reserves before NICO reinsurance by $183, primarily due to mesothelioma claim filings not declining as expected, unfavorable developments in coverage law in some jurisdictions and continued filings in specific, adverse jurisdictions. An increased share of adverse development from the fourth quarter review is from umbrella and excess policies in the 1981-1985 policy years. This increase in reserves was offset by a $183 reinsurance recoverable under the NICO treaty.

During the 2016 second quarter review, a substantial majority of the Company’s direct accounts trended as expected, and the Company observed no material changes in the underlying legal environment. However, mesothelioma claims filings have not declined as expected for a small subset of peripheral defendants with a high concentration of asbestos filings in specific, adverse jurisdictions. As a result, aggregate indemnity and defense costs did not decline as expected. While the mesothelioma and adverse jurisdiction claim trends observed in the 2016 comprehensive annual review were similar to the 2015 comprehensive annual review, most of the defendants that had reserve increases in the

58

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

2016 review did not have a material impact in the 2015 review. Based on this evaluation, the Company increased its net asbestos reserves for prior year development by $197 in second quarter 2016.

During the 2015 comprehensive annual review, the Company found a substantial majority of direct accounts trended as expected, and the Company saw no material changes in the underlying legal environment during the past year. However, a small percentage of the Company’s direct accounts experienced greater than expected claim filings, including mesothelioma claims. This was driven by a subset of peripheral defendants with a high concentration of filings in specific, adverse jurisdictions. As a result, the aggregate indemnity and defense costs did not decline as expected. To a lesser degree, the Company also saw unfavorable development on certain assumed reinsurance accounts, driven by various account-specific factors, including filing activity experienced by the direct accounts. Based on this evaluation, the Company increased its net asbestos reserves for prior year development by $146 in second quarter 2015.

Review of Environmental Reserves

Beginning in 2017, the Company performs its regular comprehensive annual review of environmental reserves in the fourth quarter. As part of its evaluation in the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company reviewed all of its open direct domestic insurance accounts exposed to environmental liability, as well as assumed reinsurance accounts.

As a result of the 2017 comprehensive annual review, the Company increased estimated reserves before NICO reinsurance by $102. This increase was offset by a reinsurance recoverable of $102 under the NICO cover. A substantial majority of the Company's direct environmental accounts trended as expected. However, a small percentage of the Company's direct accounts exhibited deterioration due to increased clean-up costs and liability shares associated with Superfund sites and sediment in waterways, as well as adverse legal rulings, most notably from jurisdictions in the Pacific Northwest.

During the 2016 comprehensive annual review, a substantial majority of the Company's direct environmental accounts trended as expected. However, a small percentage of the Company's direct accounts exhibited deterioration associated with the tendering of new sites for coverage, increased defense costs stemming from individual bodily injury liability suits, and increased clean-up costs associated with waterways. Based on this evaluation, the Company increased its net environmental reserves for prior year development by $71 in second quarter 2016.

During the 2015 comprehensive annual review, a substantial majority of the Company's environmental exposures trended as expected, however the Company found loss and expense estimates for certain individual account exposures increased based upon an increase in clean-up costs, including at a handful of Superfund sites. In addition, new claim severity deteriorated, although frequency continued to decline as expected. The net effect of these account-specific changes as well as quarterly actuarial evaluations of new account emergence and historical loss and expense paid experience resulted in an increase of $57 in net environmental reserves for prior years development.

Major Categories of Asbestos Accounts

Direct asbestos exposures include both Known and Unallocated Direct Accounts.

• Known Direct Accounts- includes both Major Asbestos Defendants and Non-Major Accounts, and represent approximately 63% of the Company's total Direct gross asbestos reserves as of December 31, 2017 compared to approximately 61% as of June 30, 2016. Major Asbestos Defendants have been defined as the “Top 70” accounts in Tillinghast's published Tiers 1 and 2 and Wellington accounts, while Non-Major accounts are comprised of all other direct asbestos accounts and largely represent smaller and more peripheral defendants. Major Asbestos Defendants have the fewest number of asbestos accounts and up through second quarter 2016 had included reserves related to PPG Industries, Inc. (“PPG”). In May 2016, the Company pre-paid its funding obligation in the amount of $315 as permitted under the settlement agreement, arising from participation in a 2002 settlement of asbestos liabilities of PPG. The Company's funding obligation approximated the amount reserved for this exposure.

• Unallocated Direct Accounts- includes an estimate of the reserves necessary for asbestos claims related to direct insureds that have not previously tendered asbestos claims to the Company and exposures related to liability claims that may not be subject to an aggregate limit under the applicable policies. These exposures represent approximately 37% of the Company's Direct gross asbestos reserves as of December 31, 2017 compared to approximately 39% as of June 30, 2016.

Review of "All Other" Reserves in Property & Casualty Other Operations

In the fourth quarters of 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company completed evaluations of certain of its non-asbestos and non-environmental reserves in Property & Casualty Other Operations, including its assumed reinsurance liabilities, unallocated loss adjustment expense reserves, and allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. Overall prior year development on all other reserves was immaterial with reserves increasing (decreasing) by $18, ($20), and $29 respectively for calendar years 2017, 2016 and 2015.

The Company provides an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, reflecting management’s best estimate of reinsurance cessions that may be uncollectible in the future due to reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to pay. During the fourth quarter of 2017, and second quarters of 2016 and 2015, the Company completed its annual evaluations of the collectibility of the reinsurance recoverables and the adequacy of the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance associated with older, long-term casualty liabilities reported in Property & Casualty Other Operations. In conducting these evaluations, the Company used its most recent detailed evaluations of ceded liabilities reported in the segment. The Company analyzed the overall credit quality of the Company’s reinsurers, recent trends in arbitration and litigation outcomes in disputes between cedants and reinsurers and recent developments in commutation activity between reinsurers and cedants. The evaluations in the fourth quarter of 2017, and second quarters of 2016 and 2015, resulted in no material adjustments to the Property & Casualty Other Operations' overall ceded reinsurance reserves, including the

59

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. As of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance for Property & Casualty Other Operations totaled $86, $136, and $220 respectively. Reductions in the allowance since 2015 are primarily the result of actuarial reserve evaluations that have given greater weight to favorable collectibility experience in recent calendar year periods in estimating future collections, and to a lesser extent impacts from the sale of the Company's UK P&C run-off subsidiaries in 2017. Due to the inherent uncertainties as to collection and the length of time before reinsurance recoverables become due, particularly for older, long-term casualty liabilities, it is possible that future adjustments to the Company's reinsurance recoverables, net of the allowance, could be required.

Impact of Re-estimates on Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves

Estimating property and casualty insurance product reserves uses a variety of methods, assumptions and data elements.

Ultimate losses may vary materially from the current estimates. Many factors can contribute to these variations and the need to change the previous estimate of required reserve levels. Prior accident year reserve development is generally due to the emergence of additional facts that were not known or anticipated at the time of the prior reserve estimate and/or due to changes in interpretations of information and trends.

The table below shows the range of annual reserve re-estimates experienced by The Hartford over the past ten years. The amount of prior accident year development (as shown in the reserve roll-forward) for a given calendar year is expressed as a percent of the beginning calendar year reserves, net of reinsurance. The ranges presented are significantly influenced by the facts and circumstances of each particular year and by the fact that only the last ten years are included in the range. Accordingly, these percentages are not intended to be a prediction of the range of possible future variability. For further discussion of the potential for variability in recorded loss reserves, see Preferred Reserving Methods by Line of Business - Impact of Changes in Key Assumptions on Reserve Volatility section.

Range of Prior Accident Year Unfavorable (Favorable) Development for the Ten Years EndedDecember 31, 2017

	Commercial Lines	Personal Lines	Property & Casualty Other Operations	Total Property & Casualty [1]
Annual range of prior accident year unfavorable (favorable) development for the ten years ended December 31, 2017	(3.1%) - 1.0%	(6.9%) - 8.3%	0.9% - 9.8%	(1.2%) - 2.4%

[1] Excluding the reserve increases for asbestos and environmental reserves, over the past ten years reserve re-estimates for total property and casualty insurance ranged from (2.5%) to 1.0%.

The potential variability of the Company’s property and casualty insurance product reserves would normally be expected to vary by segment and the types of loss exposures insured by those segments. Illustrative factors influencing the potential reserve variability for each of the segments are discussed under Critical Accounting Estimates for Property & Casualty Insurance Product Reserves and Asbestos and Environmental Reserves. See the section entitled Property & Casualty Other Operations, Annual Reserve Reviews about the impact that the ADC retroactive reinsurance agreement with NICO may have on net reserve changes of asbestos and environmental reserves going forward.

The following table summarizes the effect of reserve re-estimates, net of reinsurance, on calendar year operations for the ten-year period ended December 31, 2017. The total of each column details the amount of reserve re-estimates made in the indicated calendar year and shows the accident years to which the re-estimates are applicable. The amounts in the total column on the far right represent the cumulative reserve re-estimates during the ten year period ended December 31, 2017 for the indicated accident year in each row.

60

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Effect of Net Reserve Re-estimates on Calendar Year Operations

	Calendar Year
	2008			2009			2010			2011			2012			2013			2014			2015			2016			2017			Total
By Accident Year
2007 & Prior	$	(226	)	$	(147	)	$	(158	)	$	166		$	(18	)	$	9		$	358		$	284		$	296		$	75		$	639
2008				(39		)	1			(31		)	(1		)	(37		)	(13		)	43			(5		)	8			(74		)
2009							(39		)	(13		)	(24		)	(8		)	7			7			10			(12		)	(72		)
2010										245			3			61			(22		)	16			15			16			334
2011													36			148			(4		)	12			(6		)	6			192
2012																19			—			(55		)	(35		)	(12		)	(83		)
2013																			(98		)	(43		)	(29		)	(33		)	(203		)
2014																						(14		)	20			(19		)	(13		)
2015																									191			(41		)	150
2016																												(29		)	(29		)
Increase (decrease) in net reserves	$	(226	)	$	(186	)	$	(196	)	$	367		$	(4	)	$	192		$	228		$	250		$	457		$	(41	)	$	841

Accident years 2007 and Prior

The net reserve re-estimates for accident years 2006 and prior are driven mostly by increased reserves for asbestos and environmental reserves, and also for increased estimates on assumed casualty reinsurance, workers’ compensation and general liability claims.

Partially offsetting reserve increases for accident years 2007 and prior was favorable development mainly related to workers’ compensation claims, driven, in part, by state regulatory reforms in California and Florida, underwriting actions and expense reduction initiatives. Additionally, reserves for professional liability were reduced due to a lower estimate of claim severity in both directors’ and officers’ and errors and omissions insurance claims. Reserves for personal automobile liability claims were reduced largely due to improvement in emerged claim severity.

Accident years 2008 and 2009

Estimates of ultimate losses have emerged favorably for accident years 2008 and 2009 mainly related to personal automobile liability.

Accident years 2010 and 2011

Unfavorable reserve re-estimates on accident years 2010 and 2011 were primarily related to workers' compensation and commercial automobile liability. Workers' compensation loss cost trends were higher than initially expected as an increase in frequency outpaced a moderation of severity trends. Unfavorable commercial automobile liability reserve re-estimates were driven by higher frequency of large loss bodily injury claims.

Accident years 2012 and 2013

Estimates of ultimate unpaid losses were decreased for accident years 2012 and 2013 due to favorable frequency and/or medical severity trends for workers’ compensation, favorable professional liability claim emergence, and lower frequency of late emerging general liability claims for the 2012 accident year. Favorable emergence of property lines of business, including catastrophes, for the 2013 accident year, is partially offset by increased reserves in automobile liability due to increased severity of large claims.

Accident years 2014 and 2015

Reserve changes for accident years 2014 and 2015 were largely driven by unfavorable frequency and severity trends for personal and commercial automobile liability and increased severity of liability claims on package business, offset by favorable frequency and medical severity trends for workers' compensation.

Accident year 2016

Reserves were decreased for the 2016 accident year largely due to reserve decreases on short-tail lines of business, where results emerge more quickly.

Group Benefit Long-term Disability ("LTD") Reserves, Net of Reinsurance

The Company establishes reserves for group life and accident & health contracts, including long-term disability coverage, for both outstanding reported claims and claims related to insured events that the Company estimates have been incurred but have not yet been reported. These reserve estimates can change over time based on facts and interpretations of circumstances, and consideration of various internal factors including The Hartford’s experience with similar cases, claim payment patterns, loss control programs and mix of business. In addition, the reserve estimates are influenced by various external factors including court decisions and economic conditions. The effects of inflation are implicitly considered in the reserving process. Long-tail claim liabilities are discounted because the payment pattern and the ultimate costs are reasonably fixed and determinable on an individual claim basis. The majority of Group Benefits’ reserves are for LTD claimants who are known to be disabled and are currently receiving benefits. The Company held $6,807 and $4,687 of LTD unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, with the increase from 2016 to 2017 largely due to the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business.

61

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Reserving Methodology

How Reserves are Set -A Disabled Life Reserve (DLR) is calculated for each LTD claim. The DLR for each claim is the expected present value of all future benefit payments starting with the known monthly gross benefit which is reduced for estimates of the expected claim recovery due to return to work or claimant death, offsets from other income including offsets from Social Security benefits, and discounting where the discount rate is tied to expected investment yield at the time the claim is incurred. Estimated future benefit payments represent the monthly income benefit that is paid until recovery, death or expiration of benefits. Claim recoveries are estimated based on claim characteristics such as age and diagnosis and represent an estimate of benefits that will terminate, generally as a result of the claimant returning to work or being deemed able to return to work. For claims recently closed due to recovery, a portion of the DLR is retained for the possibility that the claim reopens upon further evidence of disability.  In addition, a reserve for estimated unpaid claim expenses is included in the DLR. 

The DLR also includes a liability for potential payments to pending claimants who have not yet been approved for LTD either because they have not yet satisfied the waiting (or elimination) period or because the approval or denial decision has not yet been made. In these cases, the present value of future benefits is reduced for the likelihood of recovery before benefit onset or claim denial based on Company experience. For claims recently closed due to denial, a portion of the DLR is retained for the possibility that the claim is later approved upon further evidence of disability.

Estimates for incurred but not reported (IBNR) claims are made by applying completion factors to the dollar amount of claims reported or expected depending on the reporting segment. Completion factors are derived from standard actuarial techniques using triangles that display historical claim count emergence by incurral month. These estimates are reviewed for reasonableness and are adjusted for current trends and other factors expected to cause a change in claim emergence. The reserves include an estimate of unpaid claim expenses, including a provision for the cost of initial set-up of the claim once reported. 

For all products, including LTD, there is a period generally ranging from two to twelve months, depending on the product and reporting segment, where emerged claims for an incurral year are not yet credible enough to be a basis for estimating reserves.  In these cases, the ultimate loss is estimated using earned premium multiplied by an expected loss ratio based on pricing assumptions of claim incidence, claim severity, and earned pricing.

Current Trends Contributing to Reserve Uncertainty

In group insurance, Long-Term Disability (LTD) has the longest pattern of loss emergence and the highest reserve amount. One significant risk to the reserve would be a slowdown in recoveries. In particular, the economic environment can affect the ability of a disabled employee to return-to-work and the length of time an employee receives disability benefits. Another significant risk is a change in benefit offsets. Often the Company pays a reduced benefit due to offsets from other income sources such as pensions or Social Security Disability Insurance (SSDI). Possible changes to the frequency, timing, or amount of offsets, such as a change in SSDI approval standards or benefit offerings, create a risk that the amount to settle open claims will exceed initial

estimates. Since the monthly income benefit for a claimant is established based on the individual’s salary at the time of disability and the level of coverages and benefits provided, inflation is not considered a significant risk to the reserve estimate. Few of the Company’s LTD policies provide for cost of living adjustments to the monthly income benefit.

Impact of Key Assumptions on Reserves

The key assumptions affecting our group life and accident & health reserves include:

Discount Rate -The discount rate is the interest rate at which expected future claim cash flows are discounted to determine the present value. A higher selected discount rate results in a lower reserve. If the discount rate is higher than our future investment returns, our invested assets will not earn enough investment income to cover the discount accretion on our claim reserves which would negatively affect our profit. For each incurral year, the discount rates are estimated based on investment yields expected to be earned net of investment expenses. The incurral year is the year in which the claim is incurred and the estimated settlement pattern is determined. Once established, discount rates for each incurral year are unchanged except that LTD reserves assumed from the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business are all discounted using current rates as of the November 1, 2017 acquisition date. The weighted average discount rate on LTD reserves was 3.5% and 4.3% in 2017 and 2016, respectively, with the decrease from 2016 to 2017 largely due to Aetna U.S. group life and disability business LTD reserves being discounted at current rates as of the acquisition date. Had the discount rate for each incurral year been 10 basis points lower at the time they were established, our Group Benefits unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves would be higher by $34, pretax, as of December 31, 2017.

Claim Termination Rates (inclusive of mortality, recoveries, and expiration of benefits) -Claim termination rates are an estimate of the rate at which claimants will cease receiving benefits during a given calendar year. Terminations result from a number of factors, including death, recoveries and expiration of benefits. The probability that benefits will terminate in each future month for each claim is estimated using a predictive model that uses past Company experience, contract provisions, job characteristics and other claimant-specific characteristics such as diagnosis, time since disability began, and age. Actual claim termination experience will vary from period to period. Over the past 10 years, claim termination rates for a single incurral year have generally increased and have ranged from 7% below to 8% above current assumptions over that time period.  For a single recent incurral year (such as 2017), a one percent decrease in our assumption for LTD claim termination rates would increase our reserves by $7. For all incurral years combined, as of December 31, 2017, a one percent decrease in our assumption for our LTD claim termination rates would increase our Group Benefits unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense reserves by $20.

62

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Evaluation of Goodwill for Impairment

Goodwill balances are reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate that a triggering event for a potential impairment has occurred. The goodwill impairment test follows a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the impairment test is performed for purposes of measuring the impairment. In the second step, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit to determine an implied goodwill value. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied goodwill value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the goodwill carrying value.

The estimated fair value of each reporting unit incorporates multiple inputs into discounted cash flow calculations including assumptions that market participants would make in valuing the reporting unit. Assumptions include levels of economic capital, future business growth, earnings projections, assets under management for Mutual Funds, and the weighted average cost of capital used for purposes of discounting. Decreases in business growth, decreases in earnings projections and increases in the weighted average cost of capital will all cause a reporting unit’s fair value to decrease, increasing the possibility of impairment.

A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. The Company’s reporting units, for which goodwill has been allocated include Small Commercial within the Commercial Lines segment, Group Benefits, Personal Lines and Mutual Funds.

The carrying value of goodwill is $1,290 as of December 31, 2017 and is comprised of $38 for Small Commercial, $272 for Mutual Funds, $861 for Group Benefits and $119 for Personal Lines.

The annual goodwill assessment for the Small Commercial, Mutual Funds, Group Benefits and Personal Lines reporting units was completed as of October 31, 2017, and resulted in no write-downs of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2017. All reporting units passed the first step of the annual impairment test with a significant margin. For information regarding the 2016 and 2015 impairment tests see Note 10 -Goodwill & Other Intangible Assets of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Valuation of Investments and Derivative Instruments

Fixed Maturities, Equity Securities, Short-term Investments and Free-standing Derivatives

The Company generally determines fair values using valuation techniques that use prices, rates, and other relevant information evident from market transactions involving identical or similar instruments. Valuation techniques also include, where appropriate, estimates of future cash flows that are converted into a single discounted amount using current market expectations. The Company uses a "waterfall" approach comprised of the following pricing sources which are listed in

priority order: quoted prices, prices from third-party pricing services, internal matrix pricing, and independent broker quotes. The fair value of free-standing derivative instruments are determined primarily using a discounted cash flow model or option model technique and incorporate counterparty credit risk. In some cases, quoted market prices for exchange-traded transactions and transactions cleared through central clearing houses ("OTC-cleared") may be used and in other cases independent broker quotes may be used. For further discussion, see the Fixed Maturities, Equity Securities, Short-term Investments and Free-standing Derivatives section in Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Evaluation of OTTI on Available-for-sale Securities and Valuation Allowances on Mortgage Loans

Each quarter, a committee of investment and accounting professionals evaluates investments to determine if an other-than-temporary impairment (“impairment”) is present for AFS securities or a valuation allowance is required for mortgage loans. This evaluation is a quantitative and qualitative process, which is subject to risks and uncertainties. For further discussion of the accounting policies, see the Significant Investment Accounting Policies Section in Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. For a discussion of impairments recorded, see the Other-than-temporary Impairments within the Investment Portfolio Risks and Risk Management section of the MD&A.

Valuation Allowance on Deferred Tax Assets

Deferred tax assets represent the tax benefit of future deductible temporary differences and certain tax carryforwards. Deferred tax assets are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such benefits are realized if there is no change in tax law. Under U.S. GAAP, we test the value of deferred tax assets for impairment on a quarterly basis at the entity level within each tax jurisdiction, consistent with our filed tax returns. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The determination of the valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets requires management to make certain judgments and assumptions. In evaluating the ability to recover deferred tax assets, we have considered all available evidence as of December 31, 2017, including past operating results, forecasted earnings, future taxable income, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. In the event we determine it is more likely than not that we will not be able to realize all or part of our deferred tax assets in the future, an increase to the valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. Likewise, if it is later determined that it is more likely than not that those deferred tax assets would be realized, the previously provided valuation allowance would be reversed. Our judgments and assumptions are subject to change given the inherent uncertainty in predicting future performance and specific industry and investment market conditions.

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company had no valuation allowance. The reduction in the valuation allowance in 2016 stems primarily from taxable gains on the

63

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

termination of derivatives during the period. The Company had no capital loss carryovers as of December 31, 2017. As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("Tax Reform") enacted by the federal government on December 22, 2017, the Company reclassified AMT credits of $790, net of a sequestration fee payable, from deferred taxes to a current income tax receivable since the law allows for the refund of AMT credits over time but no later than 2022. For additional information about Tax Reform, see Note - 16, Income Taxes of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considered future taxable temporary difference reversals, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryovers, taxable income in open carry back years and other tax planning strategies. From time to time, tax planning strategies could include holding a portion of debt securities with market value losses until recovery, altering the level of tax exempt securities held, making investments which have specific tax characteristics, and business considerations such as asset-liability matching. Management views such tax planning strategies as prudent and feasible, and would implement them, if necessary, to realize the deferred tax assets.

Contingencies Relating to Corporate Litigation and Regulatory Matters

Management evaluates each contingent matter separately. A loss is recorded if probable and reasonably estimable. Management

establishes reserves for these contingencies at its “best estimate,” or, if no one number within the range of possible losses is more probable than any other, the Company records an estimated reserve at the low end of the range of losses.

The Company has a quarterly monitoring process involving legal and accounting professionals. Legal personnel first identify outstanding corporate litigation and regulatory matters posing a reasonable possibility of loss. These matters are then jointly reviewed by accounting and legal personnel to evaluate the facts and changes since the last review in order to determine if a provision for loss should be recorded or adjusted, the amount that should be recorded, and the appropriate disclosure. The outcomes of certain contingencies currently being evaluated by the Company, which relate to corporate litigation and regulatory matters, are inherently difficult to predict, and the reserves that have been established for the estimated settlement amounts are subject to significant changes. Management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such lawsuits, after consideration of provisions made for estimated losses, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition of the Company. In view of the uncertainties regarding the outcome of these matters, as well as the tax-deductibility of payments, it is possible that the ultimate cost to the Company of these matters could exceed the reserve by an amount that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations and liquidity in a particular quarterly or annual period.

64

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

SEGMENT OPERATING SUMMARIES

COMMERCIAL LINES

Results of Operations

Underwriting Summary

	2017			2016			2015
Written premiums	$	6,956		$	6,732		$	6,625
Change in unearned premium reserve	91			81			114
Earned premiums	6,865			6,651			6,511
Fee income	37			39			40
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year before catastrophes	3,961			3,766			3,712
Current accident year catastrophes [1]	383			200			121
Prior accident year development [1]	(22		)	28			53
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses	4,322			3,994			3,886
Amortization of DAC	1,009			973			951
Underwriting expenses	1,348			1,230			1,218
Dividends to policyholders	35			15			17
Underwriting gain	188			478			479
Net servicing income	1			2			2
Net investment income [2]	949			917			910
Net realized capital gains (losses) [2]	103			13			(6		)
Other income (expenses)	1			(1		)	2
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	1,242			1,409			1,387
Income tax expense [3]	377			415			403
Income from continuing operations, net of tax	865			994			984
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	—			—			7
Net income	$	865		$	994		$	991

[1] For discussion of current accident year catastrophes and prior accident year development, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Total Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves Development.

[2] For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (Loss) and Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses).

[3] 2017 includes $25 of income tax expense primarily from reducing net deferred tax assets due to the reduction in the corporate Federal income tax rate from 35% to 21%. For further discussion, see Note 16 - Income Taxes of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Premium Measures [1]

	2017			2016			2015
New business premium	$	1,183		$	1,140		$	1,121
Standard commercial lines policy count retention	84		%	84		%	84		%
Standard commercial lines renewal written price increase	3.2		%	2.2		%	2.2		%
Standard commercial lines renewal earned price increase	2.9		%	2.3		%	3.5		%
Standard commercial lines policies in-force as of end of period (in thousands)	1,338			1,346			1,325

[1] Standard commercial lines consists of small commercial and middle market. Standard commercial premium measures exclude middle market programs and livestock lines of business.

65

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Underwriting Ratios

	2017		2016	2015
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
Current accident year before catastrophes	57.7		56.6	57.0
Current accident year catastrophes	5.6		3.0	1.9
Prior accident year development	(0.3	)	0.4	0.8
Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio	63.0		60.1	59.7
Expense ratio	33.8		32.5	32.7
Policyholder dividend ratio	0.5		0.2	0.3
Combined ratio	97.3		92.8	92.6
Current accident year catastrophes and prior year development	5.3		3.4	2.7
Underlying combined ratio	92.0		89.4	90.0

2018 Outlook

The Company expects higher Commercial Lines written premiums in 2018, driven by increases across Small Commercial, Middle Market and Specialty Commercial, reflecting a mix of expected continued economic growth, distribution expansion, and the effect of competitive conditions on written pricing. Management expects the written premium increases will be driven by higher new business, partially offset by lower renewal premium. In workers’ compensation, market conditions are expected to put downward pressure on rates and increase competition for new business.  In auto, profit improvement initiatives will drive lower retention, partially offset by higher written pricing. Pricing varies significantly by product line with mid-single digit pricing increases expected in property and general liability and higher written pricing increases expected in commercial automobile. In workers’ compensation, given favorable profitability trends, rates are expected to be flat to declining.

The Company expects the Commercial Lines combined ratio will be between approximately 93.0 and 95.5 for 2018, compared to 97.3 in 2017, largely due to higher catastrophe losses incurred in 2017. The underlying combined ratio is expected to decrease slightly due to the effect of continued earned pricing increases and moderate average claim severity, but the improvement is subject to changes in market pricing and loss cost trends. Current accident year catastrophes are assumed to be 2.6 points of the combined ratio in 2018 compared to 5.6 points in 2017.

Net Income

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Net income decreased in 2017 due to a lower underwriting gain, partially offset by increases in net investment income and net realized capital gains. For further discussion of investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (Loss).

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Net income increased in 2016 primarily due to a shift to net realized capital gains in the current year from net realized capital losses in the prior year and higher net investment income.

Underwriting Gain

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Underwriting gaindecreased in 2017 primarily due to higher catastrophe losses and higher underwriting expenses largely driven by an increase in variable incentive compensation and higher IT costs. Also contributing to the decrease were higher current accident year loss costs for workers’ compensation, general liability and non-catastrophe property, offset by the effect of earned premium growth and a change from unfavorable prior accident year development in 2016 to favorable development in 2017.

66

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Underwriting gain decreased slightly driven by higher losses and loss adjustment expenses and higher underwriting expenses, partially offset by earned premium growth.

Earned Premiums

[1] Other of $46, $42, and $34 for 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, is included in the total.

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Earned premiums increased in 2017 reflecting written premium growth over the preceding twelve months.

Written premiums increased in 2017 primarily due to growth in Small Commercial.

• Small Commercial written premium growth for 2017 was primarily due to higher renewal premium driven by renewal written price increases and growth from the acquisition of Maxum, partially offset by lower new business premium, excluding Maxum, and the effect of lower policy retention.

• Middle Market written premiums in 2017 were up modestly as higher new and renewal premium was partially offset by modestly higher property reinsurance costs.

• Specialty Commercial written premiums in 2017 were up slightly as growth in Bond was largely offset by new business declines in National Accounts.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Earned premiums increased in 2016 reflecting written premium growth over the preceding twelve months.

Written premiums increased in 2016 due to growth in Small Commercial. Renewal written pricing increases and policy retention for standard commercial lines were both unchanged in 2016 compared to 2015.

• Small Commercial increased primarily due to workers’ compensation driven by higher new business, renewal and audit premium, and Spectrum package business driven by higher renewal premium, as well as the acquisition of Maxum.

• The decrease in Middle Market was driven primarily by lower new business, renewal and endorsement premium in workers’ compensation, and lower new business and renewal premium in general liability and specialty programs, partially offset by higher new business and renewal premium in construction.

• Specialty Commercial decreased primarily as a result of lower retrospective premium on loss sensitive business in national accounts.

• Renewal written pricing increases averaged 2% in standard commercial, which included 3% for Small Commercial and 1% for Middle Market.

Loss and LAE Ratio before Catastrophes and Prior Accident Year Development

67

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Loss and LAE ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year developmentincreased in 2017, primarily due to a higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio in both workers' compensation and general liability, as well as higher commercial property losses in Middle Market. The workers’ compensation current accident year loss ratio deteriorated from 2016 to 2017 as increases in average claim severity outpaced the effect of earned pricing and a modest reduction in loss cost frequency.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Loss and LAE ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development decreased in 2016, as compared to the prior year period, primarily due to a lower loss and loss adjustment expense ratio in workers' compensation, driven by favorable frequency, partially offset by a higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio in commercial automobile, driven by elevated frequency and severity.

Catastrophes and Prior Accident Year Development

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Current accident year catastrophe losses for 2017 were primarily from hurricanes Harvey and Irma as well as from wind and hail events in the Midwest, Texas and Colorado. Catastrophe losses for 2016 were primarily due to wind and hail events and winter storms across various U.S. geographic regions.

Prior accident year development was favorable in 2017 compared to unfavorable prior accident year development in 2016. Net reserve decreases for 2017 were primarily related to reduced loss reserve estimates for workers' compensation and small commercial package business, partially offset by reserves increases for bond.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Current accident year catastrophe lossestotaled $200, before tax, in 2016, compared to $121, before tax, in 2015. Catastrophe losses for both years were primarily due to wind and hail events and winter storms across various U.S. geographic regions.

Prior accident year development of $28, before tax, was unfavorable in 2016, compared to unfavorable prior accident year development of $53, before tax, in 2015. Net reserve increases in 2016 were primarily related to package business, general liability and commercial automobile liability, largely offset by a decrease in reserves for workers’ compensation, professional liability and uncollectible reinsurance.

68

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

PERSONAL LINES

Results of Operations

Underwriting Summary

	2017			2016			2015
Written premiums	$	3,561		$	3,837		$	3,918
Change in unearned premium reserve	(129		)	(61		)	45
Earned premiums	3,690			3,898			3,873
Fee income	44			39			37
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year before catastrophes	2,584			2,808			2,578
Current accident year catastrophes [1]	453			216			211
Prior accident year development [1]	(37		)	151			(21		)
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses	3,000			3,175			2,768
Amortization of DAC	309			348			359
Underwriting expenses	581			603			665
Underwriting (Loss) Gain	(156		)	(189		)	118
Net servicing income [2]	16			20			22
Net investment income [3]	141			135			128
Net realized capital gains [3]	15			2			4
Other income [4]	1			—			15
Income (loss) before income taxes	17			(32		)	287
Income tax expense (benefit) [5]	26			(23		)	88
Net (loss) income	$	(9	)	$	(9	)	$	199

[1] For discussion of current accident year catastrophes and prior accident year development, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Total Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves Development.

[2] Includes servicing revenues of $85, $86, and $86 for 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively and includes servicing expenses of $69, $66, and $64 for 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

[3] For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (Loss) and Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses).

[4] Includes a benefit of $17, before tax, for the year ended December 31, 2015, from the resolution of litigation.

[5] 2017 includes $33 of income tax expense primarily from reducing net deferred tax assets due to the reduction in the corporate Federal income tax rate from 35% to 21%. For further discussion, see Note 16 - Income Taxes of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Written and Earned Premiums

Written Premiums	2017		2016		2015
Product Line
Automobile	$	2,497	$	2,694	$	2,721
Homeowners	1,064		1,143		1,197
Total	$	3,561	$	3,837	$	3,918
Earned Premiums
Product Line
Automobile	$	2,584	$	2,720	$	2,671
Homeowners	1,106		1,178		1,202
Total	$	3,690	$	3,898	$	3,873

69

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Premium Measures

	2017			2016			2015
Policies in-force end of period (in thousands)
Automobile	1,702			1,965			2,062
Homeowners	1,038			1,176			1,272
New business written premium
Automobile	$	152		$	311		$	422
Homeowners	$	44		$	74		$	110
Policy count retention
Automobile	81		%	84		%	84		%
Homeowners	83		%	84		%	85		%
Renewal written price increase
Automobile	11.0		%	7.6		%	5.7		%
Homeowners	8.9		%	8.0		%	7.0		%
Renewal earned price increase
Automobile	9.6		%	6.3		%	5.1		%
Homeowners	8.5		%	7.6		%	6.8		%

Underwriting Ratios

	2017		2016	2015
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
Current accident year before catastrophes	70.0		72.0	66.6
Current accident year catastrophes	12.3		5.5	5.4
Prior accident year development	(1.0	)	3.9	(0.5	)
Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio	81.3		81.5	71.5
Expense ratio	22.9		23.4	25.5
Combined ratio	104.2		104.8	97.0
Current accident year catastrophes and prior year development	11.3		9.4	4.9
Underlying combined ratio	93.0		95.4	92.0

Product Combined Ratios

	2017	2016	2015
Automobile
Combined ratio	101.6	111.6	99.4
Underlying combined ratio	99.7	103.9	99.0
Homeowners
Combined ratio	110.4	89.3	92.1
Underlying combined ratio	77.1	75.9	76.8

2018 Outlook

In 2018, the Company expects the rate of pricing increases for automobile and homeowners across the industry to decrease slightly, as loss cost trends have moderated. Accordingly, the Company expects written pricing increases in 2018 for both automobile and homeowners to be in the high single-digits, slightly below written pricing increases for 2017. Management expects continued automobile profitability improvement in 2018 as loss cost frequency and severity have moderated and the book of business continues to benefit from earned pricing increases. While the Company will continue to execute on multiple

profitability improvement initiatives in personal automobile in 2018, the Company also plans to drive new business growth in select states, particularly in the direct channel. Due to those actions, the Company expects a low-single digit decline in Personal Lines written premiums in 2018, with AARP direct premiums expected to be flat to slightly higher and AARP agency and other agency premium expected to decline.

The Company expects the combined ratio for Personal Lines will be between approximately 96.0 and 98.0 for 2018 compared to 104.2 in 2017, primarily due to lower current accident year catastrophes and continued improvement in the underlying automobile loss ratio. Current accident year catastrophes are

70

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

assumed to be 5.6 points of the combined ratio in 2018 compared to 12.3 points in 2017. For automobile, we expect that management actions, including the effect of earned pricing, will exceed an expected increase in loss cost severity and higher direct marketing expenses, resulting in a lower underlying combined ratio. The underlying combined ratio for homeowners is expected to remain relatively flat in 2018, driven by earned pricing increases, offset by increased average claim severity and higher expenses.

Net (Loss) Income

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Net loss in 2017 was unchanged from 2016 as lower underwriting loss and higher net realized capital gains was offset by $33 of income tax expense arising primarily from the reduction of net deferred tax assets due to the enactment of lower Federal income tax rates.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Net loss in 2016 compared to net income in 2015 primarily due to a change from underwriting gain to underwriting loss.

Underwriting (Loss) Gain

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Underwriting loss decreased in 2017primarily due a change from unfavorable prior accident year development in 2016 to favorable development in 2017 and lower current accident year loss costs in both auto and homeowners, partially offset by higher current accident year catastrophe losses. The decrease in underwriting expenses was primarily due to lower marketing and operations costs, partially offset by higher variable incentive compensation and the decrease in DAC amortization was driven primarily by lower Agency commissions.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Underwriting loss in 2016 compared to an underwriting gain in 2015 primarily due to an increase in automobile liability loss costs, with higher current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses and more unfavorable prior accident year reserve development, principally related to the 2015 accident year. The increase in automobile loss costs was partially offset by lower direct marketing expenses.

Earned Premiums

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Earned premiums decreased in 2017, reflecting a decline in written premium over the prior six to twelve months in the Other Agency channel and, to a lesser extent, in AARP Direct.

Written premiums decreased in 2017 in AARP Direct and both Agency channels primarily due to a decline in new business and lower policy count retention in both automobile and homeowners partially offset by the effect of renewal written price increases.

Renewal written pricing increases were higher in 2017 in both automobile and home, as the Company increased rates to improve profitability.

Policy count retention decreased in 2017 in both automobile and homeowners, driven in part by renewal written pricing increases.

71

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Policies in-forcedecreased in 2017 in both automobile and homeowners, driven by low new business and low policy count retention.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Earned premiums increased in 2016 reflecting written premium growth in 2015 over the prior six to twelve months.

Written premiums decreased in 2016 primarily due a decline in new business in both automobile and homeowners, partially offset by higher premium retention in automobile, driven by higher written pricing increases.

Renewal written pricing increased in both automobile and home as the Company increased rates to improve profitability.

Policy count retentionfor homeowners was lower in 2015 driven in part by renewal written pricing increases.

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Ratio before Catastrophes and Prior Accident Year Development

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development decreased in 2017, primarily as a result of lower automobile liability and auto physical damage frequency and lower non-catastrophe weather-related homeowners losses and the effect of earned pricing increases.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development increased primarily as a result of higher automobile liability frequency and severity, partially offset by the effect of increases in earned pricing.

Catastrophes and Prior Accident Year Development

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Current accident year catastrophe lossesfor 2017 were primarily due to hurricanes Harvey and Irma and wildfires in California as well as multiple wind and hail events across various U.S. geographic regions, concentrated in Texas, Colorado, the Midwest and the Southeast. Catastrophe losses for 2016 were primarily due to multiple wind and hail events across various U.S. geographic regions, concentrated in the Midwest and central plains.

Prior accident year development was favorable for 2017 compared to unfavorable prior accident year development for 2016. Net reserves decreased in 2017primarily due to decreases in reserves for prior accident year catastrophes and homeowners.

72

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Current accident year catastrophe losses of $216, before tax, in 2016 increased compared to$211, before tax, in 2015. Catastrophe losses in 2016 were primarily due to multiple wind and hail events across various U.S. geographic regions, concentrated in the Midwest and central plains. Catastrophe losses in 2015 were primarily due to wildfires in California and multiple events (wind and hail primarily) across various U.S. geographic regions.

Prior accident year development of $151, before tax, was unfavorable in 2016, compared to favorable prior accident year development of $21, before tax, in 2015. Net reserves increased for 2016 primarily due to increased bodily injury frequency and severity for the 2015 accident year and increased bodily injury severity for the 2014 accident year. Net reserves decreased for 2015 primarily due to accident year 2014 catastrophes.

PROPERTY & CASUALTY OTHER OPERATIONS

Results of Operations

Underwriting Summary

	2017			2016			2015
Written premiums	$	—		$	(1	)	$	35
Change in unearned premium reserve	—			(1		)	3
Earned premiums	—			—			32
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year	—			—			25
Prior accident year development [1]	18			278			218
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses	18			278			243
Underwriting expenses	14			19			32
Underwriting loss	(32		)	(297		)	(243		)
Net investment income [2]	106			127			133
Net realized capital gains (losses) [2]	14			(70		)	3
Loss on reinsurance transaction	—			650			—
Other income	5			6			7
Income (loss) before income taxes	93			(884		)	(100		)
Income tax expense (benefit)	24			(355		)	(47		)
Net income (loss)	$	69		$	(529	)	$	(53	)

[1]For discussion of prior accident year development, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Total Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves Development.

[2]For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Net Investment Income (Loss) and Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses).

73

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Net Income (Loss)

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Net income (loss) improved from a net loss of $529 to net income of $69 primarily due to losses in 2016, including a loss on reinsurance transaction for premium paid to NICO covering adverse reserve development of asbestos and environmental reserves after 2016, as well adverse development in 2016 due to the second quarter study of asbestos and environmental reserves.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Net loss increased in 2016 primarily due to a $423 after-tax loss on the reinsurance transaction that cedes adverse development on asbestos and environmental reserves and higher unfavorable net asbestos and environmental prior accident year development associated with the Company's comprehensive annual review. Net realized capital losses before tax in 2016 included an $81 estimated capital loss on the pending sale of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries. Net of tax benefits, the pending sale resulted in an estimated after-tax loss of $5.

Pre-tax Charge for Asbestos and Environmental Reserve Increases

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Asbestos Reserves were virtually unchanged in 2017 as a $183 increase in estimated reserves before NICO reinsurance was offset by $183 of losses recoverable under the NICO treaty. The increase in reserves before NICO reinsurance was primarily due to mesothelioma claim filings not declining as expected, unfavorable developments in coverage law in some jurisdictions and continued filings in specific, adverse jurisdictions. An increased share of adverse development from the fourth quarter review is from umbrella and excess policies in the 1981-1985 policy years.

Environmental Reserveswere unchanged in 2017 as a $102 increase in estimated reserves before NICO reinsurance was offset by $102 of loss recoverable under the NICO treaty. The increase in reserves before NICO reinsurance was primarily due to increased clean-up costs and liability shares associated with Superfund sites and sediment in waterways, as well as adverse legal rulings, most notably from jurisdictions in the Pacific Northwest.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Asbestos Reserves increased by $197 in 2016 arising from the second quarter reserve study which found that mesothelioma claims filings have not declined as expected in specific, adverse jurisdictions. As a result, aggregate indemnity and defense costs have not declined as expected resulting in unfavorable net asbestos reserve development.

Environmental Reservesincreased by $71 in 2016 primarily due to deterioration associated with the tendering of new sites for policy coverage, increased defense costs stemming from individual bodily injury liability suits, and increased clean-up costs associated with waterways.

74

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

GROUP BENEFITS

Results of Operations

Operating Summary

	2017 [1]		2016		2015
Premiums and other considerations	$	3,677	$	3,223	$	3,136
Net investment income [2]	381		366		371
Net realized capital gains (losses) [2]	34		45		(11		)
Total revenues	4,092		3,634		3,496
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses	2,803		2,514		2,427
Amortization of DAC	33		31		31
Insurance operating costs and other expenses	915		776		788
Amortization of Other Intangible Assets	9		—		—
Total benefits, losses and expenses	3,760		3,321		3,246
Income before income taxes	332		313		250
Income tax expense [3]	38		83		63
Net income	$	294	$	230	$	187

[1] The Results of Operations related to 2017 include two months of results from Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business due to the acquisition that occurred on November 1, 2017. For discussion of the acquisition, see Note 2 - Business Acquisitions.

[2] For discussion of consolidated investment results, see MD&A - Investment Results, Investment Income (Loss) and Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses).

[3] 2017 includes $52 of income tax benefit primarily from reducing net deferred tax liabilities due to the reduction in the corporate Federal income tax rate from 35% to 21%. For discussion of income taxes, see Note 16 - Income Taxes of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Premiums and Other Considerations

	2017		2016		2015
Fully insured — ongoing premiums	$	3,571	$	3,142	$	3,068
Buyout premiums	15		6		1
Fee income	91		75		67
Total premiums and other considerations	$	3,677	$	3,223	$	3,136
Fully insured ongoing sales, excluding buyouts	$	449	$	450	$	467

Ratios, Excluding Buyouts

	2017		2016		2015
Group disability loss ratio	76.5	%	81.4	%	81.6	%
Group life loss ratio	76.7	%	75.7	%	74.7	%
Total loss ratio	76.1	%	78.0	%	77.4	%
Expense ratio	25.7	%	25.1	%	26.1	%

Margin

	2017		2016		2015
Net income margin	7.2	%	6.3	%	5.4	%
Less: Net realized capital gains (losses) excluded from core earnings, after tax	0.4	%	0.6	%	(0.2	)%
Less: Integration and transaction costs associated with acquired business, after tax	(0.3	)%	—	%	—	%
Less: Income tax benefit	1.3	%	—	%	—	%
Core earnings margin	5.8	%	5.7	%	5.6	%

2018 Outlook

The Company expects Group Benefits fully insured ongoing premiums to increase significantly in 2018 due to the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business in November

2017. Excluding the impact of the acquisition, the Company expects a mid-single digit percentage increase in fully insured ongoing premiums in 2018 due, in part, to growth in national accounts, sales of voluntary products and the addition of a new Paid Family Leave product. The segment’s net income is expected

75

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

to decline slightly in 2018 as additional earnings from the acquired business will be offset by the fact that 2017 included a $52 million tax benefit associated with Tax Reform. Expected net income for 2018 is in the range of $275 to $295 million. Management expects that the 2018 core earnings margin, which does not include the effect of net realized capital gains (losses) or integration and transaction costs associated with the acquired business, will be down slightly from 5.8% in 2017 as strong returns from limited partnerships and strong long term disability recoveries in 2017 are not expected to repeat in 2018.

Net Income

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Net incomeincreased in 2017 compared to 2016, primarily due to $52 of income tax benefits arising primarily from the reduction of net deferred tax liabilities due to the enactment of lower Federal income tax rates. In addition, net income increased as a result of growth in premiums and other considerations and a lower group disability loss ratio, partially offset by an increase in insurance operating costs and other expenses due, in part, to higher variable incentive compensation as well as integration and transaction costs related to the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business. Insurance operating costs and other expenses in 2017 also included state guaranty fund assessments of $20 before tax related to the liquidation of a life and health insurance company. The acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business, which closed on November 1, 2017, did not have a material impact on results in 2017.

Insurance operating costs and other expenses increased 18%, primarily due to the inclusion of two months of expenses for the acquired Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business, state guaranty fund assessments of $20 before tax related to the liquidation of a life and health insurance company and an increase in variable incentive compensation.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Net income increased in 2016 primarily due to higher net realized capital gains, higher premiums and other considerations and lower insurance operating costs and other expenses, partially offset by higher benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses.

Insurance operating costs and other expenses decreased 2% due primarily to decreased administrative expenses.

Fully Insured Ongoing Premiums

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Fully insured ongoing premiumsincreased in 2017, in part, because it included two months of premiums for the acquired Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business. Excluding the impact of the acquisition, fully insured ongoing premiums increased 3% due to sales, strong persistency and modest group disability pricing increases.

Fully insured ongoing sales, excluding buyouts were essentially flat to prior year reflecting higher group disability sales offset by lower group life and other sales.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Fully insured ongoing premiums increased 2% due to strong persistency and pricing increases.

Fully insured ongoing sales, excluding buyouts decreased 4% in 2016, reflecting lower disability sales.

76

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Ratios

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Total loss ratio decreased 1.9 points, primarily due to a lower group disability loss ratio. The group disability loss ratio decreased 4.9 points, driven by continued improvements in incidence trends, higher recoveries and modest pricing increases. The group life loss ratio increased 1.0 points, primarily driven by favorable changes in reserve estimates of 1.3 points in 2016 partially offset by favorable mortality in the current year.

Expense ratio increased 0.6 points primarily due to state guaranty fund assessments related to the liquidation of a life and health insurance company, an increase in variable incentive compensation and amortization of intangible assets recorded in connection with the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business. Integration and transaction costs of $17 in 2017 related to the acquisition are not included in the expense ratio.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Total loss ratio increased 0.6 points in 2016 to 78.0% due to a higher group life loss ratio. The group life loss ratio increased 1.0 point due to higher severity in 2016. Included in the life loss ratio were favorable changes in reserve estimates of 1.3 points in 2016. The group disability loss ratio decreased 0.2 points primarily driven by increased pricing and improved incidence trends, partially offset by an increase in long-term disability claim severity. Included in the disability loss ratio were favorable changes in long-term disability reserve estimates of 0.4 points compared to 1.2 points in the prior year.

Expense ratio improved 1.0 points in 2016, reflecting premium growth and lower insurance operating costs and other expenses.

MUTUAL FUNDS

Results of Operations

Operating Summary

	2017			2016		2015
Fee income and other revenue	$	804		$	701	$	723
Net investment income	3			1		1
Total revenues	807			702		724
Amortization of DAC	21			24		22
Operating costs and other expenses	617			557		568
Total benefits, losses and expenses	638			581		590
Income before income taxes	169			121		134
Income tax expense [2]	63			43		48
Net income	$	106		$	78	$	86
Daily Average Total Mutual Funds segment AUM	$	107,593		$	92,042	$	94,687
Return on Assets ("ROA") [1]	9.9			8.5		9.1
Less: Effect of income tax expense	(0.3		)	—		—
Return on Assets ("ROA"), core earnings [1]	10.2			8.5		9.1

[1] Represents annualized earnings divided by a daily average of assets under management, as measured in basis points.

[2] 2017 includes $4 of income tax expense primarily from reducing net deferred tax assets due to the reduction in the corporate Federal income tax rate from 35% to 21%. For further discussion, see Note 16 - Income Taxes of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

77

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Mutual Funds Segment AUM

	2017			2016			2015
Mutual Fund AUM - beginning of period	$	81,298		$	74,413		$	73,035
Sales	23,654			19,135			17,527
Redemptions	(20,409		)	(20,055		)	(16,036		)
Net Flows	3,245			(920		)	1,491
Change in market value and other [1]	14,067			7,805			(113		)
Mutual Fund AUM - end of period	98,610			81,298			74,413
Exchange-Traded Products AUM [2]	480			209
Mutual Funds segment AUM	99,090			81,507			74,413
Life and annuity run-off business	16,260			16,010			17,549
Total Mutual Funds segment AUM	$	115,350		$	97,517		$	91,962

[1] Other includes AUM from adoption of ten U.S. mutual funds with aggregate AUM of approximately $3.0 billion (as of October 2016) from Schroder Investment Management North America Inc.

[2] Includes AUM of approximately $200 acquired upon acquisition in July 2016 of Lattice Strategies, LLC and subsequent net flows and change in market value.

Mutual Fund AUM by Asset Class

	2017		2016		2015
Equity	$	63,740	$	50,826	$	47,369
Fixed Income	14,401		13,301		12,625
Multi-Strategy Investments	20,469		17,171		14,419
Mutual Fund AUM	$	98,610	$	81,298	$	74,413

2018 Outlook

The Company expects to increase sales in 2018 from a diversified lineup of mutual funds and ETPs. Assuming markets continue to grow, the Company expects assets under management and earnings growth in 2018 provided the Company continues delivering strong fund performance and generates positive net flows. The growth in assets under management and earnings will be partially offset by the continued run off of the life and annuity business held for sale. After the sale of the life and annuity run-off business, which is expected to close by June 30, 2018, the Mutual Funds segment expects to continue to manage the mutual fund assets of that business.

Net Income

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Net income increased in 2017 due to higher investment management fees resulting from higher daily average AUM levels driven in part by the addition of Schroders' funds in late 2016, as well as a reduction in estimated state income tax expense, partially offset by higher variable costs including sub-advisory and distribution and service expenses.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Net income decreased in 2016, compared to the prior year period, primarily due to lower investment management fees as a result of lower daily average AUM combined with transaction

78

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

costs of approximately of $3 associated with the acquisition of Lattice Strategies, LLC and the adoption of ten Schroders' funds during 2016. Daily average AUM decreased primarily due to market volatility early in the year and the continued run off ofAUM related to the life and annuity run-off business held for sale.

Total Mutual Funds Segment AUM

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Total Mutual Funds segment AUMincreased in 2017 primarily due to positive net flows and market appreciation, partially offset by the continued run off of AUM related to the life and annuity run-off business held for sale.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Total Mutual Funds segment AUM increased in 2016 primarily due to market appreciation and the adoption of 10 Schroders' funds partially offset by net outflows and the continued run off of AUM related to the life and annuity run-off business held for sale.

CORPORATE

Results of Operations

Operating Summary

	2017			2016			2015
Fee income	$	4		$	3		$	9
Net investment income	23			31			18
Net realized capital gains (losses)	(1		)	(100		)	(2		)
Total revenues	26			(66		)	25
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses [1]	31			—			—
Insurance operating costs and other expenses	59			87			118
Pension Settlement	750			—			—
Loss on extinguishment of debt [2]	—			—			21
Interest expense [2]	316			327			346
Restructuring and other costs	—			—			20
Total benefits, losses and expenses	1,156			414			505
(Loss) before income taxes	(1,130		)	(480		)	(480		)
Income tax expense (benefit) [3]	457			(329		)	(266		)
Loss from continuing operations, net of tax	(1,587		)	(151		)	(214		)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations,net of tax	(2,869		)	283			486
Net (loss) income	$	(4,456	)	$	132		$	272

[1] Represents benefits expense on life and annuity business retained by the Company.

[2] For discussion of debt, see Note 13 - Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

[3] 2017 includes $867 of income tax expense primarily from reducing net deferred tax assets due to the reduction in the corporate Federal income tax rate from 35% to 21%. For discussion of income taxes, see Note 16 - Income Taxes of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

79

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Net (Loss) Income

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Net loss increased primarily due to a $3.3 billion estimated loss on sale of the life and annuity run-off business, $867 of income tax expense arising primarily from the reduction of net deferred tax assets due to the enactment of lower Federal income tax rates and a $488 after-tax pension settlement charge.

Insurance operating costs and other expenses decreased in 2017 largely due to lower centralized services costs and lower estimated state income tax expense. Upon reporting the life and annuity run-off business as discontinued operations, centralized services costs were reallocated to Corporate for all periods presented and those reallocated costs declined from 2016 to 2017 principally due to a lower allocation of IT costs.

Income (loss) from discontinued operationsIncome (loss) from discontinued operations decreased from income of $283 in 2016 to a net loss of $2.9 billion in 2017 with the net loss in 2017 due to a loss on sale of the Company’s life and annuity run-off business of $3.3 billion, partially offset by operating income from discontinued operations of $388. Operating income from discontinued operations increased from $283 in 2016 primarily due to lower net realized capital losses in 2017. Apart from the reduction in net realized capital losses, earnings were relatively flat as an increase in the assumption study benefit and lower interest credited were largely offset by lower net investment income and lower fee income due to the continued run-off of the variable annuity block.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Net income decreased primarily due to lower income from discontinued operations, net of tax, partially offset by a decrease

in insurance operating costs and other expenses, an increase in net investment income and lower interest expense. The income tax benefit of $113 associated with the investments in solar energy partnerships was offset by realized capital losses of $96. before tax, associated with the write-down of investments in solar energy partnerships.

Insurance operating costs and other expenses decreased in 2016 largely due a reduction in restructuring costs.

Income (loss) from discontinued operationsOperating income from discontinued operations decreased from $486 in 2015 primarily due to lower tax benefits recognized in 2016, a write-off of DAC associated with fixed annuities, lower investment income and a reinsurance gain on disposition in 2015. In addition, the continued run-off of the variable and fixed annuity block resulted in lower fee income, partially offset by lower amortization of DAC and lower insurance operating costs and other expenses.

Interest Expense

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Interest expense decreased primarily due to a decrease in outstanding debt due to debt maturities and the paydown of senior notes. Since December 31, 2016, $416 of senior notes have either matured or been paid down.

Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Interest expense decreased in 2016 primarily due to a decrease in outstanding debt from debt maturities and the paydown of senior notes. In 2016, $275 of senior notes matured.

80

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT

The Company’s Board of Directors has ultimate responsibility for risk oversight, as described more fully in our Proxy Statement, while management is tasked with the day-to-day management of the Company’s risks.

The Company manages and monitors risk through risk policies, controls and limits. At the senior management level, an Enterprise Risk and Capital Committee (“ERCC”) oversees the risk profile and risk management practices of the Company. As illustrated below, a number of functional committees sit underneath the ERCC, providing oversight of specific risk areas and recommending risk mitigation strategies to the ERCC.

ERCC Members

CEO (Chair)

President

Chief Financial Officer

Chief Investment Officer

Chief Risk Officer

General Counsel

Others as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair

			ERCC
Asset Liability Committee	Underwriting Risk Committee	Emerging Risk Steering Committee	Operational Risk Committee	Catastrophe Risk Committee	Economic Capital Executive Committee	Model Oversight Committee

The Company's enterprise risk management ("ERM") function supports the ERCC and functional committees, and is tasked with, among other things:

• risk identification and assessment;

• the development of risk appetites, tolerances, and limits;

• risk monitoring; and

• internal and external risk reporting.

The Company categorizes its main risks as insurance risk, operational risk and financial risk, each of which is described in more detail below.

Insurance Risk

Insurance risk is the risk of losses of both a catastrophic and non-catastrophic nature on the P&C and life products the Company has sold. Catastrophe insurance risk is the exposure arising from both natural (e.g., weather, earthquakes, wildfires, pandemics) and man-made catastrophes (e.g., terrorism, cyber-attacks) that create a concentration or aggregation of loss across the Company's insurance or asset portfolios.

Sources of Insurance RiskNon-catastrophe insurance risks exist within each of the Company's divisions except Mutual Funds and include:

• Property- Risk of loss to personal or commercial property from automobile related accidents, weather, explosions, smoke, shaking, fire, theft, vandalism, inadequate installation, faulty equipment, collisions and falling objects, and/or machinery mechanical breakdown resulting in physical damage and other covered perils.

• Liability- Risk of loss from automobile related accidents, uninsured and underinsured drivers, lawsuits from accidents, defective products, breach of warranty, negligent acts by professional practitioners, environmental claims, latent exposures, fraud, coercion, forgery, failure to fulfill obligations per contract surety, liability from errors and omissions, derivative lawsuits, and other securities actions and covered perils.

• Mortality- Risk of loss from unexpected trends in insured deaths impacting timing of payouts from life insurance, personal or commercial automobile related accidents, and death of employees or executives during the course of employment, while on disability, or while collecting workers compensation benefits.

• Morbidity- Risk of loss to an insured from illness incurred during the course of employment or illness from other covered perils.

• Disability- Risk of loss incurred from personal or commercial automobile related losses, accidents arising outside of the workplace, injuries or accidents incurred during the course of employment, or from equipment, with each loss resulting in short term or long-term disability payments.

• Longevity- Risk of loss from increased life expectancy trends among policyholders receiving long-term benefit payments.

Catastrophe risk primarily arises in the group life, group disability, property, and workers' compensation product lines.

ImpactNon-catastrophe insurance risk can arise from unexpected loss experience, underpriced business and/or underestimation of loss reserves and can have significant effects on the Company’s earnings. Catastrophe insurance risk can arise from various unpredictable events and can have significant

81

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

effects on the Company's earnings and may result in losses that could constrain its liquidity.

ManagementThe Company's policies and procedures for managing these risks include disciplined underwriting protocols, exposure controls, sophisticated risk-based pricing, risk modeling, risk transfer, and capital management strategies. The Company has established underwriting guidelines for both individual risks, including individual policy limits, and risks in the aggregate,

including aggregate exposure limits by geographic zone and peril. The Company uses both internal and third-party models to estimate the potential loss resulting from various catastrophe events and the potential financial impact those events would have on the Company's financial position and results of operations across its businesses.

Among specific risk tolerances set by the Company, risk limits are set for natural catastrophes, terrorism risk and pandemic risk.

Risk	Definition	Details and Company Limits
Natural catastrophe	Exposure arising from natural phenomena (e.g., weather, earthquakes, wildfires, etc.) that create a concentration or aggregation of loss across the Company's insurance or asset portfolios.	The Company generally limits its estimated pre-tax loss as a result of natural catastrophes for property & casualty exposures from a single 250-year event to less than 30% of statutory surplus of the property and casualty insurance subsidiaries prior to reinsurance and to less than 15% of statutory surplus of the property and casualty insurance subsidiaries after reinsurance. From time to time the estimated loss to natural catastrophes from a single 250-year event prior to reinsurance may fluctuate above or below these limits due to changes in modeled loss estimates, exposures or statutory surplus.
			- The estimated 250 year pre-tax probable maximum loss from earthquake events is estimated to be $982 before reinsurance and $515 net of reinsurance. [1]
			- The estimated 250 year pre-tax probable maximum losses from hurricane events are estimated to be $1.6 billion before reinsurance and $777 net of reinsurance. [1]
Terrorism	The risk of losses from terrorist attacks, including losses caused by single-site and multi-site conventional attacks, as well as the potential for attacks using nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological weapons (“NBCR”).	Enterprise limits for terrorism apply to aggregations of risk across property-casualty, group benefits and specific asset portfolios and are defined based on a deterministic, single-site conventional terrorism attack scenario. The Company manages its potential estimated loss from a conventional terrorism loss scenario, up to $1.7 billion net of reinsurance and $2.0 billion gross of reinsurance, before coverage under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program established under “TRIPRA”. In addition, the Company monitors exposures monthly and employs both internally developed and vendor-licensed loss modeling tools as part of its risk management discipline. Our modeled exposures to conventional terrorist attacks around landmark locations may fluctuate above and below our stated limits.
Pandemic	The exposure to loss arising from widespread influenza or other pathogens or bacterial infections that create an aggregation of loss across the Company's insurance or asset portfolios.	The Company generally limits its estimated pre-tax loss from a single 250 year pandemic event to less than 15% of statutory surplus of the property and casualty and group benefits insurance subsidiaries. In evaluating these scenarios, the Company assesses the impact on group life policies, short-term and long-term disability, property & casualty claims, and losses in the investment portfolio associated with market declines in the event of a widespread pandemic. While ERM has a process to track and manage these limits, from time to time, the estimated loss for pandemics may fluctuate above or below these limits due to changes in modeled loss estimates, exposures, or statutory surplus.

[1] The loss estimates represent total property losses for hurricane events and property and workers compensation losses for earthquake events resulting from a single event. The estimates provided are based on 250-year return period loss estimates that have a 0.4% likelihood of being exceeded in any single year. The net loss estimates provided assume that the Company is able to recover all losses ceded to reinsurers under its reinsurance programs. The Company also manages natural catastrophe risk for group life and group disability, which in combination with property and workers compensation loss estimates are subject to separate enterprise risk management net aggregate loss limits as a percent of enterprise surplus.

Reinsurance as a Risk Management Strategy

In addition to the policies and procedures outlined above, the Company uses reinsurance to transfer certain risks to reinsurance companies based on specific geographic or risk concentrations. A variety of traditional reinsurance products are used as part of the Company's risk management strategy, including excess of loss occurrence-based products that reinsure property and workers' compensation exposures, and individual risk or quota share arrangements, that reinsure losses from specific classes or lines of business. The Company has no significant finite risk contracts in place and the statutory surplus benefit from all such prior year contracts is immaterial.

Facultative reinsurance is used by the Company to manage policy-specific risk exposures based on established underwriting guidelines. The Hartford also participates in governmentally administered reinsurance facilities such as the Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund (“FHCF”), the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program established under “TRIPRA” and other reinsurance programs relating to particular risks or specific lines of business.

Reinsurance for Catastrophes-The Company has several catastrophe reinsurance programs, including reinsurance treaties that cover property and workers’ compensation losses aggregating from single catastrophe events.

82

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Primary Catastrophe Treaty Reinsurance Coverages as of January 1, 2018

	Effective for the period	% of layer(s) reinsurance	Per occurrence limit			Retention
Property losses arising from a single catastrophe event [1] [2]	1/1/2018 to 1/1/2019	89%	$	850		$	350
Property catastrophe losses from a Personal Lines Florida hurricane	6/1/2017 to 6/1/2018	90%	$	102	[3]	$	31
Workers compensation losses arising from a single catastrophe event [4]	1/1/2018 to 12/31/2018	80%	$	350		$	100

[1] Certain aspects of our principal catastrophe treaty have terms that extend beyond the traditional one year term. While the overall treaty is placed at 89%, each layer's placement varies slightly.

[2] $100 of the property occurrence treaty can alternatively be used as part of the Property Aggregate treaty referenced below.

[3] The per occurrence limit on the FHCF treaty is $102 for the 6/1/2017 to 6/1/2018 treaty year based on the Company's election to purchase the required coverage from FHCF. Coverage is based on the best available information from FHCF, which was updated in January 2018.

[4] In addition to the limit shown, the workers compensation reinsurance includes a non-catastrophe, industrial accident layer, providing coverage for 80% of a $30 per event limit in excess of a $20 retention.

In addition to the property catastrophe reinsurance coverage described in the above table, the Company has other catastrophe and working layer treaties and facultative reinsurance agreements that cover property catastrophe losses on an aggregate excess of loss and on a per risk basis. The principal property catastrophe reinsurance program and certain other reinsurance programs include a provision to reinstate limits in the event that a catastrophe loss exhausts limits on one or more layers under the treaties. In addition, covering the period from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018, the Company has a Property Aggregate treaty in place which provides one limit of $200 of aggregate qualifying property catastrophe losses in excess of a net retention of $825.

Reinsurance for Terrorism- For the risk of terrorism, private sector catastrophe reinsurance capacity is generally limited and largely unavailable for terrorism losses caused by NBCR attacks. As such, the Company's principal reinsurance protection against large-scale terrorist attacks is the coverage currently provided through TRIPRA to the end of 2020.

TRIPRA provides a backstop for insurance-related losses resulting from any “act of terrorism”, which is certified by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Attorney General, for losses that exceed a threshold of industry losses of $160 in 2018, with the threshold increasing to $200 by 2020. Under the program, in any one calendar year, the federal government would pay a percentage of losses incurred from a certified act of terrorism after an insurer's losses exceed 20% of the Company's eligible direct commercial earned premiums of the prior calendar year up to a combined annual aggregate limit for the federal government and all insurers of $100 billion. The percentage of losses paid by the federal government is 82% in 2018, decreasing by 1 point annually to 80% in the year 2020. The Company's estimated deductible under the program is $1.3 billion for 2018. If an act of terrorism or acts of terrorism result in covered losses exceeding the $100 billion annual industry aggregate limit, Congress would be responsible for determining how additional losses in excess of $100 billion will be paid.

Reinsurance for Asbestos and Environmental Reserve Development- Under an ADC reinsurance agreement, NICO, a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. (“Berkshire”), assumes adverse net loss and allocated loss adjustment expense reserve

development up to $1.5 billion above the Company’s net asbestos and environmental reserves recorded as of December 31, 2016. Under retroactive reinsurance accounting, net adverse asbestos and environmental reserve development after December 31, 2016 results in an offsetting reinsurance recoverable up to the $1.5 billion limit. Cumulative ceded losses up to the $650 reinsurance premium paid for the ADC are recognized as a dollar-for-dollar offset to direct losses incurred. As of December 31, 2017, $285 of incurred asbestos and environmental losses had been ceded to NICO. Cumulative ceded losses exceeding the $650 reinsurance premium paid would result in a deferred gain. The deferred gain would be recognized over the claim settlement period in the proportion of the amount of cumulative ceded losses collected from the reinsurer to the estimated ultimate reinsurance recoveries. Consequently, until periods when the deferred gain is recognized as a benefit to earnings, cumulative adverse development of asbestos and environmental claims after December 31, 2016 in excess of $650 may result in significant charges against earnings. Furthermore, there is a risk that cumulative adverse development of asbestos and environmental claims could ultimately exceed the $1.5 billion treaty limit in which case all adverse development in excess of the treaty limit would be absorbed as a charge to earnings by the Company. In these scenarios, the effect of these changes could be material to the Company’s consolidated operating results and liquidity.

Reinsurance Recoverables

Property and casualty insurance product reinsurance recoverables represent loss and loss adjustment expense recoverables from a number of entities, including reinsurers and pools.

83

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Property & Casualty Reinsurance Recoverables

	As of December 31,
	2017			2016
Paid loss and loss adjustment expenses	$	84		$	89
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses	3,496			3,161
Gross reinsurance recoverables	3,580			3,250
Less: Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance	(104		)	(165		)
Net reinsurance recoverables [1]	$	3,476		$	3,085

[1] Includes Property & Casualty Commercial Lines reinsurance recoverables of $688 and $712 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for structured settlements recoverables due from the Company's life and annuity run-off business now classified as held for sale. These amounts were previously eliminated in consolidation.

As shown in the following table, a portion of the total gross reinsurance recoverables relates to the Company’s mandatory participation in various involuntary assigned risk pools and the value of annuity contracts held under structured settlement agreements. Reinsurance recoverables due from mandatory pools are backed by the financial strength of the property and casualty insurance industry. Annuities purchased from third-party life insurers under structured settlements are recognized as reinsurance recoverables in cases where the Company has not obtained a release from the claimant. Of the remaining gross reinsurance recoverables, the portion of recoverables due from companies rated by A.M. Best is as follows:

Distribution of Gross Reinsurance Recoverables

	As of December 31,
	2017					2016
Gross reinsurance recoverables [1]	$	3,580				$	3,250
Less: mandatory (assigned risk) pools and structured settlements [1]	(1,199		)			(1,240		)
Gross reinsurance recoverables excluding mandatory pools and structured settlements	$	2,381				$	2,010
				% of Total					% of Total
Rated A- (Excellent) or better by A.M. Best [2]	$	1,836		77.1	%	$	1,470		73.1	%
Other rated by A.M. Best	1			0.1	%	1			0.1	%
Total rated companies	1,837			77.2	%	1,471			73.2	%
Voluntary pools	37			1.5	%	79			3.9	%
Captives	323			13.6	%	336			16.7	%
Other not rated companies	184			7.7	%	124			6.2	%
Total	$	2,381		100.0	%	$	2,010		100.0	%

[1] Includes Property & Casualty Commercial Lines reinsurance recoverables of $688 and $712 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for structured settlements recoverables due from the Company's life and annuity run-off business now classified as held for sale. These amounts were previously eliminated in consolidation.

[2] Based on A.M. Best ratings as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

To manage reinsurer credit risk, a reinsurance security review committee evaluates the credit standing, financial performance, management and operational quality of each potential reinsurer. In placing reinsurance, the Company considers the nature of the risk reinsured, including the expected liability payout duration, and establishes limits tiered by reinsurer credit rating.

Where its contracts permit, the Company secures future claim obligations with various forms of collateral, including irrevocable letters of credit, secured trusts, funds held accounts and group wide offsets. As part of its reinsurance recoverable review, the Company analyzes recent developments in commutation activity between reinsurers and cedants, recent trends in arbitration and litigation outcomes in disputes between cedants and reinsurers and the overall credit quality of the Company’s reinsurers. As indicated in the above table, 77.1% of the gross reinsurance recoverables due from reinsurers rated by A.M. Best were rated A- (excellent) or better as of December 31, 2017.

Annually, the Company completes evaluations of the reinsurance recoverable asset associated with older, long-term casualty liabilities reported in the Property & Casualty Other Operations reporting segment, and the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance reported in the Commercial Lines reporting segment. For a discussion regarding the results of these evaluations, see MD&A - Critical Accounting Estimates, Property and Casualty Insurance Product Reserves, Net of Reinsurance.

84

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Group benefits and life insurance product reinsurance recoverables

represent reserve for future policy benefits and unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses and other policyholder funds and benefits payable that are recoverable from a number of reinsurers.

Group Benefits Reinsurance Recoverables

	As of December 31,
	2017		2016
Future policy benefits and unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses and other policyholder funds and benefits payable	$	236	$	208
Less: Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance [1]	—		—
Net reinsurance recoverables	$	236	$	208

[1] No allowance for uncollectible reinsurance was required as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Guaranty Funds and Other Insurance-related Assessments

As part of its risk management strategy, the Company regularly monitors the financial strength of other insurers and, in particular, activity by insurance regulators and various state guaranty associations relating to troubled insurers. In all states, insurers licensed to transact certain classes of insurance are required to become members of a guaranty fund.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, human error, or from external events.

Sources of Operational RiskOperational risk is inherent in the Company's business and functional areas. Operational risks include legal; cyber and information security; models; third party vendors; technology; operations; business continuity; disaster recovery; internal and external fraud; and compliance.

Impact Operational risk can result in financial loss, disruption of our business, regulatory actions or damage to our reputation.

Management Responsibility for day-to-day management of operational risk lies within each business unit and functional area. ERM provides an enterprise-wide view of the Company's operational risk on an aggregate basis. ERM is responsible for establishing, maintaining and communicating the framework, principles and guidelines of the Company's operational risk management program. Operational risk mitigation strategies include the following:

• Establishing policies and monitoring risk tolerances and exceptions;

• Conducting business risk assessments and implementing action plans where necessary;

• Validating existing crisis management protocols;

• Identifying and monitoring emerging risks; and

• Purchasing insurance coverage.

Cybersecurity Risk

The Hartford has implemented an information protection program with established governance routines that promote an adaptive approach for assessing and managing risks. The Hartford has invested to build a ‘defense-in-depth’ strategy that uses multiple security measures to protect the integrity of the Company's information assets. This ‘defense-in-depth’ strategy aligns to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Cyber Security Framework and provides preventative, detective and responsive measures that collectively protects the company. Various cyber assurance methods, including security metrics, third party security assessments, external penetration testing, red team exercises, and cyber war game exercises are used to test the effectiveness of the overall cybersecurity control environment.

The Hartford, like many other large financial services companies, blocks attempted cyber intrusions on a daily basis. In the event of a cyber intrusion, the company invokes its Cyber Incident Response Program commensurate with the nature of the intrusion. While the actual methods employed differ based on the event, our approach employs internal teams and outside advisors with specialized skills to support the response and recovery efforts and requires elevation of issues, as necessary, to senior management.

From a governance perspective, senior members of our Enterprise Risk Management, Information Protection and Internal Audit functions provide detailed, regular reports on cybersecurity matters to the Board, including the Finance, Investment, and Risk Management Committee (FIRMCo), which has principal responsibility for oversight of cybersecurity risk, and/or the Audit Committee, which oversees controls for the Company's major risk exposures. The topics covered by these updates include the company's activities, policies and procedures to prevent, detect and respond to cybersecurity incidents, as well as lessons learned from cybersecurity incidents and internal and external testing of our protection measures. FIRMCo meets at each regular Board meeting and is briefed on cyber risks at least annually.

Financial Risk

Financial risks include direct and indirect risks to the Company's financial objectives coming from events that impact market conditions or prices. Some events may cause correlated movement in multiple risk factors. The primary sources of financial risks are the Company's invested assets. Consistent with its risk appetite, the Company establishes financial risk limits to control potential loss on a U.S. GAAP, statutory, and economic basis. Exposures are actively monitored, and mitigated where appropriate. The Company uses various risk management strategies, including reinsurance and over-the-counter ("OTC") and exchange traded derivatives with counterparties meeting the appropriate regulatory and due diligence requirements. Derivatives are utilized to achieve one of four Company-approved objectives: hedging risk arising from interest rate, equity market, commodity market, credit spread and issuer default, price or currency exchange rate risk or volatility; managing liquidity; controlling transaction costs; or entering into synthetic replication transactions. Derivative activities are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s compliance and risk management teams and reviewed by senior management.

85

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The Company identifies different categories of financial risk, including liquidity, credit, interest rate, equity and foreign currency exchange, as described below.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk to current or prospective earnings or capital arising from the Company's inability or perceived inability to meet its contractual funding obligations as they come due.

Sources of Liquidity RiskSources of liquidity risk include funding risk, company-specific liquidity risk and market liquidity risk resulting from differences in the amount and timing of sources and uses of cash as well as company-specific and general market conditions. Stressed market conditions may impact the ability to sell assets or otherwise transact business and may result in a significant loss in value.

ImpactInadequate capital resources and liquidity could negatively affect the Company’s overall financial strength and its ability to generate cash flows from its businesses, borrow funds at competitive rates, and raise new capital to meet operating and growth needs.

Management The Company has defined ongoing monitoring and reporting requirements to assess liquidity across the enterprise under both current and stressed market conditions. The Company measures and manages liquidity risk exposures and funding needs within prescribed limits across legal entities, taking into account legal, regulatory and operational limitations to the transferability of liquidity. The Company also monitors internal and external conditions, and identifies material risk changes and emerging risks that may impact liquidity. The Company's CFO has primary responsibility for liquidity risk.

For further discussion on liquidity see the section on Capital Resources and Liquidity.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk to earnings or capital due to uncertainty of an obligor’s or counterparty’s ability or willingness to meet its obligations in accordance with contractually agreed upon terms. Credit risk is comprised of three major factors: the risk of change in credit quality, or credit migration risk; the risk of default; and the risk of a change in value due to changes in credit spreads.

Sources of Credit RiskThe majority of the Company’s credit risk is concentrated in its investment holdings, but it is also present in the Company’s reinsurance and insurance portfolios.

Impact A decline in creditworthiness is typically associated with an increase in an investment’s credit spread, and potentially result in an increase in other-than-temporary impairments and an increased probability of a realized loss upon sale. Premiums receivable and reinsurance recoverables are also subject to credit risk based on the counterparty’s unwillingness or inability to pay.

Management The objective of the Company’s enterprise credit risk management strategy is to identify, quantify, and manage credit risk on an aggregate portfolio basis and to limit potential losses in accordance with an established credit risk management policy. The Company primarily manages its credit risk by holding a diversified mix of investment grade issuers and counterparties across its investment, reinsurance, and insurance

portfolios. Potential losses are also limited within portfolios by diversifying across geographic regions, asset types, and sectors.

The Company manages credit risk on an on-going basis through the use of various processes and analyses. Both the investment and reinsurance areas have formulated procedures for counterparty approvals and authorizations, which establish minimum levels of creditworthiness and financial stability. Credits considered for investment are subjected to underwriting reviews. Within the investment portfolio, private securities are subject to committee review for approval. Mitigation strategies vary across the three sources of credit risk, but may include:

• Investing in a portfolio of high-quality and diverse securities;

• Selling investments subject to credit risk;

• Hedging through use of credit default swaps;

• Clearing transactions through central clearing houses that require daily variation margin;

• Entering into contracts only with strong creditworthy institutions

• Requiring collateral; and

• Non-renewing policies/contracts or reinsurance treaties.

The Company has developed credit exposure thresholds which are based upon counterparty ratings. Aggregate counterparty credit quality and exposure are monitored on a daily basis utilizing an enterprise-wide credit exposure information system that contains data on issuers, ratings, exposures, and credit limits. Exposures are tracked on a current and potential basis and aggregated by ultimate parent of the counterparty across investments, reinsurance receivables, insurance products with credit risk, and derivatives.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had no investment exposure to any credit concentration risk of a single issuer or counterparty greater than 10% of the Company's stockholders' equity, other than the U.S. government and certain U.S. government securities. For further discussion of concentration of credit risk in the investment portfolio, see the Concentration of Credit Risk section in Note 6 - Investments of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

86

Assets and Liabilities Subject to Credit Risk

InvestmentsEssentially all of the Company's invested assets are subject to credit risk. Credit related impairments on investments were $2 and $21, in 2017 and 2016, respectively. (See the Enterprise Risk Management section of the MD&A under “Other-Than-Temporary Impairments.”)

Reinsurance recoverablesReinsurance recoverables, net of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, were $4,061 and $3,659, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. (See the Enterprise Risk Management section of the MD&A under “Reinsurance as a Risk Management Strategy.”)

Premiums receivable and agents' balancesPremiums receivable and agents’ balances, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, were $3,910 and $3,730, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. (For a discussion regarding collectibility of these balances, see Note 1, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the section labeled “Revenue Recognition.”)

Credit Risk of Derivatives

The Company uses various derivative counterparties in executing its derivative transactions. The use of counterparties creates credit risk that the counterparty may not perform in accordance with the terms of the derivative transaction.

Downgrades to the credit ratings of the Company’s insurance operating companies may have adverse implications for its use of derivatives. In some cases, downgrades may give derivative counterparties for over-the-counter derivatives and clearing brokers for OTC-cleared derivatives the right to cancel and settle outstanding derivative trades or require additional collateral to be posted. In addition, downgrades may result in counterparties and clearing brokers becoming unwilling to engage in or clear additional derivatives or may require collateralization before entering into any new trades.

Managing the Credit Risk of Counterparties to Derivative Instruments

The Company has derivative counterparty exposure policies which limit the Company’s exposure to credit risk. The Company monitors counterparty exposure on a monthly basis to ensure compliance with Company policies and statutory limitations. The Company’s policies with respect to derivative counterparty exposure establishes market-based credit limits, favors long-term financial stability and creditworthiness of the counterparty and typically requires credit enhancement/credit risk reducing agreements, which are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s risk management team and reviewed by senior management.

The Company minimizes the credit risk of derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties primarily rated A or better. The Company also generally requires that OTC derivative contracts be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association ("ISDA") Master Agreement,

which is structured by legal entity and by counterparty and permits right of offset. The Company enters into credit support annexes in conjunction with the ISDA agreements, which require daily collateral settlement based upon agreed upon thresholds.

The Company has developed credit exposure thresholds which are based upon counterparty ratings. Credit exposures are measured using the market value of the derivatives, resulting in amounts owed to the Company by its counterparties or potential payment obligations from the Company to its counterparties. The notional amounts of derivative contracts represent the basis upon which pay or receive amounts are calculated and are not reflective of credit risk. For purposes of daily derivative collateral maintenance, credit exposures are generally quantified based on the prior business day’s market value and collateral is pledged to and held by, or on behalf of, the Company to the extent the current value of the derivatives exceed the contractual thresholds. In accordance with industry standards and the contractual agreements, collateral is typically settled on the same business day. The Company has exposure to credit risk for amounts below the exposure thresholds which are uncollateralized, as well as for market fluctuations that may occur between contractual settlement periods of collateral movements.

For the company’s derivative programs, the maximum uncollateralized threshold for a derivative counterparty for a single legal entity is $10. The Company currently transacts OTC derivatives in three legal entities that have a threshold greater than zero. The maximum combined threshold for a single counterparty across all legal entities that use derivatives and have a threshold greater than zero is $10. In addition, the Company may have exposure to multiple counterparties in a single corporate family due to a common credit support provider. As of December 31, 2017, the maximum combined threshold for all counterparties under a single credit support provider across all legal entities that use derivatives and have a threshold greater than zero was $10. Based on the contractual terms of the collateral agreements, these thresholds may be immediately reduced due to a downgrade in either party’s credit rating. For further discussion, see the Derivative Commitments section of Note 14Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company incurred no losses on derivative instruments due to counterparty default.

Use of Credit Derivatives

The Company may also use credit default swaps to manage credit exposure or to assume credit risk to enhance yield.

Credit Risk Reduced Through Credit Derivatives

The Company uses credit derivatives to purchase credit protection with respect to a single entity or referenced index. The Company purchases credit protection through credit default swaps to economically hedge and manage credit risk of certain fixed maturity investments across multiple sectors of the investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the notional amount related to credit derivatives that purchase credit protection was $61 and $78, respectively, while the fair value was $1 and $(1), respectively. These amounts do not include positions that are in offsetting relationships.

Credit Risk Assumed Through Credit Derivatives

The Company also enters into credit default swaps that assume credit risk as part of replication transactions. Replication

87

transactions are used as an economical means to synthetically replicate the characteristics and performance of assets that are permissible investments under the Company’s investment policies. These swaps reference investment grade single corporate issuers and indexes. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the notional amount related to credit derivatives that assume credit risk was $823 and $851, respectively, while the fair value was $3 and $6, respectively. These amounts do not include positions that are in offsetting relationships.

For further information on credit derivatives, see Note 7Derivatives of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk of financial loss due to adverse changes in the value of assets and liabilities arising from movements in interest rates. Interest rate risk encompasses exposures with respect to changes in the level of interest rates, the shape of the term structure of rates and the volatility of interest rates. Interest rate risk does not include exposure to changes in credit spreads.

Sources of Interest Rate RiskThe Company has exposure to interest rates arising from its fixed maturity securities and discount rate assumptions associated with the Company’s pension and other post retirement benefit obligations. In addition, certain product liabilities expose the Company to interest rate risk, in particular short and long-term disability claim reserves.

ImpactChanges in interest rates from current levels can have both favorable and unfavorable effects for the Company.

Change in Interest Rates	Favorable Effects	Unfavorable Effects
ñ	Additional net investment income due to reinvesting at higher yields	Decrease in the fair value of the fixed income investment portfolio
		Potential impact on Company's tax planning strategies and, in particular, its ability to utilize tax benefits of previously recognized realized capital losses
		Higher interest expense on variable rate debt obligations
ò	Increase in the fair value of the fixed income investment portfolio	Lower net investment income due to reinvesting at lower investment yields
	Lower interest expense on variable rate debt obligations	Acceleration in paydowns and prepayments or calls of certain mortgage-backed and municipal securities
	Potential increase in Mutual Funds fee income

Management The Company primarily manages its exposure to interest rate risk by constructing investment portfolios that seek to protect the firm from the economic impact associated with changes in interest rates by setting portfolio duration targets that are aligned with the duration of the liabilities that they support. The Company analyzes interest rate risk using various models including parametric models and cash flow simulation under various market scenarios of the liabilities and their supporting investment portfolios. Key metrics that the Company uses to quantify its exposure to interest rate risk inherent in its invested assets and the associated liabilities include duration, convexity and key rate duration.

The Company may also utilize a variety of derivative instruments to mitigate interest rate risk associated with its investment portfolio or to hedge liabilities. Interest rate caps, floors, swaps, swaptions, and futures may be used to manage portfolio duration. Interest rate swaps are primarily used to convert interest receipts or payments to a fixed or variable rate. The use of such swaps enables the Company to customize contract terms and conditions to desired objectives and manage the duration profile within established tolerances. Interest rate swaps are also used to hedge the variability in the cash flows of a forecasted purchase or sale of fixed rate securities due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, notional amounts pertaining toderivatives utilized to manage interest rate risk, including offsetting positions, totaled $10.2 billion and $10.6 billion, respectively related to investments. The fair value of these derivatives was $(83) and $(565) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Assets and Liabilities Subject to Interest Rate Risk

Fixed income investmentsThe fair value of fixed income investments, which include fixed maturities, commercial mortgage loans, and short-term investments, was $42.5 billion and $37.2 billion at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The weighted average duration of the portfolio, including derivative instruments, was approximately 5.2 years and 5.0 years as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Group life and disability product liabilities The cash outflows associated with contracts issued by the Company's Group Benefits segment, primarily group life and short and long-term disability policy liabilities, are not interest rate sensitive but vary based on timing. Though the aggregate cash flow payment streams are relatively predictable, these products may rely upon actuarial pricing assumptions (including mortality and morbidity) and have an element of cash flow uncertainty. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $8,512 and $5,772, respectively of reserves for group life and disability contracts with the increase since December 31, 2016 largely due to the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business.

88

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Pension and other post-retirement benefit obligationsThe Company’s pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations are exposed to interest rate risk based upon the sensitivity of present value obligations to changes in liability discount rates. The discount rate assumption is based upon an interest rate yield curve that reflects high-quality fixed income investments consistent with the maturity profile of the expected liability cash flows. The Company is exposed to the risk of having to make additional plan contributions if the plans’ investment returns are lower than expected. (For further discussion of discounting pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, refer to Note 18 - Employee Benefit Plans of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.) As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $926 and $1,106, respectively, of unfunded liabilities for pension and post-retirement benefit obligations recorded within Other Liabilities in the accompanying Balance Sheets.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Invested Assets Supporting Group Life and Disability Reserves

Included in the following table is the before-tax change in the net economic value of contracts issued by the Company’s Group Benefits segment, primarily group life and disability, for which fixed valuation discount rate assumptions are established based upon investment returns assumed in pricing, along with the corresponding invested assets. Also included in this analysis are the interest rate sensitive derivatives used by the Company to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk in the investment portfolios supporting these contracts. This analysis does not include the assets and corresponding liabilities of other insurance products such as automobile, property, workers' compensation and general liability insurance. Certain financial instruments, such as limited partnerships and other alternative investments, have been omitted from the analysis as the interest rate sensitivity of these investments is generally lower and less predictable than fixed income investments. The calculation of the estimated hypothetical change in net economic value below assumes a 100 basis point upward and downward parallel shift in the yield curve.

Interest Rate Sensitivity of Group Benefits Short and Long-term Disability Reserves and Invested Assets Supporting Them

	Change in Net Economic Value as of December 31,
	2017					2016
Basis point shift	-100		+100			-100		+100
Increase (decrease) in economic value, before tax	$	51	$	(75	)	$	34	$	(45	)

The carrying value of assets supporting the liabilities related to the businesses included in the table above was $10.1 billion and $6.6 billion, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and included fixed maturities, commercial mortgage loans and short-term investments. The assets supporting the liabilities are monitored and managed within set duration guidelines and are evaluated on a daily basis, as well as annually, using scenario

simulation techniques in compliance with regulatory requirements.

Invested Assets not Supporting Group Life and Disability Reserves

The following table provides an analysis showing the estimated before-tax change in the fair value of the Company’s investments and related derivatives, excluding assets supporting group life and disability reserves which are included in the table above, assuming 100 basis point upward and downward parallel shifts in the yield curve as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. Certain financial instruments, such as limited partnerships and other alternative investments, have been omitted from the analysis as the interest rate sensitivity of these investments is generally lower and less predictable than fixed income investments.

Interest Rate Sensitivity of Invested Assets Not Supporting Group Benefits Short and Long-term Disability Reserves

	Change in Fair Value as of December 31,
	2017					2016
Basis point shift	-100		+100			-100		+100
Increase (decrease) in fair value, before tax	$	1,819	$	(1,710	)	$	1,775	$	(1,661	)

The carrying value of fixed maturities, commercial mortgage loans and short-term investments related to the businesses included in the table above was $32.4 billion and $30.6 billion, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The selection of the 100 basis point parallel shift in the yield curve was made only as an illustration of the potential hypothetical impact of such an event and should not be construed as a prediction of future market events. Actual results could differ materially from those illustrated above due to the nature of the estimates and assumptions used in the above analysis. The Company’s sensitivity analysis calculation assumes that the composition of invested assets and liabilities remain materially consistent throughout the year and that the current relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates will remain constant over time. As a result, these calculations may not fully capture the impact of portfolio re-allocations, significant product sales or non-parallel changes in interest rates.

Equity Risk

Equity risk is the risk of financial loss due to changes in the value of global equities or equity indices.

Sources of Equity Risk The Company has exposure to equity risk from invested assets, mutual fund assets under management, and assets that support the Company’s pension and other post retirement benefit plans.

ImpactDeclines in equity markets may result in losses due to sales or impairments that are recognized as realized losses in earnings or in reductions in market value that are recognized as unrealized losses in accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI"). Beginning in 2018, changes in the market value of equity securities will be recorded within our reported earnings. Declines in equity markets may also decrease the value of limited partnerships and other alternative investments or result in losses

89

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

on derivatives, including on embedded product derivatives, thereby negatively impacting our reported earnings.

The Company’s mutual funds are significantly influenced by the U.S. and other equity markets. Generally, declines in equity markets will reduce the value of assets under management and the amount of fee income generated from those assets.

Increases in equity markets will generally have the inverse impact.

Management The Company uses various approaches in managing its equity exposure, including limits on the proportion of assets invested in equities, diversification of the equity portfolio, and hedging of changes in equity indexes.

Assets and Liabilities Subject to Equity Risk

The investment portfoliois exposed to losses from market declines affecting equity securities, alternative assets, and limited partnerships.Assets under management in Mutual Funds may experience lower earnings during equity market declines because fee income is earned based upon the value of assets under management.

Assets supporting pension and other post-retirement benefit plansThe Company may be required to make additional plan contributions if equity investments in the plan portfolios decline in value. The asset allocation mix is reviewed on a periodic basis. In order to minimize the risk, the pension plans maintain a listing of permissible and prohibited investments and impose concentration limits and investment quality requirements on permissible investment options. For further discussion of equity risk associated with the pension plans, see Note 18Employee Benefit Plans of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Foreign currency exchange risk is the risk of financial loss due to changes in the relative value between currencies.

Sources of currency risk The Company has foreign currency exchange risk in non-U.S. dollar denominated investments, which primarily consist of fixed maturity and equity investments and foreign denominated cash.

ImpactChanges in relative values between currencies can create variability in cash flows and realized or unrealized gains and losses on changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities.

Based on the fair values of the Company’s non-U.S. dollar denominated securities and derivative instruments as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, management estimates that a hypothetical 10% unfavorable change in exchange rates would decrease the fair values by a before-tax total of $10 and $11, respectively, and as of December 31, 2016 excludes the impact of the assets that transferred to held for sale related to the U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries . Actual results could

differ materially due to the nature of the estimates and assumptions used in the analysis.

ManagementThe open foreign currency exposure of non-U.S. dollar denominated investments will most commonly be reduced through the sale of the assets or through hedges using currency futures/forwards/swaps. In order to manage the currency risk related to any non-U.S. dollar denominated liability contracts, the Company enters into foreign currency swaps or holds non-U.S. dollar denominated investments.

Assets and Liabilities Subject to Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturities, equities, and cashThe fair values of the non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturities , equities and cash, excluding assets held for sale, at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were approximately $298 and $213, respectively. Included in these amounts are $128 and $116 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturities, equities and cash that directly support liabilities denominated in the same currencies. The currency risk of the remaining non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturities and equities are hedged with foreign currency swaps. In addition, the Company holds $55 of euro-denominated cash which is hedged with foreign currency forwards.

Investment in a P&C run-off entity in the United KingdomDuring 2015, the Company entered into certain foreign currency forwards to hedge the currency impacts on changes in equity of a P&C run-off entity in the United Kingdom that was sold during 2017. At December 31, 2016, the derivatives used to hedge the currency impacts had a total notional amount of $200, and a total fair value of $(2), respectively. The Company no longer held these hedges as of December 31, 2017.

Financial Risk on Statutory Capital

Statutory surplus amounts and risk-based capital (“RBC”) ratios may increase or decrease in any period depending upon a variety of factors and may be compounded in extreme scenarios or if multiple factors occur at the same time. In general, as equity market levels and interest rates decline, the amount and volatility of both our actual or potential obligation, as well as the related statutory surplus and capital margin can be materially negatively affected, sometimes at a greater than linear rate. At times the impact of changes in certain market factors or a combination of multiple factors on RBC ratios can be counterintuitive. Factors include:

• A decrease in the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in our investment portfolio, due in part to credit spreads widening, may result in a decrease in statutory surplus and RBC ratios.

90

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

• Decreases in the value of certain derivative instruments that do not get hedge accounting, may reduce statutory surplus and RBC ratios.

• Non-market factors, which can also impact the amount and volatility of both our actual potential obligation, as well as the related statutory surplus and capital margin.

Most of these factors are outside of the Company’s control. The Company’s financial strength and credit ratings are significantly influenced by the statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios of our insurance company subsidiaries. In addition, rating agencies may implement changes to their internal models that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of statutory capital we must hold in order to maintain our current ratings.

Investment Portfolio Risk

The following table presents the Company’s fixed maturities, AFS, by credit quality. The credit ratings referenced throughout this section are based on availability and are generally the midpoint of the available ratings among Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Morningstar. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used.

Fixed Maturities by Credit Quality

	December 31, 2017						December 31, 2016
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Percent of Total Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Percent of Total Fair Value
United States Government/Government agencies	$	4,492	$	4,536	12.3	%	$	4,349	$	4,351	13.5	%
AAA	5,864		6,072		16.4	%	5,137		5,319		16.5	%
AA	7,467		7,810		21.1	%	6,337		6,621		20.6	%
A	8,510		8,919		24.1	%	6,880		7,138		22.2	%
BBB	7,632		7,931		21.5	%	6,748		6,881		21.4	%
BB & below	1,647		1,696		4.6	%	1,845		1,872		5.8	%
Total fixed maturities, AFS	$	35,612	$	36,964	100	%	$	31,296	$	32,182	100	%

The fair value of securities increased, as compared to December 31, 2016, primarily due the transfer in of fixed maturities, AFS related to the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business as well as an increase in valuations due to

tighter credit spreads. Fixed maturities, FVO, are not included in the preceding table. For further discussion on FVO securities, see Note 5 - Fair Value Measurements of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

91

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Securities by Type

	December 31, 2017											December 31, 2016
	Cost or Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Percent of Total Fair Value		Cost or Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Percent of Total Fair Value
Asset-backed securities ("ABS")
Consumer loans	$	925	$	7	$	(2	)	$	930	2.5	%	$	1,229	$	6	$	(4	)	$	1,231	3.8	%
Other	194		2		—			196		0.5	%	156		2		—			158		0.5	%
Collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs")
CLOs	1,257		3		—			1,260		3.4	%	855		5		(2		)	858		2.7	%
Other	—		—		—			—		—	%	105		13		—			118		0.4	%
CMBS
Agency [1]	1,199		16		(14		)	1,201		3.2	%	855		16		(12		)	859		2.7	%
Bonds	1,726		32		(9		)	1,749		4.7	%	1,439		30		(14		)	1,455		4.5	%
Interest only (“IOs”)	379		10		(3		)	386		1.0	%	478		6		(8		)	476		1.5	%
Corporate
Basic industry	523		28		(1		)	550		1.5	%	420		15		(3		)	432		1.3	%
Capital goods	1,050		44		(4		)	1,090		2.9	%	676		31		(9		)	698		2.2	%
Consumer cyclical	857		33		(2		)	888		2.4	%	766		24		(7		)	783		2.4	%
Consumer non-cyclical	1,643		46		(7		)	1,682		4.6	%	1,637		47		(27		)	1,657		5.1	%
Energy	1,056		43		(3		)	1,096		3.0	%	762		32		(8		)	786		2.4	%
Financial services	2,722		77		(10		)	2,789		7.5	%	2,032		62		(17		)	2,077		6.5	%
Tech./comm.	1,618		87		(9		)	1,696		4.6	%	1,522		80		(12		)	1,590		4.9	%
Transportation	555		18		—			573		1.6	%	372		12		(3		)	381		1.2	%
Utilities	2,097		110		(19		)	2,188		5.9	%	2,359		93		(40		)	2,412		7.5	%
Other	249		4		(1		)	252		0.7	%	157		3		(3		)	157		0.5	%
Foreign govt./govt. agencies	1,071		43		(4		)	1,110		3.0	%	827		15		(16		)	826		2.6	%
Municipal bonds
Taxable	537		30		(5		)	562		1.5	%	399		19		(14		)	404		1.3	%
Tax-exempt	11,206		724		(7		)	11,923		32.3	%	9,328		616		(51		)	9,893		30.7	%
RMBS
Agency	1,530		10		(4		)	1,536		4.2	%	1,565		17		(17		)	1,565		4.9	%
Non-agency	227		3		—			230		0.6	%	109		3		-			112		0.3	%
Alt-A	58		4		—			62		0.2	%	69		-		-			69		0.2	%
Sub-prime	1,170		46		—			1,216		3.3	%	1,252		12		(4		)	1,260		3.9	%
U.S. Treasuries	1,763		46		(10		)	1,799		4.9	%	1,927		29		(31		)	1,925		6.0	%
Fixed maturities, AFS	35,612		1,466		(114		)	36,964		100	%	31,296		1,188		(302		)	32,182		100	%
Equity securities
Financial services	115		19		—			134		13.3	%	134		14		-			148		15.7	%
Other	792		102		(16		)	878		86.7	%	744		70		(17		)	797		84.3	%
Equity securities, AFS	907		121		(16		)	1,012		100	%	878		84		(17		)	945		100	%
Total AFS securities	$	36,519	$	1,587	$	(130	)	$	37,976			$	32,174	$	1,272	$	(319	)	$	33,127
Fixed maturities, FVO								$	41										$	211

[1] Includes securities with pools of loans issued by the Small Business Administration which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

The fair value of AFS securities increased, as compared with December 31, 2016, primarily due to the transfer in of fixed maturities, AFS related to the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business as well as an increase in valuations due to tighter credit spreads.

European Exposure

The European economy performed better than expected in 2017, propelled by resilient private consumption, stronger growth around the world and lower unemployment. While some

92

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

economic conditions have improved, sluggish wage growth points towards continued accommodative monetary policy throughout Europe in 2018. The Company manages the credit risk associated with the European securities within the investment portfolio on an on-going basis using several processes which are supported by macroeconomic analysis and issuer credit analysis. For additional details regarding the Company’s management of credit risk, see the Credit Risk section of this MD&A.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company’s European investment exposure had an amortized cost and fair value of $1.9 billion and $2 billion, respectively, or 4% of total invested assets; as of December 31, 2016, amortized cost and fair value totaled $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. The investment exposure largely relates to corporate entities which are domiciled in or generate a significant portion of their revenue within the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Germany and Switzerland. As of both December 31, 2017 and 2016, the weighted average credit

quality of European investments was A-. Entities domiciled in the United Kingdom comprise the Company's largest exposure; as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the U.K. exposure totals less than 2% of total invested assets and largely relates to industrial and financial services corporate securities and has an average credit rating of BBB+. The majority of the European investments are U.S. dollar-denominated, and those securities that are British pound or euro-denominated are hedged to U.S. dollars. For a discussion of foreign currency risks, see the Foreign Currency Exchange Risk section of this MD&A.

Financial Services

The Company’s investment in the financial services sector is predominantly through investment grade banking and insurance institutions. The following table presents the Company’s fixed maturities and equity, AFS securities in the financial services sector that are included in the preceding Securities by Type table.

Financial Services by Credit Quality

	December 31, 2017						December 31, 2016
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Net Unrealized Gain/(Loss)		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Net Unrealized Gain/(Loss)
AAA	$	25	$	26	$	1	$	8	$	10	$	2
AA	147		150		3		264		267		3
A	1,525		1,575		50		859		892		33
BBB	1,061		1,089		28		885		906		21
BB & below	79		83		4		150		150		—
Total [1]	$	2,837	$	2,923	$	86	$	2,166	$	2,225	$	59

[1] Includes equity, AFS securities with an amortized cost and fair value of $115 and $134, respectively as of December 31, 2017 and an amortized cost and fair value of $134 and $148, respectively, as of December 31, 2016 included in the AFS by type table above.

The Company's investments in the financial services sector increased, as compared to December 31, 2016, due to purchases of corporate securities and the transfer in of fixed maturities, AFS related to the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business.

Commercial Real Estate

Through December 31, 2017, commercial real estate market conditions, including property prices, occupancies, financial conditions, transaction volume, and delinquencies, remained mostly favorable and delinquencies remained very low. In

addition, the availability of credit has has been adequate to refinance loans that have come due.

The following table presents the Company’s exposure to CMBS bonds by current credit quality and vintage year included in the preceding Securities by Type table. Credit protection represents the current weighted average percentage of the outstanding capital structure subordinated to the Company’s investment holding that is available to absorb losses before the security incurs the first dollar loss of principal and excludes any equity interest or property value in excess of outstanding debt.

93

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Exposure to CMBS Bonds as of December 31, 2017

	AAA				AA				A				BBB				BB and Below				Total
Vintage Year [1]	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
2008 & Prior	32		32		5		6		—		—		—		—		9		9		46		47
2009	—		—		2		2		—		—		—		—		—		—		2		2
2010	18		19		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		18		19
2011	40		42		—		—		2		2		—		—		—		—		42		44
2012	17		18		9		9		—		—		5		5		—		—		31		32
2013	—		—		11		11		36		38		—		—		—		—		47		49
2014	284		292		36		37		43		43		4		4		5		5		372		381
2015	206		207		111		112		155		159		25		25		3		3		500		506
2016	201		200		107		107		78		81		9		9		—		—		395		397
2017	131		131		142		141		—		—		—		—		—		—		273		272
Total	$	929	$	941	$	423	$	425	$	314	$	323	$	43	$	43	$	17	$	17	$	1,726	$	1,749
Credit  protection	30.8%				21.4%				14.1%				11.3%				41.0%				25.1%

Exposure to CMBS Bonds as of December 31, 2016

	AAA				AA				A				BBB				BB and Below				Total
Vintage Year [1]	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
2008 & Prior	122		126		42		42		49		49		9		9		20		21		242		247
2009	3		2		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		3		2
2010	18		19		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		18		19
2011	41		44		—		—		8		8		2		2		—		—		51		54
2012	18		19		6		6		12		12		6		5		—		—		42		42
2013	—		1		11		12		41		42		—		—		—		—		52		55
2014	285		292		41		42		42		39		1		1		—		—		369		374
2015	96		97		111		111		157		156		57		57		—		—		421		421
2016	38		38		109		108		75		76		19		19		—		—		241		241
Total	$	621	$	638	$	320	$	321	$	384	$	382	$	94	$	93	$	20	$	21	$	1,439	$	1,455
Credit  protection	33.3%				23.5%				17.2%				18.1%				33.4%				25.8%

[1] The vintage year represents the year the pool of loans was originated.

The Company also has exposure to commercial mortgage loans as presented in the following table. These loans are collateralized by a variety of commercial properties and are diversified both geographically throughout the United States and by property type. These loans are primarily in the form of whole loans, where the Company is the sole lender, but may include participations.

Loan participations are loans where the Company has purchased or retained a portion of an outstanding loan or package of loans and participates on a pro-rata basis in collecting interest and principal pursuant to the terms of the participation agreement.

Commercial Mortgage Loans

	December 31, 2017							December 31, 2016
	Amortized Cost [1]		Valuation Allowance			Carrying Value		Amortized Cost [1]		Valuation Allowance		Carrying Value
Whole loans	$	3,176	$	(1	)	$	3,175	$	2,886	$	—	$	2,886
Total	$	3,176	$	(1	)	$	3,175	$	2,886	$	—	$	2,886

[1] Amortized cost represents carrying value prior to valuation allowances, if any.

94

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

During 2017, the Company funded $510 of commercial whole loans with a weighted average loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 63% and a weighted average yield of 4.0%. The Company continues to originate commercial whole loans within primary markets, such as office, industrial and multi-family, focusing on loans with strong LTV ratios and high quality property collateral. There were no mortgage loans held for sale as of December 31, 2017 or December 31, 2016.

Municipal Bonds

The following table presents the Company’s exposure to municipal bonds by type and weighted average credit quality included in the preceding Securities by Type table.

Available For Sale Investments in Municipal Bonds

	December 31, 2017					December 31, 2016
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Weighted Average Credit Quality	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Weighted Average Credit Quality
General Obligation	$	1,976	$	2,087	AA	$	1,608	$	1,685	AA
Pre-refunded [1]	1,960		2,067		AAA	1,580		1,683		AA+
Revenue
Transportation	1,638		1,790		A+	1,371		1,485		A+
Health Care	1,278		1,359		AA-	1,179		1,246		AA-
Water & Sewer	1,069		1,131		AA	978		1,025		AA
Education	1,079		1,130		AA	852		874		AA
Sales Tax	537		590		AA	510		555		AA
Leasing [2]	809		858		AA-	588		628		AA-
Power	442		478		AA-	421		451		A+
Housing	79		82		AA-	83		84		A+
Other	876		913		AA-	557		581		AA
Total Revenue	7,807		8,331		AA-	6,539		6,929		AA-
Total Municipal	$	11,743	$	12,485	AA	$	9,727	$	10,297	AA

[1] Pre-Refunded bonds are bonds for which an irrevocable trust containing sufficient U.S. treasury, agency, or other securities has been established to fund the remaining payments of principal and interest.

[2] Leasing revenue bonds are generally the obligations of a financing authority established by the municipality that leases facilities back to a municipality. The notes are typically secured by lease payments made by the municipality that is leasing the facilities financed by the issue. Lease payments may be subject to annual appropriation by the municipality or the municipality may be obligated to appropriate general tax revenues to make lease payments.

As of December 31, 2017, the largest issuer concentrations were the New York Dormitory Authority, the New York City Transitional Finance Authority, and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, which each comprised less than 3% of the municipal bond portfolio and were primarily comprised of general obligation and revenue bonds. As of December 31, 2016, the largest issuer concentrations were the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the New York Dormitory Authority, the State of California, which each comprised less than 3% of the municipal bond portfolio and were primarily comprised of general obligation and revenue bonds. In total, municipal bonds make up 28% of the fair value of the Company's investment portfolio . The Company has evaluated its portfolio allocation to municipal bonds with respect to the changes in corporate income tax rates beginning in 2018, and does not expect to make significant allocation changes at this time. Tax-exempt municipal debt remains a high quality asset class with very low expected defaults and is a source of portfolio diversification. The Company will continue to actively assess the impacts of the income tax rate

changes on the municipal market and may make portfolio changes over time based upon our view of the value of the sector. If we feel that value deteriorates relative to other high quality sectors, we may allow the portfolio to reduce over time as principal is repaid.

Limited Partnerships and Other Alternative Investments

The following table presents the Company’s investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments which include hedge funds, real estate funds, and private equity funds. Real estate funds consist of investments primarily in real estate joint ventures and equity funds, including some funds with public market exposure. Private equity funds primarily consist of investments in funds whose assets typically consist of a diversified pool of investments in small to mid-sized non-public businesses with high growth potential as well as limited exposure to public markets.

95

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Limited Partnerships and Other Alternative Investments - Net Investment Income

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017				2016					2015
	Amount		Yield		Amount			Yield		Amount			Yield
Hedge funds	$	3	23.6	%	$	(4	)	(5.5	)%	$	(10	)	(2.6	)%
Real estate funds	43		9.1	%	32			7.2	%	40			11.4	%
Private equity funds	122		20.7	%	105			17.6	%	99			17.7	%
Other alternative investments	6		1.6	%	(5		)	(1.3	)%	1			0.3	%
Total	$	174	12.0	%	$	128		8.6	%	$	130		8.0	%

Investments in Limited Partnerships and Other Alternative Investments

	December 31, 2017				December 31, 2016
	Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent
Hedge funds	$	22	1.4	%	$	14	0.9	%
Real estate funds	486		30.6	%	488		32.0	%
Private equity and other funds	693		43.6	%	644		42.1	%
Other alternative investments [1]	387		24.4	%	381		25.0	%
Total	$	1,588	100	%	$	1,527	100	%

[1] Consists of an insurer-owned life insurance policy which is invested in hedge funds and other investments. This amount was previously included in hedge funds.

Available-for-sale Securities — Unrealized Loss Aging

The total gross unrealized losses were $130 as of December 31, 2017, and have improved$189, or 59%, from December 31, 2016, due to tighter credit spreads. As of December 31, 2017, (117) of the gross unrealized losses were associated with securities depressed less than 20% of cost or amortized cost. The remaining (13) of gross unrealized losses were associated with securities depressed greater than 20%. The securities depressed more than 20% are primarily equity securities depressed due to issuer specific deterioration, as well as securities with exposure to commercial real estate which are depressed primarily due to higher rates since the securities were purchased.

As part of the Company’s ongoing security monitoring process, the Company has reviewed its AFS securities in an unrealized loss position and concluded that these securities are temporarily depressed and are expected to recover in value as the securities approach maturity or as market spreads tighten. For these securities in an unrealized loss position where a credit impairment has not been recorded, the Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows are sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis of the security. Furthermore, the Company neither has an intention to sell nor does it expect to be required to sell these securities. For further information regarding the Company’s impairment analysis, see Other-Than-Temporary Impairments in the Investment Portfolio Risks and Risk Management section of this MD&A.

Unrealized Loss Aging for AFS Securities

	December 31, 2017								December 31, 2016
Consecutive Months	Items	Cost or Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Items	Cost or Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss
Three months or less	1,286	$	4,315	$	4,289	$	(26	)	977	$	6,940	$	6,773	$	(167	)
Greater than three to six months	342	1,694		1,673		(21		)	819	1,269		1,196		(73		)
Greater than six to nine months	157	601		594		(7		)	89	294		278		(16		)
Greater than nine to eleven months	89	188		183		(5		)	106	282		276		(6		)
Twelve months or more	652	2,040		1,969		(71		)	299	1,340		1,283		(57		)
Total	2,526	$	8,838	$	8,708	$	(130	)	2,290	$	10,125	$	9,806	$	(319	)

96

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Unrealized Loss Aging for AFS Securities Continuously Depressed Over 20%

	December 31, 2017								December 31, 2016
Consecutive Months	Items	Cost or Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Items	Cost or Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss
Three months or less	30	$	14	$	10	$	(4	)	44	$	22	$	16	$	(6	)
Greater than three to six months	12	10		7		(3		)	25	12		8		(4		)
Greater than six to nine months	—	—		—		—			11	10		7		(3		)
Greater than nine to eleven months	—	—		—		—			6	1		—		(1		)
Twelve months or more	47	13		7		(6		)	30	12		7		(5		)
Total	89	$	37	$	24	$	(13	)	116	$	57	$	38	$	(19	)

Other-than-temporary Impairments Recognized in Earnings by Security Type

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Credit Impairments
CMBS	2		1		2
Corporate	—		20		4
Equity Impairments	6		4		2
Intent-to-Sell Impairments
Corporate	—		1		25
Foreign Government	—		—		5
US Treasuries	—		1		—
Other Impairments	—		—		3
Total	$	8	$	27	$	41

Year ended December 31, 2017

For the year ended December 31, 2017, impairments recognized in earnings were comprised of credit impairments of $2 and impairments on equity securities of $6. There were no securities that the Company intends to sell ("intent-to-sell impairments").

For the year ended December 31, 2017, credit impairments were primarily related to CMBS interest-only securities that are not expected to generate enough cash flow for the Company to recover the investment. The Company incorporates its best estimate of future performance using internal assumptions and judgments that are informed by economic and industry specific trends, as well as our expectations with respect to security specific developments. Impairments on equity securities were comprised of securities in an unrealized loss position that the Company does not expect to recover.

Non-credit impairments recognized in other comprehensive income were $7 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Future impairments may develop as the result of changes in intent-to-sell specific securities or if actual results underperform current modeling assumptions, which may be the result of, but are not limited to, macroeconomic factors and security-specific performance below current expectations.

Year ended December 31, 2016

For the year ended December 31, 2016, impairments recognized in earnings were comprised of credit impairments of $21 primarily related to corporate securities due to changes in the financial condition of the issuer, impairments on equity securities of $4, and intent-to-sell impairments of $2.

Year endedDecember 31, 2015

For the year ended December 31, 2015, impairments recognized in earnings were comprised of intent-to-sell impairments of $30 and credit impairments of $6, both of which were primarily concentrated in corporate securities. Also, impairments recognized in earnings included impairments on equity securities of $2 that were in an unrealized loss position and the Company no longer believed the securities would recover in the foreseeable future, as well as $3 of other impairments.

CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

The following section discusses the overall financial strength of The Hartford and its insurance operations including their ability to generate cash flows from each of their business segments, borrow funds at competitive rates and raise new capital to meet operating and growth needs over the next twelve months.

SUMMARY OF CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

Capital available at the holding company as of December 31, 2017:

• $1.1 billion in fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash at HFSG Holding Company

• Borrowings available under a commercial paper program to a maximum of $1 billion. As of December 31, 2017, there was no commercial paper outstanding

97

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

• A senior unsecured five-year revolving credit facility that provides for borrowing capacity up to $1 billion of unsecured credit through October 31, 2019. No borrowings were outstanding as of December 31, 2017

Expected liquidity requirements for the next twelve months as of December 31, 2017:

• $320 maturing debt payment due in March of 2018

• $500 junior subordinated debt expected to be called in June of 2018

• $295 interest on debt, of which $7 is related to debt included in liabilities held for sale

• $362 common stockholders dividends, subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors

Equity repurchase program:

• Authorization for equity repurchases of up to $1.3 billion for the period October 31, 2016 through December 31, 2017. Under the program, the Company repurchased 20.2 million shares in 2017 for $1,028.

• Effective October 13, 2017, the Company suspended 2017 equity repurchases. The Company does not currently expect to authorize an equity repurchase plan in 2018.

2018 subsidiary dividend capacity:

• The Company has dividend capacity of $1.4 billion from its property and casualty subsidiaries with $350 net dividends expected in 2018.

• Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company ("HLA") has no dividend capacity for 2018 and does not anticipate paying dividends to the HFSG Holding Company.

• In connection with the announced sale of Hartford Life, Inc. (“HLI”), a holding Company, and its life and annuity operating subsidiaries, Hartford Life Insurance Company ("HLIC") expects to pay a pre-closing dividend to the Company of up to $300, subject to approval by the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner. Other intercompany transactions with HLI will be net settled prior to closing.

Liquidity Requirements and Sources of Capital

The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (Holding Company)

The liquidity requirements of the holding company of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (“HFSG Holding Company”) have been and will continue to be met by HFSG Holding Company’s fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash, and dividends from its subsidiaries, principally its insurance

operations, as well as the issuance of common stock, debt or other capital securities and borrowings from its credit facilities, as needed.

As of December 31, 2017, HFSG Holding Company held fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash of $1.1 billion. Expected liquidity requirements of the HFSG Holding Company for the next twelve months include payments of 6.3% Notes, due 2018 of $320 at maturity, $500 junior subordinated notes expected to be called in June 2018, interest payments on debt of approximately $295 and common stockholder dividends, subject to discretion of the Board of Directors, of approximately $362.

The Hartford has an intercompany liquidity agreement that allows for short-term advances of funds among the HFSG Holding Company and certain affiliates of up to $2.0 billion for liquidity and other general corporate purposes. The Connecticut Insurance Department ("CTDOI") granted approval for certain affiliated insurance companies that are parties to the agreement to treat receivables from a parent, including the HFSG Holding Company, as admitted assets for statutory accounting purposes. As of December 31, 2017, there were no amounts outstanding from the HFSG Holding Company.

Debt

On March 15, 2017, the Company repaid its $416, 5.375% senior notes at maturity.

On February 15, 2017, pursuant to the put option agreement with the Glen Meadow ABC Trust, the Company issued $500 junior subordinated notes with a scheduled maturity of February 12, 2047, and a final maturity of February 12, 2067. The junior subordinated notes bear interest at an annual rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.125%, payable quarterly. The Hartford will have the right, on one or more occasions, to defer interest payments due on the junior subordinated notes under specified circumstances. The Company expects to use the proceeds to fund the call of $500 in 8.125% junior subordinated debentures that are due 2068 and that are first callable in June 2018. As such, the proceeds of the $500 of junior subordinated notes issued under the contingent capital facility will be held at the holding company until June of 2018, resulting in an increase in debt to capital ratios during that time.

For further information regarding debt, see Note 13 - Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Intercompany Liquidity Agreements

On January 5, 2017, Hartford Fire Insurance Company, a subsidiary of the Company, issued a Revolving Note (the "Note") in the principal amount of $230 to Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, under the intercompany liquidity agreement. The note was issued to fund the liquidity needs associated with the $650 ceded premium paid in January 2017 for the adverse development cover with NICO. The Note was repaid on March 29, 2017. The Company has $2.0 billion available under the intercompany liquidity agreement as of December 31, 2017.

Equity

During the year endedDecember 31, 2017, the Company repurchased 20.2 million common shares for $1,028. Effective October 13, 2017, the Company suspended 2017 equity repurchases. The Company does not currently expect to authorize an equity repurchase plan in 2018.

98

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

For further information about equity repurchases, see Part II - Item 5. Market for the Hartford's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Dividends

On February 22, 2018, The Hartford’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.25 per common share payable on April 2, 2018 to common shareholders of record as of March 5, 2018. There are no current restrictions on the HFSG Holding Company's ability to pay dividends to its shareholders. For a discussion of restrictions on dividends to the HFSG Holding Company from its insurance subsidiaries, see "Dividends from Insurance Subsidiaries" below. For a discussion of potential limitations on the HFSG Holding Company's ability to pay dividends, see Part I, Item 1A, — Risk Factors for the risk factor "Our ability to declare and pay dividends is subject to limitations" .

Pension Plans and Other Postretirement Benefits

While the Company has significant discretion in making voluntary contributions to the U. S. qualified defined benefit pension plan, minimum contributions are mandated in certain circumstances pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006, the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008, the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010, the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act of 2012 (MAP-21) and Internal Revenue Code regulations. The Company made contributions to the U. S. qualified defined benefit pension plan of approximately $280, $300 and $100 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. No contributions were made to the other postretirement plans in 2017, 2016 and 2015. The Company’s 2017, 2016 and 2015 required minimum funding contributions were immaterial. The Company does not have a 2018 required minimum funding contribution for the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan and the funding requirements for all pension plans are expected to be immaterial. The Company has not determined whether, and to what extent, contributions may be made to the U. S. qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2018. The Company will monitor the funded status of the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan during 2018 to make this determination.

Beginning in 2017, the Company began to use a full yield-curve approach in the estimation of the interest cost component of net periodic benefit costs for its qualified and non-qualified pension plans and the postretirement benefit plan. The full yield curve approach applies the specific spot rates along the yield curve that are used in its determination of the projected benefit obligation at the beginning of the year. The change was made to provide a better estimate of the interest cost component of net periodic benefit cost by better aligning projected benefit cash flows with corresponding spot rates on the yield curve rather than using a single weighted average discount rate derived from the yield curve as had been done historically.

This change did not affect the measurement of the Company's total benefit obligations as the change in the interest cost in net income is completely offset in the actuarial (gain) loss reported for the period in other comprehensive income. The change resulted in a reduction of the interest cost component of net periodic benefit cost for 2017 of $32 before tax. The discount

rate used to measure interest cost during 2017 was 3.58% for the period from January 1, 2017 to June 30, 2017 and 3.37% for the period from July 1, 2017 to December 31, 2017 for the qualified pension plan, 3.55% for the non-qualified pension plan, and 3.13% for the postretirement benefit plan. Under the Company's historical estimation approach, the weighted average discount rate for the interest cost component would have been 4.22% for the period from January 1, 2017 to June 30, 2017 and 3.92% for the period from July 1, 2017 to December 31, 2017 for the qualified pension plan, 4.19% for the non-qualified pension plan and 3.97% for the postretirement benefit plan. The Company accounted for this change as a change in estimate, and accordingly, recognized the effect prospectively beginning in 2017.

On June 30, 2017, the Company purchased a group annuity contract to transfer approximately $1.6 billion of the Company’s outstanding pension benefit obligations related to certain U.S. retirees, terminated vested participants, and beneficiaries. As a result of this transaction, in the second quarter of 2017, the Company recognized a pre-tax settlement charge of $750 ($488 after-tax) and a reduction to shareholders' equity of $144.

In connection with this transaction, the Company made a contribution of $280 in September 2017 to the U.S. qualified pension plan in order to maintain the plan’s pre-transaction funded status.

Dividends from Insurance Subsidiaries

Dividends to the HFSG Holding Company from its insurance subsidiaries are restricted by insurance regulation. The payment of dividends by Connecticut-domiciled insurers is limited under the insurance holding company laws of Connecticut. These laws require notice to and approval by the state insurance commissioner for the declaration or payment of any dividend, which, together with other dividends or distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (i) 10% of the insurer’s policyholder surplus as of December 31 of the preceding year or (ii) net income (or net gain from operations, if such company is a life insurance company) for the twelve-month period ending on the thirty-first day of December last preceding, in each case determined under statutory insurance accounting principles. The insurance holding company laws of the other jurisdictions in which The Hartford’s insurance subsidiaries are domiciled or deemed commercially domiciled under applicable state insurance laws contain similar or in certain state(s) more restrictive limitations on the payment of dividends. In addition, if any dividend of a domiciled insurer exceeds the insurer's earned surplus or certain other thresholds as calculated under applicable state insurance law, the dividend requires the prior approval of the domestic regulator. Dividends paid to HFSG Holding Company by its life insurance subsidiaries are further dependent on cash requirements of Hartford Life, Inc. ("HLI"), the holding company of its life and annuity run-off business held for sale, and Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company ("HLA") and other factors. Dividends paid to HFSG from HLI are subject to provisions of the Stock and Asset Purchase agreement related to the sale of HLI and its run-off life and annuity insurance business and provides for expected dividends from HLI of $300 prior to closing of the sale, subject to regulatory approval. In addition to statutory limitations on paying dividends, the Company also takes other items into consideration when determining dividends from subsidiaries. These considerations include, but are not limited to, expected earnings and capitalization of the subsidiary, regulatory

99

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

capital requirements and liquidity requirements of the individual operating company.

Total dividends received by HFSG in 2017 from its P&C insurance subsidiaries were $2.4 billion. In connection with the purchase of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business in the fourth quarter of 2017, the P&C insurance subsidiaries received approval and paid an extraordinary dividend to the HFSG Holding Company of $1.4 billion, of which $800 was funded by approved extraordinary dividends from HLIC. The $800 of extraordinary dividends from HLIC was used to pay down principal on the intercompany note owed by Hartford Holdings, Inc. (HHI) to Hartford Fire Insurance Company. In addition, $100 of Hartford Fire Insurance Company dividends were subsequently contributed to a run-off P&C subsidiary and $63 of P&C insurance subsidiary dividends relate to principal and interest payments on an intercompany note owed by HHI to Hartford Fire Insurance Company. Accordingly, the net dividend to HFSG Holding Company for the 2017 full year from P&C insurance subsidiaries was approximately $1.5 billion.

The $800 of extraordinary dividends from HLIC were funded in part by $550 of extraordinary dividends from HLIC's indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company ("HLAI").

Total net dividends received by HFSG from subsidiaries in 2017 were $3.1 billion, including the $1.5 billion of net dividends from P&C subsidiaries, $1.4 billion from HLIC, $188 from HLA and $75 from Mutual Funds.

2018 Dividend Capacity

• P&C - The Company’s property and casualty insurance subsidiaries are permitted to pay up to a maximum of approximately $1.4 billion in dividends to HFSG Holding Company without prior approval from the applicable insurance commissioner. In 2018, HFSG Holding Company anticipates receiving net dividends of approximately $350 from its property and casualty insurance subsidiaries.

• Group Benefits - Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company ("HLA") has no dividend capacity for 2018 and does not anticipate paying dividends to the HSFG Holding Company.

• Life and annuity run-off business - On December 4, 2017, The Hartford announced it had entered into a definitive agreement to sell its life and annuity run-off businesses to a group of investors led by Cornell Capital LLC, Atlas Merchant Capital LLC, TRB Advisors LP, Global Atlantic Financial Group, Pine Brook and J. Safra Group. Up until the anticipated close of the sale, HLIC does not have any additional dividend capacity. Prior to the expected close in 2018, HSFG Holding company anticipates receiving $300 of dividends from HLIC through HLI, subject to approval by the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner. Other intercompany transactions with HLI will be net settled prior to closing.

Other Sources of Capital for the HFSG Holding Company

The Hartford endeavors to maintain a capital structure that provides financial and operational flexibility to its insurance subsidiaries, ratings that support its competitive position in the financial services marketplace (see the “Ratings” section below

for further discussion), and shareholder returns. As a result, the Company may from time to time raise capital from the issuance of equity, equity-related debt or other capital securities and is continuously evaluating strategic opportunities. The issuance of debt, common equity, equity-related debt or other capital securities could result in the dilution of shareholder interests or reduced net income due to additional interest expense.

Shelf Registrations

The Hartford filed an automatic shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on July 29, 2016 that permits it to offer and sell debt and equity securities during the three-year life of the registration statement.

Contingent Capital Facility

The Hartford was party to a put option agreement that provided The Hartford with the right to require the Glen Meadow ABC Trust, a Delaware statutory trust, at any time and from time to time, to purchase The Hartford’s junior subordinated notes in a maximum aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500. On February 8, 2017, The Hartford exercised the put option resulting in the issuance of $500 in junior subordinated notes with proceeds received on February 15, 2017. Under the Put Option Agreement, The Hartford had been paying the Glen Meadow ABC Trust premiums on a periodic basis, calculated with respect to the aggregate principal amount of notes that The Hartford had the right to put to the Glen Meadow ABC Trust for such period. The Hartford agreed to reimburse the Glen Meadow ABC Trust for certain fees and ordinary expenses. Up until the Company exercised the put option, the Company held a variable interest in the Glen Meadow ABC Trust where the Company was not the primary beneficiary. As a result, the Company did not consolidate the Glen Meadow ABC Trust.

The junior subordinated notes have a scheduled maturity of February 12, 2047, and a final maturity of February 12, 2067. The Company is required to use reasonable efforts to sell certain qualifying replacement securities in order to repay the debentures at the scheduled maturity date. The junior subordinated notes bear interest at an annual rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.125%, payable quarterly, and are unsecured, subordinated indebtedness of The Hartford. The Hartford will have the right, on one or more occasions, to defer interest payments due on the junior subordinated notes under specified circumstances.

Upon receipt of the proceeds, the Company entered into a replacement capital covenant (the "RCC"). Under the terms of the RCC, if the Company redeems the debentures at any time prior to February 12, 2047 (or such earlier date on which the RCC terminates by its terms) it can only do so with the proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying replacement securities. The RCC also prohibits the Company from redeeming all or any portion of the notes on or prior to February 15, 2022.

Commercial Paper and Revolving Credit Facility

Commercial Paper

The Hartford’s maximum borrowings available under its commercial paper program are $1 billion. The Company is dependent upon market conditions to access short-term financing through the issuance of commercial paper to investors. As of December 31, 2017 there was no commercial paper outstanding.

100

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Revolving Credit Facilities

The Company has a senior unsecured five-year revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) that provides for borrowing capacity up to $1 billion of unsecured credit through October 31, 2019 available in U.S. dollars, Euro, Sterling, Canadian dollars and Japanese Yen. As of December 31, 2017, no borrowings were outstanding under the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2017, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants within the Credit Facility.

Derivative Commitments

Certain of the Company’s derivative agreements contain provisions that are tied to the financial strength ratings, as set by nationally recognized statistical agencies, of the individual legal entity that entered into the derivative agreement. If the legal entity’s financial strength were to fall below certain ratings, the counterparties to the derivative agreements could demand immediate and ongoing full collateralization and in certain instances enable the counterparties to terminate the agreements and demand immediate settlement of all outstanding derivative positions traded under each impacted bilateral agreement. The settlement amount is determined by netting the derivative positions transacted under each agreement. If the termination rights were to be exercised by the counterparties, it could impact the legal entity’s ability to conduct hedging activities by increasing the associated costs and decreasing the willingness of counterparties to transact with the legal entity. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position as of December 31, 2017 was $534. For this $534, the legal entities have posted collateral of $609, which is inclusive of initial margin requirements, in the normal course of business. Based on derivative market values as of December 31, 2017, a downgrade of one level below the current financial strength ratings by either Moody’s or S&P would not require additional assets to be posted as collateral. Based on derivative market values as of December 31, 2017, a downgrade of two levels below the current financial strength ratings by either Moody’s or S&P would require an additional $10 of assets to be posted as collateral. These collateral amounts could change as derivative market values change, as a result of changes in our hedging activities or to the extent changes in contractual terms are negotiated. The nature of the collateral that we would post, if required, would be primarily in the form of U.S. Treasury bills, U.S. Treasury notes and government agency securities.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company did not participate in any derivative relationships that would be subject to an immediate termination in the event of a downgrade of one level below the current financial strength ratings. This could change as a result of changes in our hedging activities or to the extent changes in contractual terms are negotiated.

Insurance Operations

While subject to variability period to period, claim frequency and severity patterns continue to be within historical norms and, therefore, the Company’s insurance operations’ current liquidity position is considered to be sufficient to meet anticipated demands over the next twelve months. For a discussion and tabular presentation of the Company’s current contractual obligations by period, refer to Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations within the Capital Resources and Liquidity section of the MD&A.

The principal sources of operating funds are premiums, fees earned from assets under management and investment income, while investing cash flows originate from maturities and sales of invested assets. The primary uses of funds are to pay claims, claim adjustment expenses, commissions and other underwriting and insurance operating costs, taxes, to purchase new investments and to make dividend payments to the HFSG Holding Company.

The Company’s insurance operations consist of property and casualty insurance products (collectively referred to as “Property & Casualty Operations”) and Group Benefits.

Property & Casualty Operations

Property & Casualty Operations holds fixed maturity securities including a significant short-term investment position (securities with maturities of one year or less at the time of purchase) to meet liquidity needs.

Property & Casualty

	As of
	December 31, 2017
Fixed maturities	$	25,601
Short-term investments	1,268
Cash	156
Less: Derivative collateral	86
Total	$	26,939

Liquidity requirements that are unable to be funded by Property & Casualty Operation’s short-term investments would be satisfied with current operating funds, including premiums or proceeds received through the sale of invested assets. A sale of invested assets could result in significant realized capital losses.

Group Benefits Operations

Group Benefits operations’ total unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves of $8.5 billion are supported by $12.1 billion of cash and invested assets, including assets available to meet liquidity needs as shown below.

Group Benefits Operations

	As of
	December 31, 2017
Fixed maturities	$	10,500
Short-term investments	398
Cash	12
Less: Derivative collateral	25
Total	$	10,885

Capital resources available to pay Group Benefits loss and loss adjustment expense reserves will be funded by Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on the financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, or capital resources of the Company, except for unfunded commitments to purchase

101

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments, private placements, and mortgage loans as disclosed in Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Aggregate Contractual Obligations as of December 31, 2017

	Payments due by period
	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Property and casualty obligations [1]	$	24,186	$	5,705	$	5,730	$	2,752	$	9,999
Group life and disability obligations [2]	11,320		1,438		3,679		1,665		4,538
Operating lease obligations [3]	185		45		68		31		41
Long-term debt obligations [4]	9,213		586		1,374		1,187		6,066
Purchase obligations [5]	2,283		1,695		475		71		42
Other liabilities reflected on the balance sheet [6]	1,145		1,143		2		—		—
Total	$	48,332	$	10,612	$	11,328	$	5,706	$	20,686

[1] The following points are significant to understanding the cash flows estimated for obligations (gross of reinsurance) under property and casualty contracts:

• Reserves for Property & Casualty unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses include IBNR and case reserves. While payments due on claim reserves are considered contractual obligations because they relate to insurance policies issued by the Company, the ultimate amount to be paid to settle both case reserves and IBNR is an estimate, subject to significant uncertainty. The actual amount to be paid is not finally determined until the Company reaches a settlement with the claimant. Final claim settlements may vary significantly from the present estimates, particularly since many claims will not be settled until well into the future.

• In estimating the timing of future payments by year, the Company has assumed that its historical payment patterns will continue. However, the actual timing of future payments could vary materially from these estimates due to, among other things, changes in claim reporting and payment patterns and large unanticipated settlements. In particular, there is significant uncertainty over the claim payment patterns of asbestos and environmental claims. In addition, the table does not include future cash flows related to the receipt of premiums that may be used, in part, to fund loss payments.

• Under U.S. GAAP, the Company is only permitted to discount reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses in cases where the payment pattern and ultimate loss costs are fixed and determinable on an individual claim basis. For the Company, these include claim settlements with permanently disabled claimants. As of December 31, 2017, the total property and casualty reserves in the above table are gross of a reserve discount of $410.

[2] Estimated group life and disability obligations are based on assumptions comparable with the Company’s historical experience, modified for recent observed trends. Due to the significance of the assumptions used, the amounts presented could materially differ from actual results. As of December 31, 2017, the total group life and disability obligations in the above table are gross of a reserve discount of $1.5 billion.

[3] Includes future minimum lease payments on operating lease agreements. See Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion on lease commitments.

[4] Includes contractual principal and interest payments. See Note 13 - Debt of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion of long-term debt obligations.

[5] Includes $989 million in commitments to purchase investments including approximately $829 of limited partnership and other alternative investments, $54 of private placements, and $106 of mortgage loans. Outstanding commitments under these limited partnerships and mortgage loans are included in payments due in less than 1 year since the timing of funding these commitments cannot be reliably estimated. The remaining commitments to purchase investments primarily represent payables for securities purchased which are reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Also included in purchase obligations is $701 relating to contractual commitments to purchase various goods and services such as maintenance, human resources, and information technology in the normal course of business. Purchase obligations exclude contracts that are cancelable without penalty or contracts that do not specify minimum levels of goods or services to be purchased.

[6] Includes cash collateral of $11 which the Company has accepted in connection with the Company’s derivative instruments. Since the timing of the return of the collateral is uncertain, the return of the collateral has been included in the payments due in less than 1 year. Also included in other long-term liabilities are net unrecognized tax benefits of $9.

Capitalization

Capital Structure
	December 31, 2017			December 31, 2016			Change
Short-term debt (includes current maturities of long-term debt)	$	320		$	416		(23	)%
Long-term debt	4,678			4,493			4	%
Total debt	4,998			4,909			2	%
Stockholders’ equity excluding accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (“AOCI”)	12,831			17,240			(26	)%
AOCI, net of tax	663			(337		)	(297	)%
Total stockholders’ equity	$	13,494		$	16,903		(20	)%
Total capitalization	$	18,492		$	21,812		(15	)%
Debt to stockholders’ equity	37		%	29		%
Debt to capitalization	27		%	23		%

102

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Total stockholders' equity decreased in 2017 primarily due to the net loss in 2017, share repurchases and common stockholder dividends. Total capitalization decreased $3,320, or 15%, as of December 31, 2017 compared with December 31, 2016 primarily due to the decrease in stockholders' equity.

For additional information regarding AOCI, net of tax, see Note 17 - Changes in and Reclassifications From Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Cash Flow [1]

	2017			2016			2015
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	2,186		$	2,066		$	2,756
Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities	$	(1,442	)	$	949		$	485
Net cash used for financing activities	$	(979	)	$	(2,541	)	$	(3,144	)
Cash — end of year	$	180		$	328		$	143

[1] Cash activities include cash flows from Discontinued Operations; see Note 20 - Business Dispositions and Discontinued Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information on cash flows from Discontinued Operations.

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016

Cash provided by operating activities increased in 2017 as compared to the prior year due, in part, to an increase in fee income received, a decrease in taxes paid and a decrease in Property & Casualty claim payments, largely offset by the $650 ceded premium paid to NICO for the asbestos and environmental adverse development cover entered into in 2016.

Cash used for investing activities in 2017 primarily relates to the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business for $1.4 billion (net of cash acquired), net of $222 of net proceeds from the sale of the Company's P&C U.K. run-off business. Cash provided by investing activities in 2016 primarily related to net proceeds from available-for-sale securities of $2.7 billion, partially offset by net payments for short-term investments of $1.4 billion.

Cash used for financing activities in 2017 consists primarily of net payments for deposits, transfers and withdrawals for investments and universal life products of $991, the repurchase of common shares outstanding and the payment of common stock dividends, offset by an increase in cash from securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase securities and issuance of debt. Cash used for financing activities in 2016 consisted primarily of repurchases of common shares outstanding of $1.3 billion, net payments for deposits, transfers and withdrawals for investments and universal life products of $782 and repayment of debt of $275.

Year endedDecember 31, 2016compared to the year endedDecember 31, 2015

Cash provided by operating activities decreased in 2016 as compared to the prior year period primarily due to an increase in claims paid, including the Company's payment of $315 related to the settlement of PPG asbestos liabilities. In addition, the Company contributed $300 to its U.S. qualified pension plan in 2016 versus a contribution of $100 in 2015.

Cash provided by investing activitiesin 2016 primarily related to net proceeds from available-for-sale securities of $2.7 billion, partially offset by net payments for short-term investments of $1.4 billion. Cash provided by investing activities in 2015 primarily relates to net proceeds from

short-term investments of $3.1 billion, partially offset by net payments for available-for-sale securities of $1.9 billion and additions to property and equipment of $307.

Cash used for financing activities in 2016 consisted primarily of acquisition of treasury stock of $1.3 billion, net payments for deposits, transfers and withdrawals for investments and universal life products of $782 and repayment of debt of $275. Cash used for financing activities in 2015 consists primarily of net payments for deposits, transfers and withdrawals for investments and universal life products of $1.3 billion and acquisition of treasury stock of $1.3 billion and repayment of debt of $773, partially offset by $507 in proceeds from securities sold under repurchase agreements.

Equity Markets

For a discussion of the potential impact of the equity markets on capital and liquidity, see the Financial Risk on Statutory Capital and Liquidity Risk section in this MD&A.

Ratings

Ratings are an important factor in establishing a competitive position in the insurance marketplace and impact the Company's ability to access financing and its cost of borrowing. There can be no assurance that the Company’s ratings will continue for any given period of time, or that they will not be changed. In the event the Company’s ratings are downgraded, the Company’s competitive position, ability to access financing, and its cost of borrowing, may be adversely impacted.

The following ratings actions were announced in connection with the definitive agreement to acquire Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business:

On October 23, 2017, Moody's Investor Service affirmed the A2 insurance financial strength rating of HLA and downgraded the insurance financial strength rating of HLIC and HLAI to Baa3 from Baa2. The ratings outlook on these companies remains stable. The debt ratings of The Hartford Financial Services Group and the insurance financial strength rating of Hartford Fire Insurance Company were not affected.

On October 23, 2017, Standard & Poor’s Global Ratings affirmed it's A long-term issuer credit rating on HLA. All other ratings were not affected.

On October 23, 2017, A.M. Best commented that the credit ratings of The Hartford Financial Services Group and its

103

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

subsidiaries remain unchanged following The Hartford’s announcement that it had entered a definitive agreement to acquire Aetna’s U.S. group life and disability business.

The following ratings actions were announced in connection with the definitive agreement to sell Life and Annuity legal entities:

On December 4, 2017, Moody's Investors Service placed the long-term debt ratings of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (senior debt Baa2) on review for upgrade following the Company's announcement of a definitive agreement to sell its life and annuity run-off business. In the same action, Moody's has affirmed the A1 insurance financial strength ratings of Hartford's P&C's active insurance subsidiaries and the A2 insurance financial strength rating of HLA, both with stable outlooks. Moody's also placed its ratings for the life and annuity run-off business held for sale, under review for further downgrade, including HLIC and HLAI, both rated Baa3 for insurance financial strength ratings, and downgraded the senior debt rating of HLI to Ba3 from Baa2 with a continuing review for downgrade.

On December 4, 2017, S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on HLI to BB/B from BBB/A-2. At the same time, they lowered the issuer and financial strength ratings on HLIC and HLAI to BBB from BBB+. The above ratings were placed on CreditWatch with Negative implications. The BBB+/A-2 issuer credit rating on Hartford Financial Services Group, A+ long-term issuer and financial strength ratings on Hartford's core property and casualty operating companies, and the A long-term issuer and financial strength ratings on Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company were unaffected by this announcement.

On December 5, 2017, A.M. Best downgraded the Financial Strength Rating to B++ (Good) from A- (Excellent) and the Long-Term Issuer Credit Ratings (Long-Term ICR) to bbb+ from a- of Hartford Life Insurance Company and Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company. Additionally, A.M. Best downgraded the Long-Term ICR to bbb- from bbb of HLI. Concurrently, A.M. Best has placed all credit ratings for these entities under review with developing implications. In addition, A.M. Best has indicated that the ratings of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., its P&C subsidiaries, and HLA are unchanged by these rating actions.

Insurance Financial Strength Ratings as of February 21, 2018

	As of	February 21, 2018
	A.M. Best	Standard & Poor's	Moody's
Hartford Fire Insurance Company	A+	A+	A1
Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company	A	A	A2
Life and Annuity Legal Entities To Be Sold
Hartford Life Insurance Company and Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company ratings are under review with developing implications at A.M. Best, on CreditWatch with negative implications at Standard and Poor's, and are under review for downgrade at Moody's.
Hartford Life Insurance Company	B++	BBB	Baa3
Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company	B++	BBB	Baa3
Other Ratings:
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.:
Senior debt	a-	BBB +	Baa2
Commercial paper	AMB-1	A-2	P-2

These ratings are not a recommendation to buy or hold any of The Hartford’s securities and they may be revised or revoked at any time at the sole discretion of the rating organization.

The agencies consider many factors in determining the final rating of an insurance company. One consideration is the relative level of statutory capital and surplus (referred to collectively as "statutory capital") necessary to support the business written and is reported in accordance with accounting practices prescribed by the applicable state insurance department. See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors — “Downgrades in our financial strength or credit ratings may make our products less attractive, increase our cost of capital and inhibit our ability to refinance our debt.”

104

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Statutory Capital

Statutory Capital Rollforward for the Company's Insurance Subsidiaries
	Property and Casualty Insurance Subsidiaries			Group Benefits Insurance Subsidiary			Life and Annuity Run-Off Business			Total
U.S. statutory capital at January 1, 2017	$	8,261		$	1,624		$	4,398		$	14,283
Variable annuity surplus impacts	—			—			63			63
Statutory income (loss)	950			(1,066		)	179			63
Contributions from (dividends to) parent	(1,543		)	1,469			(1,397		)	(1,471		)
Other items	(272		)	2			309			39
Net change to U.S. statutory capital	(865		)	405			(846		)	(1,306		)
U.S. statutory capital at December 31, 2017	$	7,396		$	2,029		$	3,552		$	12,977

A portion of dividends from P&C insurance subsidiaries in 2017 was used to help fund the purchase of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business. In connection with the acquisition, the Company paid a ceding commission of $1.38 billion which drove the 2017 statutory net loss of the Group Benefits subsidiary, HLA. To support the newly acquired business and fund the ceding commission, HLA received capital contributions of $1,650 from its parent.

Stat to GAAP Differences

Significant differences between U.S. GAAP stockholders’ equity and aggregate statutory capital prepared in accordance with U.S. STAT include the following:

• U.S. STAT excludes equity of non-insurance and foreign insurance subsidiaries not held by U.S. insurance subsidiaries.

• Costs incurred by the Company to acquire insurance policies are deferred under U.S. GAAP while those costs are expensed immediately under U.S. STAT.

• Temporary differences between the book and tax basis of an asset or liability which are recorded as deferred tax assets are evaluated for recoverability under U.S. GAAP while those amounts deferred are subject to limitations under U.S. STAT.

• The assumptions used in the determination of Life benefit reserves (i.e. for Group Benefits contracts) are prescribed under U.S. STAT, while the assumptions used under U.S. GAAP are generally the Company’s best estimates.

• The difference between the amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity and other investments, net of tax, is recorded as an increase or decrease to the carrying value of the related asset and to equity under U.S. GAAP, while U.S. STAT only records certain securities at fair value, such as equity securities and certain lower rated bonds required by the NAIC to be recorded at the lower of amortized cost or fair value.

• U.S. STAT for life insurance companies like HLA establishes a formula reserve for realized and unrealized losses due to default and equity risks associated with certain invested assets (the Asset Valuation Reserve), while U.S. GAAP does not. Also, for those realized gains and losses caused by changes in interest rates, U.S. STAT for life insurance companies defers and amortizes the gains and losses, caused by changes in interest rates, into income over the original life to maturity of the asset sold (the Interest Maintenance Reserve) while U.S. GAAP does not.

• Goodwill arising from the acquisition of a business is tested for recoverability on an annual basis (or more frequently, as necessary) for U.S. GAAP, while under U.S. STAT goodwill is amortized over a period not to exceed 10 years and the amount of goodwill admitted as an asset is limited.

In addition, certain assets, including a portion of premiums receivable and fixed assets, are non-admitted (recorded at zero value and charged against surplus) under U.S. STAT. U.S. GAAP generally evaluates assets based on their recoverability.

Risk-Based Capital

The Company's U.S. insurance companies' states of domicile impose RBC requirements. The requirements provide a means of measuring the minimum amount of statutory capital appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations based on its size and risk profile. Regulatory compliance is determined by a ratio of a company's total adjusted capital (“TAC”) to its authorized control level RBC (“ACL RBC”). Companies below specific trigger points or ratios are classified within certain levels, each of which requires specified corrective action. The minimum level of TAC before corrective action commences (“Company Action Level”) is two times the ACL RBC. The adequacy of a company's capital is determined by the ratio of a company's TAC to its Company Action Level, known as the "RBC ratio". All of the Company's operating insurance subsidiaries had RBC ratios in excess of the minimum levels required by the applicable insurance regulations. On an aggregate basis, the Company's U.S. property and casualty insurance companies' RBC ratio was in excess of 200% of its Company Action Level as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. The RBC ratios for the Company's group benefits insurance operating subsidiary (HLA) was in excess of 300% of its Company Action Level as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. The RBC ratio of the Company's held for sale life

105

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

insurance and annuity run-off entities was in excess of 300% of its respective Company Action Levels as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. The reporting of RBC ratios is not intended for the purpose of ranking any insurance company, or for use in connection with any marketing, advertising, or promotional activities.

Similar to the RBC ratios that are employed by U.S. insurance regulators, regulatory authorities in the international jurisdictions in which the Company operates generally establish minimum solvency requirements for insurance companies. All of the Company's international insurance subsidiaries have solvency margins in excess of the minimum levels required by the applicable regulatory authorities.

Sensitivity

In any particular year, statutory capital amounts and RBC ratios may increase or decrease depending upon a variety of factors. The amount of change in the statutory capital or RBC ratios can vary based on individual factors and may be compounded in extreme scenarios or if multiple factors occur at the same time. At times the impact of changes in certain market factors or a combination of multiple factors on RBC ratios can be counterintuitive. For further discussion on these factors and the potential impacts to the life insurance subsidiaries, see MD&A - Enterprise Risk Management, Financial Risk on Statutory Capital.

Statutory capital at the property and casualty subsidiaries has historically been maintained at or above the capital level required to meet “AA level” ratings from rating agencies. Statutory capital generated by the property and casualty subsidiaries in excess of the capital level required to meet “AA level” ratings is available for use by the enterprise or for corporate purposes. The amount of statutory capital can increase or decrease depending on a number of factors affecting property and casualty results including, among other factors, the level of catastrophe claims incurred, the amount of reserve development, the effect of changes in interest rates on investment income and the discounting of loss reserves, and the effect of realized gains and losses on investments.

Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

For a discussion regarding contingencies related to The Hartford’s legal proceedings, please see the information contained under “Litigation” and “Asbestos and Environmental Claims,” in Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and Part II, Item 1 Legal Proceedings, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Legislative and Regulatory Developments

Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (the "Affordable Care Act")It is unclear whether the Administration and Congress will seek to amend or alter the ongoing operation of the Affordable Care Act ("ACA"). If such actions were to occur, they may have an impact on various aspects of our business, including our insurance businesses. It is unclear what an amended ACA would entail, and to what extent there may be a transition period for the phase out of the ACA. The impact to The Hartford as an employer would be consistent with other large employers. The Hartford’s core business does not involve the issuance of health insurance, and we have not observed any material impacts on the Company’s workers’

compensation business or group benefits business from the enactment of the ACA. We will continue to monitor the impact of the ACA and any reforms on consumer, broker and medical provider behavior for leading indicators of changes in medical costs or loss payments primarily on the Company's workers' compensation and disability liabilities.

United States Department of Labor Fiduciary RuleOn April 6, 2016, the U.S. Department of Labor (“DOL”) issued a final regulation expanding the range of activities considered to be fiduciary investment advice under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and the Internal Revenue Code. While implementation of the rule was to be phased in, the DOL has since delayed those dates. Based on comments received, the DOL has delayed the transition period to July 1, 2019. DOL intends to continue coordination with the SEC and other regulators, including state insurance regulators.

The impact of the new regulation on our mutual fund business is difficult to assess because the regulation is new and is still being studied. While we continue to analyze the regulation, we believe the regulation may impact the compensation paid to the financial intermediaries who sell our mutual funds to their retirement clients and could negatively impact our mutual funds business.

In 2016, several plaintiffs, including insurers and industry groups such as the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (SIFMA), filed a lawsuit against the DOL challenging the constitutionality of the fiduciary rule, and the DOL's rulemaking authority. In most cases, the district courts have entered a summary judgment in favor of the DOL. Certain cases were appealed to the Fifth Circuit and on July 5, 2017, the DOL filed a brief in support of upholding the rule. We continue to monitor potential effects of case law and the regulatory landscape on our mutual funds business.

Tax ReformAt the end of 2017, Congress passed and the president signed, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 ("Tax Reform"), which enacted significant reforms to the U.S. tax code. The major areas of interest to the company include the reduction of the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% and the repeal of the corporate alternative minimum tax (AMT) and the refunding of AMT credits. We continue to analyze Tax Reform for other potential impacts. The U.S. Treasury and IRS will develop guidance implementing Tax Reform, and Congress may consider additional technical corrections to the legislation. Tax proposals and regulatory initiatives which have been or are being considered by Congress and/or the U.S. Treasury Department could have a material effect on the company and its insurance businesses. The nature and timing of any Congressional or regulatory action with respect to any such efforts is unclear. For additional information on risks to the Company related to Tax Reform, please see the risk factor entitled "Changes in federal or state tax laws could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity" under "Risk Factors" in Part I.

Guaranty Fund and Other Insurance-related Assessments

For a discussion regarding Guaranty Fund and Other Insurance-related Assessments, see Note 14Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

106

Part II - Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

For a discussion of accounting standards, see Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

107

Part II - Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

The Company's principal executive officer and its principal financial officer, based on their evaluation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective for the purposes set forth in the definition thereof in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) as of December 31, 2017.

Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting

The management of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“The Hartford”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for The Hartford as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As discussed in Note 2 - Business Acquisitions of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company acquired Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business on November 1, 2017. The Company is currently in the process of assessing the internal controls over financial reporting associated with this acquired business. At December 31, 2017, the acquisition accounted for approximately 2.4% of consolidated assets and 2.2% of consolidated revenue. As a result of the timing of this

acquisition, we have excluded this business from the annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2017.

The Hartford's management assessed its internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 in relation to criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment under those criteria, The Hartford's management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company's fourth fiscal quarter of 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm

The Hartford's independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has issued their attestation report on the Company's internal control over financial reporting which is set forth below.

108

Part II - Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.

Hartford, Connecticut

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, of the Company and our report dated February 23, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business, which was acquired on November 1, 2017 and whose financial statements constitutes 2.4% of total assets and 2.2% of revenues of the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at the acquired business.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Hartford, Connecticut

February 23, 2018

109

Part III - Item 10. Directors, and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance of the Hartford

Item 10. DIRECTORS, AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF THE HARTFORD

Certain of the information called for by Item 10 will be set forth in the definitive proxy statement for the 2018 annual meeting of shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed by The Hartford with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K under the captions and subcaptions “Board and Governance Matters”, “Director Nominees" and "Section (16)(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" and is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, which is applicable to all employees of the Company, including the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer and the principal accounting officer. The Code of Ethics and Business Conduct is available on the investor relations section of the Company’s website at: http://ir.thehartford.com.

Any waiver of, or material amendment to, the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct will be posted promptly to our web site in accordance with applicable NYSE and SEC rules.

Executive Officers of The Hartford

Information about the executive officers of The Hartford who are also nominees for election as directors will be set forth in The Hartford’s Proxy Statement. Set forth below is information about the other executive officers of the Company as of February 15, 2018:

Name	Age	Position with The Hartford and Business Experience For the Past Five Years
William A. Bloom	54	Executive Vice President of Operations and Technology (August 2014 - present); President of Global Client Services, EXL (July 2010-July 2014)
Beth A. Bombara	50	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (July 2014-present); President of Talcott Resolution (July 2012-July 2014)
Kathy Bromage	60	Chief Marketing and Communications Officer (June 2015-present); Senior Vice President of Strategy and Marketing, Small Commercial and Senior Vice President of Brand Marketing (July 2012-June 2015)
James E. Davey	53	Executive Vice President and President of The Hartford Mutual Funds (2010-present)
Doug Elliot	57	President (July 2014-present); Executive Vice President and President of Commercial Lines (April 2011-July 2014)
Martha Gervasi	56	Executive Vice President, Human Resources (May 2012-present)
Brion Johnson	58	President of Talcott Resolution (July 2014-present); Executive Vice President, Chief Investment Officer (May 2012-Present)
Scott R. Lewis	55	Senior Vice President and Controller (May 2013-present); Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Personal Lines (2009-May 2013)
Robert Paiano	56	Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer (June 2017-Present); Senior Vice President & Treasurer (July 2010-May 2017)
David C. Robinson	52	Executive Vice President and General Counsel (June 2015-present); Senior Vice President and Director of Commercial Markets Law (August 2014-May 2015); Senior Vice President and Head of Enterprise Transformation, Strategy and Corporate Development (April 2012-August 2014)
John Wilcox	52	Chief Strategy and Ventures Officer (September 2016-present); President and Chief Operating Officer, Risk Strategies Company (June 2012-September 2016)

110

Part III - Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Certain of the information called for by Item 12 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Information on Stock Ownership” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2017 about the securities authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans. The Company maintains The Hartford 2005 Incentive Stock Plan (the “2005 Stock Plan”), The Hartford 2010 Incentive Stock Plan (the “2010 Stock Plan”), The Hartford 2014 Incentive Stock Plan (the "2014 Stock Plan") (collectively the "Stock Plans") and The Hartford Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). On May 21, 2014, the shareholders of

the Company approved the 2014 Stock Plan, which superseded the earlier plans. Pursuant to the provisions of the 2014 Stock Plan, no additional shares may be issued from the 2010 Stock Plan. To the extent that any awards under the 2005 Stock Plan and the 2010 Stock Plan are forfeited, terminated, surrendered, exchanged, expire unexercised or are settled in cash in lieu of stock (including to effect tax withholding) or for the issuance of a lesser number of shares than the number of shares subject to the award, the shares subject to such awards (or the relevant portion thereof) shall be available for award under the 2014 Stock Plan and such shares shall be added to the total number of shares available under the 2014 Stock Plan. For a description of the 2014 Stock Plan and the ESPP, see Note 19 - Stock Compensation Plans of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

	(a)	(b)		(c)
	Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights [1]	Weighted-average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights [2]		Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding SecuritiesReflected in Column (a)) [3]
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders	10,383,348	$	37.25	12,915,416
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders	—	—		—
Total	10,383,348	$	37.25	12,915,416

[1] The amount shown in this column includes 5,212,045 outstanding options awarded under the 2005 Stock Plan and the 2010 Stock Plan. The amount shown in this column includes 4,444,226 outstanding restricted stock units and 795,044 outstanding performance shares at 100% of target (which excludes 353,087 shares that vested on December 31, 2017, related to the 2015-2017 performance period) as of December 31, 2017 under the 2010 Stock Plan and the 2014 Stock Plan. The maximum number of performance shares that could be awarded is 1,590,088 (200% of target) if the Company achieved the highest performance level. Under the 2010 and 2014 Stock Plans, no more than 500,000 shares in the aggregate can be earned by an individual employee with respect to restricted stock unit and performance share awards made in a single calendar year.  As a result, the number of shares ultimately distributed to an employee with respect to awards made in the same year will be reduced, if necessary, so that the number does not exceed this limit.

[2] The weighted-average exercise price reflects outstanding options and does not reflect outstanding restricted stock units or performance shares because they do not have exercise prices.

[3] Of these shares, 4,517,632 remain available for purchase under the ESPP as of December 31, 2017. 8,397,784 shares remain available for issuance as options, restricted stock units, restricted stock awards or performance shares under the 2014 Stock Plan as of December 31, 2017.

111

Part IV. Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Item 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)  Documents filed as a part of this report:

(1) Consolidated Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules elsewhere herein.

(2) Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statement and Schedules elsewhere herein.

(3) Exhibits. See Exhibit Index elsewhere herein.

112

Part IV. Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

Description	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations — For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) — For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015	F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets — As of December 31, 2017 and 2016	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity — For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015	F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-8
Schedule I — Summary of Investments — Other Than Investments in Affiliates	S-1
Schedule II — Condensed Financial Information of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.	S-2
Schedule III — Supplementary Insurance Information	S-4
Schedule IV — Reinsurance	S-6
Schedule V — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	S-7
Schedule VI — Supplemental Information Concerning Property and Casualty Insurance Operations	S-8

F-1

Part IV. Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.

Hartford, Connecticut

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes and the consolidated financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 23, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Hartford, Connecticut

February 23, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

F-2

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

	For the years ended December 31,
(In millions, except for per share data)	2017			2016			2015
Revenues
Earned premiums	$	14,141		$	13,697		$	13,485
Fee income	980			857			876
Net investment income	1,603			1,577			1,561
Net realized capital gains (losses):
Total other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses	(15		)	(35		)	(47		)
OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income	7			8			6
Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings	(8		)	(27		)	(41		)
Other net realized capital gains (losses)	173			(83		)	29
Total net realized capital gains (losses)	165			(110		)	(12		)
Other revenues	85			86			87
Total revenues	16,974			16,107			15,997
Benefits, losses and expenses
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses	10,174			9,961			9,325
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs ("DAC")	1,372			1,377			1,364
Insurance operating costs and other expenses	4,375			3,341			3,459
Loss on extinguishment of debt	—			—			21
Loss on reinsurance transaction	—			650			—
Interest expense	316			327			346
Amortization of other intangible assets	14			4			4
Total benefits, losses and expenses	16,251			15,660			14,519
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	723			447			1,478
Income tax expense (benefit)	985			(166		)	289
(Loss) Income from continuing operations, net of tax	(262		)	613			1,189
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax	(2,869		)	283			493
Net (loss) income	$	(3,131	)	$	896		$	1,682
(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax, per common share
Basic	$	(0.72	)	$	1.58		$	2.86
Diluted	$	(0.72	)	$	1.55		$	2.80
Net (loss) income per common share
Basic	$	(8.61	)	$	2.31		$	4.05
Diluted	$	(8.61	)	$	2.27		$	3.96
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	0.94		$	0.86		$	0.78

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

	For the years ended December 31,
(In millions)	2017			2016			2015
Net (loss) income	$	(3,131	)	$	896		$	1,682
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Changes in net unrealized gain on securities	655			(3		)	(1,091		)
Changes in OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income	—			4			(2		)
Changes in net gain on cash flow hedging instruments	(58		)	(54		)	(20		)
Changes in foreign currency translation adjustments	28			61			(47		)
Changes in pension and other postretirement plan adjustments	375			(16		)	(97		)
OCI, net of tax	1,000			(8		)	(1,257		)
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(2,131	)	$	888		$	425

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

	As of December 31,
(In millions, except for share and per share data)	2017			2016
Assets
Investments:
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $35,612 and $31,296)	$	36,964		$	32,182
Fixed maturities, at fair value using the fair value option	41			211
Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (cost of $907 and $878)	1,012			945
Mortgage loans (net of allowances for loan losses of $1 and $0)	3,175			2,886
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments	1,588			1,527
Other investments	96			111
Short-term investments	2,270			1,895
Total investments	45,146			39,757
Cash (includes variable interest entity assets, at fair value, of $0 and $5)	180			328
Premiums receivable and agents’ balances, net	3,910			3,730
Reinsurance recoverables, net	4,061			3,659
Deferred policy acquisition costs	650			645
Deferred income taxes, net	1,164			2,999
Goodwill	1,290			567
Property and equipment, net	1,034			991
Other intangible assets	659			44
Other assets	2,230			2,836
Assets held for sale	164,936			169,020
Total assets	$	225,260		$	224,576
Liabilities
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses	$	32,287		$	28,317
Reserve for future policy benefits	713			322
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable	816			602
Unearned premiums	5,322			5,392
Short-term debt	320			416
Long-term debt	4,678			4,494
Other liabilities (includes variable interest entity liabilities of $0 and $5)	5,188			4,596
Liabilities held for sale	162,442			163,534
Total liabilities	211,766			207,673
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 14)
Stockholders’ Equity
Common stock, $0.01 par value — 1,500,000,000 shares authorized, 384,923,222 and 402,923,222 shares issued	4			4
Additional paid-in capital	4,379			5,247
Retained earnings	9,642			13,114
Treasury stock, at cost — 28,088,186 and 28,974,069 shares	(1,194		)	(1,125		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	663			(337		)
Total stockholders' equity	13,494			16,903
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	225,260		$	224,576

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

	For the years ended December 31,
(In millions, except for share data)	2017			2016			2015
Common Stock	$	4		$	4		$	5
Additional Paid-in Capital
Additional Paid-in Capital, beginning of period	5,247			8,973			9,123
Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans	(76		)	(143		)	(165		)
Stock-based compensation plans expense	104			74			78
Tax benefit on employee stock options and share-based awards	—			5			27
Issuance of shares for warrant exercise	(67		)	(16		)	(90		)
Treasury stock retired	(829		)	(3,646		)	—
Additional Paid-in Capital, end of period	4,379			5,247			8,973
Retained Earnings
Retained Earnings, beginning of period	13,114			12,550			11,191
Net (loss) income	(3,131		)	896			1,682
Dividends declared on common stock	(341		)	(332		)	(323		)
Retained Earnings, end of period	9,642			13,114			12,550
Treasury Stock, at cost
Treasury Stock, at cost, beginning of period	(1,125		)	(3,557		)	(2,527		)
Treasury stock acquired	(1,028		)	(1,330		)	(1,250		)
Treasury stock retired	829			3,647			—
Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans	100			153			184
Net shares acquired related to employee incentive and stock compensation plans	(37		)	(54		)	(54		)
Issuance of shares for warrant exercise	67			16			90
Treasury Stock, at cost, end of period	(1,194		)	(1,125		)	(3,557		)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax, beginning of period	(337		)	(329		)	928
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	1,000			(8		)	(1,257		)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax, end of period	663			(337		)	(329		)
Total Stockholders’ Equity	$	13,494		$	16,903		$	17,642
Common Shares Outstanding
Common Shares Outstanding, beginning of period (in thousands)	373,949			401,821			424,416
Treasury stock acquired	(20,218		)	(30,782		)	(28,431		)
Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans	2,301			3,766			4,877
Return of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans to treasury stock	(747		)	(1,243		)	(1,311		)
Issuance of shares for warrant exercise	1,550			387			2,270
Common Shares Outstanding, end of period	356,835			373,949			401,821

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

	For the years ended December 31,
(In millions)	2017			2016			2015
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)	$	(3,131	)	$	896		$	1,682
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities
Net realized capital (gains) losses	(111		)	187			156
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs	1,417			1,523			1,502
Additions to deferred policy acquisition costs	(1,383		)	(1,390		)	(1,390		)
Depreciation and amortization	399			398			373
Pension settlement expense	747			—			—
Loss on extinguishment of debt	—			—			21
Loss (gain) on sale of business	3,257			81			(6		)
Other operating activities, net	408			178			153
Change in assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in reinsurance recoverables	(935		)	272			176
Increase (decrease) in accrued and deferred income taxes	170			(250		)	363
Impact of tax reform on accrued and deferred income taxes	877			—			—
Increase in unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, reserve for future policy benefits, and unearned premiums	1,648			322			275
Net change in other assets and other liabilities	(1,177		)	(151		)	(549		)
Net cash provided by operating activities	2,186			2,066			2,756
Investing Activities
Proceeds from the sale/maturity/prepayment of:
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale	31,646			24,486			25,946
Fixed maturities, fair value option	148			238			181
Equity securities, available-for-sale	810			709			1,319
Mortgage loans	734			647			792
Partnerships	274			779			624
Payments for the purchase of:
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale	(30,923		)	(21,844		)	(27,744		)
Fixed maturities, fair value option	—			(94		)	(251		)
Equity securities, available-for-sale	(638		)	(662		)	(1,454		)
Mortgage loans	(1,096		)	(717		)	(870		)
Partnerships	(509		)	(441		)	(620		)
Net payments for derivatives	(314		)	(247		)	(173		)
Net additions to property and equipment	(250		)	(224		)	(307		)
Net (payments for) proceeds from short-term investments	(144		)	(1,377		)	3,071
Other investing activities, net	21			(129		)	(29		)
Proceeds from businesses sold, net of cash transferred	222			—			—
Amounts paid for business acquired, net of cash acquired	(1,423		)	(175		)	—
Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities	(1,442		)	949			485
Financing Activities
Deposits and other additions to investment and universal life-type contracts	4,602			4,186			4,718
Withdrawals and other deductions from investment and universal life-type contracts	(13,562		)	(14,790		)	(17,085		)
Net transfers from separate accounts related to investment and universal life-type contracts	7,969			9,822			11,046
Repayments at maturity or settlement of consumer notes	(13		)	(17		)	(33		)
Net increase in securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase	1,320			188			507
Repayment of debt	(416		)	(275		)	(773		)
Proceeds from the issuance of debt	500			—			—
Net (return) issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans	(10		)	9			42
Treasury stock acquired	(1,028		)	(1,330		)	(1,250		)
Dividends paid on common stock	(341		)	(334		)	(316		)
Net cash used for financing activities	(979		)	(2,541		)	(3,144		)
Foreign exchange rate effect on cash	70			(40		)	(48		)
Net (decrease) increase in cash, including cash classified as assets held for sale	(165		)	434			49
Less: Net (decrease) increase in cash classified as assets held for sale	(17		)	249			47
Net (decrease) increase in cash	(148		)	185			2
Cash — beginning of period	328			143			141
Cash — end of period	$	180		$	328		$	143
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Income tax received (paid)	$	6		$	(130	)	$	80
Interest paid	$	322		$	336		$	361

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollar amounts in millions, except for per share data, unless otherwise stated)

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. is a holding company for insurance and financial services subsidiaries that provide property and casualty insurance, group life and disability products and mutual funds and exchange-traded products to individual and business customers in the United States (collectively, “The Hartford”, the “Company”, “we” or “our”).

On December 3, 2017, Hartford Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a definitive agreement to sell all of the issued and outstanding equity of Hartford Life, Inc. (“HLI”), a holding company, and its life and annuity operating subsidiaries.

On November 1, 2017, Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company (HLA), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, completed the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business through a reinsurance transaction.

On May 10, 2017, the Company completed the sale of its United Kingdom ("U.K.") property and casualty run-off subsidiaries.

On July 29, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Northern Homelands Company, the holding company of Maxum Specialty Insurance Group (collectively "Maxum"). On July 29, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Lattice Strategies LLC ("Lattice").

For further discussion of these transactions, see Note 2 - Business Acquisitions and Note 20 - Business Dispositions and Discontinued Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) which differ materially from the accounting practices prescribed by various insurance regulatory authorities.

Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., and entities in which the Company directly or indirectly has a controlling financial interest. Entities in which the Company has significant influence over the operating and financing decisions but does not control, are reported using the equity method. All intercompany transactions and balances between The Hartford and its subsidiaries and affiliates that are not held for sale have been eliminated .

Discontinued Operations

The results of operations of a component of the Company are reported in discontinued operations when certain criteria are met as of the date of disposal, or earlier if classified as held-for-sale. When a component is identified for discontinued operations reporting, amounts for prior periods are retrospectively reclassified as discontinued operations. Components are identified as discontinued operations if they are a major part of an entity's operations and financial results such as a separate major

line of business or a separate major geographical area of operations.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The most significant estimates include those used in determining property and casualty and group long-term disability insurance product reserves, net of reinsurance; evaluation of goodwill for impairment; valuation of investments and derivative instruments; valuation allowance on deferred tax assets; and contingencies relating to corporate litigation and regulatory matters.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year financial information to conform to the current year presentation. In particular:

With respect to the Consolidated Statement of Operations:

• Billing installment fees that were previously reflected as an offset to insurance operating costs and other expenses are now classified as fee income.

• Flood servicing business has been realigned from specialty commercial within the Commercial Lines reporting segment to the Personal Lines reporting segment.

• Amortization of other intangible assets has been reclassified out of insurance operating costs and other expenses.

With respect to the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

• Assets and liabilities associated with the Company's life and annuity run-off business are now classified as assets and liabilities held for sale.

• Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and reinsurance recoverables for structured settlements reserves and recoverables due from the Company's life and annuity run-off business now classified as held for sale have been reclassified into the Company's P&C commercial lines business. Annuities purchased from the Company's life and annuity run-off business are recognized as reinsurance recoverables in cases where the Company has not obtained a release from the claimant. These amounts were previously eliminated in consolidation.

• Policy loans have been reclassified to other investments.

• Other intangible assets have been reclassified out of other assets.

F-8

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

Stock Compensation

On January 1, 2017 the Company adopted new stock compensation guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") on a prospective basis. The updated guidance requires the excess tax benefit or tax deficiency on vesting or settlement of stock-based awards to be recognized in earnings as an income tax benefit or expense, respectively, instead of as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital. The new guidance also requires the related cash flows to be presented in operating activities instead of in financing activities. The amount of excess tax benefit or tax deficiency realized on vesting or settlement of awards depends upon the difference between the market value of awards at vesting or settlement and the grant date fair value recognized through compensation expense. The excess tax benefit or tax deficiency is a discrete item in the reporting period in which it occurs and is not considered in determining the annual estimated effective tax rate for interim reporting. The excess tax benefit recognized in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $15, and the excess tax benefit recognized in additional paid-in capital for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $5 and $27, respectively.

Future Adoption of New Accounting Standards

Reclassification of Effect of Tax Rate Change from AOCI to Retained Earnings

In February, the FASB issued new accounting guidance for the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities related to items recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") resulting from legislated tax reform enacted on December 22, 2017. The tax reform reduced the federal tax rate applied to the Company’s deferred tax balances from 35% to 21% on enactment.  Under U.S. GAAP the Company recorded the total effect of the change in enacted tax rates on deferred tax balances in the income tax expense component of net income.  The new accounting guidance permits the Company to reclassify the “stranded” tax effects out of AOCI and into retained earnings that resulted from recording the tax effects of unrealized investment gains, unrecognized actuarial losses on pension and other postretirement benefit plans, and cumulative translation adjustments at a 35% tax rate because the 14 point reduction in tax rate was recognized in net income instead of other comprehensive income. The Company will adopt the new guidance as of January 1, 2018. As a result of the reclassification, on January 1, 2018, the Company will reduce the estimated loss on sale recorded in income from discontinued operations by $193, net of tax, for the increase in AOCI related to the assets held for sale. The reduction in the loss on sale will result in a corresponding increase in assets held for sale and AOCI as of January 1, 2018 and the AOCI associated with assets held for sale will be removed from the balance sheet when the sale closes.

Additionally, as of January 1, 2018, the Company will reclassify $105 of stranded tax effects related to continuing operations which will have the effect of reducing AOCI and increasing retained earnings.

Hedging Activities

The FASB issued updated guidance on hedge accounting. The updates allow hedge accounting for new types of interest rate hedges of financial instruments and simplify documentation requirements to qualify for hedge accounting. In addition, any gain or loss from hedge ineffectiveness will be reported in the same income statement line with the effective hedge results and the hedged transaction. For cash flow hedges, the ineffectiveness will be recognized in earnings only when the hedged transaction affects earnings; otherwise, the ineffectiveness gains or losses will remain in AOCI. Under current accounting, total hedge ineffectiveness is reported separately in realized gains and losses apart from the hedged transaction. The updated guidance is effective January 1, 2019 through a cumulative effect adjustment that will reclassify cumulative ineffectiveness on open cash flow hedges from retained earnings to AOCI. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of a year. The Company has not yet determined the timing for adoption or estimated the effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Goodwill

The FASB issued updated guidance on testing goodwill for impairment. The updated guidance requires recognition and measurement of goodwill impairment based on the excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit compared to its estimated fair value, with the amount of the impairment not to exceed the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Under existing guidance, if the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value, the Company allocates the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit to determine an implied goodwill value. An impairment loss is then recognized for the excess, if any, of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill compared to the implied goodwill value. The Company expects to adopt the updated guidance January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis as required, although earlier adoption is permitted. While the Company would not have recognized a goodwill impairment loss for the years presented, the impact of the adoption will depend on the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units compared to the carrying value at adoption.

Financial Instruments - Credit Losses

The FASB issued updated guidance for recognition and measurement of credit losses on financial instruments. The new guidance will replace the “incurred loss” approach with an “expected loss” model for recognizing credit losses for instruments carried at other than fair value, which will initially result in the recognition of greater allowances for losses. The allowance will be an estimate of credit losses expected over the life of debt instruments, such as mortgage loans, reinsurance recoverables and receivables. Credit losses on fixed maturities available-for-sale (“AFS”) carried at fair value will continue to be measured like other-than-temporary impairments ("OTTI"); however, the losses will be recognized through an allowance and no longer as an adjustment to the cost basis. Recoveries of OTTI

F-9

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

will be recognized as reversals of valuation allowances and no longer accreted as investment income through an adjustment to the investment yield. The allowance on fixed maturities AFS cannot cause the net carrying value to be below fair value and, therefore, it is possible that future increases in fair value due to decreases in market interest rates could cause the reversal of a valuation allowance and increase net income. The new guidance also requires purchased financial assets with a more-than-insignificant amount of credit deterioration since original issuance to be recorded based on contractual amounts due and an initial allowance recorded at the date of purchase. The guidance is effective January 1, 2020, through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings for the change in the allowance for credit losses for debt instruments carried at other than fair value. No allowance will be recognized at adoption for fixed maturities AFS; rather, their cost basis will be evaluated for an allowance for credit losses prospectively. The Company expects to adopt the updated guidance January 1, 2020, as required, although earlier adoption is permitted as of January 1, 2019. The Company has not yet determined the effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the ultimate impact of the adoption will depend on the composition of the debt instruments and market conditions at the adoption date. Significant implementation matters yet to be addressed include estimating lifetime expected losses on debt instruments carried at other than fair value, determining the impact of valuation allowances on net investment income from fixed maturities AFS, updating our investment accounting system functionality to maintain adjustable valuation allowance on fixed maturities, AFS, subject to a fair value floor, and developing a detailed implementation plan.

Leases

The FASB issued updated guidance on lease accounting. Under the new guidance, lessees with operating leases will be required to recognize a liability for the present value of future minimum lease payments with a corresponding asset for the right of use of the property. Under existing guidance, future minimum lease payments on operating leases are commitments that are not recognized as liabilities on the balance sheet. The updated guidance is to be adopted effective January 1, 2019 through a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings for the earliest period presented, with early application permitted. Leases will be classified as financing or operating leases. Where the lease is economically similar to a purchase because The Hartford obtains control of the underlying asset, the lease will be a financing lease and the Company will recognize amortization of the right of use asset and interest expense on the liability. Where the lease provides The Hartford with only the right to control the use of the underlying asset over the lease term and the lease term is greater than one year, the lease will be an operating lease and the lease costs will be recognized as rental expense over the lease term on a straight-line basis. Leases with a term of one year or less will also be expensed over the lease term but will not be recognized on the balance sheet. The Company will adopt the new lease guidance effective January 1, 2019, and is currently evaluating the potential impact of the new guidance to the consolidated financial statements and the method of adoption. We do not expect a material impact to the consolidated financial statements; however, it is expected that assets and liabilities will increase

based on the present value of remaining lease payments for leases in place at the adoption date.

Financial Instruments- Recognition and Measurement

The FASB issued updated guidance for the recognition and measurement of financial instruments. The new guidance will require investments in equity securities to be measured at fair value with any changes in valuation reported in net income except for investments that are consolidated or are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The new guidance will also require a deferred tax asset resulting from net unrealized losses on available-for-sale fixed maturities that are recognized in AOCI to be evaluated for recoverability in combination with the Company’s other deferred tax assets. Under existing guidance, the Company measures investments in equity securities, AFS at fair value with changes in fair value reported in other comprehensive income. As required, the Company will adopt the guidance effective January 1, 2018 through a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings. Early adoption is not allowed. The impact to the Company will be increased volatility in net income beginning in 2018. Any difference in the evaluation of deferred tax assets may also affect stockholders' equity. Cash flows will not be affected. The impact will depend on the composition of the Company’s investment portfolio in the future and changes in fair value of the Company’s investments. As of January 1, 2018, the Company will reclassify from AOCI to retained earnings net unrealized gains of $83, after tax, related to equity securities, AFS having a fair value of $1.0 billion. Had the new accounting guidance been in place since the beginning of 2017, the Company would have recognized mark-to-market gains of $25 after-tax in net income for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Revenue Recognition

The FASB issued updated guidance for recognizing revenue. The guidance excludes insurance contracts and financial instruments. Revenue is to be recognized when, or as, goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that an entity is expected to receive in exchange for those goods or services, and this accounting guidance is similar to current accounting for many transactions. This guidance is effective retrospectively on January 1, 2018, with a choice of restating prior periods or recognizing a cumulative effect for contracts in place as of the adoption date. Upon adoption on January 1, 2018, the Company will present fee income within the Mutual Funds segment gross of related distribution costs that are currently netted against revenues.  Distribution costs of $188, $184, and $190 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, will be reclassified from fee income to insurance operating costs and other expenses. The adoption will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows or net income.

F-10

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Significant Accounting Policies

The Company’s significant accounting policies are as follows:

Revenue Recognition

Property and casualty insurance premiums are earned on a pro rata basis over the policy period and include accruals for ultimate premium revenue anticipated under auditable and retrospectively rated policies. Unearned premiums represent the premiums applicable to the unexpired terms of policies in force. An estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded on the basis of periodic evaluations of balances due from insureds, management’s experience and current economic conditions. The Company charges off any balances that are determined to be uncollectible. The allowance for doubtful accounts included in premiums receivable and agents’ balances in the Consolidated Balance Sheets was $132 and $137as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Group life, disability and accident premiums are generally both due from policyholders and recognized as revenue on a pro rata basis over the period of the contracts.

The Company provides investment management, administrative and distribution services to mutual funds and exchange-traded products. The Company earns fees, primarily based on the average daily net asset values of the mutual funds and exchange-traded products, which are recorded as fee income in the period in which the services are provided. Commission fees are based on the sale proceeds and recognized at the time of the transaction. Transfer agent fees are assessed as a charge per account and recognized as fee income in the period in which the services are provided.

Other revenues primarily consists of servicing revenues which are recognized as services are performed.

Dividends to Policyholders

Policyholder dividends are paid to certain property and casualty policyholders. Policies that receive dividends are referred to as participating policies. Participating dividends to policyholders are accrued and reported in insurance operating costs and other expenses and other liabilities using an estimate of the amount to be paid based on underlying contractual obligations under policies and applicable state laws.

Net written premiums for participating property and casualty insurance policies represented 10%, 9% and 10% of total net written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Participating dividends to property and casualty policyholders were $35, $15 and $17 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

There were no additional amounts of income allocated to participating policyholders.

Investments

Overview

The Company’s investments in fixed maturities include bonds, structured securities, redeemable preferred stock and commercial paper. Most of these investments, along with certain equity securities, which include common and non-redeemable

preferred stocks, are classified as available-for-sale ("AFS") and are carried at fair value. The after-tax difference between fair value and cost or amortized cost is reflected in stockholders’ equity as a component of AOCI. Effective January 1, 2018, equity securities will be measured at fair value with any changes in valuation reported in net income. For further information, see Financial Instruments - Recognition and Measurement discussion above. Fixed maturities for which the Company elected the fair value option are classified as FVO, generally certain securities that contain embedded credit derivatives, are carried at fair value with changes in value recorded in realized capital gains and losses. Mortgage loans are recorded at the outstanding principal balance adjusted for amortization of premiums or discounts and net of valuation allowances. Short-term investments are carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. Limited partnerships and other alternative investments are reported at their carrying value and are primarily accounted for under the equity method with the Company’s share of earnings included in net investment income. Recognition of income related to limited partnerships and other alternative investments is delayed due to the availability of the related financial information, as private equity and other funds are generally on a three-month delay and hedge funds on a one-month delay. Accordingly, income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 may not include the full impact of current year changes in valuation of the underlying assets and liabilities of the funds, which are generally obtained from the limited partnerships and other alternative investments’ general partners. Other investments primarily consist of derivative instruments which are carried at fair value.

Net Realized Capital Gains and Losses

Net realized capital gains and losses from investment sales are reported as a component of revenues and are determined on a specific identification basis. Net realized capital gains and losses also result from fair value changes in fixed maturities and equity securities FVO, and derivatives contracts (both free-standing and embedded) that do not qualify, or are not designated, as a hedge for accounting purposes as well as ineffectiveness on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Impairments and mortgage loan valuation allowances are recognized as net realized capital losses in accordance with the Company’s impairment and mortgage loan valuation allowance policies as discussed in Note 6 - Investments of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Foreign currency transaction remeasurements are also included in net realized capital gains and losses.

Net Investment Income

Interest income from fixed maturities and mortgage loans is recognized when earned on the constant effective yield method based on estimated timing of cash flows. The amortization of premium and accretion of discount for fixed maturities also takes into consideration call and maturity dates that produce the lowest yield. For securitized financial assets subject to prepayment risk, yields are recalculated and adjusted periodically to reflect historical and/or estimated future prepayments using the retrospective method; however, if these investments are impaired and for certain other asset-backed securities, any yield adjustments are made using the prospective method. Prepayment fees and make-whole payments on fixed maturities and mortgage loans are recorded in net investment income when earned. For

F-11

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

equity securities, dividends are recognized as investment income on the ex-dividend date. Limited partnerships and other alternative investments primarily use the equity method of accounting to recognize the Company’s share of earnings; however, for a portion of those investments, the Company used investment fund accounting applied to a wholly-owned fund of funds which was liquidated during 2016. For impaired debt securities, the Company accretes the new cost basis to the estimated future cash flows over the expected remaining life of the security by prospectively adjusting the security’s yield, if necessary. The Company’s non-income producing investments were not material for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Derivative Instruments

Overview

The Company utilizes a variety of over-the-counter ("OTC"), transactions cleared through central clearing houses ("OTC-cleared") and exchange traded derivative instruments as part of its overall risk management strategy as well as to enter into replication transactions. The types of instruments may include swaps, caps, floors, forwards, futures and options to achieve one of four Company-approved objectives:

• to hedge risk arising from interest rate, equity market, commodity market, credit spread and issuer default, price or currency exchange rate risk or volatility;

• to manage liquidity;

• to control transaction costs;

• to enter into synthetic replication transactions.

Interest rate and credit default swaps involve the periodic exchange of cash flows with other parties, at specified intervals, calculated using agreed upon rates or other financial variables and notional principal amounts. Generally, little to no cash or principal payments are exchanged at the inception of the contract. Typically, at the time a swap is entered into, the cash flow streams exchanged by the counterparties are equal in value.

Interest rate cap and floor contracts entitle the purchaser to receive from the issuer at specified dates, the amount, if any, by which a specified market rate exceeds the cap strike interest rate or falls below the floor strike interest rate, applied to a notional principal amount. A premium payment determined at inception is made by the purchaser of the contract and no principal payments are exchanged.

Forward contracts are customized commitments that specify a rate of interest or currency exchange rate to be paid or received on an obligation beginning on a future start date and are typically settled in cash.

Financial futures are standardized commitments to either purchase or sell designated financial instruments, at a future date, for a specified price and may be settled in cash or through delivery of the underlying instrument. Futures contracts trade on organized exchanges. Margin requirements for futures are met by pledging securities or cash, and changes in the futures’ contract values are settled daily in cash.

Option contracts grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right to either purchase from or sell to the issuer a financial instrument at a specified price, within a specified period or on a stated date. The contracts may reference commodities, which grant the purchaser the right to either purchase from or sell to the issuer commodities at a specified price, within a specified period or on a stated date. Option contracts are typically settled in cash.

Foreign currency swaps exchange an initial principal amount in two currencies, agreeing to re-exchange the currencies at a future date, at an agreed upon exchange rate. There may also be a periodic exchange of payments at specified intervals calculated using the agreed upon rates and exchanged principal amounts.

The Company’s derivative transactions conducted in insurance company subsidiaries are used in strategies permitted under the derivative use plans required by the State of Connecticut, the State of Illinois and the State of New York insurance departments.

Accounting and Financial Statement Presentation of Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Derivative instruments are recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value and are reported in Other Investments and Other Liabilities. For balance sheet presentation purposes, the Company has elected to offset the fair value amounts, income accruals, and related cash collateral receivables and payables of OTC derivative instruments executed in a legal entity and with the same counterparty or under a master netting agreement, which provides the Company with the legal right of offset.

The Company clears certain interest rate swap and credit default swap derivative transactions through central clearing houses. OTC-cleared derivatives require initial collateral at the inception of the trade in the form of cash or highly liquid securities, such as U.S. Treasuries and government agency investments. Central clearing houses also require additional cash as variation margin based on daily market value movements. For information on collateral, see the derivative collateral arrangements section in Note 7 - Derivatives of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, OTC-cleared transactions include price alignment amounts either received or paid on the variation margin, which are reflected in realized capital gains and losses or, if characterized as interest, in net investment income.

On the date the derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (“fair value” hedge), (2) a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a forecasted transaction or of amounts to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow” hedge), (3) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation (“net investment” hedge) or (4) held for other investment and/or risk management purposes, which primarily involve managing asset or liability related risks and do not qualify for hedge accounting. The Company currently does not designate any derivatives as fair value or net investment hedges.

Cash Flow Hedges - Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge, including foreign-currency cash flow hedges, are recorded in AOCI and are

F-12

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

reclassified into earnings when the variability of the cash flow of the hedged item impacts earnings. Gains and losses on derivative contracts that are reclassified from AOCI to current period earnings are included in the line item in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in which the cash flows of the hedged item are recorded. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recorded immediately in current period earnings as net realized capital gains and losses. Periodic derivative net coupon settlements are recorded in the line item of the Consolidated Statements of Operations in which the cash flows of the hedged item are recorded. Cash flows from cash flow hedges are presented in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

Other Investment and/or Risk Management Activities - The Company’s other investment and/or risk management activities primarily relate to strategies used to reduce economic risk or replicate permitted investments and do not receive hedge accounting treatment. Changes in the fair value, including periodic derivative net coupon settlements, of derivative instruments held for other investment and/or risk management purposes are reported in current period earnings as net realized capital gains and losses.

Hedge Documentation and Effectiveness Testing

To qualify for hedge accounting treatment, a derivative must be highly effective in mitigating the designated changes in fair value or cash flow of the hedged item. At hedge inception, the Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking each hedge transaction. The documentation process includes linking derivatives that are designated as fair value, cash flow, or net investment hedges to specific assets or liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific forecasted transactions and defining the effectiveness and ineffectiveness testing methods to be used. The Company also formally assesses both at the hedge’s inception and ongoing on a quarterly basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and are expected to continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values, cash flows or net investment in foreign operations of hedged items. Hedge effectiveness is assessed primarily using quantitative methods as well as using qualitative methods. Quantitative methods include regression or other statistical analysis of changes in fair value or cash flows associated with the hedge relationship. Qualitative methods may include comparison of critical terms of the derivative to the hedged item. Hedge ineffectiveness of the hedge relationships are measured each reporting period using the “Change in Variable Cash Flows Method”, the “Change in Fair Value Method”, the “Hypothetical Derivative Method”, or the “Dollar Offset Method”.

Discontinuance of Hedge Accounting

The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (1) it is determined that the qualifying criteria are no longer met; (2) the derivative is no longer designated as a hedging instrument; or (3) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair value

hedge, the derivative continues to be carried at fair value on the balance sheet with changes in its fair value recognized in current period earnings. Changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is no longer adjusted through current period earnings and the existing basis adjustment is amortized to earnings over the remaining life of the hedged item through the applicable earnings component associated with the hedged item.

When cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued because the Company becomes aware that it is not probable that the forecasted transaction will occur, the derivative continues to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and gains and losses that were accumulated in AOCI are recognized immediately in earnings.

In other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, including those where the derivative is sold, terminated or exercised, amounts previously deferred in AOCI are reclassified into earnings when earnings are impacted by the hedged item.

Embedded Derivatives

The Company purchases investments that contain embedded derivative instruments. When it is determined that (1) the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract and (2) a separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is bifurcated from the host for measurement purposes. The embedded derivative, which is reported with the host instrument in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, is carried at fair value with changes in fair value reported in net realized capital gains and losses.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is defined as the risk of financial loss due to uncertainty of an obligor’s or counterparty’s ability or willingness to meet its obligations in accordance with agreed upon terms. Credit exposures are measured using the market value of the derivatives, resulting in amounts owed to the Company by its counterparties or potential payment obligations from the Company to its counterparties. The Company generally requires that OTC derivative contracts, other than certain forward contracts, be governed by International Swaps and Derivatives Association ("ISDA") agreements which are structured by legal entity and by counterparty, and permit right of offset. Some agreements require daily collateral settlement based upon agreed upon thresholds. For purposes of daily derivative collateral maintenance, credit exposures are generally quantified based on the prior business day’s market value and collateral is pledged to and held by, or on behalf of, the Company to the extent the current value of the derivatives exceed the contractual thresholds. For the Company’s domestic derivative programs, the maximum uncollateralized threshold for a derivative counterparty for a single legal entity is $10. The Company also minimizes the credit risk of derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties primarily rated A or better, which are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s risk management team and reviewed by senior management. OTC-cleared derivatives are governed by clearing house rules. Transactions cleared through a central clearing house reduce risk

F-13

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

due to their ability to require daily variation margin and act as an independent valuation source. In addition, the Company monitors counterparty credit exposure on a monthly basis to ensure compliance with Company policies and statutory limitations.

Cash

Cash represents cash on hand and demand deposits with banks or other financial institutions.

Reinsurance

The Company cedes insurance to affiliated and unaffiliated insurers in order to limit its maximum losses and to diversify its exposures and provide statutory surplus relief. Such arrangements do not relieve the Company of its primary liability to policyholders. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company. The Company also assumes reinsurance from other insurers and is a member of and participates in reinsurance pools and associations. Assumed reinsurance refers to the Company’s acceptance of certain insurance risks that other insurance companies or pools have underwritten.

Reinsurance accounting is followed for ceded and assumed transactions that provide indemnification against loss or liability relating to insurance risk (i.e. risk transfer). To meet risk transfer requirements, a reinsurance agreement must include insurance risk, consisting of underwriting, and timing risk, and a reasonable possibility of a significant loss to the reinsurer. If the ceded and assumed transactions do not meet risk transfer requirements, the Company accounts for these transactions as financing transactions.

Premiums, benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses reflect the net effects of ceded and assumed reinsurance transactions. Included in other assets are prepaid reinsurance premiums, which represent the portion of premiums ceded to reinsurers applicable to the unexpired terms of the reinsurance contracts. Reinsurance recoverables are balances due from reinsurance companies for paid and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and are presented net of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. Changes in the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance are reported in benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and concentrations of credit risk. Reinsurance is placed with reinsurers that meet strict financial criteria established by the Company.

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

Deferred policy acquisition costs ("DAC") represent costs that are directly related to the acquisition of new and renewal insurance contracts and incremental direct costs of contract acquisition that are incurred in transactions with either independent third parties or employees. Such costs primarily include commissions, premium taxes, costs of policy issuance and underwriting, and certain other expenses that are directly related to successfully issued contracts.

For property and casualty insurance products and group life, disability and accident contracts, costs are deferred and amortized ratably over the period the related premiums are

earned. Deferred acquisition costs are reviewed to determine if they are recoverable from future income, and if not, are charged to expense. Anticipated investment income is considered in the determination of the recoverability of DAC.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred taxes for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse. A deferred tax provision is recorded for the tax effects of differences between the Company's current taxable income and its income before tax under generally accepted accounting principles in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For deferred tax assets, the Company records a valuation allowance that is adequate to reduce the total deferred tax asset to an amount that will more likely than not be realized.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost to acquire a business over the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate that a triggering event for a potential impairment has occurred. The goodwill impairment test follows a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the impairment test is performed for purposes of measuring the impairment. In the second step, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit to determine an implied goodwill value. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied goodwill value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

Management’s determination of the fair value of each reporting unit incorporates multiple inputs into discounted cash flow calculations, including assumptions that market participants would make in valuing the reporting unit. Assumptions include levels of economic capital required to support the business, future business growth, earnings projections and assets under management for certain reporting units and the weighted average cost of capital used for purposes of discounting. Decreases in business growth, decreases in earnings projections and increases in the weighted average cost of capital will all cause a reporting unit’s fair value to decrease, increasing the possibility of impairments.

Intangible Assets

Acquired intangible assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets include purchased customer and agency or other distribution relationships and licenses measured at fair value at acquisition. The Company amortizes finite-lived other intangible assets over their useful lives generally on a straight-line basis over the period of expected benefit, ranging from 1 to 15 years. Management revises amortization periods if it believes there has been a change in the length of time that an intangible asset will continue to have value. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not subject to amortization. Intangible assets are assessed for impairment

F-14

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

generally when events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment and at least annually for indefinite-lived intangibles. If the carrying amount is not recoverable from undiscounted cash flows, the impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and fair value.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment which includes capitalized software is carried at cost net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is based on the estimated useful lives of the various classes of property and equipment and is determined principally on the straight-line method. Accumulated depreciation was $2.6 billion and $2.5 billion as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Depreciation expense was $197, $186, and $164 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

For property and casualty and group life and disability insurance products, the Company establishes reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses to provide for the estimated costs of paying claims under insurance policies written by the Company. These reserves include estimates for both claims that have been reported and those that have been incurred but not reported ("IBNR"), and include estimates of all losses and loss adjustment expenses associated with processing and settling these claims. Estimating the ultimate cost of future losses and loss adjustment expenses is an uncertain and complex process. This estimation process is based significantly on the assumption that past developments are an appropriate predictor of future events, and involves a variety of actuarial techniques that analyze experience, trends and other relevant factors. The effects of inflation are implicitly considered in the reserving process. A number of complex factors influence the uncertainties involved with the reserving process including social and economic trends and changes in the concepts of legal liability and damage awards. Accordingly, final claim settlements may vary from the present estimates, particularly when those payments may not occur until well into the future. The Company regularly reviews the adequacy of its estimated losses and loss adjustment expense reserves by reserve line within the various reporting segments. Adjustments to previously established reserves are reflected in the operating results of the period in which the adjustment is determined to be necessary. Such adjustments could possibly be significant, reflecting any variety of new and adverse or favorable trends.

Most of the Company’s property and casualty insurance products reserves are not discounted. However, the Company has discounted to present value certain reserves for indemnity payments that are due to permanently disabled claimants under workers’ compensation policies because the payment pattern and the ultimate costs are reasonably fixed and determinable on an individual claim basis. The discount rate is based on the risk free rate for the expected claim duration as determined in the year the claims were incurred. The Company also has discounted liabilities for structured settlement agreements that provide fixed periodic payments to claimants. These structured settlements include annuities purchased to fund unpaid losses for permanently disabled claimants. Most of the annuities have been issued by the

life and annuity run-off business held for sale and the annuity obligations are now included as part of liabilities held for sale, recognized at present value. Upon classifying the life and annuity run-off business as held-for-sale, the Company increased property & casualty reinsurance recoverables and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses for annuities issued by the life and annuity run-off business to fund structured settlement payments where the claimant has not released the Company of its obligation totaling $688 and $712 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These structured settlement liabilities were discounted to present value using an average interest rate of 6.70% in 2017 and 6.69% in 2016.

Group life and disability contracts with long-tail claim liabilities are discounted because the payment pattern and the ultimate costs are reasonably fixed and determinable on an individual claim basis. The discount rates are estimated based on investment yields expected to be earned on the cash flows net of investment expenses and expected credit losses. The Company establishes discount rates for these reserves in the year the claims are incurred (the incurral year) which is when the estimated settlement pattern is determined. The discount rate for life and disability reserves acquired from Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business were based on interest rates in effect at the acquisition date of November 1, 2017.

For further information about how unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are established, see Note 11 - Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Foreign Currency

Foreign currency translation gains and losses are reflected in stockholders’ equity as a component of AOCI. The Company’s foreign subsidiaries’ balance sheet accounts are translated at the exchange rates in effect at each year end and income statement accounts are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The national currencies of the international operations are generally their functional currencies. Gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of foreign currency transactions are reflected in earnings in realized capital gains (losses) in the period in which they occur.

F-15

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

2. Business Acquisitions

Aetna Group Insurance

On November 1, 2017, The Hartford acquired Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business through a reinsurance transaction for total consideration of $1.452 billion, comprised of cash of $1.450 billion and share-based awards of $2. The acquisition enables the Company to increase its market share in the group life and disability industry.

Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed at the Acquisition Date

	As of November 1, 2017
Assets
Cash and invested assets	$	3,360
Premiums receivable	96
Deferred income taxes, net	56
Other intangible assets	629
Property and equipment	68
Other assets	16
Total Assets Acquired	4,225
Liabilities
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses	2,833
Reserve for future policy benefits	346
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable	245
Unearned premiums	3
Other liabilities	69
Total Liabilities Assumed	3,496
Net identifiable assets acquired	729
Goodwill [1]	723
Net Assets Acquired	$	1,452

[1] Approximately $623 is deductible for income tax purposes.

Intangible Assets Recorded in Connection with the Acquisition

Asset	Amount		Estimated Useful Life
Value of in-force contracts	$	23	1 year
Customer relationships	590		15 years
Marketing agreement with Aetna	16		15 years
Total	$	629

The value of in-force contracts represents the estimated profits relating to the unexpired contracts in force at the acquisition date through expiry of the contracts. The value of customer relationships was estimated using net cash flows expected to come from the renewals of in-force contracts acquired less costs to service the related policies. The value of the marketing agreement with Aetna was estimated using net cash flows expected to come from incremental new business written during the three-year duration of the agreement, less costs to service

the related contracts. The value for each of the identifiable intangible assets was estimated using a discounted cash flow method. Significant inputs to the valuation models include estimates of expected premiums, persistency rates, investment returns, claim costs, expenses and discount rates based on a weighted average cost of capital.

Property and equipment represents an internally developed integrated absence management software acquired that was valued based on estimated replacement cost. The software will be amortized over five years on a straight-line basis.

Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses acquired were recorded at estimated fair value equal to the present value of expected future unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense payments discounted using the net investment yield estimated as of the acquisition date plus a risk margin. The fair value adjustment for the risk margin will be amortized over 12 years based on the payout pattern of losses and loss expenses as estimated as of the acquisition date.

Since the acquisition date of November 1, 2017, the revenues and earnings of the business acquired have been included in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations in the Group Benefits reporting segment and were $370 and $(37) respectively.

The $723 of goodwill recognized is largely attributable to the acquired employee workforce, expected expense synergies, economies of scale, and tax benefits not included within the value of identifiable intangibles. Goodwill is allocated to the Company's Group Benefits reporting segment.

The Company recognized $17 of acquisition related costs for the year ended December 31, 2017. These costs are included in insurance operating costs and other expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The acquisition date fair values of certain assets and liabilities, including insurance reserves and intangible assets, as well as the related estimated useful lives of intangibles, are provisional and are subject to revision within one year of the acquisition date. Under the terms of the agreement, a final balance sheet will be agreed to in 2018 and our estimates of fair values are pending finalization.

The following table presents supplemental unaudited pro forma amounts of revenue and net income for the Company in 2016 and 2017 as though the business was acquired on January 1, 2016. Pro forma adjustments include the revenue and earnings of the Aetna U.S. group life and disability business for each period as well as amortization of identifiable intangible assets acquired and of the fair value adjustment to acquired insurance reserves. Pro forma adjustments do not include retrospective adjustments to defer and amortize acquisition costs as would be recorded under the Company’s accounting policy.

F-16

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

2. Business Acquisitions (continued)

Pro Forma Results

	Revenue		Earnings
2017 Supplemental (unaudited) combined pro forma	$	18,899	$	(3,077	)
2016 Supplemental (unaudited) combined pro forma	$	18,348	$	953

Maxum

On July 29, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Northern Homelands Company, the holding company of Maxum Specialty Insurance Group headquartered in Alpharetta, Georgia in a cash transaction for approximately $169. The acquisition adds excess and surplus lines capability to the Company's Small Commercial line of business. Maxum will maintain its brand and limited wholesale distribution model. Maxum's revenues and earnings since the acquisition date are included in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations and are not material to the Company's consolidated results of operations.

Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed at the Acquisition Date

	As of July 29, 2016
Assets
Cash and investments (including cash of $12)	$	274
Reinsurance recoverables	113
Intangible assets [1]	11
Other assets	79
Total assets acquired	477
Liabilities
Unpaid losses	235
Unearned premiums	77
Other liabilities	34
Total liabilities assumed	346
Net identifiable assets acquired	131
Goodwill [2]	38
Net assets acquired	$	169

[1] Comprised of indefinite lived intangibles of $4 related to state insurance licenses acquired and other intangibles of $7 related to agency distribution relationships of Maxum which will amortize over 10 years.

[2] Non-deductible for income tax purposes.

The goodwill recognized is attributable to expected growth from the opportunity to sell both existing products and excess and surplus lines coverage to a broader customer base and has been allocated to the Small Commercial reporting unit within the Commercial Lines reporting segment.

The Company recognized $1 of acquisition related costs for the year ended December 31, 2016. These costs are included in insurance operating costs and other expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Lattice

On July 29, 2016, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company acquired 100% of the membership interests outstanding of Lattice Strategies LLC, an investment management firm and provider of strategic beta exchange-traded products ("ETP") with approximately $200 of assets under management ("AUM") at the acquisition date.

Fair Value of the Consideration Transferred at the Acquisition Date

Cash	$	19
Contingent consideration	23
Total	$	42

Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed at the Acquisition Date

	As of July 29, 2016
Assets
Intangible assets [1]	$	11
Cash	1
Total assets acquired	12
Liabilities
Total liabilities assumed	1
Net identifiable assets acquired	11
Goodwill [2]	31
Net assets acquired	$	42

[1] Comprised of indefinite lived intangibles of $10 related to customer relationships and $1 of other intangibles, which are amortizable over 5 to 8 years.

[2] Deductible for federal income tax purposes.

Lattice's revenues and earnings since the acquisition date are included in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations in the Mutual Funds reporting segment and are not material to the Company's consolidated results of operations.

In addition to the initial cash consideration, the Company is required to make future payments to the former owners of Lattice of up to $60 based upon growth in ETP AUM over a four-year period beginning on the date of acquisition. The contingent consideration was measured at fair value at the acquisition date by projecting future ETP AUM and discounting expected payments back to the valuation date. The projected ETP AUM and risk-adjusted discount rate are significant unobservable inputs to fair value.

The goodwill recognized is attributable to the fact that the acquisition of Lattice enables the Company to offer ETPs which are expected to be a significant source of future revenue and earnings growth. Goodwill is allocated to the Mutual Funds reporting segment.

The Company recognized $1 of acquisition related costs for the year ended December 31, 2016. These costs are included in insurance operating costs and other expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

F-17

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

3. Earnings Per Common Share

Computation of Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share

	For the years ended December 31,
(In millions, except for per share data)	2017			2016		2015
Earnings
(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax	$	(262	)	$	613	$	1,189
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax	(2,869		)	283		493
Net (loss) income	$	(3,131	)	$	896	$	1,682
Shares
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic	363.7			387.7		415.5
Dilutive effect of warrants	—			3.6		4.7
Dilutive effect of stock-based awards under compensation plans	—			3.5		5.0
Weighted average shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares [1]	363.7			394.8		425.2
Net income per common share
Basic
(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax	$	(0.72	)	$	1.58	$	2.86
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax	(7.89		)	0.73		1.19
Net income per common share	$	(8.61	)	$	2.31	$	4.05
Diluted
(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax	$	(0.72	)	$	1.55	$	2.80
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax	(7.89		)	0.72		1.16
Net (loss) income per common share	$	(8.61	)	$	2.27	$	3.96

[1] For additional information, see Note 15 - Equity and Note 19 - Stock Compensation Plans of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share includes the dilutive effect of assumed exercise or issuance of warrants and stock-based awards under compensation plans. Diluted potential common shares are included in the calculation of diluted per share amounts provided there is income from continuing operations, net of tax.

Under the treasury stock method, for warrants and stock-based awards, shares are assumed to be issued and then reduced for the number of shares repurchaseable with theoretical proceeds at the average market price for the period. Contingently issuable shares are included for the number of shares issuable assuming the end of the reporting period was the end of the contingency period, if dilutive.

As a result of the net loss from continuing operations for the year ended December 31,2017, the Company was required to use basic weighted average common shares outstanding in the calculation of diluted loss per share, since the inclusion of 4.3 million shares for stock compensation plans and 2.5 million shares for warrants would have been antidilutive to the earnings (loss) per share calculation. In the absence of the net loss, weighted average common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares would have totaled 370.5 million.

F-18

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Segment Information

The Company currently conducts business principally in five reporting segments, as well as a Corporate category. The Company's revenues from continuing operations are generated primarily in the United States ("U.S."). Any foreign sourced revenue in continuing operations is immaterial.

The Company’s reporting segments, as well as the Corporate category, are as follows:

Commercial Lines

Commercial Lines provides workers’ compensation, property, automobile, marine, livestock, liability and umbrella coverages primarily throughout the U.S., along with a variety of customized insurance products and risk management services including professional liability, bond, surety, and specialty casualty coverages.

Personal Lines

Personal Lines provides standard automobile, homeowners and personal umbrella coverages to individuals across the U.S., including a special program designed exclusively for members of AARP.

Property & Casualty Other Operations

Property & Casualty Other Operations includes certain property and casualty operations, managed by the Company, that have discontinued writing new business and includes substantially all of the Company’s asbestos and environmental exposures.

Group Benefits

Group Benefits provides employers, associations and financial institutions with group life, accident and disability coverage, along with other products and services, including voluntary benefits, and group retiree health.

Mutual Funds

Mutual Funds offers investment products for retail and retirement accounts as well as ETPs and provides investment management and administrative services such as product design, implementation and oversight. This business also includes a portion of the mutual funds which support the variable annuity products within the Company's life and annuity run-off business held for sale.

Corporate

The Company includes in the Corporate category discontinued operations of the Company's life and annuity run-off business accounted for as held for sale, reserves for structured settlement and terminal funding agreement liabilities retained, capital raising activities (including debt financing and related interest expense), purchase accounting adjustments related to goodwill and other expenses not allocated to the reporting segments.

Financial Measures and Other Segment Information

Certain transactions between segments occur during the year that primarily relate to tax settlements, insurance coverage, expense reimbursements, services provided, investment transfers and capital contributions. In addition, certain inter-segment transactions occur that relate to interest income on allocated

surplus. Consolidated net investment income is unaffected by such transactions.

Revenues

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017		2016			2015
Earned premiums and fee income:
Commercial Lines
Workers’ compensation	$	3,287	$	3,187		$	3,065
Liability	604		585			568
Package business	1,301		1,249			1,223
Property	604		577			638
Professional liability	246		231			222
Bond	230		218			218
Automobile	630		643			617
Total Commercial Lines [1]	6,902		6,690			6,551
Personal Lines
Automobile	2,617		2,749			2,698
Homeowners	1,117		1,188			1,212
Total Personal Lines [1] [2]	3,734		3,937			3,910
Property & Casualty Other Operations	—		—			32
Group Benefits
Group disability	1,718		1,506			1,479
Group life	1,745		1,512			1,477
Other	214		205			180
Total Group Benefits	3,677		3,223			3,136
Mutual Funds
Mutual Fund	706		601			607
Life and annuity run-off business held for sale	98		100			116
Total Mutual Funds	804		701			723
Corporate [3]	4		3			9
Total earned premiums and fee income	15,121		14,554			14,361
Total net investment income	1,603		1,577			1,561
Net realized capital gains (loss)	165		(110		)	(12		)
Other revenues	85		86			87
Total revenues	$	16,974	$	16,107		$	15,997

[1] Commercial Lines includes installment fees of $37, $39 and $40, for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Personal Lines includes installment fees of $44, $39, and $37, for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

[2] For 2017, 2016 and 2015, AARP members accounted for earned premiums of $3.2 billion, $3.3 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively.

[3] Includes revenues and expenses not allocated to remaining reporting segments.

F-19

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. Segment Information (continued)

Net (Loss) Income

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Commercial Lines [1]	$	865		$	994		$	991
Personal Lines [1]	(9		)	(9		)	199
Property & Casualty Other Operations	69			(529		)	(53		)
Group Benefits	294			230			187
Mutual Funds	106			78			86
Corporate	(4,456		)	132			272
Net (loss) income	$	(3,131	)	$	896		$	1,682

[1] For 2016 and 2015, there was a segment change which resulted in a movement from Commercial Lines to Personal Lines of $13 and $12 of net servicing income associated with our participation in the National Flood Insurance Program.

Net investment income

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Commercial Lines	$	949	$	917	$	910
Personal Lines	141		135		128
Property & Casualty Other Operations	106		127		133
Group Benefits	381		366		371
Mutual Funds	3		1		1
Corporate	23		31		18
Net investment income	$	1,603	$	1,577	$	1,561

Amortization of Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Commercial Lines	$	1,009	$	973	$	951
Personal Lines	309		348		359
Group Benefits	33		31		31
Mutual Funds	21		24		22
Corporate [1]	—		1		1
Total amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs	$	1,372	$	1,377	$	1,364

[1] Certain retained expenses of the Company's life and annuity run-off business have been reclassified to Corporate for the prior periods.

Amortization of Other Intangible Assets

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Commercial Lines	$	1	$	—	$	—
Personal Lines	4		4		4
Group Benefits	9		—		—
Total amortization of other intangible assets	$	14	$	4	$	4

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017		2016			2015
Commercial Lines	$	377	415			403
Personal Lines	26		(23		)	88
Property & Casualty Other Operations	24		(355		)	(47		)
Group Benefits	38		83			63
Mutual Funds	63		43			48
Corporate	457		(329		)	(266		)
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	985	$	(166	)	$	289

Assets

	As of December 31,
	2017		2016
Commercial Lines [1] [2]	$	31,281	$	29,845
Personal Lines [1]	6,251		6,091
Property & Casualty Other Operations	3,568		4,732
Group Benefits [3]	14,478		8,825
Mutual Funds	547		480
Corporate	169,135		174,603
Total assets	$	225,260	$	224,576

[1] For 2016, there was a segment change which resulted in a movement from Commercial Lines to Personal Lines of $8 of total assets associated with our participation in the National Flood Insurance Program.

[2] 2017 and 2016 reflect the addition of $688 and $712, respectively, of gross reserves and reinsurance recoverables for structured settlements reserves and recoverables due from the Company's life and annuity business now classified as held for sale. These amounts were previously eliminated in consolidation.

[3] Certain retained assets of the Company's life and annuity run-off business have been reclassified to Corporate for the prior period.

F-20

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Fair Value Measurements

The Company carries certain financial assets and liabilities at estimated fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants. Our fair value framework includes a hierarchy that gives the highest priority to the use of quoted prices in active markets, followed by the use of market observable inputs, followed by the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy levels are as follows:

Level 1 Fair values based primarily on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets, or liabilities, in active markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 Fair values primarily based on observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, or based on prices for similar assets and liabilities.

Level 3 Fair values derived when one or more of the significant inputs are unobservable (including assumptions about risk). With little or no observable market, the determination of fair values uses considerable judgment and represents the Company’s best estimate of an amount that could be realized in a market exchange for the asset or liability. Also included are securities that are traded within illiquid markets and/or priced by independent brokers.

The Company will classify the financial asset or liability by level based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the determination of the fair value. In most cases, both observable inputs (e.g., changes in interest rates) and unobservable inputs (e.g., changes in risk assumptions) are used to determine fair values that the Company has classified within Level 3.

Assets and (Liabilities) Carried at Fair Value by Hierarchy Level as of December 31, 2017
	Total			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Fixed maturities, AFS
Asset backed securities ("ABS")	$	1,126		$	—	$	1,107		$	19
Collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs")	1,260			—		1,165			95
Commercial mortgage-backed securities ("CMBS")	3,336			—		3,267			69
Corporate	12,804			—		12,284			520
Foreign government/government agencies	1,110			—		1,108			2
Municipal	12,485			—		12,468			17
Residential mortgage-backed securities ("RMBS")	3,044			—		1,814			1,230
U.S. Treasuries	1,799			333		1,466			—
Total fixed maturities	36,964			333		34,679			1,952
Fixed maturities, FVO	41			—		41			—
Equity securities, AFS	1,012			887		49			76
Derivative assets
Credit derivatives	9			—		9			—
Equity derivatives	1			—		—			1
Foreign exchange derivatives	(1		)	—		(1		)	—
Interest rate derivatives	1			—		1			—
Total derivative assets [1]	10			—		9			1
Short-term investments	2,270			1,098		1,172			—
Total assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	40,297		$	2,318	$	35,950		$	2,029
Liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Derivative liabilities
Credit derivatives	(3		)	—		(3		)	—
Foreign exchange derivatives	(13		)	—		(13		)	—
Interest rate derivatives	(84		)	—		(85		)	1
Total derivative liabilities [2]	(100		)	—		(101		)	1
Contingent consideration [3]	(29		)	—		—			(29		)
Total liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	(129	)	$	—	$	(101	)	$	(28	)

F-21

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Assets and (Liabilities) Carried at Fair Value by Hierarchy Level as of December 31, 2016
	Total			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Fixed maturities, AFS
ABS	$	1,389		$	—	$	1,344		$	45
CDOs	976			—		822			154
CMBS	2,790			—		2,731			59
Corporate	10,973			—		10,459			514
Foreign government/government agencies	826			—		779			47
Municipal	10,297			—		10,251			46
RMBS	3,006			—		1,745			1,261
U.S. Treasuries	1,925			390		1,535			—
Total fixed maturities	32,182			390		29,666			2,126
Fixed maturities, FVO	211			1		199			11
Equity securities, AFS	945			801		89			55
Derivative assets
Credit derivatives	18			—		18			—
Foreign exchange derivatives	23			—		23			—
Interest rate derivatives	(457		)	—		(457		)	—
Other derivative contracts	1			—		—			1
Total derivative assets [1]	(415		)	—		(416		)	1
Short-term investments	1,895			241		1,654			—
Total assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	34,818		$	1,433	$	31,192		$	2,193
Liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
Derivative liabilities
Credit derivatives	(14		)	—		(14		)	—
Foreign exchange derivatives	10			—		10			—
Interest rate derivatives	(108		)	—		(117		)	9
Total derivative liabilities [2]	(112		)	—		(121		)	9
Contingent consideration [3]	(25		)	—		—			(25		)
Total liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	$	(137	)	$	—	$	(121	)	$	(16	)

[1] Includes OTC and OTC-cleared derivative instruments in a net positive fair value position after consideration of the accrued interest and impact of collateral posting requirements which may be imposed by agreements, clearing house rules and applicable law. See footnote 2 to this table for derivative liabilities.

[2] Includes OTC and OTC-cleared derivative instruments in a net negative fair value position (derivative liability) after consideration of the accrued interest and impact of collateral posting requirements which may be imposed by agreements, clearing house rules and applicable law.

[3] For additional information see the Contingent Consideration section below.

Fixed Maturities, Equity Securities, Short-term Investments, and Free-standing Derivatives

Valuation Techniques

The Company generally determines fair values using valuation techniques that use prices, rates, and other relevant information evident from market transactions involving identical or similar instruments. Valuation techniques also include, where appropriate, estimates of future cash flows that are converted into a single discounted amount using current market expectations. The Company uses a "waterfall" approach

comprised of the following pricing sources and techniques, which are listed in priority order:

• Quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical assets or liabilities in active markets, which are classified as Level 1.

• Prices from third-party pricing services, which primarily utilize a combination of techniques. These services utilize recently reported trades of identical, similar, or benchmark securities making adjustments for market observable inputs available through the reporting date. If there are no recently reported trades, they may use a discounted cash flow technique to develop a price using expected cash flows based upon the anticipated future performance of the underlying collateral discounted at an estimated market rate. Both techniques develop prices that consider the time value of future cash flows and provide a margin for risk, including liquidity and credit risk. Most prices provided by third-party

F-22

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

pricing services are classified as Level 2 because the inputs used in pricing the securities are observable. However, some securities that are less liquid or trade less actively are classified as Level 3. Additionally, certain long-dated securities, including certain municipal securities, foreign government/government agency securities, and bank loans, include benchmark interest rate or credit spread assumptions that are not observable in the marketplace and are thus classified as Level 3.

• Internal matrix pricing, which is a valuation process internally developed for private placement securities for which the Company is unable to obtain a price from a third-party pricing service. Internal pricing matrices determine credit spreads that, when combined with risk-free rates, are applied to contractual cash flows to develop a price. The Company develops credit spreads using market based data for public securities adjusted for credit spread differentials between public and private securities, which are obtained from a survey of multiple private placement brokers. The market-based reference credit spread considers the issuer’s financial strength and term to maturity, using an independent public security index and trade information, while the credit spread differential considers the non-public nature of the security. Securities priced using internal matrix pricing are classified as Level 2 because the inputs are observable or can be corroborated with observable data.

• Independent broker quotes, which are typically non-binding, use inputs that can be difficult to corroborate with observable market based data. Brokers may use present value techniques using assumptions specific to the security types, or they may use recent transactions of similar securities. Due to the lack of transparency in the process that brokers use to develop prices, valuations that are based on independent broker quotes are classified as Level 3.

The fair value of free-standing derivative instruments is determined primarily using a discounted cash flow model or option model technique and incorporate counterparty credit risk. In some cases, quoted market prices for exchange-traded and OTC-cleared derivatives may be used and in other cases independent broker quotes may be used. The pricing valuation models primarily use inputs that are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data. The valuation of certain derivatives may include significant inputs that are unobservable, such as volatility levels, and reflect the Company’s view of what other market participants would use when pricing such instruments.

Valuation Controls

The fair value process for investments is monitored by the Valuation Committee, which is a cross-functional group of senior management within the Company that meets at least quarterly. The purpose of the committee is to oversee the pricing policy and procedures, as well as to approve changes to valuation methodologies and pricing sources. Controls and procedures used to assess third-party pricing services are reviewed by the Valuation Committee, including the results of annual due-diligence reviews.

There are also two working groups under the Valuation Committee: a Securities Fair Value Working Group (“Securities

Working Group”) and a Derivatives Fair Value Working Group ("Derivatives Working Group"). The working groups, which include various investment, operations, accounting and risk management professionals, meet monthly to review market data trends, pricing and trading statistics and results, and any proposed pricing methodology changes.

The Securities Working Group reviews prices received from third parties to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. The group considers trading volume, new issuance activity, market trends, new regulatory rulings and other factors to determine whether the market activity is significantly different than normal activity in an active market. A dedicated pricing unit follows up with trading and investment sector professionals and challenges prices of third-party pricing services when the estimated assumptions used differ from what the unit believes a market participant would use. If the available evidence indicates that pricing from third-party pricing services or broker quotes is based upon transactions that are stale or not from trades made in an orderly market, the Company places little, if any, weight on the third party service’s transaction price and will estimate fair value using an internal process, such as a pricing matrix.

The Derivatives Working Group reviews the inputs, assumptions and methodologies used to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. A dedicated pricing team works directly with investment sector professionals to investigate the impacts of changes in the market environment on prices or valuations of derivatives. New models and any changes to current models are required to have detailed documentation and are validated to a second source. The model validation documentation and results of validation are presented to the Valuation Committee for approval.

The Company conducts other monitoring controls around securities and derivatives pricing including, but not limited to, the following:

• Review of daily price changes over specific thresholds and new trade comparison to third-party pricing services.

• Daily comparison of OTC derivative market valuations to counterparty valuations.

• Review of weekly price changes compared to published bond prices of a corporate bond index.

• Monthly reviews of price changes over thresholds, stale prices, missing prices, and zero prices.

• Monthly validation of prices to a second source for securities in most sectors and for certain derivatives.

In addition, the Company’s enterprise-wide Operational Risk Management function, led by the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for model risk management and provides an independent review of the suitability and reliability of model inputs, as well as an analysis of significant changes to current models.

Valuation Inputs

Quoted prices for identical assets in active markets are considered Level 1 and consist of on-the-run U.S. Treasuries, money market funds, exchange-traded equity securities, open-

F-23

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

ended mutual funds, short-term investments, and exchange traded futures and option contracts.

Valuation Inputs Used in Levels 2 and 3 Measurements for Securities and Freestanding Derivatives

	Level 2 Primary Observable Inputs	Level 3 Primary Unobservable Inputs
Fixed Maturity Investments
Structured securities (includes ABS, CDOs CMBS and RMBS)
	• Benchmark yields and spreads • Monthly payment information • Collateral performance, which varies by vintage year and includes delinquency rates, loss severity rates and refinancing assumptions • Credit default swap indices Other inputs for ABS and RMBS: • Estimate of future principal prepayments, derived from the characteristics of the underlying structure • Prepayment speeds previously experienced at the interest rate levels projected for the collateral	• Independent broker quotes • Credit spreads beyond observable curve • Interest rates beyond observable curve Other inputs for less liquid securities or those that trade less actively, including subprime RMBS: • Estimated cash flows • Credit spreads, which include illiquidity premium • Constant prepayment rates • Constant default rates • Loss severity
Corporates
	• Benchmark yields and spreads • Reported trades, bids, offers of the same or similar securities • Issuer spreads and credit default swap curves Other inputs for investment grade privately placed securities that utilize internal matrix pricing : • Credit spreads for public securities of similar quality, maturity, and sector, adjusted for non-public nature	• Independent broker quotes • Credit spreads beyond observable curve • Interest rates beyond observable curve Other inputs for below investment grade privately placed securities: • Independent broker quotes • Credit spreads for public securities of similar quality, maturity, and sector, adjusted for non-public nature
U.S Treasuries, Municipals, and Foreign government/government agencies
	• Benchmark yields and spreads • Issuer credit default swap curves • Political events in emerging market economies • Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board reported trades and material event notices • Issuer financial statements	• Credit spreads beyond observable curve • Interest rates beyond observable curve
Equity Securities
	• Quoted prices in markets that are not active	• For privately traded equity securities, internal discounted cash flow models utilizing earnings multiples or other cash flow assumptions that are not observable
Short Term Investments
	• Benchmark yields and spreads • Reported trades, bids, offers • Issuer spreads and credit default swap curves • Material event notices and new issue money market rates	Not applicable
Derivatives
Credit derivatives
	• Swap yield curve • Credit default swap curves	Not applicable
Equity derivatives
	• Equity index levels • Swap yield curve	• Independent broker quotes • Equity volatility
Foreign exchange derivatives
	• Swap yield curve • Currency spot and forward rates • Cross currency basis curves	Not applicable
Interest rate derivatives
	• Swap yield curve	• Independent broker quotes • Interest rate volatility

F-24

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Significant Unobservable Inputs for Level 3 - Securities

Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis	Fair Value		Predominant Valuation Technique	Significant Unobservable Input	Minimum		Maximum		Weighted Average [1]		Impact of Increase in Input on Fair Value [2]
As of December 31, 2017
CMBS [3]	$	56	Discounted cash flows	Spread (encompasses prepayment, default risk and loss severity)	9 bps		1,040 bps		400 bps		Decrease
Corporate [4]	251		Discounted cash flows	Spread	103 bps		1,000 bps		242 bps		Decrease
Municipal	17		Discounted cash flows	Spread	192 bps		250 bps		219 bps		Decrease
RMBS [3]	1,215		Discounted cash flows	Spread	24 bps		351 bps		74 bps		Decrease
				Constant prepayment rate	1.0%		25%		6%		Decrease [5]
				Constant default rate	—%		9%		4%		Decrease
				Loss severity	—%		100%		66%		Decrease
As of December 31, 2016
CMBS [3]	$	42	Discounted cash flows	Spread (encompasses prepayment, default risk and loss severity)	10	bps	1,084	bps	405	bps	Decrease
Corporate [4]	245		Discounted cash flows	Spread	122	bps	1,302	bps	345	bps	Decrease
Municipal [3]	46		Discounted cash flows	Spread	135	bps	286	bps	252	bps	Decrease
RMBS [3]	1,260		Discounted cash flows	Spread	16	bps	731	bps	193	bps	Decrease
				Constant prepayment rate	—%		17%		4%		Decrease [5]
				Constant default rate	—%		11%		5%		Decrease
				Loss severity	—%		100%		75%		Decrease

[1] The weighted average is determined based on the fair value of the securities.

[2] Conversely, the impact of a decrease in input would have the opposite impact to the fair value as that presented in the table.

[3] Excludes securities for which the Company based fair value on broker quotations.

[4] Excludes securities for which the Company bases fair value on broker quotations; however, included are broker priced lower-rated private placement securities for which the Company receives spread and yield information to corroborate the fair value.

[5] Decrease for above market rate coupons and increase for below market rate coupons.

F-25

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Significant Unobservable Inputs for Level 3 - Freestanding Derivatives

	Fair Value	Predominant Valuation Technique	Significant Unobservable Input	Minimum		Maximum		Impact of Increase in Input on Fair Value [1]
As of December 31, 2017
Interest rate swaptions [2]	1	Option model	Interest rate volatility	2	%	2	%	Increase
Equity options	1	Option model	Equity volatility	18	%	22	%	Increase
As of December 31, 2016
Interest rate derivatives
Interest rate swaptions	9	Option model	Interest rate volatility	2	%	2	%	Increase

[1] Conversely, the impact of a decrease in input would have the opposite impact to the fair value as that presented in the table. Changes are based on long positions, unless otherwise noted. Changes in fair value will be inversely impacted for short positions.

[2] The swaptions presented are purchased options that have the right to enter into a pay-fixed swap.

The tables above exclude the portion of ABS, CRE CDOs and certain corporate securities for which fair values are predominately based on independent broker quotes. While the Company does not have access to the significant unobservable inputs that independent brokers may use in their pricing process, the Company believes brokers likely use inputs similar to those used by the Company and third-party pricing services to price similar instruments. As such, in their pricing models, brokers likely use estimated loss severity rates, prepayment rates, constant default rates and credit spreads. Therefore, similar to non-broker priced securities, increases in these inputs would generally cause fair values to decrease. For the year ended December 31, 2017, no significant adjustments were made by the Company to broker prices received.

Transfers between Levels

Transfers of securities among the levels occur at the beginning of the reporting period. The amount of transfers from Level 1 to Level 2 was $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, which represented previously on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities that are now off-the-run. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no transfers from Level 2 to Level 1. See the fair value roll-forward tables for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, for the transfers into and out of Level 3.

Contingent Consideration

The acquisition of Lattice Strategies LLC ("Lattice") in 2016 requires the Company to make payments to former owners of

Lattice of up to $60 contingent upon growth in exchange-traded products ("ETP") AUM over a four-year period beginning on the date of acquisition. The contingent consideration is measured at fair value on a quarterly basis by projecting future eligible ETP AUM over the contingency period to estimate the amount of expected payout. The future expected payout is discounted back to the valuation date using a risk-adjusted discount rate of 18.8%. The risk-adjusted discount rate is an internally generated and significant unobservable input to fair value.

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs

The Company uses derivative instruments to manage the risk associated with certain assets and liabilities. However, the derivative instrument may not be classified with the same fair value hierarchy level as the associated asset or liability. Therefore, the realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivatives reported in the Level 3 roll-forward may be offset by realized and unrealized gains and losses of the associated assets and liabilities in other line items of the financial statements.

F-26

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Fair Value Roll-forwards for Financial Instruments Classified as Level 3 for the Year Ended December 31, 2017

					Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
		Fair value as of January 1, 2017			Included in net income [1][5]			Included in OCI [2]			Purchases		Settlements			Sales			Transfers into Level 3 [3]		Transfers out of Level 3 [3]			Fair value as of December 31, 2017
Assets
Fixed Maturities, AFS
	ABS	$	45		$	—		$	—		$	56	$	(6	)	$	(6	)	$	27	$	(97	)	$	19
	CDOs	154			18			(13		)	214		(101		)	(24		)	—		(153		)	95
	CMBS	59			(2		)	—			76		(9		)	(10		)	—		(45		)	69
	Corporate	514			1			19			232		(76		)	(157		)	71		(84		)	520
	Foreign Govt./Govt. Agencies	47			—			3			12		(1		)	(2		)	—		(57		)	2
	Municipal	46			4			1			1		—			(35		)	—		—			17
	RMBS	1,261			—			36			209		(268		)	(7		)	—		(1		)	1,230
Total Fixed Maturities, AFS		2,126			21			46			800		(461		)	(241		)	98		(437		)	1,952
Fixed Maturities, FVO		11			—			—			4		(2		)	(13		)	—		—			—
Equity Securities, AFS		55			—			(3		)	24		—			—			—		—			76
Freestanding Derivatives, net [4]
	Equity	—			(4		)	—			5		—			—			—		—			1
	Interest rate	9			(8		)	—			—		—			—			—		—			1
	Other contracts	1			(1		)	—			—		—			—			—		—			—
Total Freestanding Derivatives, net [4]		10			(13		)	—			5		—			—			—		—			2
Total Assets		2,202			8			43			833		(463		)	(254		)	98		(437		)	2,030
Liabilities
Contingent Consideration [6]		(25		)	(4		)	—			—		—			—			—		—			(29		)
Total Liabilities		$	(25	)	$	(4	)	$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—		$	(29	)

F-27

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Fair Value Roll-forwards for Financial Instruments Classified as Level 3 for the Year Ended December 31, 2016

				Total realized/unrealized gains (losses)
		Fair value as of January 1, 2016		Included in net income [1][5]			Included in OCI [2]			Purchases [6]			Settlements			Sales			Transfers into Level 3 [3]		Transfers out of Level 3 [3]			Fair value as of December 31, 2016
Assets
Fixed Maturities, AFS
	ABS	$	32	$	—		$	(1	)	$	33		$	(6	)	$	—		$	16	$	(29	)	$	45
	CDOs	211		—			9			36			(102		)	—			—		—			154
	CMBS	88		(4		)	(1		)	45			(15		)	(1		)	1		(54		)	59
	Corporate	320		(12		)	1			197			(34		)	(102		)	265		(121		)	514
	Foreign Govt./Govt. Agencies	43		1			2			16			—			(15		)	—		—			47
	Municipal	—		—			(1		)	39			—			—			8		—			46
	RMBS	994		(1		)	9			463			(174		)	(21		)	3		(12		)	1,261
Total Fixed Maturities, AFS		1,688		(16		)	18			829			(331		)	(139		)	293		(216		)	2,126
Fixed Maturities, FVO		14		(1		)	—			14			(4		)	(3		)	—		(9		)	11
Equity Securities, AFS		55		(1		)	4			2			—			(5		)	—		—			55
Freestanding Derivatives, net [4]
	Equity	—		(8		)	—			8			—			—			—		—			—
	Interest rate	7		2			—			—			—			—			—		—			9
	Other contracts	7		(6		)	—			—			—			—			—		—			1
Total Freestanding Derivatives, net [4]		14		(12		)	—			8			—			—			—		—			10
Total Assets		1,771		(30		)	22			853			(335		)	(147		)	293		(225		)	2,202
Liabilities
Contingent Considerations [6]		—		(2		)	—			(23		)	—			—			—		—			(25		)
Total Liabilities		$	—	$	(2	)	$	—		$	(23	)	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—		$	(25	)

[1] Amounts in these rows are generally reported in net realized capital gains (losses). All amounts are before income taxes.

[2] All amounts are before income taxes.

[3] Transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3 are primarily attributable to the availability of market observable information and the re-evaluation of the observability of pricing inputs.

[4] Derivative instruments are reported in this table on a net basis for asset (liability) positions and reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in other investments and other liabilities.

[5] Includes both market and non-market impacts in deriving realized and unrealized gains (losses).

[6] For additional information, see Note 2 - Business Acquisitions of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the contingent consideration in connection with the acquisition of Lattice.

F-28

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Included in Net Income for Financial Instruments Classified as Level 3 Still Held at Year End

		Changes in Unrealized Gain/(Loss) included in Net Income as of December 31, 2017 [1] [2]			Changes in Unrealized Gain/(Loss) included in Net Income as of December 31, 2016 [1] [2]
Assets
Fixed Maturities, AFS
	CMBS	(2		)	(2		)
	Corporate	—			(5		)
Total Fixed Maturities, AFS		(2		)	(7		)
Equity Securities, AFS		—			(1		)
Freestanding Derivatives, net
	Equity	(5		)	—
	Interest rate	(7		)	—
	Other Contracts	—			(1		)
Total Freestanding Derivatives, net		(12		)	(1		)
Total Assets		(14		)	(9		)
Liabilities
Contingent Consideration [3]		(4		)	(2		)
Total Liabilities		$	(4	)	$	(2	)

[1] All amounts in these rows are reported in net realized capital gains (losses). All amounts are before income taxes.

[2] Amounts presented are for Level 3 only and therefore may not agree to other disclosures included herein.

[3] For additional information, see Note 2 - Business Acquisitions of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the contingent consideration in connection with the acquisition of Lattice.

Fair Value Option

The Company has elected the fair value option for certain securities that contain embedded credit derivatives with underlying credit risk primarily related to residential real estate, and these securities are included within Fixed Maturities, FVO on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. For certain previously consolidated investment funds, the Company classified the underlying fixed maturities within Fixed Maturities, FVO as a result of the Company's management, control and significant ownership interest of the funds. The Company reported the underlying fixed maturities of these consolidated investment companies at fair value with changes in the fair value of these securities recognized in net realized capital gains and losses, which is consistent with accounting requirements for investment companies.

The Company also previously elected the fair value option for certain equity securities in order to align the accounting with total return swap contracts that hedged the risk associated with the investments. The swaps did not qualify for hedge accounting and the change in value of both the equity securities and the total return swaps were recorded in net realized capital gains and losses. These equity securities were classified within equity securities, AFS on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Income earned from FVO securities was recorded in net investment income and changes in fair value were recorded in net realized capital gains and losses. The Company did not hold any of these equity securities as of December 31, 2017 or December 31, 2016 .

Changes in Fair Value of Assets using Fair Value Option

	For the year ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Assets
Fixed maturities, FVO
Corporate	$	(1	)	$	—		$	(4	)
Foreign government	—			(1		)	—
RMBS	—			5			—
Total fixed maturities, FVO	(1		)	4			(4		)
Equity, FVO	1			—			—
Total realized capital gains (losses)	$	—		$	4		$	(4	)

F-29

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. Fair Value Measurements (continued)

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities using the Fair Value Option

	As of December 31,
	2017		2016
Assets
Fixed maturities, FVO
ABS	$	—	$	7
CDOs	—		3
CMBS	—		8
Corporate	—		40
U.S. government	—		7
RMBS	41		146
Total fixed maturities, FVO	41		211

Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value

Financial Assets and Liabilities Not Carried at Fair Value

	Fair Value Hierarchy Level	Carrying Amount		Fair Value
	December 31, 2017
Assets
Mortgage loans	Level 3	$	3,175	$	3,220
Liabilities
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable	Level 3	$	825	$	827
Senior notes [1]	Level 2	$	3,415	$	4,054
Junior subordinated debentures [1]	Level 2	$	1,583	$	1,699
	December 31, 2016
Assets
Mortgage loans	Level 3	$	2,886	$	2,878
Liabilities
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable	Level 3	$	611	$	613
Senior notes [1]	Level 2	$	3,826	$	4,316
Junior subordinated debentures [1]	Level 2	$	1,083	$	1,246

[1]Included in long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, except for current maturities, which are included in short-term debt.

Fair values for mortgage loans were estimated using discounted cash flow calculations based on current lending rates for similar type loans. Current lending rates reflect changes in credit spreads and the remaining terms of the loans.

Fair values for other policyholder funds and benefits payable, not carried at fair value, are estimated based on the cash surrender

values of the underlying policies or by estimating future cash flows discounted at current interest rates adjusted for credit risk.

Fair values for senior notes and junior subordinated debentures are determined using the market approach based on reported trades, benchmark interest rates and issuer spread for the Company which may consider credit default swaps.

F-30

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

6. Investments

Net Investment Income

	For the years ended December 31,
(Before-tax)	2017			2016			2015
Fixed maturities [1]	$	1,303		$	1,319		$	1,301
Equity securities	24			22			17
Mortgage loans	124			116			115
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments	174			128			130
Other investments [2]	49			51			57
Investment expenses	(71		)	(59		)	(59		)
Total net investment income	$	1,603		$	1,577		$	1,561

[1] Includes net investment income on short-term investments.

[2] Includes income from derivatives that hedge fixed maturities and qualify for hedge accounting.

Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)

	For the years ended December 31,
(Before-tax)	2017			2016			2015
Gross gains on sales	$	275		$	222		$	219
Gross losses on sales	(113		)	(159		)	(194		)
Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings	(8		)	(27		)	(41		)
Valuation allowances on mortgage loans	(1		)	—			(1		)
Transactional foreign currency revaluation	14			(78		)	—
Non-qualifying foreign currency derivatives	(14		)	83			13
Other, net [1]	12			(151		)	(8		)
Net realized capital gains (losses)	$	165		$	(110	)	$	(12	)

[1] Includes gains (losses) on non-qualifying derivatives, excluding foreign currency derivatives, of $8, $(9), and $(20), respectively for 2017, 2016 and 2015. Also included for the year ended December 31, 2016, is a loss related to the write-down of investments in solar energy partnerships, which generated tax benefits, and a loss related to the sale of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries.

Net realized capital gains and losses from investment sales are reported as a component of revenues and are determined on a specific identification basis. Before tax, net gains and losses on sales and impairments previously reported as unrealized gains or losses in AOCI were $152, $36, and $(5) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Sales of AFS Securities

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Fixed maturities, AFS
Sale proceeds	$	17,614		$	9,984		$	11,161
Gross gains	204			196			177
Gross losses	(90		)	(138		)	(156		)
Equity securities, AFS
Sale proceeds	$	607		$	359		$	733
Gross gains	69			26			35
Gross losses	(23		)	(20		)	(20		)

Sales of AFS securities in 2017 were primarily a result of duration and liquidity management as well as tactical changes to the portfolio as a result of changing market conditions.

Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

The Company will record an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) for fixed maturities and certain equity securities with debt-like characteristics (collectively “debt securities”) if the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before a recovery in value. A corresponding charge is recorded in net realized capital losses equal to the difference between the fair value and amortized cost basis of the security.

The Company will also record an OTTI for those debt securities for which the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis. For these securities, the excess of the amortized cost basis over its fair value is separated into the portion representing a credit OTTI, which is recorded in net realized capital losses, and the remaining non-credit amount, which is recorded in OCI. The credit OTTI amount is the excess of its amortized cost basis over the Company’s best estimate of discounted expected future cash flows. The non-credit amount is the excess of the best estimate of the discounted expected future cash flows over the fair value. The Company’s best estimate of discounted expected future cash flows becomes the new cost basis and accretes prospectively into net investment income over the estimated remaining life of the security.

The Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from third-party sources along with certain internal assumptions regarding the future performance. The Company's considerations include, but are not limited to, (a) changes in the financial condition of the issuer and the underlying collateral, (b) whether the issuer is current on contractually obligated interest and principal payments, (c) credit ratings, (d) payment structure of the security and (e) the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost of the security.

For non-structured securities, assumptions include, but are not limited to, economic and industry-specific trends and fundamentals, security-specific developments, industry earnings

F-31

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

6. Investments (continued)

multiples and the issuer’s ability to restructure and execute asset sales.

For structured securities, assumptions include, but are not limited to, various performance indicators such as historical and projected default and recovery rates, credit ratings, current and projected delinquency rates, loan-to-value ("LTV") ratios, average cumulative collateral loss rates that vary by vintage year, prepayment speeds, and property value declines. These assumptions require the use of significant management judgment and include the probability of issuer default and estimates regarding timing and amount of expected recoveries which may include estimating the underlying collateral value.

The Company will also record an OTTI for equity securities where the decline in the fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary. A corresponding charge is recorded in net realized capital losses equal to the difference between the fair value and cost basis of the security. The previous cost basis less the impairment becomes the new cost basis. The Company’s evaluation and assumptions used to determine an equity OTTI include, but is not limited to, (a) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than the cost of the security, (b) changes in the financial condition, credit rating and near-term prospects of the issuer, (c) whether the issuer is current on preferred stock dividends and (d) the intent and ability of the Company to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery. For the remaining equity securities which are determined to be temporarily impaired, the Company asserts its intent and ability to retain those equity securities until the price recovers.

Impairments in Earnings by Type

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Credit impairments	$	2	$	21	$	6
Impairments on equity securities	6		4		2
Intent-to-sell impairments	—		2		30
Other impairments	—		—		3
Total impairments	$	8	$	27	$	41

Cumulative Credit Impairments

	For the years ended December 31,
(Before-tax)	2017			2016			2015
Balance as of beginning of period	$	(110	)	$	(113	)	$	(128	)
Additions for credit impairments recognized on [1]:
Securities not previously impaired	(1		)	(16		)	(4		)
Securities previously impaired	(1		)	(5		)	(2		)
Reductions for credit impairments previously recognized on:
Securities that matured or were sold during the period	76			15			10
Securities the Company made the decision to sell or more likely than not will be required to sell	—			—			1
Securities due to an increase in expected cash flows	11			9			10
Balance as of end of period	$	(25	)	$	(110	)	$	(113	)

[1] These additions are included in the net OTTI losses recognized in earnings in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-32

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

6. Investments (continued)

Available-for-Sale Securities

AFS Securities by Type

	December 31, 2017												December 31, 2016
	Cost or Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Non- Credit OTTI [1]			Cost or Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Non- Credit OTTI [1]
ABS	$	1,119	$	9	$	(2	)	$	1,126	$	—		$	1,385	$	8	$	(4	)	$	1,389	$	—
CDOs	1,257		3		—			1,260		—			960		18		(2		)	976		—
CMBS	3,304		58		(26		)	3,336		(5		)	2,772		52		(34		)	2,790		(5		)
Corporate	12,370		490		(56		)	12,804		—			10,703		399		(129		)	10,973		—
Foreign govt./govt. agencies	1,071		43		(4		)	1,110		—			827		15		(16		)	826		—
Municipal	11,743		754		(12		)	12,485		—			9,727		635		(65		)	10,297		—
RMBS	2,985		63		(4		)	3,044		—			2,995		32		(21		)	3,006		—
U.S. Treasuries	1,763		46		(10		)	1,799		—			1,927		29		(31		)	1,925		—
Total fixed maturities, AFS	35,612		1,466		(114		)	36,964		(5		)	31,296		1,188		(302		)	32,182		(5		)
Equity securities, AFS	907		121		(16		)	1,012		—			878		84		(17		)	945		—
Total AFS securities	$	36,519	$	1,587	$	(130	)	$	37,976	$	(5	)	$	32,174	$	1,272	$	(319	)	$	33,127	$	(5	)

[1] Represents the amount of cumulative non-credit OTTI losses recognized in OCI on securities that also had credit impairments. These losses are included in gross unrealized losses as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Fixed maturities, AFS, by Contractual Maturity Year

	December 31, 2017				December 31, 2016
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
One year or less	$	1,507	$	1,513	$	1,174	$	1,185
Over one year through five years	5,007		5,119		4,830		4,987
Over five years through ten years	6,505		6,700		5,476		5,596
Over ten years	13,928		14,866		11,704		12,253
Subtotal	26,947		28,198		23,184		24,021
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities	8,665		8,766		8,112		8,161
Total fixed maturities, AFS	$	35,612	$	36,964	$	31,296	$	32,182

Estimated maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to security call or prepayment provisions. Due to the potential for variability in payment speeds (i.e. prepayments or extensions), mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are not categorized by contractual maturity.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company aims to maintain a diversified investment portfolio including issuer, sector and geographic stratification, where applicable, and has established certain exposure limits, diversification standards and review procedures to mitigate credit risk. The Company had no investment exposure to any credit concentration risk of a single issuer greater than 10% of the Company's stockholders' equity, other than the U.S. government and certain U.S. government agencies as of December 31, 2017 or December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2017, other than U.S. government and certain U.S. government

agencies, the Company’s three largest exposures by issuer were the New York State Dormitory Authority, New York City Transitional Finance Authority, and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts which each comprised less than 1% of total invested assets. As of December 31, 2016, other than U.S. government and certain U.S. government agencies, the Company’s three largest exposures by issuer were Commonwealth of Massachusetts, New York State Dormitory Authority, and the State of California which each comprised less than 1% of total invested assets. The Company’s three largest exposures by sector as of December 31, 2017 were municipal securities, CMBS, and RMBS which comprised approximately 28%, 7% and 7%, respectively, of total invested assets. The Company’s three largest exposures by sector as of December 31, 2016 were municipal investments, RMBS, and CMBS which comprised approximately 26%, 8% and 7%, respectively, of total invested assets.

F-33

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

6. Investments (continued)

Unrealized Losses on AFS Securities

Unrealized Loss Aging for AFS Securities by Type and Length of Time as of December 31, 2017

	Less Than 12 Months							12 Months or More							Total
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
ABS	$	461	$	460	$	(1	)	$	30	$	29	$	(1	)	$	491	$	489	$	(2	)
CDOs	359		359		—			1		1		—			360		360		—
CMBS	1,178		1,167		(11		)	243		228		(15		)	1,421		1,395		(26		)
Corporate	2,322		2,302		(20		)	1,064		1,028		(36		)	3,386		3,330		(56		)
Foreign govt./govt. agencies	244		242		(2		)	51		49		(2		)	295		291		(4		)
Municipal	511		507		(4		)	236		228		(8		)	747		735		(12		)
RMBS	889		887		(2		)	137		135		(2		)	1,026		1,022		(4		)
U.S. Treasuries	658		652		(6		)	254		250		(4		)	912		902		(10		)
Total fixed maturities, AFS	6,622		6,576		(46		)	2,016		1,948		(68		)	8,638		8,524		(114		)
Equity securities, AFS	176		163		(13		)	24		21		(3		)	200		184		(16		)
Total securities in an unrealized loss position	$	6,798	$	6,739	$	(59	)	$	2,040	$	1,969	$	(71	)	$	8,838	$	8,708	$	(130	)

Unrealized Loss Aging for AFS Securities by Type and Length of Time as of December 31, 2016

	Less Than 12 Months							12 Months or More							Total
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
ABS	$	333	$	331	$	(2	)	$	103	$	101	$	(2	)	$	436	$	432	$	(4	)
CDOs	316		315		(1		)	160		159		(1		)	476		474		(2		)
CMBS	1,018		997		(21		)	154		141		(13		)	1,172		1,138		(34		)
Corporate	2,883		2,784		(99		)	433		403		(30		)	3,316		3,187		(129		)
Foreign govt./govt. agencies	409		395		(14		)	21		19		(2		)	430		414		(16		)
Municipal	1,401		1,338		(63		)	43		41		(2		)	1,444		1,379		(65		)
RMBS	1,107		1,089		(18		)	393		390		(3		)	1,500		1,479		(21		)
U.S. Treasuries	1,047		1,016		(31		)	—		—		—			1,047		1,016		(31		)
Total fixed maturities, AFS	8,514		8,265		(249		)	1,307		1,254		(53		)	9,821		9,519		(302		)
Equity securities, AFS	271		258		(13		)	33		29		(4		)	304		287		(17		)
Total securities in an unrealized loss position	$	8,785	$	8,523	$	(262	)	$	1,340	$	1,283	$	(57	)	$	10,125	$	9,806	$	(319	)

As of December 31, 2017, AFS securities in an unrealized loss position consisted of 2,526 securities, primarily in the corporate sector, which were depressed primarily due to an increase in interest rates and/or widening of credit spreads since the securities were purchased. As of December 31, 2017, 96% of these securities were depressed less than 20% of cost or amortized cost. The improvement in unrealized losses during 2017 was primarily attributable to tighter credit spreads.

Most of the securities depressed for twelve months or more relate to corporate securities and structured securities with exposure to commercial real estate. Corporate securities and commercial real estate securities were primarily depressed because current market spreads are wider than spreads at the securities' respective purchase dates. Certain other corporate securities were depressed because the securities have floating-rate coupons and have long-dated maturities, and current credit spreads are wider than when these securities were purchased. The Company neither has an intention to sell nor does it expect to be required to sell the securities outlined in the preceding discussion.

Mortgage Loans

Mortgage Loan Valuation Allowances

Commercial mortgage loans are considered to be impaired when management estimates that, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company reviews mortgage loans on a quarterly basis to identify potential credit losses. Among other factors, management reviews current and projected macroeconomic trends, such as unemployment rates and property-specific factors such as rental rates, occupancy levels, LTV ratios and debt service coverage ratios (“DSCR”). In addition, the Company considers historical, current and projected delinquency rates and property values. Estimates of collectibility require the use of significant management judgment and include the probability and timing of borrower default and loss severity estimates. In addition, cash flow projections may change based upon new information about the borrower's ability to pay and/or the value of underlying collateral such as changes in projected property value estimates.

F-34

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

6. Investments (continued)

For mortgage loans that are deemed impaired, a valuation allowance is established for the difference between the carrying amount and estimated fair value. The mortgage loan's estimated fair value is most frequently the Company's share of the fair value of the collateral but may also be the Company’s share of either (a) the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or (b) the loan’s observable market price. A valuation allowance may be recorded for an individual loan or for a group of loans that have an LTV ratio of 90% or greater, a low DSCR or have other lower credit quality characteristics. Changes in valuation allowances are recorded in net realized capital gains and losses. Interest income on impaired loans is accrued to the extent it is deemed collectible and the borrowers continue to make payments under the original or restructured loan terms. The Company stops accruing interest income on loans when it is probable that the Company will not receive interest and principal payments according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The company resumes accruing interest income when it determines that sufficient collateral exists to satisfy the full amount of the loan principal and interest payments and when it is probable cash will be received in the foreseeable future. Interest income on defaulted loans is recognized when received.

As of December 31, 2017, commercial mortgage loans had an amortized cost and carrying value of $3.2 billion. As of December 31, 2016, commercial mortgage loans had an amortized cost and carrying value of $2.9 billion. Amortized cost represents carrying value prior to valuation allowances, if any.

As of December 31, 2017 the carrying value of mortgage loans that had a valuation allowance was $24. As of December 31, 2016, there were no mortgage loans that had a valuation allowance or were held-for-sale. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had an immaterial amount of mortgage loans that have had extensions or restructurings other than what is allowable under the original terms of the contract.

The following table presents the activity within the Company’s valuation allowance for mortgage loans. These loans have been evaluated both individually and collectively for impairment. Loans evaluated collectively for impairment are immaterial.

Valuation Allowance Activity

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Balance as of January 1	$	—		$	(4	)	$	(3	)
(Additions)/Reversals	(1		)	—			(3		)
Deductions	—			4			2
Balance as of December 31	$	(1	)	$	—		$	(4	)

The weighted-average LTV ratio of the Company’s commercial mortgage loan portfolio was 52% as of December 31, 2017, while the weighted-average LTV ratio at origination of these loans was 61%. LTV ratios compare the loan amount to the value of the underlying property collateralizing the loan. The loan collateral values are updated no less than annually through reviews of the underlying properties. Factors considered in estimating property values include, among other things, actual and expected property

cash flows, geographic market data and the ratio of the property's net operating income to its value. DSCR compares a property’s net operating income to the borrower’s principal and interest payments. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 , the Company held no delinquent commercial mortgages loan past due by 90 days or more.

Commercial Mortgage Loans Credit Quality

	December 31, 2017			December 31, 2016
Loan-to-value	Carrying Value		Avg. Debt-Service Coverage Ratio	Carrying Value		Avg. Debt-Service Coverage Ratio
Greater than 80%	$	18	1.27x	$	—	0.00x
65% - 80%	265		1.95x	386		2.16x
Less than 65%	2,892		2.76x	2,500		2.95x
Total commercial mortgage loans	$	3,175	2.69x	$	2,886	2.83x

Mortgage Loans by Region

	December 31, 2017				December 31, 2016
	Carrying Value		Percent of Total		Carrying Value		Percent of Total
East North Central	$	251	7.9	%	$	239	8.3	%
Middle Atlantic	272		8.6	%	297		10.3	%
Mountain	31		1.0	%	61		2.1	%
New England	293		9.2	%	252		8.7	%
Pacific	760		23.9	%	795		27.5	%
South Atlantic	710		22.4	%	585		20.3	%
West North Central	149		4.7	%	40		1.4	%
West South Central	278		8.7	%	210		7.3	%
Other [1]	431		13.6	%	407		14.1	%
Total mortgage loans	$	3,175	100.0	%	$	2,886	100.0	%

[1] Primarily represents loans collateralized by multiple properties in various regions.

Mortgage Loans by Property Type

	December 31, 2017				December 31, 2016
	Carrying Value		Percent of Total		Carrying Value		Percent of Total
Commercial
Industrial	817		25.7	%	675		23.4	%
Multifamily	1,006		31.7	%	830		28.8	%
Office	751		23.7	%	756		26.2	%
Retail	367		11.5	%	425		14.7	%
Other	234		7.4	%	200		6.9	%
Total mortgage loans	$	3,175	100.0	%	$	2,886	100.0	%

F-35

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

6. Investments (continued)

Mortgage Servicing

The Company originates, sells and services commercial mortgage loans on behalf of third parties and recognizes servicing fees income over the period that services are performed. As of December 31, 2017, under this program, the Company serviced commercial mortgage loans with a total outstanding principal of $1.3 billion, of which $402 was serviced on behalf of third parties, $566 was retained and reported in total investments and $356 was reported in assets held for sale on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2016, under this program the Company serviced commercial mortgage loans with a total outstanding principal balance of $901, of which $251 was serviced on behalf of third parties, $417 was retained and reported in total investments and $233 was reported in assets held for sale on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. Servicing rights are carried at the lower of cost or fair value and were zero as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 because servicing fees were market-level fees at origination and remain adequate to compensate the Company for servicing the loans.

Variable Interest Entities

The Company is engaged with various special purpose entities and other entities that are deemed to be VIEs primarily as an investor through normal investment activities but also as an investment manager and previously as a means of accessing capital through a contingent capital facility ("facility").

A VIE is an entity that either has investors that lack certain essential characteristics of a controlling financial interest, such as simple majority kick-out rights, or lacks sufficient funds to finance its own activities without financial support provided by other entities. The Company performs ongoing qualitative assessments of its VIEs to determine whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in the VIE and therefore is the primary beneficiary. The Company is deemed to have a controlling financial interest when it has both the ability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Based on the Company’s assessment, if it determines it is the primary beneficiary, the Company consolidates the VIE in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consolidated VIEs

As of December 31, 2017, the Company did not hold any securities for which it is the primary beneficiary. As of December 31, 2016, the Company held one CDO for which it was the primary beneficiary. The CDO represented a structured investment vehicle for which the Company had a controlling financial interest. As of December 31, 2016 the Company held total CDO assets of $5 included in cash with an associated liability of $5 included in other liabilities on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company did not have any additional exposure to loss associated with this investment.

Non-Consolidated VIEs

The Company, through normal investment activities, makes passive investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments. For these non-consolidated VIEs, the Company has

determined it is not the primary beneficiary as it has no ability to direct activities that could significantly affect the economic performance of the investments. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 is limited to the total carrying value of $920 and $871, respectively, which are included in limited partnerships and other alternative investments in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has outstanding commitments totaling $787 and $701, respectively, whereby the Company is committed to fund these investments and may be called by the partnership during the commitment period to fund the purchase of new investments and partnership expenses. These investments are generally of a passive nature in that the Company does not take an active role in management.

In addition, the Company also makes passive investments in structured securities issued by VIEs for which the Company is not the manager. These investments are included in ABS, CDOs, CMBS and RMBS in the Available-for-Sale Securities table and fixed maturities, FVO, in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has not provided financial or other support with respect to these investments other than its original investment. For these investments, the Company determined it is not the primary beneficiary due to the relative size of the Company’s investment in comparison to the principal amount of the structured securities issued by the VIEs, the level of credit subordination which reduces the Company’s obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits and the Company’s inability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIEs. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these investments is limited to the amount of the Company’s investment.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company held a significant variable interest in a VIE for which it was not the primary beneficiary. This VIE represented a contingent capital facility that had been held by the Company since February 2007. Assets and liabilities recorded were $1 and $3, respectively, as of December 31, 2016, as well as a maximum exposure to loss of $3. The Company did not have a controlling financial interest and as such, did not consolidate its variable interest in the facility. As of December 31, 2017, the Company no longer held an interest in the facility. For further information on the facility, see Note 13 of these financial statements.

Securities Lending, Repurchase Agreements and Other Collateral Transactions

The Company enters into securities financing transactions as a way to earn additional income or manage liquidity, primarily through securities lending and repurchase agreements.

Securities Lending

Under a securities lending program, the Company lends certain fixed maturities within the corporate, foreign government/government agencies, and municipal sectors as well as equity securities to qualifying third-party borrowers in return for collateral in the form of cash or securities. For domestic and non-domestic loaned securities, respectively, borrowers provide

F-36

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

6. Investments (continued)

collateral of 102% and 105% of the fair value of the securities lent at the time of the loan. Borrowers will return the securities to the Company for cash or securities collateral at maturity dates generally of 90 days or less. Security collateral on deposit from counterparties in connection with securities lending transactions may not be sold or re-pledged, except in the event of default by the counterparty, and is not reflected on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Additional collateral is obtained if the fair value of the collateral falls below 100% of the fair value of the loaned securities. The agreements provide the counterparty the right to sell or re-pledge the securities loaned. If cash, rather than securities, is received as collateral, the cash is typically invested in short-term investments or fixed maturities and is reported as an asset on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. Income associated with securities lending transactions is reported as a component of net investment income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Repurchase Agreements

From time to time, the Company enters into repurchase agreements to manage liquidity or to earn incremental income. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which one party (transferor) agrees to sell securities to another party (transferee) in return for cash (or securities), with a simultaneous agreement to repurchase the same securities at a specified price at a later date. These transactions generally have a contractual maturity of ninety days or less. Repurchase agreements include master netting provisions that provide both counterparties the right to offset claims and apply securities held by them with respect to their obligations in the event of a default. Although the Company has the contractual right to offset claims, the Company's current positions do not meet the specific conditions for net presentation.

Under repurchase agreements, the Company transfers collateral of U.S. government and government agency securities and receives cash. For repurchase agreements, the Company obtains cash in an amount equal to at least 95% of the fair value of the securities transferred. The agreements require additional collateral to be transferred when necessary and provide the counterparty the right to sell or re-pledge the securities transferred. The cash received from the repurchase program is typically invested in short-term investments or fixed maturities and is reported as an asset on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company accounts for the repurchase agreements as collateralized borrowings. The securities transferred under repurchase agreements are included in fixed maturities, AFS with the obligation to repurchase those securities recorded in other liabilities on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

From time to time, the Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements where the Company purchases securities and simultaneously agrees to resell the same or substantially the same securities. The agreements require additional collateral to be transferred to the Company when necessary and the Company has the right to sell or re-pledge the securities received. The Company accounts for reverse repurchase agreements as

collateralized financing.

Securities Lending and Repurchase Agreements
	December 31, 2017		December 31, 2016
	Fair Value		Fair Value
Securities Lending Transactions:
Gross amount of securities on loan	$	922	$	53
Gross amount of associated liability for collateral received [1]	$	945	$	54
Repurchase agreements:
Gross amount of recognized liabilities for repurchase agreements	$	174	$	123
Gross amount of collateral pledged related to repurchase agreements [2]	$	176	$	127

[1] Cash collateral received is reinvested in fixed maturities, AFS and short term investments which are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amount includes additional securities collateral received of $0 and $13 million which are excluded from the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

[2] Collateral pledged is included within fixed maturities, AFS and short term investments in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Other Collateral Transactions

The Company is required by law to deposit securities with government agencies in certain states in which it conducts business. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the fair value of securities on deposit was $2.5 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively.

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company has pledged collateral of $104 and $102, respectively, of U.S. government securities and government agency securities or cash primarily related to certain bank loan participations committed to through a limited partnership agreement. These amounts also include collateral related to letters of credit.

For disclosure of collateral in support of derivative transactions, refer to the Derivative Collateral Arrangements section of Note 7 of these financial statements.

Equity Method Investments

The majority of the Company's investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments, including hedge funds, real estate funds, and private equity funds (collectively, “limited partnerships”), are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The remainder of investments in limited partnerships and other alternative investments consists primarily of investments in insurer-owned life insurance accounted for at cash surrender value. For those limited partnerships and other alternative investments accounted for under the equity method, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss as of December 31, 2017 is limited to the total carrying value of $1.2 billion. In addition, the Company has outstanding commitments totaling $829 to fund limited partnership and other alternative investments as of December 31, 2017. The Company’s investments in limited partnerships are generally of a passive nature in that the Company does not take an active role in the

F-37

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

6. Investments (continued)

management of the limited partnerships. In 2017, aggregate investment income from limited partnerships and other alternative investments exceeded 10% of the Company’s pre-tax consolidated net income (loss). Accordingly, the Company is disclosing aggregated summarized financial data for the Company’s limited partnership investments. This aggregated summarized financial data does not represent the Company’s proportionate share of limited partnership assets or earnings. Aggregate total assets of the limited partnerships in which the Company invested totaled $165.9 billion and $93.7 billion as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Aggregate total liabilities of the limited partnerships in which the Company invested totaled $47.8 billion and $13.6 billion as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Aggregate net investment income of the limited partnerships in which the Company invested totaled $1.9 billion, $844, and $914 for the periods ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Aggregate net income of the limited partnerships in which the Company invested totaled $9.8 billion, $7.7 billion and $6.5 billion for the periods ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of, and for the period ended, December 31, 2017, the aggregated summarized financial data reflects the latest available financial information.

F-38

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

7. Derivatives

The Company utilizes a variety of OTC, OTC-cleared and exchange traded derivative instruments as a part of its overall risk management strategy as well as to enter into replication transactions. Derivative instruments are used to manage risk associated with interest rate, equity market, commodity market, credit spread, issuer default, price, and currency exchange rate risk or volatility. Replication transactions are used as an economical means to synthetically replicate the characteristics and performance of assets that are permissible investments under the Company’s investment policies.

Strategies that Qualify for Hedge Accounting

Some of the Company's derivatives satisfy hedge accounting requirements as outlined in Note 1 of these financial statements. Typically, these hedging instruments include interest rate swaps and, to a lesser extent, foreign currency swaps where the terms or expected cash flows of the hedged item closely match the terms of the swap. The interest rate swaps are typically used to manage interest rate duration of certain fixed maturity securities. The hedge strategies by hedge accounting designation include:

Cash Flow Hedges

Interest rate swaps are predominantly used to manage portfolio duration and better match cash receipts from assets with cash disbursements required to fund liabilities. These derivatives primarily convert interest receipts on floating-rate fixed maturity securities to fixed rates. In addition, during 2017, the Company entered into interest rate swaps to convert the variable interest payments on junior subordinated debt to fixed interest payments. For further information, see the Junior Subordinated Debentures section within Note 13 of these financial statements.

The Company also enters into forward starting swap agreements to hedge the interest rate exposure related to the future purchase of fixed-rate securities, primarily to hedge interest rate risk inherent in the assumptions used to price certain group benefits liabilities.

Foreign currency swaps are used to convert foreign currency-denominated cash flows related to certain investment receipts and liability payments to U.S. dollars in order to reduce cash flow fluctuations due to changes in currency rates.

Non-qualifying Strategies

Derivative relationships that do not qualify for hedge accounting (“non-qualifying strategies”) primarily include hedging and replication strategies that utilize credit default swaps. In addition, hedges of interest rate, foreign currency and equity risk of certain fixed maturities and equities do not qualify for hedge accounting. The non-qualifying strategies include:

Credit Contracts

Credit default swaps are used to purchase credit protection on an individual entity or referenced index to economically hedge against default risk and credit-related changes in the value of fixed maturity securities. Credit default swaps are also used to assume credit risk related to an individual entity or referenced index as a part of replication transactions. These contracts require the Company to pay or receive a periodic fee in exchange

for compensation from the counterparty should the referenced security issuers experience a credit event, as defined in the contract. In addition, the Company enters into credit default swaps to terminate existing credit default swaps, thereby offsetting the changes in value of the original swap going forward.

Interest Rate Swaps, Swaptions and Futures

The Company uses interest rate swaps, swaptions and futures to manage interest rate duration between assets and liabilities in certain investment portfolios. In addition, the Company enters into interest rate swaps to terminate existing swaps, thereby offsetting the changes in value of the original swap. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the notional amount of interest rate swaps in offsetting relationships was $7.3 billion and $7.9 billion, respectively.

Foreign Currency Swaps and Forwards

The Company enters into foreign currency swaps to convert the foreign currency exposures of certain foreign currency-denominated fixed maturity investments to U.S. dollars. The Company also enters into foreign currency forwards to hedge non-U.S. dollar denominated cash and, previously, equity securities. In addition, the Company previously entered into foreign currency forwards to hedge currency impacts on changes in equity of the U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries that were sold in May 2017. For further information on the disposition, see Note 2 of these financial statements.

Equity Index Options

The Company enters into equity index options to hedge the impact of a decline in the equity markets on the investment portfolio. The Company previously entered into total return swaps to hedge equity risk of specific common stock investments which were accounted for using fair value option in order to align the accounting treatment within net realized capital gains (losses). The Company has not held these total return swaps since January 2016.

Commodity Contracts

The Company previously used put options contracts on oil futures to partially offset potential losses related to certain fixed maturity securities that could be impacted by changes in oil prices. These options were terminated at the end of 2015.

Contingent Capital Facility Put Option

The Company previously entered into a put option agreement that provided the Company the right to require a third-party trust to purchase, at any time, The Hartford’s junior subordinated notes in a maximum aggregate principal amount of $500. On February 8, 2017, The Hartford exercised the put option resulting in the issuance of $500 in junior subordinated notes with proceeds received on February 15, 2017. Under the put option agreement, The Hartford had been paying premiums on a periodic basis and had agreed to reimburse the trust for certain fees and ordinary expenses. For further information on the put option agreement, see the Contingent Capital Facility section within Note 13 of these financial statements.

F-39

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

7. Derivatives (continued)

Derivative Balance Sheet Classification

For reporting purposes, the Company has elected to offset within assets or liabilities based upon the net of the fair value amounts, income accruals, and related cash collateral receivables and payables of OTC derivative instruments executed in a legal entity and with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement, which provides the Company with the legal right of offset. The following fair value amounts do not include income accruals or related cash collateral receivables and payables,

which are netted with derivative fair value amounts to determine balance sheet presentation. Derivative fair value reported as liabilities after taking into account the master netting agreements was $100 and $112 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company’s derivative instruments are held for risk management purposes, unless otherwise noted in the following table. The notional amount of derivative contracts represents the basis upon which pay or receive amounts are calculated and is presented in the table to quantify the volume of the Company’s derivative activity. Notional amounts are not necessarily reflective of credit risk.

Derivative Balance Sheet Presentation

	Net Derivatives										Asset Derivatives				Liability Derivatives
	Notional Amount				Fair Value						Fair Value				Fair Value
Hedge Designation/ Derivative Type	Dec 31, 2017		Dec 31, 2016		Dec 31, 2017			Dec 31, 2016			Dec 31, 2017		Dec 31, 2016		Dec 31, 2017			Dec 31, 2016
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate swaps	$	2,190	$	1,646	$	—		$	(86	)	$	94	$	2	$	(94	)	$	(88	)
Foreign currency swaps	153		75		(13		)	1			—		1		(13		)	—
Total cash flow hedges	2,343		1,721		(13		)	(85		)	94		3		(107		)	(88		)
Non-qualifying strategies
Interest rate contracts
Interest rate swaps and futures	7,986		8,969		(83		)	(479		)	340		15		(423		)	(494		)
Foreign exchange contracts
Foreign currency swaps and forwards	213		682		(1		)	32			—		34		(1		)	(2		)
Credit contracts
Credit derivatives that purchase credit protection	61		78		1			(1		)	1		—		—			(1		)
Credit derivatives that assume credit risk [1]	823		851		3			6			20		10		(17		)	(4		)
Credit derivatives in offsetting positions	1,046		2,311		2			—			13		23		(11		)	(23		)
Equity contracts
Equity index options	258		5		1			—			1		—		—			—
Other
Contingent capital facility put option	—		500		—			1			—		1		—			—
Total non-qualifying strategies	10,387		13,396		(77		)	(441		)	375		83		(452		)	(524		)
Total cash flow hedges and non-qualifying strategies	$	12,730	$	15,117	$	(90	)	$	(526	)	$	469	$	86	$	(559	)	$	(612	)
Balance Sheet Location
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale	$	153	$	201	$	—		$	1		$	—	$	1	$	—		$	—
Other investments	9,957		10,888		10			(415		)	448		52		(438		)	(467		)
Other liabilities	2,620		4,028		(100		)	(112		)	21		33		(121		)	(145		)
Total derivatives	$	12,730	$	15,117	$	(90	)	$	(526	)	$	469	$	86	$	(559	)	$	(612	)

[1] The derivative instruments related to this strategy are held for other investment purposes.

Offsetting of Derivative Assets/Liabilities

The following tables present the gross fair value amounts, the amounts offset, and net position of derivative instruments eligible for offset in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amounts offset include fair value amounts, income accruals and related cash collateral receivables and payables associated with

derivative instruments that are traded under a common master netting agreement, as described in the preceding discussion. Also included in the tables are financial collateral receivables and payables, which are contractually permitted to be offset upon an event of default, although are disallowed for offsetting under U.S. GAAP.

F-40

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

7. Derivatives (continued)

Offsetting Derivative Assets and Liabilities

	(i)			(ii)			(iii) = (i) - (ii)						(iv)			(v) = (iii) - (iv)
							Net Amounts Presented in the Statement of Financial Position						Collateral Disallowed for Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
	Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets (Liabilities)			Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position			Derivative Assets [1] (Liabilities) [2]			Accrued Interest and Cash Collateral (Received) [3] Pledged [2]			Financial Collateral (Received) Pledged [4]			Net Amount
As of December 31, 2017
Other investments	$	469		$	466		$	10		$	(7	)	$	1		$	2
Other liabilities	$	(559	)	$	(454	)	$	(100	)	$	(5	)	$	(96	)	$	(9	)
As of December 31, 2016
Other investments	$	85		$	82		$	(415	)	$	418		$	2		$	1
Other liabilities	$	(612	)	$	(488	)	$	(112	)	$	(12	)	$	(108	)	$	(16	)

[1] Included in other investments in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

[2] Included in other liabilities in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets and is limited to the net derivative payable associated with each counterparty.

[3] Included in other investments in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets and is limited to the net derivative receivable associated with each counterparty.

[4] Excludes collateral associated with exchange-traded derivative instruments.

Cash Flow Hedges

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of OCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing hedge ineffectiveness are recognized in current period earnings. All components of each derivative’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

	Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion)
	2017			2016		2015
Interest rate swaps	$	8		$	—	$	25
Foreign currency swaps	(14		)	1		—
Total	$	(6	)	$	1	$	25
	Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion)
	2017			2016		2015
Interest rate swaps
Net realized capital gain/(loss)	$	5		$	10	$	5
Net investment income	37			37		31
Total	$	42		$	47	$	36

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 the Company had no ineffectiveness recognized in income within net realized capital gains (losses).

As of December 31, 2017, the before-tax deferred net gains on derivative instruments recorded in AOCI that are expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next twelve months are $86. This expectation is based on the anticipated interest payments on hedged investments in fixed maturity securities that will occur over the next twelve months, at which time the Company will recognize the deferred net gains (losses) as an adjustment to net investment income over the term of the investment cash flows. The maximum term over which the Company is hedging its exposure to the variability of future cash flows for forecasted transactions, excluding interest payments on existing variable-rate financial instruments, is less than one year.

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the Company had no net reclassifications from AOCI to earnings resulting from the discontinuance of cash-flow hedges due to forecasted transactions that were no longer probable of occurring.

Non-qualifying Strategies

For non-qualifying strategies, including embedded derivatives that are required to be bifurcated from their host contracts and accounted for as derivatives, the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized currently in earnings within net realized capital gains (losses).

F-41

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

7. Derivatives (continued)

Non-Qualifying Strategies Recognized within Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Foreign exchange contracts
Foreign currency swaps and forwards	(14		)	83			13
Other non-qualifying derivatives
Interest rate contracts
Interest rate swaps, swaptions and futures	(5		)	1			(8		)
Credit contracts
Credit derivatives that purchase credit protection	28			(17		)	5
Credit derivatives that assume credit risk	(7		)	28			(7		)
Equity contracts
Equity options	(7		)	(15		)	—
Commodity contracts
Commodity options	—			—			(4		)
Other
Contingent capital facility put option	(1		)	(6		)	(6		)
Total other non-qualifying derivatives	8			(9		)	(20		)
Total [1]	$	(6	)	$	74		$	(7	)

[1] Excludes investments that contain an embedded credit derivative for which the Company has elected the fair value option. For further discussion, see the Fair Value Option section in Note 5 - Fair Value Measurements.

Credit Risk Assumed through Credit Derivatives

The Company enters into credit default swaps that assume credit risk of a single entity or referenced index in order to synthetically replicate investment transactions that are permissible under the Company's investment policies. The Company will receive periodic payments based on an agreed upon rate and notional amount and will only make a payment if there is a credit event. A credit event payment will typically be equal to the notional value of the swap contract less the value of the referenced security

issuer’s debt obligation after the occurrence of the credit event. A credit event is generally defined as a default on contractually obligated interest or principal payments or bankruptcy of the referenced entity. The credit default swaps in which the Company assumes credit risk primarily reference investment grade single corporate issuers and baskets, which include standard diversified portfolios of corporate and CMBS issuers. The diversified portfolios of corporate issuers are established within sector concentration limits and may be divided into tranches that possess different credit ratings.

F-42

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

7. Derivatives (continued)

Credit Derivatives by Type

							Underlying Referenced Credit Obligation(s) [1]
	Notional Amount [2]		Fair Value			Weighted Average Years to Maturity	Type	Average Credit Rating	Offsetting Notional Amount [3]		Offsetting Fair Value [3]
As of December 31, 2017
Single name credit default swaps
Investment grade risk exposure	$	130	$	3		5 years	Corporate Credit/ Foreign Gov.	A-	$	—	$	—
Below investment grade risk exposure	9		—			Less than 1 year	Corporate Credit	B	9		—
Basket credit default swaps [4]
Investment grade risk exposure	1,137		2			3 years	Corporate Credit	BBB+	454		(2		)
Below investment grade risk exposure	27		2			3 years	Corporate Credit	B+	27		—
Investment grade risk exposure	13		(1		)	5 years	CMBS Credit	A	3		—
Below investment grade risk exposure	30		(6		)	Less than 1 year	CMBS Credit	CCC	30		7
Total [5]	$	1,346	$	—					$	523	$	5
As of December 31, 2016
Single name credit default swaps
Investment grade risk exposure	$	81	$	—		4 years	Corporate Credit/ Foreign Gov.	A-	$	6	$	—
Below investment grade risk exposure	34		—			Less than 1 year	Corporate Credit	BBB-	34		—
Basket credit default swaps [4]
Investment grade risk exposure	1,572		17			2 years	Corporate Credit	A-	979		(8		)
Below investment grade risk exposure	28		2			4 years	Corporate Credit	BB-	28		(2		)
Investment grade risk exposure	139		(3		)	3 years	CMBS Credit	AA+	56		—
Below investment grade risk exposure	53		(13		)	1 year	CMBS Credit	CCC	53		13
Embedded credit derivatives
Investment grade risk exposure	100		100			Less than 1 year	Corporate Credit	A+	—		—
Total [5]	$	2,007	$	103					$	1,156	$	3

[1] The average credit ratings are based on availability and are generally the midpoint of the available ratings among Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Morningstar. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used.

[2] Notional amount is equal to the maximum potential future loss amount. These derivatives are governed by agreements, clearing house rules and applicable law which include collateral posting requirements. There is no additional specific collateral related to these contracts or recourse provisions included in the contracts to offset losses.

[3] The Company has entered into offsetting credit default swaps to terminate certain existing credit default swaps, thereby offsetting the future changes in value of, or losses paid related to, the original swap.

[4] Comprised of swaps of standard market indices of diversified portfolios of corporate and CMBS issuers referenced through credit default swaps. These swaps are subsequently valued based upon the observable standard market index.

[5] Excludes investments that contain an embedded credit derivative for which the Company has elected the fair value option. For further discussion, see the Fair Value Option section in Note 5 - Fair Value Measurements.

Derivative Collateral Arrangements

The Company enters into various collateral arrangements in connection with its derivative instruments, which require both the pledging and accepting of collateral. As of December 31, 2017

and 2016, the Company pledged cash collateral associated with derivative instruments with a fair value of $1 and $489, respectively, for which the collateral receivable has been primarily included within other investments on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company also pledged securities collateral associated with derivative instruments with a fair value of $101 and $240,

F-43

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

7. Derivatives (continued)

respectively, which have been included in fixed maturities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The counterparties have the right to sell or re-pledge these securities.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company accepted cash collateral associated with derivative instruments of $11 and $53, respectively, which was invested and recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in fixed maturities and short-term investments with corresponding amounts recorded in other investments or other liabilities as determined by the Company's election to offset on the balance sheet. The Company also accepted securities collateral as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 with a fair value of $2 and $2, respectively, none of which the Company has the ability to sell or repledge. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had no repledged securities and did not sell any securities. In addition, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, non-cash collateral accepted was held in separate custodial accounts and was not included in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-44

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

8. Reinsurance

The Company cedes insurance to affiliated and unaffiliated insurers to enable the Company to manage capital and risk exposure. Such arrangements do not relieve the Company of its primary liability to policyholders. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company. The Company's procedures include carefully selecting its reinsurers, structuring agreements to provide collateral funds where necessary, and regularly monitoring the financial condition and ratings of its reinsurers.

In December 31, 2016, the Company entered into an asbestos and environmental adverse development cover (“ADC”) reinsurance agreement with National Indemnity Company (“NICO”), a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. (“Berkshire”), to reduce uncertainty about potential adverse development of asbestos and environmental reserves. Under the ADC, the Company paid a reinsurance premium of $650 for NICO to assume adverse net loss reserve development up to $1.5 billion above the Company’s existing net asbestos and environmental (“A&E”) reserves as of December 31, 2016 of approximately $1.7 billion.  The $650 reinsurance premium was placed into a collateral trust account as security for NICO’s claim payment obligations to the Company. As of December 31, 2016, other liabilities included $650 for the accrued reinsurance premium. The Company has retained the risk of collection on amounts due from other third-party reinsurers and continues to be responsible for claims handling and other administrative services, subject to certain conditions.  The ADC covers substantially all the Company’s A&E reserve development up to the reinsurance limit. 

The ADC has been accounted for as retroactive reinsurance and the Company reported the $650 cost as a loss on reinsurance transaction in 2016 in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For segment reporting, the loss on reinsurance was reported in Property and Casualty Other Operations. Under retroactive reinsurance accounting, net adverse asbestos and environmental reserve development after December 31, 2016 will result in an offsetting reinsurance recoverable up to the $1.5

billion limit.  Cumulative ceded losses up to the $650 reinsurance premium paid are recognized as a dollar-for-dollar offset to direct losses incurred.  Cumulative ceded losses exceeding the $650 reinsurance premium paid would result in a deferred gain. The deferred gain would be recognized over the claim settlement period in the proportion of the amount of cumulative ceded losses collected from the reinsurer to the estimated ultimate reinsurance recoveries. Consequently, until periods when the deferred gain is recognized as a benefit to earnings, cumulative adverse development of asbestos and environmental claims after December 31, 2016 in excess of $650 may result in significant charges against earnings. As of December 31, 2017, the Company has incurred $285 in adverse development on asbestos and environmental reserves that have been ceded under the ADC treaty with NICO.

Reinsurance Recoverables

Reinsurance recoverables include balances due from reinsurance companies and are presented net of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. Reinsurance recoverables include an estimate of the amount of gross losses and loss adjustment expense reserves that may be ceded under the terms of the reinsurance agreements, including incurred but not reported unpaid losses. The Company’s estimate of losses and loss adjustment expense reserves ceded to reinsurers is based on assumptions that are consistent with those used in establishing the gross reserves for amounts the Company owes to its claimants. The Company estimates its ceded reinsurance recoverables based on the terms of any applicable facultative and treaty reinsurance, including an estimate of how incurred but not reported losses will ultimately be ceded under reinsurance agreements. Accordingly, the Company’s estimate of reinsurance recoverables is subject to similar risks and uncertainties as the estimate of the gross reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses.

Reinsurance Recoverables

	As of
	December 31, 2017			December 31, 2016
Property and Casualty Insurance Products
Paid loss and loss adjustment expenses	$	84		$	89
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses [1]	3,496			3,161
Gross reinsurance recoverables [1]	3,580			3,250
Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance	(104		)	(165		)
Net reinsurance recoverables [1]	3,476			3,085
Group Benefits net reinsurance recoverables [2]	236			208
Retained life and annuity business in Corporate	349			366
Reinsurance recoverables, net	$	4,061		$	3,659

[1] Reflects the addition of $688 and $712 into Property & Casualty Commercial Lines of reinsurance recoverables as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for structured settlements recoverables due from the Company's life and annuity run-off business now classified as held for sale. These amounts were previously eliminated in consolidation.

[2] No allowance for uncollectible reinsurance was required as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance reflects management’s best estimate of reinsurance cessions that may be uncollectible in the future due to reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to pay. The Company analyzes recent developments in

commutation activity between reinsurers and cedants, recent trends in arbitration and litigation outcomes in disputes between reinsurers and cedants and the overall credit quality of the Company’s reinsurers. Based on this analysis, the Company may

F-45

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

8. Reinsurance (continued)

adjust the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance or charge off reinsurer balances that are determined to be uncollectible. Where its contracts permit, the Company secures future claim obligations with various forms of collateral, including irrevocable letters of credit, secured trusts, funds held accounts and group-wide offsets.

Due to the inherent uncertainties as to collection and the length of time before reinsurance recoverables become due, it is possible that future adjustments to the Company’s reinsurance

recoverables, net of the allowance, could be required, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarter or annual period.

Insurance Revenues

The effect of reinsurance on insurance revenues is as follows:

Property and Casualty Insurance Revenue

	For the years ended December 31,
Premiums Written	2017			2016			2015
Direct	$	10,865		$	10,906		$	10,861
Assumed	223			253			297
Ceded	(571		)	(591		)	(580		)
Net	$	10,517		$	10,568		$	10,578
Premiums Earned
Direct	$	10,923		$	10,871		$	10,704
Assumed	232			261			298
Ceded	(600		)	(583		)	(586		)
Net	$	10,555		$	10,549		$	10,416

Ceded losses, which reduce losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred, were $901, $388 and $336 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Group Benefits Revenue

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Gross earned premiums, fees and other considerations	$	3,281		$	3,160		$	3,107
Reinsurance assumed	446			107			97
Reinsurance ceded	(50		)	(44		)	(68		)
Net earned premiums, fees and other considerations	$	3,677		$	3,223		$	3,136

For its group benefits products, the Company reinsures certain of its risks to other reinsurers under yearly renewable term, coinsurance arrangements and variations thereto. Yearly renewable term and coinsurance arrangements result in passing all or a portion of the risk to the reinsurer. Generally, the reinsurer receives a proportionate amount of the premiums less an allowance for commissions and expenses and is liable for a corresponding proportionate amount of all benefit payments. The increase in premiums assumed in 2017 was primarily due to premiums related to Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business acquired by the Company effective November 1, 2017 whereby Aetna is fronting the business for a period of time.

F-46

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

9. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

Changes in the DAC Balance

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Balance, beginning of period	$	645		$	636		$	623
Deferred costs	1,377			1,378			1,377
Amortization — DAC	(1,372		)	(1,377		)	(1,364		)
Add: Maxum acquisition	—			8			—
Balance, end of period	$	650		$	645		$	636

F-47

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

10. Goodwill & Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill Carrying Value as of December 31, 2017

	Small Commercial		Personal Lines		Mutual Funds		Group Benefits		Corporate [1]		Total
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	—	$	119	$	149	$	—	$	230	$	498
Goodwill related to acquisitions [2]	38		—		31		—		—		69
Balance at December 31, 2016	$	38	$	119	$	180	$	—	$	230	$	567
Goodwill related to acquisitions [2]	—		—		—		723		—		723
Balance at December 31, 2017	$	38	$	119	$	180	$	723	$	230	$	1,290

[1] The Corporate category includes goodwill that was acquired at a holding company level and not pushed down to a subsidiary within a reportable segment. Carrying value of goodwill within Corporate as of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 includes$138 and $92 for the Group Benefits and Mutual Funds reporting units, respectively.

[2] For further discussion on goodwill related to the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business, refer to Note 2 - Business Acquisitions to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The annual goodwill assessment for The Hartford's reporting units was completed as of October 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, which resulted in no write-downs of goodwill in the respective

years then ended. In 2017, all reporting units passed the first step of their annual impairment test with a significant margin.

Other Intangible Assets

	As of December 31, 2017							As of December 31, 2016
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Weighted Average Expected Life
Amortized Intangible Assets:
Value of in-force contracts [1]	$	23	$	(3	)	$	20	$	—	$	—		$	—	1
Customer relationships [1]	590		(6		)	584		—		—			—		15
Marketing agreement with Aetna [1]	16		—			16		—		—			—		15
Distribution Agreement	70		(52		)	18		70		(48		)	22		15
Agency relationships & Other	9		(2		)	7		9		(1		)	8		9
Total Finite Life Intangibles	708		(63		)	645		79		(49		)	30		15
Total Indefinite Life Intangible Assets	14		—			14		14		—			14
Total Other Intangible Assets	$	722	$	(63	)	$	659	$	93	$	(49	)	$	44

[1] For additional information associated with the fair value of consideration transferred and identifiable intangible assets assumed as a result of the acquisition of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business, see Note 2 - Business Acquisitions.

Expected Pre-tax Amortization Expense

For the years ended December 31,
2018	$	64
2019	$	45
2020	$	45
2021	$	45
2022	$	45

F-48

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Property and Casualty Insurance Products

Roll-forward of Liabilities for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016		2015
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross [1]	$	22,545		$	22,568	$	22,579
Reinsurance and other recoverables [1]	3,488			3,625		3,814
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net	19,057			18,943		18,765
Add: Maxum acquisition	—			122		—
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current accident year	7,381			6,990		6,647
Prior accident year development	(41		)	457		250
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses	7,340			7,447		6,897
Less: payments
Current accident year	2,751			2,749		2,653
Prior accident years	3,828			4,219		4,066
Total payments	6,579			6,968		6,719
Less: net reserves transferred to liabilities held for sale	—			487		—
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net	19,818			19,057		18,943
Reinsurance and other recoverables [1]	3,957			3,488		3,625
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross	$	23,775		$	22,545	$	22,568

[1] Reflects the addition of $688, $712 and $743 into Property & Casualty Commercial Lines of gross reserves and reinsurance recoverables for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, for structured settlements reserves and recoverables due from the Company's life and annuity run-off business now classified as held for sale. These amounts were previously eliminated in consolidation.

Property and Casualty Insurance Products Reserves, Net of Reinsurance, that are Discounted

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017						2016						2015
Liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, at undiscounted amounts	$	1,387					$	1,504					$	1,607
Less: amount of discount	410						483						523
Carrying value of liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses	$	977					$	1,021					$	1,084
Discount accretion included in losses and loss adjustment expenses	$	30					$	29					$	38
Weighted average discount rate	3.06					%	3.11					%	3.24					%
Range of discount rates	1.77		%	-	14.15	%	1.77		%	-	14.15	%	1.77		%	-	14.15	%

The current accident year benefit from discounting property and casualty insurance product reserves was $15 in 2017, $27 in 2016 and $35 in 2015. The reduction in the discount benefit in 2017 as compared to 2016 and in 2016 as compared to 2015 reflects lower claim volume and a shorter than expected payment pattern. Reserves are discounted at rates in effect at the time claims were incurred, ranging from 1.77% for accident year 2012 to 14.15% for accident year 1981.

The reserves recorded for the Company’s property and casualty insurance products at December 31, 2017 represent the Company’s best estimate of its ultimate liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses related to losses covered by policies written by the Company. However, because of the significant

uncertainties surrounding reserves it is possible that management’s estimate of the ultimate liabilities for these claims may change and that the required adjustment to recorded reserves could exceed the currently recorded reserves by an amount that could be material to the Company’s results of operations or cash flows.

Losses and loss adjustment expenses are also impacted by trends including frequency and severity as well as changes in the legislative and regulatory environment. In the case of the reserves for asbestos exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty in the ultimate settlement of the liabilities gross of reinsurance include inadequate loss development patterns, plaintiffs’ expanding theories of liability, the risks

F-49

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

inherent in major litigation, and inconsistent emerging legal doctrines. In the case of the reserves for environmental exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty in gross reserves include expanding theories of liabilities and damages, the risks inherent in major litigation, inconsistent decisions concerning the existence and scope of coverage for environmental claims, and uncertainty as to the monetary amount being sought by the claimant from the insured.

(Favorable) Unfavorable Prior Accident Year Development

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Workers’ compensation	$	(79	)	$	(119	)	$	(37	)
Workers’ compensation discount accretion	28			28			29
General liability	11			65			8
Package business	(25		)	65			28
Commercial property	(8		)	1			(6		)
Professional liability	1			(37		)	(36		)
Bond	32			(8		)	(2		)
Automobile liability - Commercial Lines	17			57			62
Automobile liability - Personal Lines	—			160			(8		)
Homeowners	(14		)	(10		)	9
Net asbestos reserves	—			197			146
Net environmental reserves	—			71			55
Catastrophes	(16		)	(7		)	(18		)
Uncollectible reinsurance	(15		)	(30		)	—
Other reserve re-estimates, net	27			24			20
Total prior accident year development	$	(41	)	$	457		$	250

2017 re-estimates of prior accident year reserves

• Workers’ compensation reserves were reduced in Small Commercial and Middle Market, given the continued emergence of favorable frequency, primarily for accident years 2013 to 2015, as well as a reduction in estimated reserves for unallocated loss adjustment expenses ("ULAE"), partially offset by strengthening reserves for captive programs within Specialty Commercial.

• General liability reserves were increased for the 2013 to 2016 accident years on a class of business that insures service and maintenance contractors. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in recent accident year reserves for other Middle Market general liability reserves.

• Package business reserves were reduced for accident years 2013 and prior largely due to reducing the Company’s estimate of allocated loss adjustment expenses incurred to settle the claims.

• Bond business reserves increased for customs bonds written between 2000 and 2010 which was partly offset by a reduction in reserves for recent accident years as reported losses for commercial and contract surety have emerged favorably.

• Automobile liability reserves within Commercial Lines were increased in Small Commercial and large national accounts for the 2013 to 2016 accident years, driven by higher frequency of more severe accidents, including litigated claims.

• Asbestos and environmental reserves were unchanged as $285 of adverse development arising from the fourth quarter 2017 comprehensive annual review was offset by a $285 recoverable from NICO. For additional information related to the adverse development cover with NICO, see Note 8 - Reinsurance and Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

• Catastrophes reserveswere reduced primarily due to lower estimates of 2016 wind and hail event losses and a decrease in losses on a 2015 wildfire.

• Uncollectible reinsurance reserves decreased as a result of giving greater weight to favorable collectibility experience in recent calendar periods in estimating future collections.

2016 re-estimates of prior accident year reserves

• Workers' compensation reservesconsider favorable emergence on reported losses for recent accident years as well as a partially offsetting adverse impact related to two recent Florida Supreme Court rulings that have increased the Company’s exposure to workers’ compensation claims in that state. The favorable emergence has been driven by lower frequency and, to a lesser extent, lower medical severity and management has placed additional weight on this favorable experience as it becomes more credible.

• General liability reserves increased for accident years 2012 - 2015 primarily due to higher severity losses incurred on a class of business that insures service and maintenance contractors and increased reserves in general liability for accident years 2008 and 2010 primarily due to indemnity losses and legal costs associated with a litigated claim.

• Package business reserves increased due to higher than expected severity on liability claims, principally for accident years 2013 - 2015. Severity for these accident years has developed unfavorably and management has placed more weight on emerged experience.

F-50

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

• Professional liability reserves decreased for claims made years 2008 - 2013, primarily for large accounts, including on non-securities class action cases. Claim costs have emerged favorably as these years have matured and management has placed more weight on the emerged experience.

• Automobile liability reserves increased due to increases in both commercial lines automobile and personal lines automobile. Commercial automobile liability reserves increased, predominately for the 2015 accident year, primarily due to increased frequency of large claims. Personal automobile liability reserves increased, primarily related to increased bodily injury frequency and severity for the 2015 accident year, including for uninsured and under-insured motorist claims, and increased bodily injury severity for the 2014 accident year. Increases in automobile liability loss costs were across both the direct and agency distribution channels.

• Asbestos and environmental reserves were increased during the period as a result of the second quarter 2016 comprehensive annual review.

• Uncollectible reinsurance reserves decreased as a result of giving greater weight to favorable collectibility experience in recent calendar periods in estimating future collections.

2015 re-estimates of prior accident year reserves

• Workers' compensation reserves decreased due to an improvement in claim closure rates resulting in a decrease in outstanding claims for permanently disabled

claimants. In addition, accident years 2013 and 2014 continue to exhibit favorable frequency and medical severity trends; management has been placing additional weight on this favorable experience as it becomes more credible.

• Package business reserves increased due to higher than expected severity on liability claims, impacting recent accident years.

• Professional liability reserves decreased for claims made years 2009 through 2012 primarily for large accounts. Claim costs have emerged favorably as these years have matured and management has placed more weight on the emerged experience.

• Automobile liability reserves within Commercial Lines were increased due to increased severity of large claims predominantly for accident years 2010 to 2013.

• Asbestos and environmental reserves were increased during the period as a result of the 2015 comprehensive annual review.

• Catastrophe reservesdecreased primarily for accident year 2014 as fourth quarter 2014 catastrophes have developed favorably.

• Other reserve re-estimates, net, decreased due to decreased contract surety reserves across several accident years and decreased commercial surety reserves for accident years 2012 through 2014 as a result of lower emerged losses. These reserve decreases were offset by an increase in commercial surety reserves related to accident years 2007 and prior, as the number of new claims reported has outpaced expectations.

F-51

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Reconciliation of Loss Development to Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses As of December 31, 2017

	Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance												Subtotal
Reserve Line	Cumulative Incurred for Accident Years Displayed in Triangles		Cumulative Paid for Accident Years Displayed in Triangles			Unpaid for Accident Years not Displayed in Triangles [1]		Unpaid Unallocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance		Discount			Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance		Reinsurance and Other Recoverables			Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
Workers' compensation	$	18,351	$	(10,945	)	$	2,242	$	346	$	(394	)	$	9,600	$	2,166		$	11,766
General liability	3,473		(1,894		)	500		88		—			2,167		239			2,406
Package business	6,553		(5,198		)	46		99		—			1,500		45			1,545
Commercial property	3,263		(2,898		)	15		10		—			390		53			443
Commercial automobile liability	3,446		(2,559		)	17		23		—			927		41			968
Commercial automobile physical damage	238		(227		)	2		—		—			13		—			13
Professional liability	1,647		(1,146		)	43		17		—			561		282			843
Bond	598		(333		)	4		17		—			286		15			301
Personal automobile liability	12,363		(10,749		)	19		74		—			1,707		21			1,728
Personal automobile physical damage	1,884		(1,856		)	1		3		—			32		—			32
Homeowners	7,588		(7,161		)	4		40		—			471		50			521
Other ongoing business						204		—		(16		)	188		308			496
Asbestos and environmental [2]						1,452		—		—			1,452		765			2,217
Other operations [2]						402		122		—			524		(28		)	496
Total P&C	$	59,404	$	(44,966	)	$	4,951	$	839	$	(410	)	$	19,818	$	3,957		$	23,775

[1] Amounts represent reserves for claims that were incurred more than ten years ago for long-tail lines and more than three years ago for short-tail lines.

[2] Asbestos and environmental and other operations include asbestos, environmental and other latent exposures not foreseen when coverages were written, including, but not limited to, potential liability for pharmaceutical products, silica, talcum powder, head injuries, lead paint, construction defects, molestation and other long-tail liabilities. These reserve lines do not have significant paid or incurred loss development for the most recent ten accident years and therefore do not have loss development displayed in triangles.

The reserve lines in the above table and the loss triangles that follow represent the significant lines of business for which the Company regularly reviews the appropriateness of reserve levels. These reserve lines differ from the reserve lines reported on a statutory basis, as prescribed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC").

The following loss triangles present historical loss development for incurred and paid claims by accident year. Triangles are limited

to the number of years for which claims incurred typically remain outstanding, not exceeding ten years. Short-tail lines, which represent claims generally expected to be paid within a few years, have three years of claim development displayed. IBNR reserves shown in loss triangles include reserve for incurred but not reported claims as well as reserves for expected development on reported claims.

F-52

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Workers' Compensation

Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017		IBNR Reserves		Claims Reported
2008	$	1,456	$	1,444	$	1,456	$	1,470	$	1,473	$	1,477	$	1,477	$	1,492	$	1,493	$	1,493	$	123	141,627
2009			1,462		1,455		1,478		1,493		1,504		1,504		1,519		1,529		1,522		166		135,731
2010					1,560		1,775		1,814		1,858		1,857		1,882		1,881		1,878		242		156,515
2011							2,013		2,099		2,204		2,206		2,221		2,224		2,232		361		177,652
2012									2,185		2,207		2,207		2,181		2,168		2,169		443		171,021
2013											2,020		1,981		1,920		1,883		1,861		510		150,884
2014													1,869		1,838		1,789		1,761		638		125,487
2015															1,873		1,835		1,801		806		112,970
2016																	1,772		1,772		944		110,072
2017																			1,862		1,349		102,626
Total																			$	18,351

Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017
2008	$	264	$	581	$	781	$	917	$	1,015	$	1,089	$	1,146	$	1,190	$	1,216	$	1,242
2009			265		587		792		937		1,042		1,115		1,170		1,208		1,242
2010					316		709		970		1,154		1,287		1,374		1,439		1,489
2011							371		841		1,156		1,368		1,518		1,622		1,690
2012									359		809		1,106		1,313		1,436		1,529
2013											304		675		917		1,071		1,175
2014													275		598		811		960
2015															261		576		778
2016																	255		579
2017																			261
Total																			$	10,945

F-53

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

General Liability

Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017		IBNR Reserves		Claims Reported
2008	$	501	$	457	$	468	$	454	$	451	$	416	$	398	$	401	$	398	$	394	$	40	21,374
2009			382		398		394		382		359		348		347		346		341		33		20,530
2010					355		362		352		355		343		345		376		377		33		18,729
2011							353		343		323		316		315		320		318		49		16,637
2012									321		315		310		295		304		298		66		11,614
2013											318		321		332		352		344		88		9,715
2014													317		318		336		342		128		10,048
2015															316		346		345		194		10,326
2016																	352		351		262		11,028
2017																			363		302		8,823
Total																			$	3,473

Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017
2008	$	31	$	69	$	141	$	216	$	270	$	300	$	318	$	330	$	337	$	343
2009			22		63		124		181		227		256		277		287		297
2010					14		51		115		181		224		259		314		331
2011							11		47		93		154		198		234		252
2012									8		39		75		124		167		198
2013											7		35		95		152		207
2014													11		31		88		142
2015															7		32		80
2016																	8		32
2017																			12
Total																			$	1,894

F-54

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Package Business

Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017		IBNR Reserves		Claims Reported
2008	$	667	$	703	$	709	$	677	$	675	$	674	$	676	$	673	$	675	$	674	$	16	58,109
2009			587		584		584		572		578		577		576		576		574		20		50,351
2010					657		662		654		652		652		651		653		651		24		52,345
2011							810		792		790		800		808		814		813		37		60,892
2012									736		725		728		731		736		735		38		59,621
2013											579		565		573		585		586		50		43,284
2014													566		578		601		602		86		42,718
2015															582		588		585		137		41,202
2016																	655		638		228		42,042
2017																			695		348		39,524
Total																			$	6,553

Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017
2008	$	278	$	451	$	510	$	562	$	595	$	620	$	633	$	643	$	649	$	652
2009			227		351		411		463		503		527		539		547		550
2010					270		414		487		539		570		601		613		618
2011							377		555		621		684		727		748		762
2012									286		486		560		616		652		673
2013											225		339		414		467		504
2014													226		345		416		468
2015															212		332		383
2016																	225		353
2017																			235
Total																			$	5,198

F-55

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Commercial Property

Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017		IBNR Reserves		Claims Reported
2008	$	478	$	465	$	465	$	464	$	467	$	464	$	464	$	463	$	464	$	464	$	—	31,995
2009			267		264		259		258		251		257		257		257		257		—		28,286
2010					286		283		279		282		284		284		284		284		—		28,515
2011							357		356		356		362		361		360		359		—		29,103
2012									329		301		301		305		306		305		1		25,785
2013											234		218		219		220		216		—		20,287
2014													268		260		262		264		—		19,742
2015															264		264		268		3		19,031
2016																	328		331		6		19,868
2017																			515		81		18,883
Total																			$	3,263

Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017
2008	$	280	$	422	$	449	$	459	$	464	$	464	$	464	$	465	$	466	$	465
2009			179		247		252		256		256		257		257		257		257
2010					198		266		276		281		283		284		284		284
2011							231		332		350		355		358		359		360
2012									171		279		294		300		304		303
2013											157		208		216		218		215
2014													168		243		258		264
2015															172		239		255
2016																	188		285
2017																			210
Total																			$	2,898

F-56

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Commercial Automobile Liability

Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017		IBNR Reserves		Claims Reported
2008	$	303	$	311	$	304	$	303	$	304	$	304	$	302	$	307	$	306	$	306	$	4	43,885
2009			306		292		287		287		297		301		302		302		302		1		38,688
2010					277		280		296		319		323		328		327		324		7		38,112
2011							272		310		356		356		366		365		362		7		39,262
2012									311		376		390		401		394		390		14		35,970
2013											309		314		329		336		335		24		31,881
2014													306		314		328		333		48		29,171
2015															302		353		368		99		27,928
2016																	372		380		155		27,771
2017																			346		243		22,665
Total																			$	3,446

Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expense, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017
2008	$	61	$	124	$	185	$	238	$	270	$	289	$	295	$	299	$	300	$	302
2009			56		115		175		237		274		291		298		300		301
2010					55		125		188		252		289		300		308		313
2011							62		133		211		273		315		339		348
2012									65		142		233		306		345		358
2013											61		128		199		255		289
2014													58		129		195		249
2015															61		141		204
2016																	62		140
2017																			55
Total																			$	2,559

F-57

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Commercial Automobile Physical Damage

Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2015		2016		2017		IBNR Reserves		Claims Reported
2015	$	74	$	75	$	75	$	—	26,812
2016			79		78		—		26,320
2017					85		4		22,965
Total					$	238

Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2015		2016		2017
2015	$	69	$	75	$	75
2016			71		78
2017					74
Total					$	227

F-58

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Professional Liability

Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Claims Made Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017		IBNR Reserves		Claims Reported
2008	$	281	$	253	$	244	$	274	$	280	$	276	$	276	$	282	$	277	$	284	$	16	4,959
2009			254		251		244		266		257		263		255		257		257		19		5,114
2010					202		211		212		205		201		200		195		199		31		4,890
2011							226		228		232		226		219		219		220		44		4,707
2012									174		172		168		149		146		144		33		3,729
2013											136		136		123		110		103		35		2,782
2014													116		123		118		114		44		2,878
2015															104		113		113		51		2,943
2016																	106		106		66		3,090
2017																			107		82		2,733
Total																			$	1,647

Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Claims Made Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017
2008	$	13	$	61	$	126	$	166	$	202	$	221	$	230	$	260	$	264	$	266
2009			17		69		127		177		194		226		225		226		235
2010					22		62		103		137		148		157		162		166
2011							11		57		100		128		163		170		173
2012									11		41		60		89		97		107
2013											4		19		31		39		55
2014													4		21		40		64
2015															4		23		49
2016																	4		25
2017																			6
Total																			$	1,146

F-59

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Bond

Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017		IBNR Reserves		Claims Reported
2008	$	75	$	67	$	62	$	52	$	47	$	47	$	44	$	47	$	48	$	46	$	7	3,450
2009			71		71		69		58		57		51		49		49		49		4		3,309
2010					71		75		80		79		73		69		70		90		24		2,670
2011							72		76		76		75		70		70		69		10		2,126
2012									69		69		60		53		48		48		16		1,719
2013											63		58		54		48		48		29		1,452
2014													69		65		65		66		20		1,362
2015															65		65		62		29		1,347
2016																	59		59		45		1,227
2017																			61		53		1,018
Total																			$	598

Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017
2008	$	5	$	18	$	23	$	30	$	32	$	34	$	39	$	39	$	39	$	39
2009			9		32		45		46		44		43		44		44		44
2010					13		46		59		58		59		63		66		66
2011							12		39		51		56		57		59		59
2012									12		25		26		24		25		25
2013											3		9		17		18		18
2014													18		31		40		43
2015															9		19		23
2016																	2		11
2017																			5
Total																			$	333

F-60

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Personal Automobile Liability

Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017		IBNR Reserves		Claims Reported
2008	$	1,253	$	1,249	$	1,227	$	1,207	$	1,197	$	1,196	$	1,192	$	1,191	$	1,188	$	1,188	$	3	248,990
2009			1,351		1,305		1,280		1,255		1,256		1,260		1,259		1,257		1,257		3		254,551
2010					1,346		1,321		1,293		1,287		1,282		1,275		1,265		1,265		3		248,944
2011							1,181		1,170		1,180		1,173		1,166		1,154		1,154		7		221,879
2012									1,141		1,149		1,146		1,142		1,133		1,130		8		210,740
2013											1,131		1,145		1,144		1,153		1,152		14		205,428
2014													1,146		1,153		1,198		1,200		34		208,817
2015															1,195		1,340		1,338		92		216,189
2016																	1,407		1,402		235		213,563
2017																			1,277		554		175,871
Total																			$	12,363

Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017
2008	$	469	$	861	$	1,031	$	1,121	$	1,160	$	1,175	$	1,181	$	1,183	$	1,184	$	1,184
2009			492		888		1,083		1,171		1,223		1,240		1,246		1,250		1,251
2010					496		915		1,108		1,202		1,239		1,251		1,256		1,258
2011							447		826		1,006		1,088		1,126		1,140		1,145
2012									441		818		986		1,067		1,104		1,114
2013											442		816		1,002		1,091		1,121
2014													430		843		1,032		1,125
2015															475		935		1,142
2016																	505		968
2017																			441
Total																			$	10,749

F-61

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Personal Automobile Physical Damage

Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2015		2016		2017		IBNR Reserves			Claims Reported
2015	$	629	$	632	$	630	$	—		395,923
2016			665		656		2			406,162
2017					598		(8		)	343,178
Total					$	1,884

Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2015		2016		2017
2015	$	610	$	630	$	629
2016			634		653
2017					574
Total					$	1,856

F-62

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Homeowners

Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017		IBNR Reserves		Claims Reported
2008	$	742	$	768	$	777	$	778	$	779	$	779	$	779	$	779	$	780	$	779	$	—	165,108
2009			757		777		776		772		772		772		772		769		768		—		149,790
2010					838		850		838		840		840		840		836		834		—		161,581
2011							955		920		919		916		914		911		908		1		179,377
2012									774		741		741		741		739		738		2		142,804
2013											673		638		637		634		632		4		113,469
2014													710		707		702		700		5		121,809
2015															690		703		690		9		119,722
2016																	669		673		20		118,748
2017																			866		96		115,488
Total																			$	7,588

Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Accident Year	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017
2008	$	548	$	721	$	750	$	764	$	773	$	775	$	777	$	777	$	778	$	778
2009			559		727		749		759		763		765		766		766		767
2010					599		789		815		825		829		832		833		833
2011							709		871		891		899		903		905		908
2012									547		696		719		727		731		734
2013											467		590		611		622		626
2014													526		663		684		691
2015															487		645		665
2016																	481		621
2017																			538
Total																			$	7,161

Property and casualty reserves, including IBNR reserves

The Company estimates ultimate losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses by accident year. IBNR represents the excess of estimated ultimate loss reserves over case reserves. The process to estimate ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses is an integral part of the Company's reserve setting. Reserves for allocated and unallocated loss adjustment expenses aregenerally established separate from the reserves for losses.

Reserves for losses are set by line of business within the reporting segments. Case reserves are established by a claims handler on each individual claim and are adjusted as new information

becomes known during the course of handling the claim. Lines of business for which reported losses emerge over a long period of time are referred to as long-tail lines of business. Lines of business for which reported losses emerge more quickly are referred to as short-tail lines of business. The Company’s shortest tail lines of business are homeowners, commercial property and automobile physical damage. The longest tail lines of business include workers’ compensation, general liability and professional liability. For short-tail lines of business, emergence of paid loss and case reserves is credible and likely indicative of ultimate losses. For long-tail lines of business, emergence of paid losses and case reserves is less credible in the early periods after a given

F-63

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

accident year and, accordingly, may not be indicative of ultimate losses.

The Company’s reserving actuaries regularly review reserves for both current and prior accident years using the most current claim data. A variety of actuarial methods and judgments are used for most lines of business to arrive at selections of estimated ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses. While actuarial methods used and judgments change depending on the age of the accident year, in 2017, there were no new methods or types of judgments introduced or changes in how those methods and judgments were applied. The reserve selections incorporate input, as appropriate, from claims personnel, pricing actuaries and operating management about reported loss cost trends and other factors that could affect the reserve estimates.

For both short-tail and long-tail lines of business, an expected loss ratio is used to record initial reserves. This expected loss ratio is determined by starting with the average loss ratio of recent prior accident years and adjusting that ratio for the effect of expected changes to earned pricing, loss frequency and severity, mix of business, ceded reinsurance and other factors. For short-tail lines, IBNR for the current accident year is initially recorded as the product of the expected loss ratio for the period, earned premium for the period and the proportion of losses expected to be reported in future calendar periods for the current accident period. For long-tailed lines, IBNR reserves for the current accident year are initially recorded as the product of the expected loss ratio for the period and the earned premium for the period, less reported losses for the period. For certain short-tailed lines of business, IBNR amounts in the above loss development triangles are negative due to anticipated salvage and subrogation recoveries on paid losses.

As losses for a given accident year emerge or develop in subsequent periods, reserving actuaries use other methods to estimate ultimate unpaid losses in addition to the expected loss ratio method. These primarily include paid and reported loss development methods, frequency / severity techniques and the Bornhuetter-Ferguson method (a combination of the expected loss ratio and paid development or reported development method). Within any one line of business, the methods that are given more weight vary based primarily on the maturity of the accident year, the mix of business and the particular internal and

external influences impacting the claims experience or the methods. The output of the reserve reviews are reserve estimates that are referred to as the “actuarial indication”.

Paid development and reported development techniques are used for most lines of business though more weight is given to the reported development method for some of the long-tailed lines like general liability. In addition, for long-tailed lines of business, the Company relies on the expected loss ratio method for immature accident years. Frequency/severity techniques are used predominantly for professional liability and are also used for automobile liability. For most lines, reserves for allocated loss adjustment expenses ("ALAE", or those expenses related to specific claims) are analyzed using paid development techniques and an analysis of the relationship between ALAE and loss payments. Reserves for ULAE are determined using the expected cost per claim year and the anticipated claim closure pattern as well as the ratio of paid ULAE to paid losses.

In the final step of the reserve review process, senior reserving actuaries and senior management apply their judgment to determine the appropriate level of reserves considering the actuarial indications and other factors not contemplated in the actuarial indications. Those factors include, but are not limited to, the assessed reliability of key loss trends and assumptions used in the current actuarial indications, pertinent trends observed over the recent past, the level of volatility within a particular line of business, and the improvement or deterioration of actuarial indications.

Cumulative number of reported claims

For property and casualty, claim counts represent the number of claim features on a reported claim where a claim feature is each separate coverage for each claimant affected by the claim event.  For example, one car accident that results in two bodily injury claims and one automobile damage liability claim would be counted as three claims within the personal automobile liability triangle. Similarly, a fire that impacts one commercial building may result in multiple claim features due to the potential for claims related to business interruption, structural damage, and loss of the physical contents of the building. Claim features that result in no paid losses are included in the reported claim counts.

F-64

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Claims by Age, Net of Reinsurance
	(Unaudited)
Reserve Line	1st Year		2nd Year		3rd Year		4th Year		5th Year		6th Year		7th Year		8th Year		9th Year		10th Year
Workers' compensation	16.0	%	19.9	%	13.1	%	9.2	%	6.4	%	4.7	%	3.5	%	2.7	%	2.0	%	1.7	%
General liability	3.7	%	9.0	%	16.0	%	17.4	%	13.8	%	9.4	%	7.7	%	3.6	%	2.2	%	1.6	%
Package business	38.9	%	22.0	%	10.3	%	8.3	%	5.5	%	3.6	%	1.9	%	1.2	%	0.7	%	0.4	%
Commercial property	61.8	%	27.8	%	4.6	%	1.6	%	0.5	%	0.1	%	0.1	%	0.1	%	—	%	—	%
Commercial automobile liability	17.4	%	20.5	%	20.3	%	18.1	%	11.0	%	5.0	%	2.3	%	1.1	%	0.4	%	0.5	%
Commercial automobile physical damage	90.1	%	8.2	%	(0.3	)%
Professional liability	5.5	%	18.5	%	18.7	%	16.2	%	10.3	%	6.8	%	1.6	%	4.3	%	2.4	%	0.4	%
Bond	14.6	%	26.8	%	13.6	%	3.7	%	0.9	%	2.0	%	3.8	%	—	%	(0.1	)%	0.6	%
Personal automobile liability	37.6	%	33.1	%	15.4	%	7.4	%	3.2	%	1.1	%	0.4	%	0.3	%	0.1	%	—	%
Personal automobile physical damage	96.5	%	3.1	%	(0.2	)%
Homeowners	72.1	%	20.8	%	3.1	%	1.3	%	0.6	%	0.3	%	0.1	%	0.1	%	0.1	%	—	%

Group Life, Disability and Accident Products

Roll-forward of Liabilities for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross	$	5,772		$	5,889		$	6,013
Reinsurance recoverables	208			218			209
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net	5,564			5,671			5,804
Add: Aetna U.S. group life and disability business acquisition [3]	2,833			—			—
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
Current incurral year	2,868			2,562			2,447
Prior year's discount accretion	202			202			214
Prior incurral year development [1]	(185		)	(162		)	(146		)
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses [2]	2,885			2,602			2,515
Less: payments
Current incurral year	1,528			1,327			1,257
Prior incurral years	1,451			1,382			1,391
Total payments	2,979			2,709			2,648
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net	8,303			5,564			5,671
Reinsurance recoverables	209			208			218
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, gross	$	8,512		$	5,772		$	5,889

[1] Prior incurral year development represents the change in estimated ultimate incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses for prior incurral years on a discounted basis.

[2] Includes unallocated loss adjustment expenses of $111, $100 and $96 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, that are recorded in insurance operating costs and other expenses in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

[3] Represents Aetna U.S. group life and disability business reserves, net as of the acquisition date, subject to final purchase accounting.

F-65

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Group Life, Disability and Accident Products Reserves, Net of Reinsurance, that are Discounted

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017						2016						2015
Liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, at undiscounted amounts	$	9,071					$	6,382					$	6,565
Less: amount of discount	1,536						1,303						1,382
Carrying value of liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses	$	7,535					$	5,079					$	5,183
Weighted average discount rate	3.5					%	4.3					%	4.4					%
Range of discount rate	2.1		%	-	8.0	%	3.0		%	-	8.0	%	3.0		%	-	8.0	%

Reserves are discounted at rates in effect at the time claims were incurred, ranging from2.1%for life and disability reserves acquired from Aetna based on interest rates in effect at the acquisition date of November 1, 2017, to8.0%for the Company’s pre-acquisition reserves for incurral year 1990, and vary by product.Prior year's discount accretion has been calculated as the average reserve balance for the year times the weighted average discount rate. The decrease in the weighted average discount rate for 2017 was primarily due to the fact that reserves for the Aetna U.S. group life and disability business are discounted at market rates in effect as of the acquisition date.

Re-estimates of prior incurral years reserves in 2017 was driven by the following:

• Group Disability-Prior period estimates decreased by approximately $125 driven by group long-term disability favorable claim incidence for incurral year 2016 and claim recoveries higher than prior reserve assumptions.

• Group Life and Accident (including Group Life Premium Waiver)-Contributing to an approximately $60 decrease in prior period reserve estimates was favorable claim incidence on group life premium waiver for incurral year 2016.

Re-estimates of prior incurral years reserves in 2016 was driven by the following:

• Group Disability-Prior period estimates decreased by approximately $90 largely driven by group long-term disability claim recoveries higher than prior reserve assumptions, particularly in the older incurral years. This favorability was partially offset by lower Social Security Disability approvals driven by lower approval rates and backlogs in the Social Security Administration.

• Group Life and Accident (including Group Life Premium Waiver)-Contributing to an approximately $75 decrease in prior period reserve estimates was favorable claim incidence on group life premium waiver for incurral year 2015.

Re-estimates of prior incurral years reserves in 2015 was driven by the following:

• Group Disability-Prior period estimates decreased by approximately $90 largely driven by updated assumptions related to the probability and timing of long-term disability claim recoveries, which were updated to reflect recent favorable trends. This favorability was partially offset bylower approval rates and backlogs in the Social Security Administration.

• Group Life and Accident (including Group Life Premium Waiver-Prior period estimates decreased by approximately $50 largely driven by favorable claim incidence and recovery experience on group life premium waiver.

F-66

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Reconciliation of Loss Development to Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses as of December 31, 2017

	Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance												Subtotal
Reserve Line	Cumulative Incurred for Incurral Years Displayed in Triangles		Cumulative Paid for Incurral Years Displayed in Triangles			Unpaid for Incurral Years not Displayed in Triangles		Unpaid Unallocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance		Discount			Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance		Reinsurance and Other Recoverables		Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
Group long-term disability	$	10,511	$	(5,138	)	$	2,651	$	166	$	(1,383	)	$	6,807	$	207	$	7,014
Group life and accident, excluding premium waiver	5,839		(5,350		)	138		3		(21		)	609		1		610
Group short-term disability						99		5		—			104		—		104
Group life premium waiver						869		7		(132		)	744		1		745
Group supplemental health						39		—		—			39		—		39
Total Group Benefits	$	16,350	$	(10,488	)	$	3,796	$	181	$	(1,536	)	$	8,303	$	209	$	8,512

The following loss triangles present historical loss development for incurred and paid claims by the year the insured claim occurred, referred to as the incurral year. Triangles are limited to the number of years for which claims incurred typically remain outstanding.For group long-term disability, the Company has

provided seven incurral years of claims data as data for earlier periods was not available with respect to the U.S. group life and disability business acquired from Aetna. Short-tail lines, which represent claims generally expected to be paid within a few years, have three years of claim development displayed.

Group Long-Term Disability

Undiscounted Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Incurral Year	2011	2012	2013	2014	2015	2016	2017		IBNR Reserves	Claims Reported
2011	1,917	1,761	1,660	1,659	1,669	1,660	1,649		1	39,149
2012		1,829	1,605	1,539	1,532	1,530	1,515		—	37,438
2013			1,660	1,479	1,429	1,429	1,416		2	31,752
2014				1,636	1,473	1,430	1,431		2	32,936
2015					1,595	1,442	1,422		15	33,349
2016						1,651	1,481		38	33,413
2017							1,597		687	23,158
Total							$	10,511

F-67

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Incurral Year	2011	2012	2013	2014	2015	2016	2017
2011	118	508	743	886	996	1,087	1,167
2012		108	483	708	835	933	1,014
2013			102	443	664	791	881
2014				103	448	675	801
2015					108	460	687
2016						112	479
2017							109
Total							$	5,138

Group Life and Accident, excluding Premium Waiver

Undiscounted Incurred Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Incurral Year	2015		2016		2017		IBNR Reserves		Claims Reported
2015	$	1,983	$	1,919	$	1,921	$	8	47,954
2016			1,974		1,919		23		44,762
2017					1,999		401		35,592
Total					$	5,839

Cumulative Paid Losses & Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
	For the years ended December 31,
	(Unaudited)
Incurral Year	2015		2016		2017
2015	$	1,541	$	1,889	$	1,911
2016			1,529		1,888
2017					1,551
Total					$	5,350

Group life, disability and accident reserves, including IBNR

The majority of Group Benefits’ reserves are for long-term disability ("LTD") claimants who are known to be disabled and are

currently receiving benefits. A Disabled Life Reserve ("DLR") is calculated for each LTD claim. The DLR for each claim is the expected present value of all estimated future benefit payments and includes estimates of claim recovery, investment yield, and offsets from other income, including offsets from Social Security benefits and workers’ compensation. Estimated future benefit payments represent the monthly income benefit that is paid until recovery, death or expiration of benefits. Claim recoveries are estimated based on claim characteristics such as age and diagnosis and represent an estimate of benefits that will terminate, generally as a result of the claimant returning to work or being deemed able to return to work. The DLR also includes a liability for payments to claimants who have not yet been approved for LTD either because they have not yet satisfied the waiting (or elimination) period or because the approval or denial decision has not yet been made. In these cases, the present value of future benefits is reduced for the likelihood of claim denial based on Company experience. For claims recently closed due to recovery, a portion of the DLR is retained for the possibility that the claim reopens upon further evidence of disability.  In addition, a reserve for estimated unpaid claim expenses is included in the DLR.

For incurral years with IBNR claims, estimates of ultimate losses are made by applying completion factors to the dollar amount of claims reported or expected depending on the market segment. IBNR represents estimated ultimate losses less both DLR and cumulative paid amounts for all reported claims. Completion factors are derived using standard actuarial techniques using triangles that display historical claim count emergence by incurral month. These estimates are reviewed for reasonableness and are adjusted for current trends and other factors expected to cause a change in claim emergence. The IBNR includes an estimate of unpaid claim expenses, including a provision for the cost of initial set-up of the claim once reported.

For all products, including LTD, there is a period generally ranging from two to twelve months, depending on the product and market segment, where emerged claim information for an incurral year is not yet credible enough to be a basis for an IBNR projection.  In

F-68

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

11. Reserve for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)

these cases, the ultimate losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses are estimated using earned premium multiplied by an expected loss ratio.

The Company also records reserves for future death benefits under group term life policies that provide for premiums to be waived in the event the insured has a permanent and total disablement and has satisfied an elimination period, which is typically nine months ("premium waiver reserves"). The death benefit reserve for these group life premium waiver claims is estimated for a known disabled claimant equal to the present value of expected future cash outflows (typically a lump sum face amount payable at death plus claim expenses) with separate estimates for claimant recovery (when no death benefit is payable) and for death before recovery or benefit expiry (when death benefit is payable). The IBNR for premium waiver death benefits is estimated with standard actuarial development methods.

In addition, the Company also records reserves for group term life, accidental death & dismemberment, short term disability, and other group products that have short claim payout periods. For these products, reserves are determined using paid or reported actuarial development methods. The resulting claim triangles produce a completion pattern and estimate of ultimate loss. IBNR for these lines of business equals the estimated ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses less the amount of paid or reported claims depending on whether the paid or reported development method was used. Estimates are reviewed for reasonableness and are adjusted for current trends or other factors that affect the development pattern.

Cumulative number of reported claims

For group life, disability and accident coverages, claim counts include claims that are approved, pending approval and terminated and exclude denied claims. Due to the nature of the claims, one claimant represents one event.

Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Claims by Age, Net of Reinsurance
	(Unaudited)
	1st Year		2nd Year		3rd Year		4th Year		5th Year		6th Year		7th Year
Group long-term disability	7.2	%	24.4	%	15.3	%	8.7	%	6.5	%	5.4	%	4.8	%
Group life and accident, excluding premium waiver	79.2	%	18.4	%	1.1	%

F-69

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATMENTS (continued)

12. Reserve for Future Policy Benefits

Changes in Reserves for Future Policy Benefits [1]
Liability balance as of January 1, 2017	$	322
Acquired [2]	346
Incurred	86
Paid	(50		)
Change in unrealized investment gains and losses	9
Liability balance as of December 31, 2017	$	713
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of January 1, 2017	$	28
Incurred	(1		)
Paid	(1		)
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of December 31, 2017	$	26

Liability balance as of January 1, 2016	$	492
Incurred	(139		)
Paid	(45		)
Change in unrealized investment gains and losses	14
Liability balance as of December 31, 2016	$	322
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of January 1, 2016	$	27
Incurred	1
Paid	—
Reinsurance recoverable asset, as of December 31, 2016	$	28

[1] Reserves for future policy benefits includes paid-up life insurance and whole-life policies resulting from conversion from group life policies included within the Group Benefits segment and reserves for structured settlement and terminal funding agreement liabilities retained which are in the Corporate category.

[2] Represents reserves, net, related to the U.S. group life and disability business acquired from Aetna, as of the acquisition date. For additional information. see Note 2 - Business Acquisitions of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-70

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

13. Debt

The Company’s long-term debt securities are issued by HFSG Holding Company, and are unsecured obligations of HFSG Holding Company, and rank on a parity with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of HFSG Holding Company. Debt issued by HLI with a carrying amount of $142 is included in liabilities held for sale in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and, therefore, is not included in the table below.

Debt is carried net of discount and issuance cost.

Interest expense on debt is included in the corporate category for segment reporting.

Short-term and Long-term Debt by Issuance

	As of December 31,
	2017			2016
Revolving Credit Facilities	$	—		$	—
Senior Notes and Debentures
5.375% Notes, due 2017	—			416
6.3% Notes, due 2018	320			320
6.0% Notes, due 2019	413			413
5.5% Notes, due 2020	500			500
5.125% Notes, due 2022	800			800
5.95% Notes, due 2036	300			300
6.625% Notes, due 2040	295			295
6.1% Notes, due 2041	409			409
6.625% Notes, due 2042	178			178
4.3% Notes, due 2043	300			300
Junior Subordinated Debentures
7.875% Notes, due 2042	600			600
3 month Libor + 2.125% Notes, due 2067 [1]	500			—
8.125% Notes, due 2068	500			500
Total Notes and Debentures	5,115			5,031
Unamortized discount and debt issuance cost [2]	(117		)	(122		)
Total Debt	4,998			4,909
Less: Current maturities	320			416
Long-Term Debt	$	4,678		$	4,493

[1] In April 2017, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement expiring February 15, 2027 to effectively convert the variable interest payments for this debenture into fixed interest payments of approximately 4.39%.

[2] The amount primarily consists of $79 and $83 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, on the 6.1% Notes, due 2041.

The effective interest rate on the 6.1% senior notes due 2041 is 7.9%. The effective interest rate on the remaining notes does not differ materially from the stated rate. The Company incurred interest expense of $316, $327 and $346 on debt for the years ended December 31,2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Senior Notes

On March 15, 2017, the Company repaid its $416, 5.375% senior notes at maturity.

Junior Subordinated Debentures

Junior Subordinated Debentures by Issuance

Issue	7.875% Debentures				8.125% Debentures [3]				3 Month Libor + 2.125%
Face Value	$	600			$	500			$	500
Interest Rate [1]	7.875		%	[2]	8.125		%	[4]	N/A		[5]
Call Date	April 15, 2022				June 15, 2018				February 15, 2017		[6]
Interest Rate Subsequent to Call Date [2]	3 Month Libor + 5.596%				3 Month Libor + 4.6025%				3 Month Libor + 2.125%		[7]
Final Maturity	April 15, 2042				June 15, 2068				February 12, 2067

[1] Interest rate in effect until call date.

[2] Payable quarterly in arrears.

[3] The 8.125% debentures have a scheduled maturity date of June 15, 2038.

[4] Payable semi-annually in arrears.

[5] Debentures were issued on call date.

[6] Reflects original call date: Replacement Capital Covenant associated with the debenture prohibits the Company from redeeming all or any portion of the notes on or prior to February 15, 2022.

[7] In April, 2017 the company entered into an interest rate swap agreement expiring February 15, 2027 to effectively convert the interest payments for the 3 month Libor + 2.125% debenture into fixed interest payments of approximately 4.39%.

The debentures are unsecured, subordinated and junior in right of payment and upon liquidation to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness. In addition, the debentures are effectively subordinated to all of the Company’s subsidiaries’ existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including obligations to policyholders. The debentures do not limit the Company’s or the Company’s subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt, including debt that ranks senior in right of payment and upon liquidation to the debentures.

The Company has the right to defer interest payments for up to ten consecutive years without giving rise to an event of default. Deferred interest will continue to accrue and will accrue additional interest at the then applicable interest rate. If the Company defers interest payments, the Company generally may not make payments on or redeem or purchase any shares of its capital stock or any of its debt securities or guarantees that rank upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up equally with or junior to the debentures, subject to certain limited exceptions. If the Company defers interest on the 8.125% and 3 month Libor plus 2.125% debentures for five consecutive years or, if earlier, pays current interest during a deferral period, the Company will be required to pay deferred interest from proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying securities.

The 7.875% , 8.125% and 3 month Libor plus 2.125% debentures may be redeemed in whole prior to the call date upon certain tax or rating agency events, at a price equal to the greater of 100% of the principal amount being redeemed and the applicable make-whole amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest. The Company may elect to redeem the 8.125% debentures in whole or part at its option prior to the call date at a price equal to the greater of 100% of the principal amount being redeemed and the

F-71

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

13. Debt (continued)

applicable make-whole amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest. The Company may elect to redeem the 7.875% , 8.125% and 3 month Libor plus 2.125% debentures in whole or in part on or after the call date for the principal amount being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

In connection with the offering of the 8.125% debentures, the Company entered into a replacement capital covenant ("RCC") for the benefit of holders of one or more designated series of the Company's indebtedness, initially the Company’s 6.1% notes due 2041. Under the terms of the RCC, if the Company redeems the 8.125% debentures at any time prior to June 15, 2048 it can only do so with the proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying replacement securities. On February 7, 2017, the Company executed an amendment to the RCC to lengthen the amount of time the Company has to issue qualifying replacement securities prior to the redemption of the 8.125% debentures and to amend the definition of certain qualifying replacement securities. The 3 month Libor plus 2.125% debentures are qualifying replacement securities within the definition of the RCC, as amended.

In connection with the offering of the three month LIBOR plus 2.125% debenture, the Company entered into a RCC for the benefit of holders of one or more designated series of the Company's indebtedness, initially the Company's 4.3% notes due 2043. Under the terms of the RCC, if the Company redeems the debenture any time prior to February 12, 2047 (or such earlier date on which the RCC terminates by its terms) it can only do so with the proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying replacement securities. The RCC also prohibits the Company from redeeming all or any portion of the notes on or prior to February 15, 2022.

In April, 2017 the company entered into an interest rate swap agreement expiring February 15, 2027 to effectively convert the variable interest payments for the 3 month Libor plus 2.125% debenture into fixed interest payments of approximately 4.39%.

Long-Term Debt

Long-term Debt Maturities (at par value) as ofDecember 31, 2017

2018 - Current maturities	$	320
2019	$	413
2020	$	500
2021	$	—
2022	$	800
Thereafter	$	3,082

Shelf Registrations

On July 29, 2016, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) an automatic shelf registration statement (Registration No. 333-212778) for the potential offering and sale of debt and equity securities. The registration statement allows for the following types of securities to be offered: debt securities, junior subordinated debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, depositary shares, warrants, stock purchase contracts, and stock purchase units. In that The Hartford is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, the registration statement went

effective immediately upon filing and The Hartford may offer and sell an unlimited amount of securities under the registration statement during the three-year life of the registration statement.

Contingent Capital Facility

The Hartford was party to a put option agreement that provided The Hartford with the right to require the Glen Meadow ABC Trust, a Delaware statutory trust, at any time and from time to time, to purchase The Hartford's junior subordinated notes in a maximum aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500. On February 8, 2017, The Hartford exercised the put option resulting in the issuance of $500 in junior subordinated notes with proceeds received on February 15, 2017. Under the Put Option Agreement, The Hartford had been paying the Glen Meadow ABC Trust premiums on a periodic basis, calculated with respect to the aggregate principal amount of notes that The Hartford had the right to put to the Glen Meadow ABC Trust for such period. The Hartford agreed to reimburse the Glen Meadow ABC Trust for certain fees and ordinary expenses. Up until the Company exercised the put option, the Company held a variable interest in the Glen Meadow ABC Trust where the Company was not the primary beneficiary. As a result, the Company did not consolidate the Glen Meadow ABC Trust.

The junior subordinated notes have a scheduled maturity of February 12, 2047, and a final maturity of February 12, 2067. As noted in the table above, the Company is required to use reasonable efforts to sell certain qualifying replacement securities in order to repay the debentures at the scheduled maturity date. The junior subordinated notes bear interest at an annual rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.125%, payable quarterly, and are unsecured, subordinated indebtedness of The Hartford.

Revolving Credit Facilities

The Company has a senior unsecured five-year revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) that provides for borrowing capacity up to $1 billion of unsecured credit through October 31, 2019 available in U.S. dollars, Euro, Sterling, Canadian dollars and Japanese Yen. As of December 31, 2017, no borrowings were outstanding under the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2017, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants within the Credit Facility.

Commercial Paper

The Hartford’s maximum borrowings available under its commercial paper program are $1 billion. The Company is dependent upon market conditions to access short-term financing through the issuance of commercial paper to investors. As of December 31, 2017, there was no commercial paper outstanding.

F-72

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

14. Commitments and Contingencies

Management evaluates each contingent matter separately. A loss is recorded if probable and reasonably estimable. Management establishes liabilities for these contingencies at its “best estimate,” or, if no one number within the range of possible losses is more probable than any other, the Company records an estimated liability at the low end of the range of losses.

Litigation

The Hartford is involved in claims litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, both as a liability insurer defending or providing indemnity for third-party claims brought against insureds and as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it. The Hartford accounts for such activity through the establishment of unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. Subject to the uncertainties in the following discussion under the caption “Asbestos and Environmental Claims,” management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such ordinary-course claims litigation, after consideration of provisions made for potential losses and costs of defense, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of The Hartford.

The Hartford is also involved in other kinds of legal actions, some of which assert claims for substantial amounts. These actions include, among others, and in addition to the matters in the following discussion, putative state and federal class actions seeking certification of a state or national class. Such putative class actions have alleged, for example, underpayment of claims or improper underwriting practices in connection with various kinds of insurance policies, such as personal and commercial automobile, property, disability, life and inland marine. The Hartford also is involved in individual actions in which punitive damages are sought, such as claims alleging bad faith in the handling of insurance claims or other allegedly unfair or improper business practices. Like many other insurers, The Hartford also has been joined in actions by asbestos plaintiffs asserting, among other things, that insurers had a duty to protect the public from the dangers of asbestos and that insurers committed unfair trade practices by asserting defenses on behalf of their policyholders in the underlying asbestos cases. Management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such lawsuits, after consideration of provisions made for estimated losses, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition of The Hartford. Nonetheless, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, the outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.

In addition to the inherent difficulty of predicting litigation outcomes, the Mutual Funds Litigation identified below purports to seek substantial damages for unsubstantiated conduct spanning a multi-year period based on novel applications of complex legal theories. The alleged damages are not quantified or factually supported in the complaint, and, in any event, the Company's experience shows that demands for damages often bear little relation to a reasonable estimate of potential loss. The application of the legal standard identified by the court for assessing the potentially available damages, as described below, is inherently unpredictable, and no legal precedent has been

identified that would aid in determining a reasonable estimate of potential loss. Accordingly, management cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss, if any.

Mutual Funds Litigation

In February 2011, a derivative action was brought on behalf of six Hartford retail mutual funds in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that Hartford Investment Financial Services, LLC (“HIFSCO”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company, received excessive advisory and distribution fees in violation of its statutory fiduciary duty under Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.  During the course of the litigation, the claims regarding distribution fees were dismissed without prejudice, the lineup of funds as plaintiffs changed several times, and the plaintiffs added as a defendant Hartford Funds Management Company(“HFMC”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company that assumed the role of advisor to the funds as of January 2013. In June 2015, HFMC and HIFSCO moved for summary judgment, and plaintiffs cross-moved for partial summary judgment with respect to one fund. In March 2016, the court denied the plaintiff's motion, and granted summary judgment for HIFSCO and HFMC with respect to one fund, leaving six funds as plaintiffs: The Hartford Balanced Fund, The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund, The Hartford Floating Rate Fund, The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund, The Hartford Healthcare Fund, and The Hartford Inflation Plus Fund. The court further ruled that the appropriate measure of damages on the surviving claims would be the difference, if any, between the actual advisory fees paid through trial and the fees permitted under the applicable legal standard. A bench trial on the issue of liability was held in November 2016. In February 2017, the court granted judgment for HIFSCO and HFMC as to all claims. Plaintiffs have appealed to the United State Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit.

Asbestos and Environmental Claims

The Company continues to receive asbestos and environmental claims. Asbestos claims relate primarily to bodily injuries asserted by people who came in contact with asbestos or products containing asbestos. Environmental claims relate primarily to pollution and related clean-up costs.

The Company wrote several different categories of insurance contracts that may cover asbestos and environmental claims. First, the Company wrote primary policies providing the first layer of coverage in an insured’s liability program. Second, the Company wrote excess and umbrella policies providing higher layers of coverage for losses that exhaust the limits of underlying coverage. Third, the Company acted as a reinsurer assuming a portion of those risks assumed by other insurers writing primary, excess, umbrella and reinsurance coverages. Fourth, subsidiaries of the Company participated in the London Market, writing both direct insurance and assumed reinsurance business.

Significant uncertainty limits the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid gross losses and expenses related to environmental and particularly asbestos claims. The degree of variability of gross reserve estimates for these exposures is significantly greater than for other more traditional exposures.

F-73

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

14. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

In the case of the reserves for asbestos exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty include inadequate loss development patterns, plaintiffs’ expanding theories of liability, the risks inherent in major litigation, and inconsistent emerging legal doctrines. Furthermore, over time, insurers, including the Company, have experienced significant changes in the rate at which asbestos claims are brought, the claims experience of particular insureds, and the value of claims, making predictions of future exposure from past experience uncertain. Plaintiffs and insureds also have sought to use bankruptcy proceedings, including “pre-packaged” bankruptcies, to accelerate and increase loss payments by insurers. In addition, some policyholders have asserted new classes of claims for coverages to which an aggregate limit of liability may not apply. Further uncertainties include insolvencies of other carriers and unanticipated developments pertaining to the Company’s ability to recover reinsurance for asbestos and environmental claims. Management believes these issues are not likely to be resolved in the near future.

In the case of the reserves for environmental exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty include expanding theories of liability and damages, the risks inherent in major litigation, inconsistent decisions concerning the existence and scope of coverage for environmental claims, and uncertainty as to the monetary amount being sought by the claimant from the insured.

The reporting pattern for assumed reinsurance claims, including those related to asbestos and environmental claims, is much longer than for direct claims. In many instances, it takes months or years to determine that the policyholder’s own obligations have been met and how the reinsurance in question may apply to such claims. The delay in reporting reinsurance claims and exposures adds to the uncertainty of estimating the related reserves.

It is also not possible to predict changes in the legal and legislative environment and their effect on the future development of asbestos and environmental claims.

Given the factors described above, the Company believes the actuarial tools and other techniques it employs to estimate the ultimate cost of claims for more traditional kinds of insurance exposure are less precise in estimating reserves for asbestos and environmental exposures. For this reason, the Company principally relies on exposure-based analysis to estimate the ultimate costs of these claims, both gross and net of reinsurance, and regularly evaluates new account information in assessing its potential asbestos and environmental exposures. The Company supplements this exposure-based analysis with evaluations of the Company’s historical direct net loss and expense paid and reported experience, and net loss and expense paid and reported experience by calendar and/or report year, to assess any emerging trends, fluctuations or characteristics suggested by the aggregate paid and reported activity.

While the Company believes that its current asbestos and environmental reserves are appropriate, significant uncertainties limit the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses. The ultimate liabilities, thus, could exceed the currently recorded reserves, and any such additional liability, while not estimable

now, could be material to The Hartford's consolidated operating results and liquidity.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company reported $1.2 billion of net asbestos reserves and $237 of net environmental reserves. While the Company believes that its current asbestos and environmental reserves are appropriate, significant uncertainties limit the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses. The ultimate liabilities, thus, could exceed the currently recorded reserves, and any such additional liability, while not reasonably estimable now, could be material to The Hartford's consolidated operating results and liquidity.

Effective December 31, 2016, the Company entered into an ADC reinsurance agreement with NICO, a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc., to reduce uncertainty about potential adverse development of asbestos and environmental reserves. Under the ADC, the Company paid a reinsurance premium of $650 for NICO to assume adverse net loss and allocated loss adjustment expense reserve development up to $1.5 billion above the Company’s existing net asbestos and environmental reserves as of December 31, 2016 of approximately $1.7 billion. The $650 reinsurance premium was placed into a collateral trust account as security for NICO’s claim payment obligations to the Company. Under retroactive reinsurance accounting, net adverse asbestos and environmental reserve development after December 31, 2016 will result in an offsetting reinsurance recoverable up to the $1.5 billion limit. Cumulative ceded losses up to the $650 reinsurance premium paid are recognized as a dollar-for-dollar offset to direct losses incurred. Cumulative ceded losses exceeding the $650 reinsurance premium paid would result in a deferred gain. The deferred gain would be recognized over the claim settlement period in the proportion of the amount of cumulative ceded losses collected from the reinsurer to the estimated ultimate reinsurance recoveries. Consequently, until periods when the deferred gain is recognized as a benefit to earnings, cumulative adverse development of asbestos and environmental claims after December 31, 2016 in excess of $650 may result in significant charges against earnings. Furthermore, cumulative adverse development of asbestos and environmental claims could ultimately exceed the $1.5 billion treaty limit in which case any adverse development in excess of the treaty limit would be absorbed as a charge to earnings by the Company. In these scenarios, the effect of these changes could be material to the Company’s consolidated operating results and liquidity. As of December 31, 2017, the Company has incurred $285 in adverse development on asbestos and environmental reserves that have been ceded under the ADC treaty with NICO.

Lease Commitments

The total rental expense on operating leases was $57, $53, and $60 in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, which excludes sublease rental income of $3, $2, and $3 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

F-74

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

14. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

Future minimum lease commitments as ofDecember 31, 2017

	Operating Leases
2018	$	45
2019	38
2020	30
2021	19
2022	12
Thereafter	41
Total minimum lease payments [1]	$	185

[1] Excludes expected future minimum sublease income of approximately $3, $3, $1, $0, $0 and $0 in 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 and thereafter respectively.

The Company’s lease commitments consist primarily of lease agreements for office space, automobiles, and office equipment that expire at various dates.

Unfunded Commitments

As of December 31, 2017, the Company has outstanding commitments totaling $989 million, of which $829 million is committed to fund limited partnership and other alternative investments, which may be called by the partnership during the commitment period to fund the purchase of new investments and partnership expenses. Additionally, $54 of the outstanding commitments relate to various funding obligations associated with private placement securities. The remaining outstanding commitments of $106 relate to mortgage loans the Company is expecting to fund in the first half of 2018.

Guaranty Funds and Other Insurance-Related Assessments

In all states, insurers licensed to transact certain classes of insurance are required to become members of a guaranty fund. In most states, in the event of the insolvency of an insurer writing any such class of insurance in the state, the guaranty funds may assess its members to pay covered claims of the insolvent insurers. Assessments are based on each member's proportionate share of written premiums in the state for the classes of insurance in which the insolvent insurer was engaged. Assessments are generally limited for any year to one or two percent of the premiums written per year depending on the state. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through surcharges on policyholders or through full or partial premium tax offsets, while other states permit recovery of assessments through the rate filing process.

Liabilities for guaranty fund and other insurance-related assessments are accrued when an assessment is probable, when it can be reasonably estimated, and when the event obligating the Company to pay an imposed or probable assessment has occurred. Liabilities for guaranty funds and other insurance-related assessments are not discounted and are included as part of other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of

December 31, 2017 and 2016 the liability balance was $113 and $126, respectively. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016 amounts related to premium tax offsets of $6 and $19, respectively, were included in other assets.

Derivative Commitments

Certain of the Company’s derivative agreements contain provisions that are tied to the financial strength ratings, as set by nationally recognized statistical agencies, of the individual legal entity that entered into the derivative agreement. If the legal entity’s financial strength were to fall below certain ratings, the counterparties to the derivative agreements could demand immediate and ongoing full collateralization and in certain instances enable the counterparties to terminate the agreements and demand immediate settlement of all outstanding derivative positions traded under each impacted bilateral agreement. The settlement amount is determined by netting the derivative positions transacted under each agreement. If the termination rights were to be exercised by the counterparties, it could impact the legal entity’s ability to conduct hedging activities by increasing the associated costs and decreasing the willingness of counterparties to transact with the legal entity. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position as of December 31, 2017 was $534. Of this $534, the legal entities have posted collateral of $609, which is inclusive of initial margin requirements, in the normal course of business. Based on derivative market values as of December 31, 2017, a downgrade of one level below the current financial strength ratings by either Moody’s or S&P would not require additional assets to be posted as collateral. Based on derivative market values as of December 31, 2017, a downgrade of two levels below the current financial strength ratings by either Moody’s or S&P would require additional $10 of assets to be posted as collateral. These collateral amounts could change as derivative market values change, as a result of changes in our hedging activities or to the extent changes in contractual terms are negotiated. The nature of the collateral that we post, when required, is primarily in the form of U.S. Treasury bills, U.S. Treasury notes and government agency securities.

Guarantees

In the ordinary course of selling businesses or entities to third parties, the Company has agreed to indemnify purchasers for losses arising subsequent to the closing due to breaches of representations and warranties with respect to the business or entity being sold or with respect to covenants and obligations of the Company and/or its subsidiaries. These obligations are typically subject to various time limitations, defined by the contract or by operation of law, such as statutes of limitation. In some cases, the maximum potential obligation is subject to contractual limitations, while in other cases such limitations are not specified or applicable. The Company does not expect to make any payments on these guarantees and is not carrying any liabilities associated with these guarantees.

F-75

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

15. Equity

Capital Purchase Program ("CPP") Warrants

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, the Company has 2.2 million and 4.0 million CPP warrants outstanding and exercisable. The CPP warrants were issued in 2009 as part of a program established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008. The CPP warrants expire in June 2019.

CPP warrant exercises were 1.8 million, 0.4 million and 2.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The declaration of common stock dividends by the Company in excess of a threshold triggers a provision in the Company's warrant agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon resulting in adjustments to the CPP warrant exercise price. Accordingly, the CPP warrant exercise price was $8.999, $9.126 and $9.264 as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The exercise price will be settled by the Company withholding the number of common shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants equal to the value of the aggregate exercise price of the warrants so exercised determined by reference to the closing price of the Company's common stock on the trading day on which the warrants are exercised and notice is delivered to the warrant agent.

Equity Repurchase Program

In October 2016, the Board of Directors authorized a new equity repurchase program for $1.3 billion for the period commencing October 31, 2016 through December 31, 2017. The $1.3 billion authorization is in addition to the Company's prior authorization for $4.375 billion, which was completed by December 31, 2016.

During the year endedDecember 31, 2017, the Company repurchased 20.2 million common shares for $1,028. Effective October 13, 2017 the Company suspended 2017 equity repurchases. The Company does not currently expect to authorize an equity repurchase plan in 2018.

Statutory Results

The domestic insurance subsidiaries of The Hartford prepare their statutory financial statements in conformity with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the applicable state insurance department which vary materially from U.S. GAAP. Prescribed statutory accounting practices include publications of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), as well as state laws, regulations and general administrative rules. The differences between statutory financial statements and financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP vary between domestic and foreign jurisdictions. The principal differences are that statutory financial statements do not reflect deferred policy acquisition costs and limit deferred income taxes, predominately use interest rate and mortality assumptions prescribed by the NAIC for life benefit reserves, generally carry bonds at amortized cost, and present reinsurance assets and liabilities net of reinsurance. For reporting purposes, statutory capital and surplus is referred to collectively as "statutory capital". Life insurance subsidaries include the

Company's group benefits subsidiary, Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company (HLA) and the Company's run-off life and annuity subsidiaries held for sale.

Statutory Net Income

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016		2015
Group Benefits Insurance Subsidiary	$	(1,066	)	$	208	$	168
Property and Casualty Insurance Subsidiaries	950			304		1,486
Life and Annuity Run-Off Business	369			349		371
Total	$	253		$	861	$	2,025

Statutory Capital

	As of December 31,
	2017		2016
Group Benefits Insurance Subsidiary	$	2,029	$	1,624
Property and Casualty Insurance Subsidiaries	7,396		8,261
Life and Annuity Run-Off Business	3,552		4,398
Total	$	12,977	$	14,283

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Company's U.S. insurance companies' states of domicile impose risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements. The requirements provide a means of measuring the minimum amount of statutory capital appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations based on its size and risk profile. Regulatory compliance is determined by a ratio of a company's total adjusted capital (“TAC”) to its authorized control level RBC (“ACL RBC”). Companies below specific trigger points or ratios are classified within certain levels, each of which requires specified corrective action. The minimum level of TAC before corrective action commences (“Company Action Level”) is two times the ACL RBC. The adequacy of a company's capital is determined by the ratio of a company's TAC to its Company Action Level, known as the "RBC ratio". All of the Company's operating insurance subsidiaries had RBC ratios in excess of the minimum levels required by the applicable insurance regulations. On an aggregate basis, the Company's U.S. property and casualty insurance companies' RBC ratio was in excess of 200% of its Company Action Level as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. The RBC ratios for the Company's group benefits insurance operating subsidiary (HLA) was in excess of 300% of its Company Action Level as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. The RBC ratio of the Company's held for sale life insurance and annuity run-off entities was in excess of 300% of its respective Company Action Levels as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. The reporting of RBC ratios is not intended for the purpose of ranking any insurance company, or for use in connection with any marketing, advertising, or promotional activities.

F-76

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

15. Equity(continued)

Similar to the RBC ratios that are employed by U.S. insurance regulators, regulatory authorities in the international jurisdictions in which the Company operates generally establish minimum solvency requirements for insurance companies. All of the Company's international insurance subsidiaries have solvency margins in excess of the minimum levels required by the applicable regulatory authorities.

Dividend Restrictions

Dividends to the HFSG Holding Company from its insurance subsidiaries are restricted by insurance regulation. The payment of dividends by Connecticut-domiciled insurers is limited under the insurance holding company laws of Connecticut. These laws require notice to and approval by the state insurance commissioner for the declaration or payment of any dividend, which, together with other dividends or distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (i) 10% of the insurer’s policyholder surplus as of December 31 of the preceding year or (ii) net income (or net gain from operations, if such company is a life insurance company) for the twelve-month period ending on the thirty-first day of December last preceding, in each case determined under statutory insurance accounting principles. The insurance holding company laws of the other jurisdictions in which The Hartford’s insurance subsidiaries are domiciled or deemed commercially domiciled under applicable state insurance laws contain similar or in certain state(s) more restrictive limitations on the payment of dividends. In addition, if any dividend of a domiciled insurer exceeds the insurer's earned surplus or certain other thresholds as calculated under applicable state insurance law, the dividend requires the prior approval of the domestic regulator. Dividends paid to HFSG Holding Company by its life insurance subsidiaries are further dependent on cash requirements of Hartford Life, Inc. ("HLI"), the holding company of its life and annuity run-off business held for sale, and Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company ("HLA") and other factors. Dividends paid to HFSG from HLI are subject to provisions of the Stock and Asset Purchase agreement related to the sale of HLI and its run-off life and annuity insurance business and provides for expected dividends from HLI of $300 prior to closing of the sale, subject to regulatory approval. In addition to statutory limitations on paying dividends, the Company also takes other items into consideration when determining dividends from subsidiaries. These considerations include, but are not limited to, expected earnings and capitalization of the subsidiary, regulatory capital requirements and liquidity requirements of the individual operating company.

Total dividends received by HFSG in 2017 from its P&C insurance subsidiaries were $2.4 billion. In connection with the purchase of Aetna's U.S. group life and disability business in the fourth quarter of 2017, the P&C insurance subsidiaries received approval and paid an extraordinary dividend to the HFSG Holding Company of $1.4 billion, of which $800 was funded by approved extraordinary dividends from HLIC. The $800 of extraordinary dividends from HLIC was used to pay down principal on the intercompany note owed by Hartford Holdings, Inc. (HHI) to Hartford Fire Insurance Company. In addition, $100 of Hartford Fire Insurance Company dividends were subsequently contributed to a run-off P&C subsidiary and $63 of P&C insurance subsidiary dividends relate to principal and interest payments on an intercompany note owed by HHI to Hartford Fire Insurance

Company. Accordingly, the net dividend to HFSG Holding Company for the 2017 full year from P&C insurance subsidiaries was approximately $1.5 billion.

The $800 of extraordinary dividends from HLIC were funded in part by $550 of extraordinary dividends from HLIC's indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company.

Total net dividends received by HFSG from subsidiaries in 2017 were $3.1 billion, including the $1.5 billion of net dividends from P&C subsidiaries, $1.4 billion from HLIC, $188 from HLA and $75 from Mutual Funds

In 2018, The Company’s property and casualty insurance subsidiaries are permitted to pay up to a maximum of approximately $1.4 billion in dividends to HFSG Holding Company without prior approval from the applicable insurance commissioner. In 2018, HFSG Holding Company anticipates receiving net dividends of approximately $350 from its property and casualty insurance subsidiaries.

In 2018, Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company ("HLA") has no dividend capacity for 2018 and does not anticipate paying dividends to the HSFG Holding Company.

On December 4, 2017, The Hartford announced it had entered into a definitive agreement to sell its life and annuity run-off businesses to a group of investors led by Cornell Capital LLC, Atlas Merchant Capital LLC, TRB Advisors LP, Global Atlantic Financial Group, Pine Brook and J. Safra Group. Up until the anticipated close of the sale, HLIC does not have any additional dividend capacity. Prior to the expected close in 2018, HSFG Holding company anticipates receiving $300 of dividends from HLIC through HLI, subject to approval by the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner. Other intercompany transactions with HLI will be net settled prior to closing.

There are no current restrictions on the HFSG Holding Company's ability to pay dividends to its shareholders.

Restricted Net Assets

The Company's insurance subsidiaries had net assets of $16 billion, determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, that were restricted from payment to the HFSG Holding Company, without prior regulatory approval at December 31, 2017.

F-77

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

16. Income Taxes

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state and foreign jurisdictions, as applicable. Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes included income from domestic operations of $704, $521 and $1,517 for the years ended December 31,2017, 2016 and 2015, and income (losses) from foreign operations of $19, $(74) and $(39) for the years ended December 31,2017, 2016 and 2015.

Tax Reform

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Reform”). Tax Reform establishes new tax laws that will affect 2018, including, but not limited to, (1) reduction of the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%; (2) elimination of the corporate alternative minimum tax (AMT) and changing how existing AMT credits can be realized, (3) limitations on the deductibility of certain executive compensation, (4) changes to the discounting of statutory reserves for tax purposes, and (5) limitations on net operating losses (NOLs) generated after December 31, 2017 though there is no impact to the Company’s current NOL carryforwards.

In connection with our initial analysis of the impact of Tax Reform, the Company recorded a provisional net income tax expense of $877 in the period ending December 31, 2017. This net expense consists of a $821 reduction of The Company’s deferred tax assets primarily due to the reduction in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate and a $56 sequestration fee payable associated with refundable AMT credits. Net of the sequestration fee payable, the Company's AMT credits of $790 have been reclassified to a current income tax receivable. Tax reform allows for the refund of AMT credits over time but no later than 2022.

For components where we have made provisional estimates of the impact of Tax Reform, future guidance could change these estimates, particularly the estimated amount of sequestration fee payable. Adjustments to income tax expense, if any, will be made in the period the adjustments become known in 2018.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017		2016			2015
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
Current - U.S. Federal	$	116	$	10		$	(91	)
International	1		—			3
Total current	117		10			(88		)
Deferred - U.S. Federal	866		(173		)	377
International	2		(3		)	—
Total deferred	868		(176		)	377
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	985	$	(166	)	$	289

Deferred tax assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets represent the tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017 shown

in the table below reflect the reduction in deferred taxes required as a result of Tax Reform.  In addition, as a result of entering into a definitive agreement to sell the life and annuity run-off business, deferred tax balances that will be transferred to the buyer have been removed from the following table and are included in assets held for sale.  Included in deferred taxes as of December 31, 2017 are deferred tax assets of the life and annuity run-off business that will be retained by the Company, including $437 for the tax effect of net operating loss carryovers, and $23 of foreign tax credits. While the Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $3.3 billion on the sale of the life and annuity run-off business in 2017, the Company did not record a tax benefit on the sale.  Rather the Company plans to elect to retain tax net operating loss carryovers in lieu of recognizing a tax capital loss in 2018.

Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities)

	As of December 31,
	2017			2016
Deferred Tax Assets
Loss reserves and tax discount	$	104		$	262
Unearned premium reserve and other underwriting related reserves	352			384
Investment-related items	194			458
Employee benefits	313			508
Alternative minimum tax credit [1]	—			640
General business credit carryover	3			99
Net operating loss carryover	710			1,458
Foreign tax credit carryover	26			56
Other	1			—
Total Deferred Tax Assets	1,703			3,865
Deferred Tax Liabilities
Deferred acquisition costs	(103		)	(176		)
Net unrealized gains on investments	(306		)	(348		)
Other depreciable and amortizable assets	(130		)	(243		)
Other	—			(99		)
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities	(539		)	(866		)
Net Deferred Tax Asset	$	1,164		$	2,999

[1]As of December 31, 2017, alternative minimum tax credits of $790 have been reclassified as a current tax receivable. See further discussion below.

A deferred tax valuation allowance has not been recorded because the Company believes the deferred tax assets will more likely than not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considered future taxable temporary difference reversals, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryovers, taxable income in open carry back years and other tax planning strategies. From time to time, tax planning strategies could include holding a portion of debt securities with market value losses until recovery, altering the level of tax exempt securities held, making investments which have specific tax characteristics, and business considerations such as asset-liability matching. Management views such tax

F-78

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

16. Income Taxes (continued)

planning strategies as prudent and feasible and would implement them, if necessary, to realize the deferred tax assets.

As shown in the deferred tax assets (liabilities) table above, included in net deferred income taxes are the future tax benefits associated with the net operating loss carryover, foreign tax credit carryover, capital loss carryover, alternative minimum tax credit carryover, and general business credit carryover.

Future Tax Benefits

	As of
	December 31, 2017				Expiration
	Carryover amount		Expected tax benefit, gross		Dates			Amount
Net operating loss carryover - U.S.	$	3,380	$	710	2020			$	1
					2023	-	2036	$	3,379
Net operating loss carryover - foreign	$	3	$	—	No expiration			$	3
Foreign tax credit carryover	$	26	$	26	2023	-	2024	$	26
Alternative minimum tax credit carryover	$	790	$	790	No expiration			$	—
General business credit carryover	$	3	$	3	2031	-	2037	$	3

Net Operating Loss Carryover

NOLs reflected above arose in taxable years prior to 2017 and are still subject to prior tax law which allows for carryback and limits the period over which carryforwards may be used to offset taxable income as shown in the above table. Utilization of the Company's loss carryovers is dependent upon the generation of sufficient future taxable income. Most of the net operating loss carryover originated from the Company's U.S. and international annuity business, including from the hedging program. The U.S. net operating loss carryover in the table above included $437 of NOL's of the life and annuity run-off business that the Company will retain. Given the expected earnings of the Company going forward, including earnings of its property and casualty, group benefits and mutual fund businesses, the Company expects to generate sufficient taxable income in the future to utilize its net operating loss carryover. Although the Company projects there will be sufficient future taxable income to fully recover the remainder of the loss carryover, the Company's estimate of the likely realization may change over time.

Tax Credit Carryovers

Alternative Minimum Tax Credits- As noted above, because AMT credits are refundable, the Company reflected AMT credits, net of a sequestration fee payable, as a current tax receivable at its undiscounted amount and they are no longer included as deferred tax assets.

Foreign Tax Credits- These credits are available to offset regular federal income taxes from future taxable income. The use of these credits prior to expiration depends on the generation of sufficient taxable income to first utilize all U.S. net operating loss carryovers. However, the Company has purchased certain investments which allow for utilization of the foreign tax credits without first using the net operating loss carryover. Consequently, the Company believes it is more likely than not the foreign tax credit carryover will be fully realized. Accordingly, no valuation allowance has been provided.

Income Tax Rate Reconciliation

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Tax provision at U.S. federal statutory rate	$	253		$	157		$	517
Tax-exempt interest	(123		)	(124		)	(132		)
Decrease in deferred tax valuation allowance	—			(79		)	(102		)
Stock-based compensation	(15		)	—			—
Solar credits	—			(79		)	—
Sale of HFPI and foreign rate differential	5			(37		)	—
Tax Reform	877			—			—
Other	(12		)	(4		)	6
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	985		$	(166	)	$	289

In addition to the effect of tax-exempt interest, the Company's effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 reflects a federal income tax benefit of $15 related to a deduction for stock-based compensation that vested at a fair value per share greater than the fair value on the date of grant.

The Company recognized an $877 increase in income tax expense in 2017 due to the effects of Tax Reform, primarily due to the reduction in net deferred tax assets as a result of the reduction in the Federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%.

Additionally, reflected above is a benefit of $79 in 2016 due to the investment in solar energy partnerships. The total tax benefit from the transaction was $113 which includes the tax effects of the related financial statement realized loss from writing down the investments in the partnerships.

Also included in 2016 is a tax benefit primarily due to the sale of the Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries.

F-79

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

16. Income Taxes (continued)

The tax benefit of $37 relates to the difference between the tax basis and book basis of the Company's investment in the subsidiaries net of additional foreign tax rate differentials. The total estimated tax benefit recognized in 2016 related to the sale of the U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries was $76. For discussion of this transaction, see Note 20 - Business Dispositions and Discontinued Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Roll-forward of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016		2015
Balance, beginning of period	$	12		$	12	$	48
Gross increases - tax positions in prior period	3			—		12
Gross decreases - tax positions in prior period	—			—		(48		)
Gross decreases - tax reform	(6		)	—		—
Balance, end of period	$	9		$	12	$	12

The entire amount of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate in the period of the release.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had a current income tax receivable of $811, including $790 of AMT credits receivable which consist of $846 of AMT credits offset by a $56 sequestration fee payable. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had a current income tax receivable of $141.

The federal audit of the years 2012 and 2013 was completed as of March 31, 2017 with no additional adjustments. The federal audit of The Company's recently acquired subsidiary Maxum for the 2014 tax year was completed as of December 31, 2017 with no adjustments. Management believes that adequate provision has been made in the consolidated financial statements for any potential adjustments that may result from tax examinations and other tax-related matters for all open tax years.

The Company classifies interest and penalties (if applicable) as income tax expense in the consolidated financial statements. The Company recognized no interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. The Company had no interest payable as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. The Company does not believe it would be subject to any penalties in any open tax years and, therefore, has not recorded any accrual for penalties.

F-80

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

17. Changes in and Reclassifications From Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Changes in AOCI, Net of Tax for the Year Ended December 31, 2017

	Changes in
	Net Unrealized Gain on Securities			OTTI Losses in OCI			Net Gain on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments			Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments		Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Adjustments			AOCI, net of tax
Beginning balance	$	1,276		$	(3	)	$	76		$	6	$	(1,692	)	$	(337	)
OCI before reclassifications	857			—			(8		)	28		(146		)	731
Amounts reclassified from AOCI	(202		)	—			(50		)	—		521			269
OCI, net of tax	655			—			(58		)	28		375			1,000
Ending balance	$	1,931		$	(3	)	$	18		$	34	$	(1,317	)	$	663

Changes in AOCI, Net of Tax for the Year Ended December 31, 2016

	Changes in
	Net Unrealized Gain on Securities			OTTI Losses in OCI			Net Gain on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments			Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments			Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Adjustments			AOCI, net of tax
Beginning balance	$	1,279		$	(7	)	$	130		$	(55	)	$	(1,676	)	$	(329	)
OCI before reclassifications	83			1			(8		)	(37		)	(52		)	(13		)
Amounts reclassified from AOCI	(86		)	3			(46		)	98			36			5
OCI, net of tax	(3		)	4			(54		)	61			(16		)	(8		)
Ending balance	$	1,276		$	(3	)	$	76		$	6		$	(1,692	)	$	(337	)

Changes in AOCI, Net of Tax for the Year ended December 31, 2015

	Changes in
	Net Unrealized Gain on Securities			OTTI Losses in OCI			Net Gain on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments			Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments			Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Adjustments			AOCI, net of tax
Beginning balance	$	2,370		$	(5	)	$	150		$	(8	)	$	(1,579	)	$	928
OCI before reclassifications	(1,112		)	(3		)	18			(47		)	(135		)	(1,279		)
Amounts reclassified from AOCI	21			1			(38		)	—			38			22
OCI, net of tax	(1,091		)	(2		)	(20		)	(47		)	(97		)	(1,257		)
Ending balance	$	1,279		$	(7	)	$	130		$	(55	)	$	(1,676	)	$	(329	)

F-81

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

17. Changes in and Reclassifications From Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (continued)

Reclassifications from AOCI

AOCI	Amount Reclassified from AOCI									Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statement of Operations
	For the year ended December 31, 2017			For the year ended December 31, 2016			For the year ended December 31, 2015
Net Unrealized Gain on Securities
Available-for-sale securities	$	152		$	36		$	(5	)	Net realized capital gains (losses)
	152			36			(5		)	Total before tax
	53			13			(2		)	Income tax expense (benefit)
	103			63			(18		)	(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
	$	202		$	86		$	(21	)	Net (loss) income
OTTI Losses in OCI
Other than temporary impairments	$	—		$	(2	)	$	(1	)	Net realized capital gains (losses)
	—			(2		)	(1		)	Total before tax
	—			(1		)	—			Income tax expense (benefit)
	—			(2		)	—			(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
	—			(3		)	(1		)	Net (loss) income
Net Gain on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments
Interest rate swaps	$	5		$	10		$	5		Net realized capital gains (losses)
Interest rate swaps	37			37			31			Net investment income
	42			47			36			Total before tax
	15			17			13			Income tax expense (benefit)
	$	23		$	16		$	15		(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
	$	50		$	46		$	38		Net (loss) income
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments
Currency translation adjustments [1]	$	—		$	(118	)	$	—		Net realized capital gains (losses)
	—			(118		)	—			Total before tax
	—			(20		)	—			Income tax expense (benefit)
	$	—		$	(98	)	$	—		Net (loss) income
Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Adjustments
Amortization of prior service credit	$	7		$	6		$	7		Insurance operating costs and other expenses
Amortization of actuarial loss	(61		)	(61		)	(65		)	Insurance operating costs and other expenses
Settlement loss	(747		)	—			—			Insurance operating costs and other expenses
	(801		)	(55		)	(58		)	Total before tax
	(280		)	(19		)	(20		)	Income tax expense (benefit)
	(521		)	(36		)	(38		)	Net (loss) income
Total amounts reclassified from AOCI	$	(269	)	$	(5	)	$	(22	)	Net (loss) income

[1] Amount in 2016 relates to the sale of the U.K. property and casualty.

F-82

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

18. Employee Benefit Plans

Investment and Savings Plan

Substantially all U.S. employees of the Company are eligible to participate in The Hartford Investment and Savings Plan under which designated contributions may be invested in a variety of investments, including up to 10% in a fund consisting largely of common stock of The Hartford. The Company's contributions include a non-elective contribution of 2.0% of eligible compensation and a dollar-for-dollar matching contribution of up to 6.0% of eligible compensation contributed by the employee each pay period. The Company also maintains a non-qualified savings plan, The Hartford Excess Savings Plan, with the dollar-for-dollar matching contributions of employee compensation in excess of the amount that can be contributed under the tax-qualified Investment and Savings Plan. An employee's eligible compensation includes overtime and bonuses but for the Investment and Savings Plan and Excess Savings Plan combined, is limited to $1 annually. The total cost to The Hartford for these plans was approximately $113, $115 and $117 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Additionally, The Hartford has established defined contribution pension plans for certain employees of the Company’s international subsidiaries. The cost to The Hartford for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 for these plans was immaterial.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016 , Investment and Savings Plan assets totaling $540 and $438, respectively, were invested in the separate accounts of HLIC.

Post Retirement Benefit Plans

Defined Benefit Pension Plan- The Company maintains The Hartford Retirement Plan for U.S. Employees, a U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) that covers substantially all U.S. employees hired prior to January 1, 2013. The Company also maintains non-qualified pension plans to provide retirement benefits previously accrued that are in excess of Internal Revenue Code limitations.

The Plan includes two benefit formulas, both of which are frozen: a final average pay formula (for which all accruals ceased as of December 31, 2008) and a cash balance formula for which benefit accruals ceased as of December 31, 2012, although interest will continue to accrue to existing cash balance formula account balances. Employees who were participants as of December 31, 2012 continue to earn vesting credit with respect to their frozen accrued benefits if they continue to work. The Hartford Excess Pension Plan II, the Company's non-qualified excess pension benefit plan for certain highly compensated employees, is also frozen.

Group Retiree Health Plan- The Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for eligible retired employees. The Company’s contribution for health care benefits will depend upon the retiree’s date of retirement and years of service. In addition, the plan has a defined dollar cap for certain retirees which limits average Company contributions. The Hartford has prefunded a portion of the health care obligations through a trust fund where such prefunding can be accomplished on a tax effective basis. Beginning January 1, 2017, for retirees 65 and older who were participating in the Retiree PPO Medical

Plan, the Company funds the cost of medical and dental health care benefits through contributions to a Health Reimbursement Account and covered individuals can access a variety of insurance plans from a health care exchange. Effective January 1, 2002, Company-subsidized retiree medical, retiree dental and retiree life insurance benefits were eliminated for employees with original hire dates with the Company on or after January 1, 2002. The Company also amended its postretirement medical, dental and life insurance coverage plans to no longer provide subsidized coverage for employees who retired on or after January 1, 2014.

Assumptions

Pursuant to accounting principles related to the Company’s pension and other postretirement obligations to employees under its various benefit plans, the Company is required to make a significant number of assumptions in order to calculate the related liabilities and expenses each period. The two economic assumptions that have the most impact on pension and other postretirement expense under the defined benefit pension plan and group retiree health plan are the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. The assumed discount rates and yield curve is based on high-quality fixed income investments consistent with the maturity profile of the expected liability cash flows. Based on all available market and industry information, it was determined that 3.73% and 3.55% were the appropriate discount rates as of December 31, 2017 to calculate the Company’s pension and other postretirement obligations, respectively.

The expected long-term rate of return is based on actual compound rates of return earned over various historical time periods. The Company also considers the investment volatility, duration and total returns for various time periods related to the characteristics of the pension obligation, which are influenced by the Company's workforce demographics. In addition, the Company considers long-term market return expectations for an investment mix that generally anticipates 60% fixed income securities and 40% non fixed income securities (global equities, hedge funds and private market alternatives) to derive an expected long-term rate of return. Based upon these analyses, management determined the long-term rate of return assumption to be 6.60% and 6.70% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. To determine the Company's 2018 expense, the Company is currently assuming an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 6.60%.

Weighted Average Assumptions Used in Calculating the Benefit Obligations and the Net Amount Recognized

	Pension Benefits				Other Postretirement Benefits
	For the years ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2017		2016
Discount rate	3.73	%	4.22	%	3.55	%	3.97	%

F-83

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

18. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

Weighted Average Assumptions Used in Calculating the Net Periodic Benefit Cost for Pension Plans

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Discount rate	4.22	%	4.25	%	4.00	%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets	6.60	%	6.70	%	6.90	%

Weighted Average Assumptions Used in Calculating the Net Periodic Benefit Cost for Other Postretirement Plans

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Discount rate	3.97	%	4.00	%	3.75	%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets	6.60	%	6.60	%	6.90	%

Assumed Health Care Cost Trend Rates

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
Pre-65 health care cost trend rate	6.75	%	6.90	%	7.30	%
Post-65 health care cost trend rate	N/A		N/A		5.50	%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)	4.50	%	5.00	%	5.00	%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate	2028		2024		2023

A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have an insignificant effect on the amounts reported for other postretirement plans.

Obligations and Funded Status

The following tables set forth a reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of the benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets, as well as the funded status of the Company's defined benefit pension and postretirement health care and life insurance benefit plans. International plans represent an immaterial percentage of total pension assets, liabilities and expense and, for reporting purposes, are combined with domestic plans.

Change in Benefit Obligation

	Pension Benefits						Other Postretirement Benefits
	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2017			2016
Benefit obligation — beginning of year	$	5,650		$	5,734		$	272		$	301
Service cost	4			2			—			—
Interest cost	170			237			8			11
Plan participants’ contributions	—			—			11			25
Actuarial loss	139			9			5			4
Settlements	(1,647		)	—			—			—
Plan Amendment	—			—			—			(1		)
Changes in assumptions	332			(30		)	10			—
Benefits and expenses paid	(273		)	(303		)	(51		)	(68		)
Retiree drug subsidy	—			—			1			—
Foreign exchange adjustment	1			1			—			—
Benefit obligation — end of year	$	4,376		$	5,650		$	256		$	272

Changes in assumptions in 2017 primarily included a $350 increase in the benefit obligation for pension benefits as a result of a decline in the discount rate from 4.22% as of the December 31, 2016 valuation to 3.73% as of the December 31, 2017 valuation. Changes in assumptions in 2016 included a decrease of $51 related to the Company's use of updated mortality rates, partially offset by an increase of $21 related to a reduction in the discount rate.

On June 30, 2017, the Company transferred invested assets and cash from plan assets to purchase a group annuity contract that transferred approximately $1.6 billion of the Company's outstanding pension obligations related to certain U.S. retirees, terminated vested participants and beneficiaries. As a result of this transaction, the Company recognized a pre-tax settlement charge of $750. The settlement charge was included in the corporate category for segment reporting.

F-84

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

18. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

Change in Plan Assets

	Pension Benefits						Other Postretirement Benefits
	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2017			2016
Fair value of plan assets — beginning of year	$	4,678		$	4,430		$	138		$	162
Actual return on plan assets	549			250			11			9
Employer contributions	280			301			—			—
Benefits paid [1]	(248		)	(279		)	(35		)	(33		)
Expenses paid	(21		)	(24		)	—			—
Settlements	(1,647		)	—			—			—
Foreign exchange adjustment	1			—			—			—
Fair value of plan assets — end of year	$	3,592		$	4,678		$	114		$	138
Funded status — end of year	$	(784	)	$	(972	)	$	(142	)	$	(134	)

[1] Other postretirement benefits paid represent non-key employee postretirement medical benefits paid from the Company's prefunded trust fund.

The fair value of assets for pension benefits, and hence the funded status, presented in the table above excludes assets of $144 and $132as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, held in rabbi trusts and designated for the non-qualified pension plans. The assets do not qualify as plan assets; however, the assets are available to pay benefits for certain retired, terminated and active participants. Such assets are available to the Company’s general creditors in the event of insolvency. The rabbi trust assets consist of equity and fixed income investments. To the extent the fair value of these rabbi trusts were included in the table above, pension plan assets would have been $3,736 and $4,811as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and the funded status of pension benefits would have been $(640) and $(840)as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Defined Benefit Pension Plans with an Accumulated Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan Assets

	As of December 31,
	2017		2016
Projected benefit obligation	$	4,376	$	5,650
Accumulated benefit obligation	4,376		5,650
Fair value of plan assets	3,592		4,678

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016 , pension and other postretirement benefits plan assets totaling $3.7 billion and $4.8 billion, respectively, were invested in the separate accounts of HLIC. On January 2, 2018, all the invested assets of the defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefit plan were transferred to a third party custodian.

Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

	Pension Benefits				Other Postretirement Benefits
	As of December 31,
	2017		2016		2017		2016
Other liabilities	$	784	$	972	$	142	$	134

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Benefit) and Other Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

As a result of the pension settlement, in 2017, the Company recognized a pre-tax settlement charge of $750 ($488 after-tax) and a reduction to shareholders' equity of $144.

In connection with this transaction, the Company made a contribution of $280 in September 2017 to the U.S. qualified pension plan in order to maintain the plan's pre-transaction funded status.

Beginning with the first quarter of 2017, the Company adopted the full yield curve approach in the estimation of the interest cost component of net periodic benefit costs for its qualified and non-qualified pension plans and the postretirement benefit plan. The full yield curve approach applies the specific spot rates along the yield curve that are used in its determination of the projected benefit obligation at the beginning of the year. The change has been made to provide a better estimate of the interest cost component of net periodic benefit cost by better aligning projected benefit cash flows with corresponding spot rates on the yield curve rather than using a single weighted average discount rate derived from the yield curve as had been done historically.

This change does not affect the measurement of the Company's total benefit obligations as the change in the interest cost in net income is completely offset in the actuarial (gain) loss reported for the period in other comprehensive income. The change reduced the before tax interest cost component of net periodic benefit cost by $32as of December 31, 2017. The discount rate being used to measure interest cost is 3.58% for the period from January 1, 2017 to June 30, 2017 and 3.37% for the period from July 1, 2017 to December 31, 2017 for the qualified pension plan, 3.55% for the non-qualified pension plan, and 3.13% for the postretirement benefit plan. Under the Company's historical estimation approach, the weighted average discount rate for the interest cost component would have been 4.22% for the period from January 1, 2017 to June 30, 2017 and 3.92% for the period from July 1, 2017 to December 31, 2017 for the qualified pension plan, 4.19% for the non-qualified pension plan and 3.97% for the postretirement benefit plan. The Company accounted for this change as a change in estimate, and accordingly, has recognized the effect prospectively beginning in 2017.

F-85

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

18. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

Net Periodic Cost (Benefit)

	Pension Benefits									Other Postretirement Benefits
	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015			2017			2016			2015
Service cost	$	4		$	2		$	2		$	—		$	—		$	—
Interest cost	170			237			235			8			11			12
Expected return on plan assets	(267		)	(311		)	(311		)	(8		)	(10		)	(12		)
Amortization of prior service credit	—			—			—			(7		)	(6		)	(7		)
Amortization of actuarial loss	56			56			60			5			5			5
Settlements	750			—			—			—			—			—
Net periodic cost (benefit)	$	713		$	(16	)	$	(14	)	$	(2	)	$	—		$	(2	)

Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

	Pension Benefits						Other Postretirement Benefits
	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2017			2016
Amortization of actuarial loss	$	56		$	56		$	5		$	5
Settlement loss	750			—			—			—
Amortization of prior service credit	—			—			(7		)	(6		)
Net loss arising during the year	(209		)	(66		)	(12		)	(4		)
Total	$	597		$	(10	)	$	(14	)	$	(5	)

Amounts in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Before Tax, not yet Recognized as Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

	Pension Benefits						Other Postretirement Benefits
	As of December 31,
	2017			2016			2017			2016
Net loss	$	(1,966	)	$	(2,563	)	$	(129	)	$	(122	)
Prior service credit	—			—			78			85
Total	$	(1,966	)	$	(2,563	)	$	(51	)	$	(37	)

The pension settlement transaction resulted in an decrease to unrecognized net loss of $750 in 2017. The estimated net loss for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from

accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost during 2018 is $48. The estimated prior service cost for the other postretirement benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost during 2018 is $(7). The estimated net loss for the other postretirement plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost during 2018 is $6.

Plan Assets

Investment Strategy and Target Allocation

The overall investment strategy of the Plan is to maximize total investment returns to provide sufficient funding for present and anticipated future benefit obligations within the constraints of a prudent level of portfolio risk and diversification. With respect to asset management, the oversight responsibility of the Plan rests with The Hartford’s Pension Fund Trust and Investment Committee composed of individuals whose responsibilities include establishing overall objectives and the setting of investment policy; selecting appropriate investment options and ranges; reviewing the asset allocation mix and asset allocation targets on a regular basis; and monitoring performance to determine whether or not the rate of return objectives are being met and that policy and guidelines are being followed. The Company believes that the asset allocation decision will be the single most important factor determining the long-term performance of the Plan.

Target Asset Allocation

	Pension Plans				Other Postretirement Plans
	minimum		maximum		minimum		maximum
Equity securities	5	%	35	%	15	%	45	%
Fixed income securities	50	%	70	%	55	%	85	%
Alternative assets	—	%	45	%	—	%	—	%

Divergent market performance among different asset classes may, from time to time, cause the asset allocation to deviate from the desired asset allocation ranges. The asset allocation mix is reviewed on a periodic basis. If it is determined that an asset allocation mix rebalancing is required, future portfolio additions and withdrawals will be used, as necessary, to bring the allocation within tactical ranges.

The majority of the Plan assets are invested in Hartford Life Insurance Company separate accounts managed by HIMCO, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. On January 2, 2018, the assets of the plan previously invested in the separate accounts of HLIC were transferred to a third party custodian. The Plan invests in commingled funds and partnerships managed by unaffiliated managers to gain exposure to emerging markets, equity, hedge funds and other alternative investments. These portfolios encompass multiple asset classes reflecting the current needs of the Plan, the investment preferences and risk tolerance of the Plan and the desired degree of diversification. These asset classes include publicly traded equities, bonds and alternative investments and are made up of individual investments in cash

F-86

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

18. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

and cash equivalents, equity securities, debt securities, asset-backed securities and hedge funds. Hedge fund investments represent a diversified portfolio of partnership investments in a variety of strategies.

In addition, the Company uses U.S. Treasury bond futures contracts and U.S. Treasury STRIPS in a duration overlay program to adjust the duration of Plan assets to better match the duration of the benefit obligation.

Investment Valuation

For further discussion of the valuation of investments, see Note 5 - Fair Value Measurements of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pension Plan Assets at Fair Value as of December 31, 2017

Asset Category	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Short-term investments:	$	21	$	168	$	—	$	189
Fixed Income Securities:
Corporate	—		1,549		14		1,563
RMBS	—		28		2		30
U.S. Treasuries	3		74		—		77
Foreign government	—		16		1		17
CMBS	—		28		2		30
Other fixed income [1]	—		97		2		99
Mortgage Loans	—		—		140		140
Equity Securities:
Large-cap domestic	595		89		—		684
Mid-cap domestic	11		—		—		11
International	343		—		—		343
Total pension plan assets at fair value, in the fair value hierarchy [2]	$	973	$	2,049	$	161	$	3,183
Other Investments, at net asset value [3]:
Private Market Alternatives	—		—		—		168
Hedge funds	—		—		—		212
Total pension plan assets at fair value.	$	973	$	2,049	$	161	$	3,563

[1] Includes ABS, municipal bonds, and CDOs.

[2] Excludes approximately $1 of investment payables net of investment receivables that are excluded from this disclosure requirement because they are trade receivables in the ordinary course of business where the carrying amount approximates fair value. Also excludes approximately $30 of interest receivable.

[3] Investments that are measured at net asset value per share or an equivalent and have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy.

Pension Plan Assets at Fair Value as of December 31, 2016

Asset Category	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Short-term investments:	$	12	$	299	$	—	$	311
Fixed Income Securities:
Corporate	—		1,469		13		1,482
RMBS	—		266		10		276
U.S. Treasuries	69		649		4		722
Foreign government	—		37		1		38
CMBS	—		131		—		131
Other fixed income [1]	—		96		18		114
Mortgage Loans	—		—		121		121
Equity Securities:
Large-cap domestic	589		107		—		696
Mid-cap domestic	23		—		—		23
International	300		—		—		300
Total pension plan assets at fair value, in the fair value hierarchy [2]	$	993	$	3,054	$	167	$	4,214
Other Investments, at net asset value [3]:
Private Market Alternatives	—		—		—		87
Hedge funds	—		—		—		340
Total pension plan assets at fair value.	$	993	$	3,054	$	167	$	4,641

[1] Includes ABS,municipal bonds, and CDOs.

[2] Excludes approximately $2 of investment payables net of investment receivables that are excluded from this disclosure requirement because they are trade receivables in the ordinary course of business where the carrying amount approximates fair value. Also excludes approximately $39 of interest receivable.

[3] Investments that are measured at net asset value per share or an equivalent and have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy.

The tables below provide fair value level 3 roll-forwards for the Pension Plan Assets for which significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) are used in the fair value measurement on a recurring basis. The Plan classifies the fair value of financial instruments within Level 3 if there are no observable markets for the instruments or, in the absence of active markets, if one or more of the significant inputs used to determine fair value are based on the Plan’s own assumptions. Therefore, the gains and losses in the tables below include changes in fair value due to both observable and unobservable factors.

F-87

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

18. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

2017 Pension Plan Asset Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets	Corporate			RMBS			Foreign government		Mortgage loans		Other [1]			Totals
Fair Value as of January 1, 2017	$	13		$	10		$	1	$	121	$	22		$	167
Realized gains,net	—			—			—		—		2			2
Changes in unrealized gains, net	2			—			—		2		2			6
Purchases	11			1			—		17		7			36
Settlements	—			(5		)	—		—		(1		)	(6		)
Sales	(12		)	(4		)	—		—		(19		)	(35		)
Transfers into Level 3	—			—			—		—		2			2
Transfers out of Level 3	—			—			—		—		(11		)	(11		)
Fair Value as of December 31, 2017	$	14		$	2		$	1	$	140	$	4		$	161

[1] "Other" includes U.S. Treasuries, Other fixed income and CMBS investments.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, transfers into and (out) of Level 3 are primarily attributable to the appearance of or

lack thereof of market observable information and the re-evaluation of the observability of pricing inputs.

2016 Pension Plan Asset Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets	Corporate			RMBS			Foreign government			Mortgage loans			Other [1]			Totals
Fair Value as of January 1, 2016	$	19		$	24		$	5		$	54		$	5		$	107
Realized gains,net	—			—			—			—			1			1
Changes in unrealized gains (losses), net	—			—			—			(3		)	—			(3		)
Purchases	15			—			—			70			24			109
Settlements	—			(14		)	—			—			(1		)	(15		)
Sales	(10		)	—			(4		)	—			(9		)	(23		)
Transfers into Level 3	—			2			—			—			3			5
Transfers out of Level 3	(11		)	(2		)	—			—			(1		)	(14		)
Fair Value as of December 31, 2016	$	13		$	10		$	1		$	121		$	22		$	167

[1]"Other" includes U.S. Treasuries and Other fixed income investments.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3 are primarily attributable to the availability of market observable information and the re-evaluation of the observability of pricing inputs.

There was no Company common stock included in the Plan’s assets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

F-88

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

18. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

Other Postretirement Plan Assets at Fair Value as of December 31, 2017
Asset Category	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Short-term investments	$	4	$	—	$	—	$	4
Fixed Income Securities:
Corporate	—		25		—		25
RMBS	—		17		—		17
U.S. Treasuries	1		25		—		26
Foreign government	—		1		—		1
CMBS	—		5		—		5
Other fixed income	—		4		1		5
Equity Securities:
Large-cap	30		—		—		30
Total other postretirement plan assets at fair value [1]	$	35	$	77	$	1	$	113

[1] Excludes approximately $0 of investment payables net of investment receivables that are excluded from this disclosure requirement because they are trade receivables in the ordinary course of business where the carrying amount approximates fair value. Also excludes approximately $1 of interest receivable.

Other Postretirement Plan Assets at Fair Value as of December 31, 2016
Asset Category	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Short-term investments	$	4	$	—	$	—	$	4
Fixed Income Securities:
Corporate	—		35		1		36
RMBS	—		24		1		25
U.S. Treasuries	5		14		—		19
Foreign government	—		2		—		2
CMBS	—		9		—		9
Other fixed income	—		4		1		5
Equity Securities:
Large-cap	37		—		—		37
Total other postretirement plan assets at fair value [1]	$	46	$	88	$	3	$	137

[1] Excludes approximately $1 of interest receivable carried at fair value.

Other Postretirement Plan Asset Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets	Corporate			RMBS			Foreign Government		Other Fixed Income			Totals
Fair Value as of January 1, 2017	$	1		$	1		$	—	$	1		$	3
Changes in unrealized gains (losses), net	—			—			—		—			—
Purchases	1			—			—		1			2
Settlements	—			(1		)	—		—			(1		)
Sales	(2		)	—			—		—			(2		)
Transfers into Level 3	—			—			—		—			—
Transfers out of Level 3	—			—			—		(1		)	(1		)
Fair Value as of December 31, 2017	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	1		$	1

Other Postretirement Plan Asset Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets	Corporate			RMBS			Foreign Government		Other Fixed Income		Totals
Fair Value as of January 1, 2016	$	2		$	3		$	—	$	—	$	5
Changes in unrealized gains (losses), net	—			—			—		—		—
Purchases	1			—			—		1		2
Settlements	—			(2		)	—		—		(2		)
Sales	(1		)	—			—		—		(1		)
Transfers into Level 3	—			—			—		—		—
Transfers out of Level 3	(1		)	—			—		—		(1		)
Fair Value as of December 31, 2016	$	1		$	1		$	—	$	1	$	3

F-89

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

18. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

There was no Company common stock included in the other postretirement benefit plan assets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Concentration of Risk

In order to minimize risk, the Plan maintains a listing of permissible and prohibited investments. In addition, the Plan has certain concentration limits and investment quality requirements imposed on permissible investment options. Permissible investments include U.S. equity, international equity, alternative asset and fixed income investments including derivative instruments. Derivative instruments include future contracts, options, swaps, currency forwards, caps or floors and will be used to control risk or enhance return but will not be used for leverage purposes.

Securities specifically prohibited from purchase include, but are not limited to: shares or fixed income instruments issued by The Hartford, short sales of any type within long-only portfolios, non-derivative securities involving the use of margin, leveraged floaters and inverse floaters, including money market obligations, natural resource real properties such as oil, gas or timber and precious metals.

Other than U.S. government and certain U.S. government agencies backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, the Plan does not have any material exposure to any concentration risk of a single issuer.

Cash Flows

Company Contributions

Employer Contributions	Pension Benefits		Other Postretirement Benefits
2017	$	281	$	—
2016	$	301	$	—

In 2017, the Company, at its discretion, made $280 in contributions to the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan. The Company does not have a 2018 required minimum funding contribution for the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan. The Company has not determined whether, and to what extent, contributions may be made to the U. S. qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2018. The Company will monitor the funded status of the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan during 2018 to make this determination.

Employer contributions in 2017 and 2016 were made in cash and did not include contributions of the Company’s common stock.

Benefit Payments

Amounts of Benefits Expected to be Paid over the next Ten Years from Pension and other Postretirement Plans as of December 31, 2017

	Pension Benefits		Other Postretirement Benefits
2018	$	221	$	30
2019	237		27
2020	240		24
2021	247		22
2022	247		20
2023 - 2027	1,253		74
Total	$	2,445	$	197

F-90

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

19. Stock Compensation Plans

The Company's stock-based compensation plans are described below. Shares issued in satisfaction of stock-based compensation may be made available from authorized but unissued shares, shares held by the Company in treasury or from shares purchased in the open market. In 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company issued shares from treasury in satisfaction of stock-based compensation.

Stock-based compensation expense, included in insurance operating costs and other expenses in the consolidated statement of operations, was as follows:

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Stock-based compensation plans expense [1]	$	116		$	81		$	78
Income tax benefit	(41		)	(29		)	(27		)
Excess tax benefit on awards vested, exercised and expired	(15		)	—			—
Total stock-based compensation plans expense, after-tax	$	60		$	52		$	51

[1] The increase in stock-based compensation plans expense in 2017 was largely due to a change made in 2017 to provide accelerated vesting of newly issued restricted stock unit and performance share awards to retirement eligible employees.

The Company did not capitalize any cost of stock-based compensation. As of December 31, 2017, the total compensation cost related to non-vested awards not yet recognized was $68, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.5 years.

Stock Plan

Future stock-based awards may be granted under The Hartford's 2014 Incentive Stock Plan (the "Incentive Stock Plan") other than the Subsidiary Stock Plan and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan described below. The Incentive Stock Plan provides for awards to be granted in the form of non-qualified or incentive stock options qualifying under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, stock appreciation rights, performance shares, restricted stock or restricted stock units, or any other form of stock-based award. The maximum number of shares, subject to adjustments set forth in the Incentive Stock Plan, that may be issued to Company employees and third party service providers during the 10-year duration of the Incentive Stock Plan is 12,000,000 shares. If any award under an earlier incentive stock plan is forfeited, terminated, surrendered, exchanged, expires unexercised, or is settled in cash in lieu of stock (including to effect tax withholding) or for the net issuance of a lesser number of shares than the

number subject to the award, the shares of stock subject to such award (or the relevant portion thereof) shall be available for awards under the Incentive Stock Plan and such shares shall be added to the maximum limit. As of December 31, 2017, there were 8,397,784 shares available for future issuance.

The fair values of awards granted under the Incentive Stock Plan are measured as of the grant date and expensed ratably over the awards’ vesting periods, generally 3 years. For stock option awards to retirement-eligible employees the Company recognizes the expense over a period shorter than the stated vesting period because the employees receive accelerated vesting upon retirement and therefore the vesting period is considered non-substantive. Beginning with awards granted in 2017, employees with restricted stock units and performance shares receive accelerated vesting upon meeting certain retirement eligibility criteria.

Stock Option Awards

Under the Incentive Stock Plan, options granted have an exercise price at least equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, and an option’s maximum term is not to exceed 10 years. Options generally become exercisable over a three year period commencing one year from the date of grant. Certain other options become exercisable at the later of three years from the date of grant or upon specified market appreciation of the Company's common shares.

The Company uses a hybrid lattice/Monte-Carlo based option valuation model (the “valuation model”) that incorporates the possibility of early exercise of options into the valuation. The valuation model also incorporates the Company’s historical termination and exercise experience to determine the option value.

The valuation model incorporates ranges of assumptions for inputs, and those ranges are disclosed below. The term structure of volatility is generally constructed utilizing implied volatilities from exchange-traded options, CPP warrants related to the Company’s stock, historical volatility of the Company’s stock and other factors. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the valuation model, and accommodates variations in employee preference and risk-tolerance by segregating the grantee pool into a series of behavioral cohorts and conducting a fair valuation for each cohort individually. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents, in a mathematical sense, the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

F-91

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

19. Stock Compensation Plans (continued)

Stock Options Valuation Assumptions

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017				2016				2015
Expected dividend yield	1.9%				2.0%				1.8%
Expected annualized spot volatility	21.8	%	-	37.9%	27.3	%	-	41.3%	22.1	%	-	39.4%
Weighted average annualized volatility	29.5%				34.1%				32.7%
Risk-free spot rate	0.4	%	-	2.4%	0.3	%	-	1.8%	—	%	-	2.6%
Expected term	5.0 years				5.0 years				5.0 years

Non-qualified Stock Option Activity Under the Incentive Stock Plan

	Number of Options (in thousands)		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
	For the year ended December 31, 2017
Outstanding at beginning of year	4,599		$	34.31
Granted	988		$	48.89
Exercised	(330	)	$	26.47
Forfeited	(22	)	$	51.98
Expired	(23	)	$	90.26
Outstanding at end of year	5,212		$	37.25	6.2 years	$	97
Outstanding, fully vested and expected to vest	5,156		$	37.66	6.2 years	$	94
Exercisable at end of year	3,331		$	32.24	5.0 years	$	79

Aggregate intrinsic value represents the value of the Company's closing stock price on the last trading day of the period in excess of the exercise price multiplied by the number of options outstanding or exercisable. The aggregate intrinsic value excludes the effect of stock options that have a zero or negative intrinsic value. The weighted average grant-date fair value per share of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $12.38, $12.14 and $10.60, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $8, $1, and $16, respectively.

Share Awards

Share awards granted under the Incentive Stock Plan and outstanding include restricted stock units and performance shares.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units are share equivalents that are credited with dividend equivalents. Dividend equivalents are accumulated and paid in incremental shares when the underlying units vest. Restricted stock are shares of The Hartford's common stock with restrictions as to transferability until vested. Restricted stock units and restricted stock awards are valued equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Generally, restricted stock units vest at the end of or over three years; certain restricted stock units vest at the end of 5 years. Beginning in 2017, restricted stock units vest at the earlier of

employees retirement eligibility date or three years. Equity awards granted to non-employee directors generally vest in one year and were made in the form of restricted stock units in 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Performance Shares

Performance shares become payable within a range of 0% to 200% of the number of shares initially granted based upon the attainment of specific performance goals achieved at the end of or over three years. While most performance shares vest at the end of or over three years, certain performance shares vest at the end of five years. Beginning in 2017, performance shares vest at the earlier of employees retirement eligibility date or three years.

Performance share awards that are not dependent on market conditions are valued equal to the market price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant less a discount for the absence of dividends. Stock-compensation expense for these performance share awards without market conditions is based on a current estimate of the number of awards expected to vest and, therefore, may change during the performance period as new estimates of performance are available.

Other performance share awards or portions thereof have a market condition based upon the Company's total shareholder return relative to a group of peer companies within a three year period. Stock compensation expense for these performance share awards is based on the number of awards expected to vest as estimated at the grant date and therefore does not change for changes in estimated performance. The Company uses a risk neutral Monte-Carlo valuation model that incorporates time to

F-92

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

19. Stock Compensation Plans (continued)

maturity, implied volatilities of the Company and the peer companies, and correlations between the Company and the peer companies and interest rates.

Assumptions

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017				2016				2015
Volatility of common stock	20.3%				22.2%				21.4%
Average volatility of peer companies	15.0	%	-	25.0%	15.0	%	-	26.0%	14.0	%	-	24.0%
Average correlation coefficient of peer companies	60.0%				56.0%				54.0%
Risk-free spot rate	1.5%				1.0%				1.1%
Term	3.0 years				3.0 years				3.0 years

Total Share Awards

Non-vested Share Award Activity Under the Incentive Stock Plan

	Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units				Performance Shares
	Number of Shares (in thousands)		Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value		Number of Shares (in thousands)		Weighted-Average Grant date Fair Value
Non-vested shares	For the year ended December 31, 2017
Non-vested at beginning of year	4,913		$	39.87	941		$	40.72
Granted	1,425		$	48.90	404		$	48.89
Performance based adjustment					353		$	42.40
Vested	(1,496	)	$	35.97	(721	)	$	42.40
Forfeited	(398	)	$	42.86	(182	)	$	42.95
Non-vested at end of year	4,444		$	43.94	795		$	45.16

The weighted average grant-date fair value per share of restricted stock units and restricted stock granted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $48.90, $42.87 and $42.25, respectively. The weighted average grant-date fair value per share of performance shares granted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $48.89, $41.50 and $42.40, respectively.

The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $94, $128 and $144, respectively, based on actual or estimated performance factors. The Company did not make cash payments in settlement of stock compensation during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Subsidiary Stock Plan

In 2013 the Company established a subsidiary stock-based compensation plan similar to The Hartford Incentive Stock Plan except that it awards non-public subsidiary stock as compensation. The Company recognized stock-based compensation plan expense of $9, $7 and $7 in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, for the subsidiary stock plan. Upon employee vesting of subsidiary stock, the Company recognizes a noncontrolling equity interest. Employees are restricted from selling vested subsidiary stock to anyone other than the Company and the Company has discretion on the amount of stock to repurchase. Therefore the subsidiary

stock is classified as equity because it is not mandatorily redeemable. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company repurchased $2 in subsidiary stock.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company sponsors The Hartford Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Under this plan, eligible employees of The Hartford purchase common stock of the Company at a discount rate of 5% of the market price per share on the last trading day of the offering period. Accordingly, the plan is a noncompensatory plan. Employees purchase a variable number of shares of stock through payroll deductions elected as of the beginning of the offering period. The Company may sell up to 15,400,000 shares of stock to eligible employees under the ESPP. As of December 31, 2017, there were 4,517,633 shares available for future issuance. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, 204,533 shares, 222,113 shares, and 249,344 shares were sold, respectively. The weighted average per share fair value of the discount under the ESPP was $2.63, $2.26 and $2.15 during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The fair value is estimated based on the 5% discount off the market price per share on the last trading day of the offering period.

F-93

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

20. Business Dispositions and Discontinued Operations

Business Dispositions

Sale of U.K. business

On May 10, 2017, the Company completed the sale of its U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries, Hartford Financial Products International Limited and Downlands Liability Management Limited, in a cash transaction to Catalina Holdings U.K. Limited ("buyer"), for approximately $272, net of transaction costs. The Company's U.K. property and casualty run-off subsidiaries are included in the P&C Other Operations reporting segment. Revenues and earnings are not material to the Company's consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

The sale resulted in an after-tax capital loss from the transaction of $5 on the sale for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities Transferred by the Company to the Buyer in Connection with the Sale

	Carrying Value as of
	Closing		December 31, 2016 [2]
Assets
Cash and investments	$	669	$	657
Reinsurance recoverables and other [1]	268		213
Total assets held for sale	937		870
Liabilities
Reserve for future policy benefits and unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses	653		600
Other liabilities	12		11
Total liabilities held for sale	$	665	$	611

[1] Includes intercompany reinsurance recoverables of $71 as of December 31, 2016, settled in cash at closing.

[2] Classified as assets and liabilities held for sale.

Discontinued Operations

Sale of life and annuity run-off business

On December 3, 2017, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Hartford Holdings, Inc. (HHI) entered into a definitive agreement to sell the Company's life and annuity run-off business, to a group of investors led by Cornell Capital LLC, Atlas Merchant Capital LLC, TRB Advisors LP, Global Atlantic Financial Group, Pine Brook and J. Safra Group. Under the terms of the sale agreement, the investor group will form a limited partnership that will acquire Hartford Life, Inc. (HLI), a holding company, and its life and annuity operating subsidiaries, for cash of approximately $1.4 billion after a pre-closing dividend to The Hartford of $300 and The Hartford will receive a 9.7% ownership interest in the limited partnership valued at a cost of $164. All equity investors of the

limited partnership are restricted from selling their interest for five years. In addition, as part of the terms of the sale agreement, The Hartford will reduce its long-term debt by $142 because the debt, which was issued by HLI, will be included as part of the sale. Including cash proceeds and the retained equity interest and net of transaction costs, net proceeds for the sale are approximately $1.5 billion.

In addition, The Hartford will retain estimated tax benefits of the life and annuity run-off business totaling approximately $700 based on the newly enacted tax rate of 21%. The estimated retained tax benefits, which will be available for realization subject to the level and timing of The Hartford’s taxable income, include principally $437 of net operating loss carryovers and $235 of alternative minimum tax credits. The amount of net operating loss carryovers ultimately retained will be based on the tax basis of the operations sold. As a result of The Hartford's election to retain a portion of the net operating loss carryovers of the life and annuity run-off business, the Company did not recognize a tax benefit for the loss on sale.

Prior to the closing of the sale, the Company’s group benefits and mutual funds subsidiaries, which are currently subsidiaries of HLI, will be transferred from HLI to HHI and will not be part of the sale.

The transaction completes The Hartford’s exit from the life and annuity run-off businesses and is anticipated to close by June 30, 2018, subject to regulatory approval and other closing conditions. The life and annuity run-off operations meet the criteria for reporting as discontinued operations and are reported in the Corporate category.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company has recognized an estimated loss on sale within discontinued operations of approximately $3.3 billion. Under the agreement, results from the discontinued operations inure to the buyer; therefore, the loss from discontinued operations during the period between signing and closing will remain largely unchanged as any income earned by the life and annuity run-off business will be offset by a higher loss on sale. At closing, shareholders’ equity will be further reduced for the amount of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) of the life and annuity run-off business, which was approximately $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2017, largely consisting of net unrealized gains on investments, net of shadow DAC.

Following the sale, the Company will manage invested assets of the life and annuity run-off business for an initial term of five years and provide transition services for an estimated period of 12 to 24 months.

The following table summarizes the major classes of assets and liabilities of discontinued operations.

F-94

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

20. Business Dispositions and Discontinued Operations (continued)

Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities to be Transferred to the Buyer in Connection with the Sale

	Carrying Value as of 12/31/2017			Carrying Value as of 12/31/2016
Assets
Cash and investments	$	30,135		$	31,433
Reinsurance recoverables	20,785			20,364
Loss accrual [1]	(3,257		)	—
Other assets	1,439			688
Separate account assets	115,834			115,665
Total assets held for sale	164,936			168,150
Liabilities
Reserve for future policy benefits and unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses	$	14,482		$	13,609
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable	29,228			30,574
Long-term debt	142			142
Other liabilities	2,756			2,933
Separate account liabilities	115,834			115,665
Total liabilities held for sale	$	162,442		$	162,923

[1] Represents the estimated accrued loss on sale of the Company's life and annuity run-off business.

To settle outstanding claims, the Company’s property and casualty operations previously bought structured settlements from the life and annuity run-off business held for sale. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $688 and $712, respectively, of liabilities for structured settlements in cases where the Company did not obtain a release of liability from the claimant which are included in liabilities held for sale. As the life and annuity run-off business will become a third party to the Company upon closing of the sale, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets include a reinsurance recoverable from the life and annuity run-off business of $688 and $712, respectively, with corresponding unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves of $688 and $712, respectively, representing the Company’s direct obligation to claimants.

The Hartford has guaranteed the obligations of certain life, accident and health and annuity contracts of the life and annuity run-off business written by Hartford Life Insurance Company ("HLIC") between 1990 and 1997and written by Hartford Life

and Annuity Insurance Company ("HLAIC") between 1993 and 2009. After the sale closes, HLIC, HLAIC and the purchaser will indemnify the Company for any liability arising under the guarantees. The  guarantees have no limitation as to maximum potential future payments. The Hartford has not recorded a liability and the likelihood for any payments under these guarantees is remote.

Reconciliation of the Major Line Items Constituting Pretax Profit (Loss) of Discontinued Operations

	For the years ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Revenues
Earned premiums	$	106		$	114		$	92
Fee income and other	912			931			1,040
Net investment income	1,289			1,384			1,469
Net realized capital losses	(53		)	(158		)	(144		)
Total revenues	2,254			2,271			2,457
Benefits, losses and expenses
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses	1,416			1,390			1,450
Amortization of DAC	45			146			138
Insurance operating costs and other expenses [1]	368			378			367
Total benefits, losses and expenses	1,829			1,914			1,955
Income before income taxes	425			357			502
Income tax expense	37			74			16
Income from operations of discontinued operations, net of tax	388			283			486
Net realized capital loss on disposal, net of tax	(3,257		)	—			—
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax	$	(2,869	)	$	283		$	486

[1]Corporate allocated overhead has been included in continuing operations.

F-95

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

20. Business Dispositions and Discontinued Operations (continued)

Cash flows from discontinued operations included in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows were as follows:

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations

	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015
Net cash provided by operating activities from discontinued operations	$	797		$	784		$	682
Net cash provided by investing activities from discontinued operations	$	1,466		$	864		$	1,446
Net cash used in financing activities from discontinued operations [1]	$	(884	)	$	(647	)	$	(1,080	)
Cash paid for interest	$	11		$	11		$	11

[1] Excludes return of capital to parent of $1,396, $752, and $1,001 for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

F-96

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

21. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The following table presents current and historical quarterly results of the Company. As a result of the Company's definitive agreement to sell its life and annuity run-off business, the results of this transaction have been retrospectively reclassified as discontinued operations, and as such, the quarterly results for the prior periods presented below differ from previously reported amounts.

For further discussion of this transaction, see Note 20 - Business Dispositions and Discontinued Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

	Three months ended
	March 31,				June 30,					September 30,				December 31,
	2017		2016		2017			2016		2017		2016		2017			2016
Revenues	$	4,123	$	3,930	$	4,168		$	4,085	$	4,144	$	4,114	$	4,539		$	3,978
Benefits, losses and expenses	3,722		3,556		4,449			4,060		3,963		3,690		4,117			4,354
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax	303		298		(152		)	99		145		351		(558		)	(135		)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	75		25		112			117		89		87		(3,145		)	54
Net income (loss)	$	378	$	323	$	(40	)	$	216	$	234	$	438	$	(3,703	)	$	(81	)
Basic
(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax	$	0.82	$	0.75	$	(0.42	)	$	0.25	$	0.40	$	0.91	$	(1.56	)	$	(0.36	)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax	$	0.20	$	0.06	$	0.31		$	0.30	$	0.25	$	0.23	$	(8.81	)	$	0.14
Net income per common share	$	1.02	$	0.81	$	(0.11	)	$	0.55	$	0.65	$	1.14	$	(10.37	)	$	(0.22	)
Diluted
(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax	$	0.80	$	0.73	$	(0.42	)	$	0.25	$	0.40	$	0.90	$	(1.56	)	$	(0.36	)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax	$	0.20	$	0.06	$	0.31		$	0.29	$	0.24	$	0.22	$	(8.81	)	$	0.14
Net (loss) income per common share	$	1.00	$	0.79	$	(0.11	)	$	0.54	$	0.64	$	1.12	$	(10.37	)	$	(0.22	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic	371.4		398.5		366.0			391.8		360.2		383.8		357.0			376.6
Weighted average shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares [1]	378.6		406.3		366.0			398.6		367.0		390.5		357.0			376.6

[1] As a result of the net loss from continuing operations for the quarters ended December 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, the Company was required to use basic weighted average common shares outstanding in the calculation of diluted loss per share, since the inclusion of shares for stock compensation plans and warrants would have been antidilutive to the earnings (loss) per share calculation.

F-97

Part IV - Schedule I. Summary of Investments - Other Investments in Affiliates

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

SCHEDULE I

SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS — OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN AFFILIATES

(in millions)

	As of December 31, 2017
Type of Investment	Cost		Fair Value		Amount at which shown on Balance Sheet
Fixed Maturities
Bonds and notes
U.S. government and government agencies and authorities (guaranteed and sponsored)	$	4,492	$	4,536	$	4,536
States, municipalities and political subdivisions	11,743		12,485		12,485
Foreign governments	1,071		1,110		1,110
Public utilities	2,097		2,188		2,188
All other corporate bonds	10,273		10,616		10,616
All other mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities	5,936		6,029		6,029
Total fixed maturities, available-for-sale	35,612		36,964		36,964
Fixed maturities, at fair value using fair value option	40		41		41
Total fixed maturities	35,652		37,005		37,005
Equity Securities
Common stocks
Industrial, miscellaneous and all other	859		959		959
Non-redeemable preferred stocks	48		53		53
Total equity securities	907		1,012		1,012
Mortgage loans	3,175		3,220		3,175
Futures, options and miscellaneous	167		96		96
Short-term investments	2,270		2,270		2,270
Investments in partnerships and trusts	1,588				1,588
Total investments	$	43,759			$	45,146

S-1

Part IV - Schedule II. Condensed Financial Information of the Hartford Financial Services, Inc.

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

SCHEDULE II

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

(Registrant)

(In millions)

	As of December 31,
Condensed Balance Sheets	2017			2016
Assets
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value	$	637		$	849
Other investments	(1		)	1
Short-term investments	442			321
Cash	2			—
Investment in affiliates [1]	19,023			21,889
Deferred income taxes	693			1,488
Unamortized issue costs	1			3
Other assets	11			35
Total assets	$	20,808		$	24,586
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Net payable to affiliates	$	1,598		$	1,503
Short-term debt (includes current maturities of long-term debt)	320			416
Long-term debt	4,678			4,494
Other liabilities	718			1,270
Total liabilities	7,314			7,683
Total stockholders’ equity	13,494			16,903
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	20,808		$	24,586

	For the years ended December 31,
Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income	2017			2016			2015
Net investment income	$	15		$	21		$	14
Net realized capital losses	(1		)	(6		)	(6		)
Total revenues	14			15			8
Interest expense	316			328			346
Pension settlement	750			—			—
Other expenses	1			9			35
Total expenses	1,067			337			381
Loss before income taxes and earnings of subsidiaries	(1,053		)	(322		)	(373		)
Income tax (benefit)	106			(117		)	(131		)
Loss before earnings of subsidiaries	(1,159		)	(205		)	(242		)
Earnings of subsidiaries [1]	(1,972		)	1,101			1,924
Net income (loss)	(3,131		)	896			1,682
Other comprehensive income (loss) - parent company:
Change in net gain/loss on cash-flow hedging instruments	2			—			—
Change in net unrealized gain/loss on securities	280			1			(1		)
Change in pension and other postretirement plan adjustments	107			(6		)	(82		)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes before other comprehensive income of subsidiaries	389			(5		)	(83		)
Other comprehensive income of subsidiaries	611			(3		)	(1,174		)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	1,000			(8		)	(1,257		)
Total comprehensive income (loss)	$	(2,131	)	$	888		$	425

[1] Includes amounts for the life and annuity run-off business accounted for as held for sale and operating results for that business included in discontinued operations in the Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 20 – Business Dispositions and Discontinued Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

S-2

Part IV - Schedule II. Condensed Financial Information of the Hartford Financial Services, Inc.

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

SCHEDULE II

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. (continued)

(Registrant)

(In millions)

	For the years ended December 31,
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows	2017			2016			2015
Operating Activities
Net income	$	(3,131	)	$	896		$	1,682
Loss on extinguishment of debt	—			—			21
Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries	1,972			(1,101		)	(1,924		)
Change in operating assets and liabilities	3,220			1,634			1,167
Cash provided by operating activities	2,061			1,429			946
Investing Activities
Net sales of short-term investments	(121		)	30			609
Capital contributions to subsidiaries	(633		)	491			742
Cash provided by (used for) investing activities	(754		)	521			1,351
Financing Activities
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	500			—			—
Repayments of long-term debt	(416		)	(275		)	(773		)
Treasury stock acquired	(1,028		)	(1,330		)	(1,250		)
Proceeds from net issuances of common shares under incentive and stock compensation plans and excess tax benefits	(20		)	(11		)	42
Dividends paid — Common Shares	(341		)	(334		)	(316		)
Cash used for financing activities	(1,305		)	(1,950		)	(2,297		)
Net change in cash	2			—			—
Cash — beginning of year	—			—			—
Cash — end of year	$	2		$	—		$	—
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Interest Paid	$	312		$	326		$	351
Dividends Received from Subsidiaries	$	2,142		$	1,320		$	1,127

S-3

Part IV - Schedule III. Supplementary Insurance Information

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

SCHEDULE III

SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION

(In millions)

Segment	Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs		Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses		Reserve for Future Policy Benefits		Unearned Premiums		Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable
As of December 31, 2017
Commercial Lines	$	467	$	18,893	$	—	$	3,504	$	—
Personal Lines	127		2,294		—		1,768		—
Property & Casualty Other Operations	—		2,588		—		10		—
Group Benefits	47		8,512		441		40		492
Mutual Funds	9		—		—		—		—
Corporate	—		—		272		—		324
Consolidated	$	650	$	32,287	$	713	$	5,322	$	816
As of December 31, 2016
Commercial Lines	$	448	$	17,950	$	—	$	3,441	$	—
Personal Lines	143		2,094		—		1,898		—
Property & Casualty Other Operations	$	—	$	2,501	$	—	$	11	$	—
Group Benefits	42		5,772		82		42		265
Mutual Funds	$	12	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Corporate	—		—		240		—		337
Consolidated	$	645	$	28,317	$	322	$	5,392	$	602

S-4

Part IV - Schedule III. Supplementary Insurance Information

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

SCHEDULE III

SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION

(In millions)

Segment	Earned Premiums, Fee Income and Other		Net Investment Income (Loss)		Benefits, Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses		Amortization of Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs		Insurance Operating Costs and Other Expenses [1] [2]		Net Written Premiums [3]
For the year December 31, 2017
Commercial Lines	$	6,902	$	949	$	4,322	$	1,009	$	1,381	$	6,956
Personal Lines	3,819		141		3,000		309		649		3,561
Property & Casualty Other Operations	—		106		18		—		9		—
Group Benefits	3,677		381		2,803		33		924		—
Mutual Funds	804		3		—		21		617		—
Corporate	4		23		31		—		1,125		—
Consolidated	$	15,206	$	1,603	$	10,174	$	1,372	$	4,705	$	10,517
For the year December 31, 2016
Commercial Lines	$	6,690	$	917	$	3,994	$	973	$	1,244	$	6,732
Personal Lines	4,023		135		3,175		348		669		3,837
Property & Casualty Other Operations	—		127		278		—		663		(1		)
Group Benefits	3,223		366		2,514		31		776		—
Mutual Funds	701		1		—		24		557		—
Corporate	3		31		—		1		413		—
Consolidated	$	14,640	$	1,577	$	9,961	$	1,377	$	4,322	$	10,568
For the year December 31, 2015
Commercial Lines	$	6,551	$	910	$	3,886	$	951	$	1,232	$	6,625
Personal Lines	3,997		128		2,768		359		714		3,918
Property & Casualty Other Operations	32		133		243		—		25		35
Group Benefits	3,136		371		2,427		31		788		—
Mutual Funds	723		1		—		22		568		—
Corporate	9		18		—		1		504		—
Consolidated	$	14,448	$	1,561	$	9,324	$	1,364	$	3,831	$	10,578

[1] includes interest expense, loss on extinguishment of debt, restructuring and other costs, and reinsurance loss on disposition

[2] Includes amortization of intangible assets

[3] Excludes life insurance pursuant to Regulation S-X.

S-5

Part IV - Schedule IV. Reinsurance

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

SCHEDULE IV

REINSURANCE

(In millions)

	Gross Amount		Ceded Amount		Assumed From Other Companies		Net Amount		Percentage of Amount Assumed to Net
For the year ended December 31, 2017
Life insurance in-force	$	700,860	$	9,493	$	301,573	$	992,940	30	%
Insurance revenues
Property and casualty insurance	$	10,923	$	600	$	232	$	10,555	2	%
Life insurance and annuities	1,526		14		232		1,744		13	%
Accident and health insurance	1,755		36		214		1,933		11	%
Total insurance revenues	$	14,204	$	650	$	678	$	14,232	5	%
For the year ended December 31, 2016
Life insurance in-force	$	657,197	$	7,919	$	22,239	$	671,517	3	%
Insurance revenues
Property and casualty insurance	$	10,871	$	583	$	261	$	10,549	2	%
Life insurance and annuities	1,471		11		52		1,512		3	%
Accident and health insurance	1,689		33		55		1,711		3	%
Total insurance revenues	$	14,031	$	627	$	368	$	13,772	3	%
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Life insurance in-force	$	619,490	$	4,648	$	21,406	$	636,248	3	%
Insurance revenues
Property and casualty insurance	$	10,704	$	586	$	298	$	10,416	3	%
Life insurance and annuities	1,439		10		49		1,478		3	%
Accident and health insurance	1,668		58		48		1,658		3	%
Total insurance revenues	$	13,811	$	654	$	395	$	13,552	3	%

S-6

Part IV - Schedule V. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

SCHEDULE V

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(In millions)

	Balance January 1,		Increase (decrease) in Costs and Expenses			Write-offs/ Payments/ Other			Balance December 31,
2017
Allowance for doubtful accounts and other	$	137	$	42		$	(47	)	$	132
Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance	165		4			(65		)	104
Valuation allowance on mortgage loans	—		1			—			1
Valuation allowance for deferred taxes	—		—			—			—
2016
Allowance for doubtful accounts and other	$	134	$	39		$	(36	)	$	137
Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance	266		3			(104		)	165
Valuation allowance on mortgage loans	4		—			(4		)	—
Valuation allowance for deferred taxes	79		(79		)	—			—
2015
Allowance for doubtful accounts and other	$	131	$	44		$	(41	)	$	134
Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance	271		12			(17		)	266
Valuation allowance on mortgage loans	3		3			(2		)	4
Valuation allowance for deferred taxes	181		(102		)	—			79

S-7

Part IV - Schedule VI. Supplementary Information Concerning Property and Casualty Insurance Operations

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

SCHEDULE VI

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION CONCERNING

PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE OPERATIONS

(In millions)

	Discount Deducted From Liabilities [1]		Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses Incurred Related to:					Paid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
			Current Year		Prior Year
Years ended December 31,
2017	$	410	$	7,381	$	(41	)	$	6,579
2016	$	483	$	6,990	$	457		$	6,968
2015	$	523	$	6,647	$	250		$	6,719

[1] Reserves for permanently disabled claimants have been discounted using the weighted average interest rates of 3.06%, 3.11%, and 3.24% for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

S-8

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017

FORM 10-K

EXHIBITS INDEX

The exhibits attached to this Form 10-K are those that are required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

		Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit No.	Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit No.	Filing Date
2.01	Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, Hartford Life, Inc. and The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. ("The Hartford") dated as of September 4, 2012.	10-Q	001-13958	2.01	11/01/2012
2.02	Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 3, 2017 by and between The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., Hartford Holdings, Inc. Hopmeadow Acquisition, Inc. Hopmeadow Holdings, LP and Hopmeadow Holdings GP LLC.	8-K	001-13958	2.01	12/04/2017
2.03	Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among Hartford Life, Inc., Prudential Financial, Inc. and The Hartford dated as of September 27, 2012.	10-Q	001-13958	2.02	11/01/2012
2.04	Commitment Agreement by and between The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America and State Street Global Advisors Trust Company, as the Independent Fiduciary of The Hartford Retirement Plan for U.S. Employees, dated as of June 23, 2017.	10-Q	001-13958	2.01	07/27/2017
2.05	Master Transaction Agreement by and between Hartford Life & Accident Insurance Company, a subsidiary of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., and Aetna Inc. dated as of October 22, 2017.	8-K	001-13958	2.01	10/23/2017
2.06	Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2014, between Hartford Life, Inc., a subsidiary of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., and ORIX Life Insurance Corporation, a subsidiary of ORIX Corporation.	8-K	001-13958	2.01	04/28/2014
3.01	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Hartford, as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on October 20, 2014.	8-K	001-13958	3.01	10/20/2014
3.02	Amended and Restated By-Laws of The Hartford, amended effective July 21, 2016.	8-K	001-13958	3.01	7/21/2016
4.01	Senior Indenture, dated as of March 9, 2004, between The Hartford and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee.	8-K	001-13958	4.01	03/12/2004
4.02	Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of February 12, 2007, between The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., and Wilmington Trust Company (as successor to LaSalle Bank, National Association), as Trustee.	8-K	001-13958	4.01	02/16/2007
4.03	Senior Indenture, dated as of April 11, 2007, between The Hartford and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.	S-3ASR	333-142044	4.03	04/11/2007
4.04	Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of June 6, 2008, between The Hartford and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.	8-K	001-13958	4.01	06/06/2008
4.05	First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 6, 2008, between The Hartford and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.	8-K	001-13958	4.02	06/06/2008
4.06	Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 5, 2012, between The Hartford and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.	8-K/A	001-13958	4.03	04/06/2012

I-1

		Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit No.	Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit No.	Filing Date
4.07	First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2013, between The Hartford and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.	S-3ASR	333-190506	4.07	08/09/2013
4.08	Replacement Capital Covenant dated as of June 6, 2008.	8-K	001-13958	4.04	06/06/2008
4.09	Amendment dated as of February 7, 2017 to the Replacement Capital Covenant dated as of June 6, 2008.	8-K	001-13958	4.02	02/08/2017
4.10	Replacement Capital Covenant dated as of February 15, 2017.	8-K	001-13958	4.01	02/15/2017
4.11	Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., dated June 26, 2009.	8-K	001-13958	4.01	06/26/2009
10.01	Aggregate Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement by and between Hartford Fire Insurance Company, First State Insurance Company, New England Insurance Company, New England Reinsurance Corporation, Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company, Hartford Casualty Insurance Company, Hartford Fire Insurance Company, Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois, Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest, Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast, Hartford Lloyd’s Insurance Company, Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company, Nutmeg Insurance Company, Pacific Insurance Company, Limited, Property and Casualty Insurance Company of Hartford, Sentinel Insurance Company, Ltd., Trumbull Insurance Company, Twin City Fire Insurance Company (collectively, the "Reinsured") and National Indemnity Company (the "Reinsurer") dated as of December 30, 2016. ^	10-K	001-13958	10.01	02/24/2017
10.02	Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated October 31, 2014, among The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Citibank, N.A., U.S. Bank National Association and Wells Fargo, National Association as syndication agents, and the lenders referred to therein.	8-K	001-13958	10.01	11/03/2014
10.03	Form of Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement between The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. as Issuer, and the Dealer party thereto.	8-K	001-13958	10.01	12/29/2014
*10.04	The Hartford Senior Executive Officer Severance Pay Plan, as amended and restated, effective October 1, 2014.	10-K	001-13958	10.04	02/27/2015
*10.05	The Hartford Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan, as amended and restated, effective October 1, 2014.	10-K	001-13958	10.05	02/27/2015
*10.06	The Hartford 2014 Incentive Stock Plan Administrative Rules Relating to Awards for Non-Employee Directors.	10-K	001-13958	10.06	02/27/2015
*10.07	The Hartford 2010 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended and restated, effective February 25, 2014.	10-K	001-13958	10.05	02/28/2014
*10.08	The Hartford 2014 Incentive Stock Plan, effective May 21, 2014.	S-8	333-197671	4.03	07/28/2014
*10.09	The Hartford Protection Agreement between The Hartford and Christopher Swift, effective June 9, 2014.	10-Q	001-13958	10.03	07/30/2014
*10.10	The Hartford 2014 Incentive Stock Plan Forms of Individual Award Agreements.	10-Q	001-13958	10.01	04/28/2016

I-2

		Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit No.	Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit No.	Filing Date
*10.11	The Hartford 2014 Incentive Stock Plan Form of Individual Award Agreement.	10-Q	001-13958	10.01	03/31/2017
*10.12	The Hartford 2014 Incentive Stock Plan Form of Non-Employee Directors Award Agreement.	10-Q	001-13958	10.01	07/27/2015
*10.13	Summary of Annual Executive Bonus Program.	10-Q	001-13958	10.07	07/30/2014
*10.14	The Hartford 2010 Incentive Stock Plan Administrative Rules Related to Awards for Key Employees, as amended effective December 15, 2010.	10-K	001-13958	10.10	02/25/2011
*10.15	The Hartford 2010 Incentive Stock Plan Forms of Individual Award Agreements.	10-Q	001-13958	10.04	08/04/2010
*10.16	The Hartford 2005 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended for the fiscal year ended 2009.	10-K	001-13958	10.10	02/23/2010
*10.17	The Hartford 2005 Incentive Stock Plan Forms of Individual Award Agreements.	8-K	001-13958	10.02	05/24/2005
*10.18	Form of Key Executive Employment Protection Agreement between The Hartford and certain executive officers of The Hartford, as amended.	10-K	001-13958	10.06	02/12/2009
*10.19	The Hartford Deferred Restricted Stock Unit Plan, as amended.	10-K	001-13958	10.12	02/24/2006
*10.20	The Hartford Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended December 20, 2012.	10-K	001-13958	10.18	03/01/2013
*10.21	The Hartford Excess Pension Plan II, as amended January 1, 2013.	10-K	001-13958	10.19	03/01/2013
*10.22	The Hartford Excess Savings Plan IA, as amended effective May 28, 2013.	10-Q	001-13958	10.01	07/29/2013
12.01	Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. **
21.01	Subsidiaries of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. **
23.01	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP to the incorporation by reference into The Hartford’s Registration Statements on Form S-8 and Form S-3 of the report of Deloitte & Touche LLP contained in this Form 10-K regarding the audited financial statements is filed herewith. **
24.01	Power of Attorney. **
31.01	Certification of Christopher J. Swift pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **

I-3

		Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit No.	Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit No.	Filing Date
31.02	Certification of Beth A. Bombara pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **
32.01	Certification of Christopher J. Swift pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **
32.02	Certification of Beth A. Bombara pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

		Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit No.	Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit No.	Filing Date

*	Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.
**	Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to this report.
^	Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

I-4

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
By:	/s/ Scott R. Lewis
	Scott R. Lewis
	Senior Vice President and Controller
	(Chief accounting officer and duly authorized signatory)

Date: February 23, 2018

I-5

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

	Signature	Title	Date
	/s/ Christopher J. Swift	Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director	February 23, 2018
	Christopher J. Swift	(Principal Executive Officer)
	/s/ Beth A. Bombara	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	February 23, 2018
	Beth A. Bombara	(Principal Financial Officer)
	/s/ Scott R. Lewis	Senior Vice President and Controller	February 23, 2018
	Scott R. Lewis	(Principal Accounting Officer)
	*	Director	February 23, 2018
	Robert B. Allardice III
	*	Director	February 23, 2018
	Trevor Fetter
	*	Director	February 23, 2018
	Stephen P. McGill
	*	Director	February 23, 2018
	Kathryn A. Mikells
	*	Director	February 23, 2018
	Michael G. Morris
	*	Director	February 23, 2018
	Thomas A. Renyi
	*	Director	February 23, 2018
	Julie G. Richardson
	*	Director	February 23, 2018
	Teresa W. Roseborough
	*	Director	February 23, 2018
	Virginia P. Ruesterholz
	*	Director	February 23, 2018
	Charles B. Strauss
	*	Director	February 23, 2018
	H. Patrick Swygert
	*	Director	February 23, 2018
	Greig Woodring
*By:	/s/ David C. Robinson
	David C. Robinson
	As Attorney-in-Fact

I-6